63.
Tato mahā sena narindajo’ṭṭha
Sate cha tāḷīsatimamhi Buddhe
Rājā’si kittisasirimeghavaṇṇo
Cintāmaṇī kāma dado’vadātā

64.
Vasaṅgato pāpavataṁ mahādi
Seno vināsesi’khilaṁhi yaṁtaṁ
Mahāmatī pākatika’ñca vippa
Kata’ṅkarī bhūpati tatra tatra

65.
Mahinda therassa pavatti maggaṁ
Sesaṁ sunitvā’ggaguṇepasīdī
So vaṇṇa bimbaṁ’sapamāṇato’va
Kāretva theramba thale sa’bhupo

66.
Taṁ sannivāsetva mahā mahena
Puraṁ pavesesa’nurādha saññaṁ
Vāsāvidūre panabhūpatissa
Kāretvāpāsādaṁ varaṁ tahiṁ taṁ

67.
Appesi’yiṭṭhī’yitarāna’bimbe
Netvā’tra rakkha’ñca paribbaya’ñca
hapetvā pūjāya’nu vassa me’vaṁ
Kātuṁ niyojesi tathā akaṁsu

68.
Vasse’ssa rañño navamekaliṅga
Desā sudattopadisampatīca
Sā hemamālā muni dantadhātu
Midhā’nayiṁsu’ggatahāsacetā

[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]

69.
Laṅkissaro taṁ paṭigayhu’dagga
Cittosucī suddha silāmayamhi
Caṅgoṭake pakkhipimānanāso
Pamoda vācaṁ samudā haranto

70.
Devānamādī piyatissa raññā
Kārāpitaṁ bhūpati vatthukamhi
Sa’dhamma cakkākhya gharaṁ panesi
Taṁ danta dhātvā vasathaṁ punā’hu.

71.
Disampatī vattayi dantadhātu
Mahā mahaṁ khonaca lakkha mattaṁ
Vitta’mpi vissajjiya pīti ceto
Maho’bhavī’yaṁ paṭhamo visiṭṭho

72.
Netvā’nu cassaṁ ‘va’bhayuttaraṁso
Vihāra ma’ggaṁ pana danta dhātuṁ
Pūjāvidhi’ṅkāsi para’mpikātu’
Masesa ‘mevaṁ viniyojayittha.

73.
Sudatta danto iti hemamālā
Yetaṁ nayiṁsū’dha muninda dāṭhaṁ
Sa’kīravèllādhivacaṁhi bhoggaṁ
Katvāna gāmaṁ dadi te vasiṁsu

74.
Katvā vihāra’ṭṭha dasa’gga puñña
Maṭṭhādhikabbīsatimamhivasse
Kammaṁ yathā’to’gamibhūpatindo
Sa’nibbuto dīpavaro’va bhāso.

75.
Tassā’nujobhūpati jeṭṭhatisso
Laṅkāya laṅghesi sitāna pattaṁ
Sodanta sippamhi pavīṇako’va
Vinesi sippejanataṁ taha’mpi

76.
Buddhaṅkurassi’ddhimayaṁ ‘varūpaṁ’
Ṇattā tathāpīṭha ma’passaya’ñca
Chatta’ṅkaruṁte maṇimaṇḍapa’mpi
Rajja’ṅkarīso navacassa ma’ggaṁ

[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]

77.
Tato sutotassa bhavī’ha Buddha-
Dāso disampatyu’dayoru kitti
Catūhi vatthūhica saṅgahehi
Rañjesi sopāṇi gaṇaṁ vadaññū

78.
Bhisakka satthe’ti pavīṇataṁkho
Gato gilāne supatikirayāya
Dayā paro bhesaja bhattadānā
Sa’bhū patike khalusaṅgahesi

79.
Gāme kire’ko thusavaṭṭināme
Bhikkhaṁ caraṁ bhikkhu susussita’ñca
Sappāṇakaṁ khīrama’bhuñjiladdhā
Nipiḷayiṁsu kimayo’ssakucchiṁ
80.
Nivedayī bhūpatino tama’tthaṁ
Sutvāpavattiṁ nikhilaṁ’mayassa
Nidāna’maññāsi sa’taṅkhaṇaṁ’va
Vidhāya vāhassa sirāya vedhaṁ

81.
Pāyetva ratta’mpi gahetvavīti
Nāmetva mattaṁ samaṇaṁbabhāsa
hayassataṁ soṇitaka’nti sutvā
Vamīkimī nikkhamu’lohitena

82.
Sukhī bhavī bhikkhu pamodama’ssa
Rañño nivedesi tato’pirājā
Satthappahārena kimībhayo ca
Tapassitemenirujākate’ti

83.
Evaṁ narindo pana sallakanta
Kirayā pavīṇo’bhavijīvako’ca
Gaṇḍāmayo’sī phaṇino’daramhi
Phāletva niggaṇḍa ‘makāsi kucchiṁ

84.
Siriṁsaposo sukhito narinda
Bhisakkaseṭṭhamhi pamodaveto
Mānesi sammā maṇinā’riyena
Kalla’ṅkarīpāṇi gaṇaṁ bahuddhā

[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
85.
Rāje’kadā bhūpati bhūsanena
Vibhūsito vāhiniyā sahā’yaṁ
Purindado gacchati seyyathāpi
Disvāna sobhaggagataṁ mahīpaṁ

86.
Pabaddha vero’pi bhavantare’ko
Kuṭṭhī pakuppitva’caniṁ’sahanto
Vipoṭhayaṁ kattarayaṭṭhiyāca
Akkocchi’nekabbidhabhāratīhi

87.
Disvāni’maṁ vippakati mpi kassa
Nā’haṁ sarāmī katamappiyaṁhi
Cerī’sa’yaṁ pecca kadāci kuṭṭhiṁ
Nibbāpayissāmi tadantikassa

88.
Āṇāpayī so pana tassa cittā
Cāraṁ vijāne’ti gatosa’macco
Ruṭṭhoki ‘mattha’nti sakhe’va pucchi
Dāso’sya’yaṁme kusalena rājā

89.
Mamaṁ’ca mānāya purādvipena
Payāti nissesa ‘mavocakuṭṭhi
Soporiso bhūpatino pavattiṁ
Nivedayī’yaṁ mama pubbaverī

90.
Vinicchanitvā punaverinotaṁ
Veraṁ vinodetu’mupakkamena
Yutta’nti saṅgaṇhi’ti tiyojayītaṁ
Sinānasokhummapavādināso

91.
Santappayitvā sukhitaṁ karitvā
Ñāpesirañño kasiṇa’nti etaṁ
Kārāpitaṁ so puna bhūmipālo
Mato’ti sutvā hadayaṁ phali’ssa

92.
Evaṁhiso vāpavamānasānaṁ
Tikicchayī bhūpativyādhina’ñca
Dīpādhi vāsīna’hitāya gāme
Gāme’pikāretva’tha vejja sālā

[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]

93.
Vejjeniyojesi tahaṁ taha’mpi
Tesaṁ’vakhettānu’pajīvanāni
Adāsi hatthassabalāna’vejje
hapesi pakkhandha janāna’sālā

94.
Kāresi bhogena samaṁ’vadhamma
Pabhāsakānaṁ sa’ṭhapesi vaṭṭaṁ
Sāratthamā’dāya’pivejja satthe
Sāratthasaṅgāha’makāsi dhīro

95.
Kāretva kekī pariveṇa ma’ggaṁ
Mahāvihāre panagoḷa pānu
Gāvadvayaṁ’dā samaṇo’titassa
Vihāradānālaya vāpiyoca

96.
Kāresi ye’vaṁpaṭimāvatassa
Rajje mahā dhammakathī yatīso
Niruttiyā sīhalikāya sutte
Hitāyi’mesaṁparivattayittha

97.
Tadatrajā’sīti sirīghanassa
Samaññikā’suṁ panasāvakānaṁ
Ekūnatiṁsa ssaradamhi bhupo’
Pajātitulyogami dibba lokaṁ

98.
Suvidita vanipālā’nekasampatti puṇṇaṁ
Samanubhaviya laṅkā rajja’maggaṁ manuññaṁ
Gamu’muda sakakāye cā’pi hitvā parattha
Iti sumariya viññūnocarepāra magge

Bhāṇavāraṁ bāvīsatimaṁ.
-------------

Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse vasabhādi rājadīpanonāma bāvīsatimo
paricchedo.

[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]

Tevīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Tato’ssa jeṭṭho tanayo’patisso
Rājā’bhavī bhūpati dhamma yutto
Rañjesi vatthūhi pajācatūhi
Pakkhandharogī pasavantina’ñca

2.
So bhogasālā api dāna sālo’
Dīcyaṁ subhā maṅgala cetiyamhā
Thūpa’ñca bimbāya ma’gga bimbaṁ
Kāresi puñña kirayāyā’bhijāto

3.
Rājuppalaṁ pokkharapāsaya’ñca
Vālādi hassaṁ punagijjhakūṭaṁ
Ambuṭṭhika’ṅkārayi goṇḍigāme
Vāpiṁ vihāraṁ api khaṇḍa rājiṁ

4.
Bhūpāla gehā’paradakkhiṇāya’
Muposathāgāra varaṁ munissa
Bimboka ma’cchīvaraṇena cā’tra
Uyyāna’mārakkhiya sāpadāno

5
Tasse’varaññe samaye dubhikkha
Rogo’bhavī tassamasambhava’ñca
Bhikkhūhi sutvā munidhātu bimbaṁ
Sovaṇṇika’ṅkāriya ca’smapattaṁ

6.
hapetva sāpaṁ kārasampuvamhā’
Ropetva ce’sandana ma’ggabimbaṁ
Sīlaṁ samādāya samādapetvā
Vattetva dāna’ñca’bhayaṁjanānaṁ
7.
Alaṅkaritvā pura magga vīthiṁ
Samotarī’tho parivāritoso
Samāgato tattha sa’bhikkhu saṅgho
Bhaṇaṁ’va suttaṁ ratanaṁpaṇītaṁ

[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]

8.
Siñcaṁjalaṁ rājagaho pakaṭṭhe
Racchāpathasmiṁ varaṇividūre
Padakkhiṇa’ṅkāsya’vihiṁsakāmo
Nisāvasāne’tha’ruṇu’ggatamhi
9.
Vassaṁ pavassī mahiyā’turākho
Sukhussava’ṅkaṁsu yadā’tradīpe
Dubbhikkharogādi bhayaṁ bhaveyya
Niyojasī bhūpati kattu’mevaṁ

10.
Kalandakuyyānamuva’pāgamitvā
Caraṁtahaṁ bhattama’dānicāpaṁ
Coraṁ vadhāyānita mā’sukhedī
Disvā punā’netvachavaṁsusānā

11.
Khipitvā lohakkhaliyaṁ dhana’ñca
Datvā palāpetva nisāya coraṁ
So kujjhito bhānumatu’ggate’va
Chavaṁlahuṁ jhāpayi takkaraṁ’va

12.
Dīpe mahe thūpa varāna’masmiṁ
Thūpassa kāretva’tha thūparāme rājāharī cumbaṭa kañcuka’ñca
Rajjaṁ dvitāḷīsa samaṁ karittha

13.
Rañño’nujā tassa mahādināmā
Hetiṁnipātetva’padamhi devī
Taṁ vallabhaṁ mārayi pabbajitvā
Kaṇiṭṭhako bhātari jīvamāne

14.
Vattitva hīṇāyahate’sirañño
Rājāmahesi’ṅkari bhātu ghātiṁ
Gilānasālā garu pāḷivuddhiṁ
Kāresi lohappaṭihāra’maggaṁ

15.
Ralaggagāmaṁ atha koṭipassā
Vanaṁ vihāra’ñca sa’dārayitvā
Adāsi bhikkhūna’bha yuttaravhe
Vihāra ma’ddimhi ca dhūmarakkhe

[SL Page 008] [\x 8/]
16.
Mahesiyāṇāyā’pi kārayitvā
Sa’theravādīnama’dā nava’ñca
Kammaṁ vihāresucajiṇṇakesu
Kārāpayī dāna rato’ti mattaṁ

17.
Idhā’ga vasse dutiyamhirañño
Sopāhiyaṁ gāmiṇi cīna bhikkhū
Vasaṁvivassaṁ vinayamhi potthe
Likhitva’gā tepanagayha sīlo

18.
Laṅkāyahāri maṇihema bimbe
Vaṇṇesi thūpe vipulā taḷākā
Saṭṭhissahassaṁ yatayotadāni
Vasiṁsu byākāsi’ha sotapassi

19.
Bodhividūre vara jambudīpe
Visārado brāhmaṇa mānave’ko
Viññāta vijjo’si tivedavedī
Vādatthiko’hiṇḍa ma’gā vihāraṁ

20.
Sorevatatthera varena saddhiṁ
Katvā vivāda’mpi parājitosaṁ
Tasso’pakaṭṭhepanapabbajitvā
Uggaṇhisammāpiṭakattayaṁhi

21.
Ekāyano’ya ‘nti sa’gaṇhi maggo
Buddhassaghoso viyaghosatāya
Ghosohi Buddho viyamedinīyaṁva
Taṁ Buddhaghoso’ti viyākariṁsu

22.
Tasmiṁ tadā theravaro sa’ñāṇo-
Dayākhya pādī karaṇaṁ gabhīraṁ
Yada’ttha sālini ma’kāsi dhamma
Saṅgaññamatthāyamahā viyatto

23.
Parittasuttaṭṭhakatha’ñca kātuṁ’
Rabhittha taṁ revata thera sīho
Disvāni’maṁ’voca giraṁ ni’ha’ṭṭha
Kathā’tthi āsī’nita pāli mattaṁ

[SL Page 009] [\x 9/]

24.
Mahinda therena katā susuddhā
Saṅgīti mā’rūḷha ma’vekkhi ya’ggaṁ
Tāsīhalīyaṭṭha kathā visiṭṭhā
Vattanti dīpe pana sīhalānaṁ

25.
Gantvā tahiṁ sutvaca māgadhāya
Niruttiyā tā parivattaye’ti
Vutte pasanno’va imaṁ tatohi
Dīpaṁ sa’rañño ‘ddhani āgadhīmā

26.
Mahā vihāramhi mahā padhāna
Gharaṁ gamitvā puna therapādo
Sosīhalīyaṭṭha katha’ñca saṅgha
Pālassa ñattā suṇi theravādaṁ

27.
Vinicchiye’so munino’sayo’ti
Saṅghaṁ samānetva tahaṁ dadātu
Niruttiyā māgadhayā mama’ṭṭha
Kathaṁhi kattuṁ’khilapotthakete

28.
Saṅgho sa’vīmaṁsituma’ssa gāthā
Dvaya samatthatta ma’dāsi tasmiṁ
Tipeṭakaṁ sāṭṭhakathaṁ pavīṇo
Saṅgayha’kāsīsa’visuddhimaggaṁ

29.
Therassa nepuñña ma vekkhi ye’ttha
Sabbo’va saṅgho dadi potthake so
Ganthākaredūradisaṅkarākhye
Vihāramagge nivasaṁ yasassī

30.
So sīhalīyaṭṭha kathā’pi sabbā
Niruttiyā māgadhayā pajānaṁ
Hitāya dhīro parivattayittha
Pāliṁ’gahuṁtheriyi’vā’carīyā

31.
Thero visiṭṭhaṭṭha kathā carīyo
Gate sakicce pariniṭṭhitiṁ kho
So vandituṁ bodhi ma’gañchi jambu
Dīpaṁ pamokkho dutiyo ‘si’missaṁ

[SL Page 010] [\x 10/]

32.
Bhutvāna dvāvīsa samaṁ sa’rajjaṁ
Sadādayo kāriya citra kammaṁ
Mato mahānāma mahīpatindo
Para’ṅgamīloka mi’maṁ pahāya

33.
Tassā’sirañño damiḷitthi kucchi
Bbhavo suto bhūpati sotthiseno
Mahāsidhītā pana saṅgha nāmā
Ghātāpayī taṁ tadahe’va kopā

34.
Sāchattagāhassa pavecchirajjaṁ
Akāsi vassaṁ api savhavāpiṁ
Tato samaṁ kārayi mittaseno
Sovīhi corohi mahānubhāvo

35.
Tadāni paṇḍu damiḷena saddhiṁ
Yoddhuṁ dvipaṁ’ruyha puraṁ’gamittha
Gantvā raṇe taṁ damiḷohi paṇḍu
Rajjaṁ karī pañca samaṁ tato’ssa

36.
Pārinda nāmo’si suto mahīpo’
Nusāsiye’vaṁ damiḷo tivassaṁ
Tassā’nujo khuddaparinda nāmo
Rājā’bhavī sorasavassa ma’ssa

37.
Hītābalatthassa subhassayete
Morīya vaṁsīyanarāpalātā
Tahaṁ tahaṁ vāsama’kaṁsu nandī
Vāpimhi tesaṁ’bhavī dhātuseno

38.
Tassa’trajova’mbilayāgu gāme
Vasittha dāṭṭho samajātikehi
So dhātuseno palatissabodhī
Sute labhi dvepuna dhātuseno

39.
Pabbajjakho mātula thera ñatte
Vasīsato’pekkhayamā’yati’mpi
Taṁ paṇḍuko jāniya gaṇhathe’naṁ
Pesesi sīghaṁ mahati’ñcasenaṁ

[SL Page 011] [\x 11/]

40.
Kharaṁ niyogaṁ pana paṇḍurañño
Mahādināmo supine viditvā
Thero surakkhī punabhāgi neyyaṁ
Laṅkāya vebhūpati hessatī’ti

41.
Balaṁ gahetvā atha dhātuseno
Khuddena pārindabhidhena raññā
Yujjhitvā māresi tirītarākhyo
Rājā bhavī taṁ dutiyamhi māse

42.
Vināsayī tena raṇa’ṅkarīya
Tasmiṁ hate dāṭhiya dāmiḷe’ko
Rajja’nnusāsī tisamaṁ’va dhātu
Senena naṭṭho thiravikkamena
43.
Tato’bhavī bhūpati piṭhiyavho
Sosatta māsaṁ’nu bhavitva rajjaṁ
Maccussavāsa’ṅgamimānaveso
Pacchijji’to dāmiḷa vaṁsa thāmo

44.
Bhūpā’gatāgama visasa sasattha nītī
Puññaccitā’pi maraṇaṁ kaṭhinaṁ samattā
Accetu ma’gga caritā nasahiṁsu itthaṁ
Vedīvibhāvikayirā matada’mpi puññaṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ tevīsatimaṁ

Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse’ kārasa rājadīpano nāma

Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------

[SL Page 012] [\x 12/]

Catibbīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Atho sahassechadhike muninda
Saṁvaccharasmiṁ suta dhātuseno
Narādhipo’sī mita puññalakkhi
Sobhesi laṅkaṁ sahajena saddhiṁ

2.
Khandhāpayitvāna mahā savantiṁ
Kedārake’kāsi thirodike’kā
Rogīna’sālā athakāla vāpiṁ
Gaṇhitva bandhesi mahā nadi’ñca

3.
Vināsitaṁ bodhi gharañcarāma
Neyya’ṅkarī so viya dhammasoko
Susaṅgaha’ṅkā piṭakattayassa
Therīya bhikkhūna’ mahā vihāre

4.
Sokāla vāpyādi vihārake’ṭṭha
Dasā’su kārāpayi tappamāṇā
Vāpīcakāretvu da khuddakehi
Vihāra ke’ṭṭhārasa vāpiyoca

5.
Dāpesi tesaṁ’va disampatindo
Soloha pāsāde vare sujiṇṇe
Kammaṁ nava’ṅkārayi jiṇṇakeca
Visāla thūpesu ca tīsu chatte
6.
Mahinda bimbaṁ udakārayitvā
Netvāna therassa susāna bhūmiṁ
Mahā maha’ṅkātuma’dā sahassaṁ
Dīpetu’māṇāpayi dīpavaṁsaṁ

7.
Sodantadhātussa mahaṁ vidhāya
Caṅgoṭakaṁ raṁsi ma’nagghika’ñca
Mahaggha muttā maṇikiṇṇa hema
Pupphāni pūjesi vasundharindo

[SL Page 013] [\x 13/]

8.
Bodhīmaha’ṅkāviya tissarājā
Visāla sālā paṭimāca cetye
Kāretva puññaṁ vividhaṁ karittha
Vasīdayo so matimā mahīpo

9.
Dveputtā’suṁ kassapo bhinnamāto
Moggallāno tulyāmāto’ssa rañño
Ekā rammā duhitā pāṇatulyā
Pādāsī sobhāgineyyassataṁhi

10.
Tāḷesi sodhītara’micca’vecca
Jhāpesi tassa’mbama’tho’ti kuddho
Pabaddhaverosa’hi bhāgineyyo
Rajje palobhetvi’ma’māsurañño

11.
Pitva’ntarebhediya jīvagāhaṁ
Gāhāpayī bhūpati dhātusenaṁ
Sa’kassapo’ssāpayi setachattaṁ
Bhātā’bhavesī’ gami jambudīpaṁ

12.
Vadhaṁ vidhāyā’pi karīya naggaṁ
Pācīmukhaṁ saṅkhalikaṁ mahipaṁ
Taṁ bhittiyanto’va karitvaruṭṭho
Bandhitva limpesa’tha mattikāya

13.
Gāhāpayanto panakālavāpiṁ
Samāhitaṁ bhikkhuma’pu’ṭṭhapetuṁ
Paṁsuṁkhipāpesi sa’muddhani’ssa
Sandiṭṭhiko’yaṁ sa’vipākavāro

14.
Narādhiposūnuhato yaso’ṭṭhā
Rasassamāto vibudhāna me’vaṁ
Sahavyataṁ pāpuṇi dhātuseno
Dayāparo kosaliko’va niccaṁ

15.
Rañño’ssakāle pana dīghasanda-
Senāpatinda ppariveṇa sāmī
Thero mahānāma bhidho mahīpā
Cero samolokiya dīpikaṁhi

[SL Page 014] [\x 14/]

16.
Pavatti ma’ggaṭṭha kathāgata’mpi
Upāgataṁ kho sutito gahetvā
Yathā tathaṁ yāva mahādisena-
Rājaṁ mahāvaṁsa ma’kā’tihāsaṁ

17.
So kassapo pāpa sakho’vabhātu
Bhīto gato sīgagiriṁ narehi
Bhusaṁ durāroha ma’raṁ samantā
Taṁsodhayitvā varaṇena sammā

18.
Parikkhipitvāna tahiṁhi sīhā
Kārena nisseṇi gharāni citre
Kāresi tannāma’si tena selo
hapesi rakkha’ñca nidhāya cittaṁ

19.
Vasīgharaṁtatra’pi dassaneyyaṁ
Kāretvaso’vā’laka mandama’ggaṁ
Tato paraṁ taṁ puramu’ttama’ṅkā
Senāpatī tassa migāra nāmo
20.
Sanāmika’ṅkā pariveṇa ma’ggaṁ
Sakammanā vippaṭisāri hutvā
Katha’nnu muñcissa ma’nappaka’nti
Puñña’ṅkarī sīla ma’rakkhi niccaṁ
21.
Sovissarādīsamaṇaṁ vihāraṁ
Kārāpayitvā’dimavatthujātā
Subhogagāme atirittakeca
Kiṇitva’dāsī panatassabhūpo

22.
Dvedhītarā’suṁ mahipassa bodhu-
Ppalādivaṇṇā’ssa vihārakassa
Tāsa’ñca nāma’ṅkarisassatasmiṁ
Dente’ti kammaṁ pitughātakassa

23.
Lokassa gārayha bhayā’va thera
Vādīnaicchiṁsva’thatesa’meva
Dātu’mpi satthuppaṭimāya’dāsī’
Dhivāsayuṁte’ti muninda bhogo

[SL Page 015] [\x 15/]

24.
Nīyyātavuyyānavare’calassā’
Sanne vihāra’ṅkarisassanāmā
Ta’ndāsi so dhammarucīna’pāra
Lokāca bhīto sakabhātarāca

25.
Saṁvacchare’ṭṭhā rasame’ssa mogga-
Llānavhayobārasamukhyayodhe
Gahetva āgammi’ha jambudīpā
Ambaṭṭhakolabbisaye pasiddhe

26.
Bandhittha senānivahaṁ kuṭhārī
Vihārake sutavi’ti’mantya’ dissaṁ
Niggañchi rājā punamokkha mogga-
Llāno’si sannaddha balo kumāro

27.
Ambaṭṭhakolo’ti kadamba nāma
Pura’nti maññanti’tihāsavedī
Gatosurānaṁ’va sa’yuddha’mindo’
Pāgammu’bho’jiṁ dhajinī’rabhiṁsu

28.
Tahiṁ raṇesassa parājayaṁ so
Ñatvāsiraṁ chetva kha’mukkhi pitvā
Disampatī kosiya ma’tra sattiṁ
Khipījayo’ññassa nirussaho’si

29.
Kammepasīditvā mahīpatissa
Āḷāhaṇaṁ kāriya tassagattaṁ
Samattamā’dāya’pisādhanaṁso’
Pāgañchikhatto nagaraṁ patitaṁ

30.
Sutvā pavattiṁ yatayo vihāraṁ
Samajjiyā’suṁ sunivatthakā’va
Supārutā’ṭṭhaṁsu yathākkamaṁso
Saṅghepasīditva panammabhatyā

31.
Chattena mānesi tama’ssa’dāsi
hānaṁ pane ‘ta’ntica chattavaḍḍhi
Vohārayiṁsū pariveṇa ma’ggaṁ
Kata’mpi tannāma ma’hosi tattha

[SL Page 016] [\x 16/]

32.
Patvāna rajjaṁ satataṁ samena
Dhammena pālesi pajā’tha kuddho
Sa’nīharī dāya ma’macca jātā’
Nuvattayiṁsū pitughātaka’nti

33.
Tene’va so rakkhasanāmavā’sī
Vināsayī maccagaṇaṁ’nugaṁ taṁ
So sota nāsādi’pichedayittha
Pabbājayī bhūri jane tadā’to

34.
Sutvāna dhammaṁ punasanta citto
Dānaṁ pavattesi’va vārivāho
Phusse’nuvassaṁ panapūṇṇamāyaṁ
Pavattayī dāna varaṁ cirassaṁ

35.
Pitussalājā dadisārathiyo
Dvārādhi paccaṁ sa’hi’dāsi tassa
Sīhācalekāriya daḷhadāṭhā
Koṇḍañña nāma’mpidvayaṁ vihāraṁ

36.
Sa’dhammarocīna’ca sāgalīnaṁ
Dāpesi sīhā calakaṁ vihāraṁ
Katvā mahānāma varamhi dīgha
Sandavhaye’dā pariveṇadhīse

37.
Sorājinī nāma’mupassayaṁhi
Kāretva’tho sāgalikāna’maggaṁ
Pādāsibhūpo pana bhikkhuṇīnaṁ
Sadā rato sāsana vuddhikicce

38.
Dāṭhāpabhūtyavhayakotulamba
Kaṇṇanvayo kassapa bhūmipāle
Nibbinnaceto upagamma tattha
Mereliyaṁ vagga ma’kāsivāsaṁ

39.
Silādikāḷo’ bhavi tassa putto
Bhīto ito kassapato’ca gantvā
Sojambudīpaṁ sajanena mogga-
Llānena saddhiṁ varabodhi maṇḍe

[SL Page 017] [\x 17/]

40.
Vihārake pabbaji so kadāci
Saṅghassa sādvamba ‘madāsi tasmiṁ
Pasanna citto’vadi ambasāma-
Ṇero’ti tenā ‘bhavi taṁ samañño

41.
Sokesa dhātu’mpi labhitva tassa
Rajje idhā’nesi ‘matābhisitto
Katvā’ssa sakkāra ‘managgha dhātuṁ
Mahaggha caṅgoṭa vare nidhāya

42.
Dīpaṅkaraṅgīrasa bimba vāse
Vaḍḍhetva pujaṁ parihārakena
Pavattayī so parihāra ‘massā’
Siggāhaṭhānaṁ bhaginiṁca’dāsi

43.
So sindhu rakkhaṁ pana bandhiyā’suṁ
Nibbhītikaṁ dipa’makāsirājā
Samuddavelāhitanāvikājī
Senā ṭènanṭi mantya’dhi muttise’ti

44.
Senāpatī vuttarako sanāmaṁ
Padhāna gāra’ṅkari bhūmipālo
Katvāna puññaṁ vividhaṁ parattha
Gamittha aṭṭhārasamamhi vasse

45.
Laṅkā rajja’malaṅkarittha’ti saho saṁsuddhabuddhī yaso
Sambuddhāgama vuddhipaddhatirato sokassapamhājito
Moggallāna mahīpatī na visahī jetu’mpi maccuṁparaṁ
Yāte’vaṁsumatī’yavecca palayaṁ hantvā labhavho sivaṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ catuvīsatimaṁ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dipavaṁse tirājadīpanonāma catubbīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 018] [\x 18/]

Pañca vīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Tato tassa suto dhātu-seno āsi kumārako
Nara devo deva rūpo-sahasse saṭṭhime jine
2.
Kāritesu vihāresu-pitarā nava kammakaṁ
Akāsantappayī saṅghaṁ-paccayehi catūhi’pi

3.
Aṭṭhārasa vihāreca-kāresi vāpiyo tathā
Kāretvā dhammasaṅgītiṁ-sāsana’ñca visodhayī

4.
Jānakīharaṇaṁ nāma-sakkatāya niruttiyā
Mahākabba ‘makā rājā-sīhala jana gāravaṁ

5.
Viloketvāna taṁ kabbaṁ-jambudīpā idhā gato
Tassa mitto āsi kāli-dāso kavikavissaro

6.
Rājāvaṇṇā dāsi ghare-kuḍḍe pajjaḍḍhakaṁlikhī
Yo ve puṇṇa’ṅkare tassa-tuṭṭhidāyaṁ dade’vaca

7.
Disvāna taṁ kālidāso-sampuṇṇa’makarī tathā
Māretvā taṁ gharetassā-sā’ttanālikhitaṁ’vadī

8.
Asaddahitvā taṁ rājā-kālidāsassa taṁ iti
Vinicchiya sakhaṁtassa-pariyesi ito ci’to

9.
Māritoso’ti ñatvāna-netvā mata kaḷebaraṁ
Kāretvā citakaṁ tattha-jhāpesi taṁ mahīpati

10.
Ḍayhamānaṁsa’taṁ mittaṁ-disvu’ggasocanopati
Citakaṁ uppatitvāna-mato tassa mahesikā
Pañca sokāturā tena-tā’pi tattha matācite

11.
Tahaṁ ṭhāne cetiyāni-kāretvā sattabodhayo
Ropayiṁsu tato satta-bodhivatthū’ti voharuṁ

12.
Taṁ kho ṭhānaṁ mahātitthe-cā’nurādha puruttame
Icce’va ‘mevaṁ matiyo-tesaṁ tesaṁ visuṁ’bhavuṁ

[SL Page 019] [\x 19/]

13.
Rañño’pi tassa vāsattā-anurādhapure iti
Sakkā taṁ patigaṇhātuṁ-ne’tthakocā ‘pisaṁsayo

14.
Katvā’nekavidhaṁ puññaṁ-dayāvāso disampati
Hāyane navamepūta-pañño para’magā ito

15.
Tassa’trajo kittiseno-rajja’ṅgā kata puññako tammātulasivo māse-navame taṁ vināsayi

16.
Rājā hutvā sivo pañca-vīsāhe jahi rajjakaṁ
Tatiyo upatisso kho-sivaṁ hantvā’si bhūmipo

17.
Silākāḷocamūnātho-moggallānassa rājino bhaginī sāmikassā’dā-saha bhogena dhītaraṁ

18.
hānantarādīhi janaṁ-saṅgahesi janādhipo tanaye’ko kassapo’ti-upatissassa rājino

19.
Silā kāḷo rajja lobhā-saṅgaṇhitvā mahā balaṁ
Yujjhituṁ pana pācīna-tissacala’magā balo

20.
Kassapo’pi dvipaṁ ‘ruyha-silā kāḷaṁ palāpiya
Aropesi giriṁ hatthiṁ-tene’va girikassapo

21.
Mahā have vattamāne-pekkhayaṁ saparājayaṁ
Sīsaṁ chetvā chūrikāya-hatthikkhandhe avatthari

22.
Sutvā taṁ upatissokho-sokasalla’nnugo mato
Sāddhahāyanikorajjā-diva’ṅgamidisampati

23.
Rājā’bhavī silākāḷo-gahetvā pubba saññakaṁ
Ta’mamba sāmaṇerādi-silā kāḷo’ti ñāpayī

24.
Sokho’vanipatī santo-rajja’ṅkāresi dhammiyā
Māghāta’ṅkārayī bhoge-vejja sālāsuvaḍḍhayī

25.
Ānīta’mattanā kesa-dhātuṁ sampūjayī’nisaṁ
Bodhi pūja’mpa’nudina-’makābimbāni satthuno

26.
Tayo puttā’bhavuṁ jeṭṭha-moggallānassa sūnuno
Ādipāda padaṁ pācī-desa’ñca dadi bhūpati

[SL Page 020] [\x 20/]

27.
Majjhimo dāṭhappabhuti-rajjaṁ mālayikaṁ labhī
Vāsāpayittho’patissaṁ-santike ye’va rājino
28.
Vasse dvādasamerañño-kāsī pura ‘mito gato
Vetullavādikaṁ dhammaṁ-dhātu ganthaṁhi vāṇijo

29.
Ānetvā rājino’dāsi-buddha dhammo’ti saññayā
Paggaṇhi taṁ achekattā-dhammā dhamma vijānane

30.
Rājāgārā vidūre taṁ-gehe katvāna pūjayī
Tathe’va kātuṁ sakkāraṁ-niyojesi narādhipo

31.
Katvāne’so silākāḷo-vividhaṁ puñña sañcayaṁ
Suto rajjaṁ gato rājā-ṭhitvā terasahāyane

32.
Tadaccaye majjhimako-dāṭhappabhūti nāmavā
Suto rajjaṁ gaṇhi kama-’matikkamma mahābalo

33.
Akkamo iti vārentaṁ-māresi saka bhātaraṁ
Moggallāno taṁ suṇitvā-yuddha sajjo pakuppiya

34.
Mahā cakkaṁ samādāya-rahera sikhariṁ agā
Rājā sannayha siviraṁ-khandhī karinda bhūdhare

35.
Moggallāno nisamme’taṁ sāparādhā na dīpikā
Tena’ññe māca yujjhantu-hatthiyuddhaṁ karomi’dha

36.
Sandesaṁ pahiṇī rañño-vatvā sādhū’ti tammukhaṁ
Gato gajaṁ samāruyha-moggallāno’si tādiso

37.
Danti ghaṭṭe’sanirāva-samosūyitthanissano
Dantaghāte samuṭṭhāsi-jālāviya’cirappabhā

38.
Rājā parājayaṁ disvāva-gaḷaṁ chindi nivārite
Rajja ‘mevaṁ divasehi-māsehi ca chahi jahī

39.
Tassa’ccaye moggallānova-dutiyo āsi bhūbhujo
Paṭiccamātulaṁ culla-moggallāno’tivohari

40.
Paṭitoso’pi kāveyyo-saṅgahehi mahā janaṁ
Saṅgahesi mahā saṅghaṁ-saṅgaṇhi paccayehica

41.
Tipeṭaka’ñca vācesi-sāṭṭhakatha ‘manuttaraṁ
Saddhamma bhāṇake pūjā-vidhinā pūjayī’nisaṁ

[SL Page 021] [\x 21/]

42.
Katvānaso dhammakabbaṁ-ṭhapetvā danti sekhare
Saddhamma desanosāne-vācesi nagare nisaṁ

43.
Sikharī majjhato bandhi-kadambāpaga’mādaraṁ
Dīghāyu pada kamma’nti-pattapāsāṇa vāpikaṁ

44.
Bandhāpayī dhana vāpiṁ-garītara’ñca vāpikaṁ
Saddhamma’ñca likhāpesi-sāsanabbhudayerato

45.
Pāletvā sāsanaṁ lokaṁ-soraccādi guṇālayo
Yathā kammaṁ gato rājā-vasse vīsatime ito

46.
Mahesī tassa sajane-visayogena ghātiya
Rajje puttaṁ’bhisiñcitvā-sā kho rajjaṁ vicārayī

47.
Kittissirī meghavaṇṇo-dutiyo bhūpatī pana
Tipupattehichādesi-bodhighara’managghikaṁ

48.
Silākāḷaddhanigāme-saṅgillavhaya vissute
Bhayasīvo mānave’ko-āsi moriya vaṁsajo
50.
Tassa’ggabodhi putteko-mahānāgo’tivissuto
Bhāgineyyocā’bhaviṁsu-mahānāgo vanecaro

51.
Savaṁsike tayo bhūpe-hantvā bhehisi patthivo
Vyākāsi mantiko taṁhi-sutvā siseva bhūpatiṁ

52.
Rājātuṭṭho’vata’ṅkāsi-rohaṇā’yuttakaṁ sakaṁ
Tasmiṁ punapasīditvā-andhasenāpati’ṅkari

53.
Pacceka bhogaṁ katvāso-rohaṇaṁ’va vasaṁ tahaṁ
Dāṭhappabhutināyoddhu-’ṅgāmoggallānabhītiyā

54.
Osakkitvā kittisiri-megharājaddhanī puraṁ
Gantvā ne’kūnavīsāhe-māresi taṁ mahīpatiṁ

55.
Rājāhutvā mahānāgo-desa’ṅkari yathā purā
Matattābhāgineyyassa-tato mātula puttakaṁ
Aggabodhi kumāraṁhi-uparāja ‘makāguṇī

[SL Page 022] [\x 22/]

56. Katvā bodhi dumindassa-ālavālaṁ harīmayaṁ
Sadumaṁchādayī bhūpo-muni bimbāni sandahi

57.
Adā mahā vihārassa-gāme jambelakādayo
Uddhādi gāmake jeta-vanassa dadi bhūpati

58.
Khettattisata dānena-niccakālika yāguyā
Santappayī jeta vane-yatayo sātakāmato

59.
Mahā vihāre saṅghassa-duratissa sarā sato
Sahassakhettaṁ pādāsi-yāguyāsa’sarādhipo

60.
Mayūra pariveṇassa-navaṁkamma’ñcadāpayī
Sujiṇṇa’manurārāmaṁ-paṭisaṅkhārayī tadā

61.
Patthivo so mahānāgo-vividhaṁ puñña sampadaṁ
Sañcinitvā tivassena-bhottuṁ phala’magā divaṁ

62.
Santuṭṭhā’mita vibhavā samuttikittī
Bhūpālā janavisaraṁ vamiṁsu vittaṁ
Sante’vaṁ sumariya yutti magga yuttā
Bhāvethā,matasiridaṁ sade’va puññaṁ

Bhāṇavāra pañcavīsatimaṁ.
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse navarāja dīpanonāma
Pañcavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 023] [\x 23/]

Chabbīsatimo paricchedo.

1.
Āsī mahānāga narādhipassa
Sa’mātuleyyo puna aggabodhika
Disampatī bhūta samādhinā taṁ
Hirañña gabbho vidadhittha nūnaṁ

2.
Sa’mātula’ṅkā upa medinindaṁ
Bhātussa ‘dāsī yuva rājakattaṁ
Sabhāgineyyaṁ malayā dhipacce
hapesi ṭhāntarakesu yogge

3.
Rājā sacakkaṁ yuva bhūpatissa
Dakkhiñña desaṁ pana ‘dāsi tattha
Vasaṁ samāno sirivaḍḍhamāna
Vāpi’ñca gāhāpayi daḷha citto

4.
Girī vihāra’ñca karīya saṅgha
Bhogāya khetta dvisataṁ pavecchi
Dāṭha vhayaṁ dhītara’massa rājā
Adāsi so kho malayā dhipassa

5.
So saṅgha bodhī pariveṇa’maggaṁ
Karī mahāsīva samaññakassa
Sanāmaka’ṅkā pariveṇa’massa
Pādāsi ye’vaṁ parivārākā’pi

6.
Budhā’ssa rañño’ddhani sīhalīya
Niruttiyā ‘kaṁsu vicitra kabbe
Padīpikā cā ‘su’ matappavāho
Kāle ‘smi’me’ke pana maññare’ti

7.
Kurunda nāmaṁ atha sabba saṅghiṁ
Vihārakaṁ katva sanāma vāpiṁ
Sa’nāḷikeropavanaṁ mahantaṁ
Tiyojana ‘ṅkārayi bhūmi pālo

[SL Page 024] [\x 24/]

8.
So loha yūpaṁ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahe ‘ssa chattiṁsa sahassa bhikkhū
Ticīvarenā’ccayi dāṭhasīva bhikkhussa ‘vāde ‘kari ṭhitva rajjaṁ

9.
Sa’mūgasenā patikaṁ vihāraṁ
Kāretva’tho lajjika gāma vāmaṁ
Bhikkhussa bhogattha ‘madā mahādī-
Nāgavhaya’ṅkā pariveṇa kantaṁ

10.
Vetulla vādo ‘tra tadā’si joti
Pālo mahā thera varo vivādā
Vetulla vādī’pi parājayittha
Rājā pasīditva ‘tha mānayī taṁ
11.
Dāṭhā pabhūtya vhayakā’di pādo
Theraṁ parajjhitva karamhi jātā
Gaṇḍā hato kho bhaginī sutagga-
Bodhiṁ ‘dipāda gga’makā mahīpo

12.
So bhūpati’neka vihāra bimba
Thūpe ca vāpī atha kārayitvā
Gato catuttiṁsa samāya kamma
Sarikkhakaṁ dibba sukha’nnubhottuṁ

13.
Tato ‘ggabodhī dutiyo’si bhūpo
Pubbassa rājassa mahallakattā
Ta’ṅkhudda nāmenu’da vohariṁsu
Pālesi dīpaṁ mahipo manuññaṁ

14.
Devī’ssa dhitā’si samātulassā’
Siggāhaka’ṅkā sa’tha saṅgha bhaddaṁ
hānantaraṁ ‘dāsi yathā rahaṁ ‘ñca
Veḷuvana’ṅkāriya sāgalīnaṁ

15.
Jambādimaṁrantaragallaka’ñcā’
Kā mātupiṭṭhiṁ puna khirikāya
Sa’dhātuyā geha’ma ku’ṇṇaloma
Ghara’ñca chattaṁ ‘malacetiyamhi

[SL Page 025] [\x 25/]

16.
Asse’ca kālamhi kaliṅga bhūpo
Raṇe janānaṁ maraṇa’mpi disvā
Saṁvigga citto’va idhā ‘gamitvā
Saddhāya so pabbajī jotipāle

17.
Padhāna ṭhāna ‘ṅkari matta sele
Vihārake tassa adāsa ‘macco
Mahesi vā ‘gammi ‘ha pabbajuṁ te
Sutvā mahesī ta’mu paṭṭhahittha

18.
Amacca therassa sa’ vetta vāsa
Vihārakaṁ pācina khaṇḍa rājyaṁ
Adāsi so saṅgha varassa ta ‘ñca
Atha ‘ccaya ‘ṅgā mahipo sa ‘thero

19.
So jotipāla tthaviramhi thūpā
Rāmamhi thūpe abhivandamāne
Bhāgo pabhijjitva pure patittha
Dassesi rājaṁ puna dukkhito’va
20.
Disvāna saṁvigga mano ta ‘matthaṁ
Tasmi ‘ṅkhaṇe paṭṭhapi kamma’maggaṁ
Sa’dakkhiṇāya ‘kkhaka dhātu seṭṭhaṁ
hapetva pūjesa’tha loha yūpe

21.
Cirāyamāne navakammi ‘masmiṁ
Rājā papañcessati dhātu gabbhaṁ
Gacchāma dhātuṁ pana gayha yaṁ taṁ’
Vocuṁ ‘sa devā supato’va ‘rāmī

22.
Rājā pabuddho pana uttasanto
Kāresi sabbaṁ na cirena kammaṁ
Dhātu varaṁ ‘netva manuñña loha-
Ppāsādato vaḍḍhayi sampuṭamhi

23.
Pādāsi laṅkaṁ saha sena dhātu-
Gabbhassa vattesu ‘pahāra hāriṁ
Ta ‘ṅgopakānaṁ ‘dadi lābha gāmaṁ
Mahesiyā ‘moda pavedayanto

[SL Page 026] [\x 26/]

24.
Mahesiyā katva ca sassa nāmaṁ
Dāṭhaggabodhī’ti akāsi vāsaṁ
Gaṅgā taṭaṁ sela taṭaṁ sara’ñca
Tathā valāhassa ‘makāsi vāpiṁ

25.
Sā bhatta vaṁsaṁ ‘disi bhikkhuṇīnaṁ
Katvāna so bhatta tariṁ mahantiṁ
Vaḍḍhesi pāḷiṁ mahipo para’ṅgā
Puññaṁ cinitvā dasama ssamāyaṁ

26.
Iti vidita muninda ssāsanā bhumi pālā
Upacita kusalā sampanna bhogā samattaṁ
Siri visara’managghaṁ hitva maccussa vāsa’
Mupagamu’miti ñatvā no care ko hi dhamme

Bhāṇavāraṁ chabbīsatimaṁ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse rāja dvaya dīpano nāma
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo
--------------

[SL Page 027] [\x 27/]

Sattavīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Dutiyo saṅghatisso’si-bhūpo’siggāhako tato
Sahassasmiṁ sate eka-paññāsatima hāyane

2.
Khuddaggabodhi rājassa-moggallāno camū pati
Vasaṁ raññā rohaṇasmiṁ-yuddhatthaṁ ‘bhimukho’gami

3.
Kuñjaraṁ’ruyha puttena-rājā sannaddha vāhano
Moggallāna’mupāgañchi-pācīna tissa pabbate

4.
Duvinnaṁ bala kāyānaṁ-saṅgāme samupaṭṭhite
Tasmiṁ rañño mahānāge-madhuka cchāya’māvisi

5.
Sākha’māhacca chattaṁ ‘sa-bhūmiyaṁ pati rājino
Ripusenā’haritvā taṁ-sāmino dadi taṅkhaṇe

6.
Chatta’mussāpayī sela-muddhani ṭṭhitako tadā
Patthive’so’ti cintetvā-parivāresi taṁ camū

7.
Hatthikkhandhā’varūhitvā-puttaṁ’maccaṁ va sukhkhacaṁ
Gahetvā pāvisī meru-majjaraṁ kānanaṁ dukho

8.
Atha gantvā vedvavanaṁ-codito pabbajī raho
Rohaṇaṁ gantu kāmo-so-maṇihīra’mupāgami

9.
Tatra ṭṭhā sevakā tassa-sañjānitvā tayo jane
Moggallānassa ñāpesuṁ-netvā sīha giriṁ puraṁ

10.
Tesaṁ chindāpayī sīse-dvīhi māsehi bhūmipo
Saṅghatisso asiggāho-mato evaṁ sudukkhito

11.
Nisamma rājino putto-icca ‘tra sa ‘pakuppiya
Hattha pādāni tassa’suṁ-chindituṁ viniyojayī

12.
Laddha jjayo moggallāno-pura’māgamma nibbhayo
Laṅkā rajjā dhipo āsi-dalla nāmena pākaṭo

13.
Senāpatiṁ mittaduhiṁ-malayā dhipati ‘ṅkari
Tassa puttassa ‘siggāha-ṭhānaṁ dadittha bhūbhujo

14.
Mahā thupa ttayaṁ sammā-nava vatthehi chādayī
Dāṭhā dhātuṁ kesa dhātuṁ-mahābodhi ‘ñca pūjayī

[SL Page 028] [\x 28/]

15.
Akā vesākhapūja’ñca-sāsanaṁ parisodhayī tipeṭakassa sajjhāya-’ṅkāresi vattayaṁ ‘canaṁ

16.
Saṅghassa loṇakhettāni-adāsi tisatādhike
Moggallāna vihāra’ñca-kārapiṭṭhimhi kārayī

17.
Saṅgāma piṭṭhigāma’ñca-vaṭṭa gāma vihārakaṁ
Kāresi cetiya gehaṁ-tathā rakkha vihārakaṁ

18.
Vihārāna ‘madā bhūrī-bhoga gāme janādhipo
Sañcinī pacuraṁ puññaṁ-vividhaṁ sāta kāmato

19.
Kuddho malaya rājassa-ta’mupāyena mārayī
Tassa putto asiggāho-nilīnaṁ jeṭṭha tissakaṁ

20.
Upasaṅkamma tenā’pi-yoddhuṁ rāja’mupāgami
Bhūrī pajja ra rogena-rājasenā matā tadā

21.
Rājasenā pabhijjitvā-palāyitvā’tidubbalā
Ekākinaṁ palāyanta-’ma nubandhi mahīpatiṁ

22.
Sīhaselassa sāmante-mārayittha narissaraṁ
Rajja’ṅkāresi soye’vaṁ-chavassāni disampati

23.
Jeṭṭha tissa’mahi ohīnaṁ-hantuṁ bhava patthivo
Pesesi sāsanaṁ ehi-ñatvā so malayaṁ agā

24.
Asiggāho anurādha-puraṁ’gamma nisaṁsayo
Laṅkādhipo āsi silā-meghavaṇṇo’ti vissuto

25.
Bodhi’ñca saṅghaṁ vanditvā-cetiye tīni bhūpati
Sakkāsa’tha mahāpāḷiṁ-vaḍḍhayittha sukhedhito

26. Silāmaya munindassa-vihāre abhayuttare jiṇṇaṁ geha’makādatvā-kolavāpi’ñca rakkhayī
27.
Sirināgo jeṭṭhatissa-mātulo pāratīrakaṁ
Gantvāna damiḷe’dāya-gaṇhituṁ desa’muttaraṁ

28.
Upakkami tadā rāja-sutvā yujjhitva ta’mpi ca
Hantvāna sese pesse’kā-tatra tatra vihārake

29.
Sampatta vijaye raññe-vasante sati nibbhaye
Bodhi vhayo bhikkhu’bhaye-vihāre bahule tahiṁ

[SL Page 029] [\x 29/]

30.
Disvā dussīlake rāja-’mu pasaṅkamma dhammikaṁ
Kammaṁ yācittha tene’va-kāresi taṁ mahīpati

31.
Raho mantiya dussīlā-ta’mmāretvā kammakaṁ
Paṭibāhayuṁ bhūpālo-kuddho gaṇhiya te tato

32.
Sarasī pālake’kāsi-chinna hatthe sabandhane
Jambudīpe sataṁ bhikkhū-khipāpesi mahāmati

33.
Parisodhesī paggāhaṁ-saraṁ tassa ca sāsanaṁ
Therīyavādake rājā-tehi kātu ‘muposathaṁ
34.
Nimantetvā paṭikkhitto-kujjhitvāna ‘vabhāsiya akkhamāpiya te bhikkhū-dakkhiṇa’ṅgā
disampati

35.
Māraṇantika rogena-phuṭṭho dehaṁ sarajjakaṁ
Jahitvā navame vasse-para’ṅgami’vanīpati

36. Tato tassa suto āsi-rājaggabodhi nāmavā pākaṭo ‘si sirīsaṅgha-bodhi nāmena mānito

37.
Bhātaraṁ tassu’parajje-māṇa’mhisicca dakkhiṇaṁ
Adāsi sammā pālesi-raṭṭhaṁ saṅghaṁ ca mānayi

38.
Malaye jeṭṭhatissa vho-vasaṁ saṅgayha mānave
Pubba dakkhiṇake hattha-gate katvāna pacchimaṁ

39.
Dāṭhā sīvaṁ sajīva’ñca-gahetuṁ pesayī lahuṁ māyetti’māgataṁ bhūpo-dāṭhāsīvaṁ pana’ggahī

40.
Jeṭṭhatisso raṇa sajjo-rājasenaṁ samottharī
Rājā aññātavesena-palāto turitaṁ tadā

41.
Nāva’māruyha māsamhi-chaṭṭhe rajjā anissaro
Jambudīpa’magā’pekkho-āyati’ñca yathā tathā

42.
Tato’bhavī jeṭṭhatisso-mahīpālo mahābalo
Sāsanaṁ paripālesi-mānanīye ca mānayī

43.
Mahādāragiri’ndāsi-vihāre abhayavhaye
Mahāvihārassa mahā-mettabodhi ‘madā sato

44.
Jetavane goṇḍigāmaṁ-pādāsi pacure tato
Adā saṁvasathe rājā-tasmiṁ tasmiṁ vihārake

[SL Page 030] [\x 30/]

45.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇe-tilakkhena niyāmato
Puñña ‘mevaṁ vidhaṁ bhūpo-sañcinittha sadāsayo

46.
Tatiyaggabodhi bhūpālo-tadā parataṭaṁ gato
Dāmiḷaṁ bala ‘mādāya-kāḷavāpi ‘mupāgami.

47.
Jeṭṭhatisso ‘pi senaṅga-’mādāya samupāgami
Kāḷavāpi sakāsamhi-yujjhanto attano balaṁ

48.
Disvāno ‘hīyamānaṁ ‘vā-maccaṁ gira ‘mimaṁ bruvi
Mahesiyā samāroca-devī pabbajja āgamaṁ

49.
Sajjhāyitvā cā’bhidhammaṁ-vatvā pattiṁ sarājino
Dehī’ti vatvā sattīyā-sīlaṁ chindi sayaṁ tato

50.
Mahādevī tathā katvā-phalitvā hadayaṁ matā rājā pañcahi māsehi-para’ṅgā bhuvanaṁ mato

51.
Balavā jitasaṅgāmo-aggabodhi narādhipo
Rajjaṁ pākatika ‘ṅkāsi-puna rajje patiṭṭhiya

52.
Padhāna ghara sāmissa-haṅkāraṁ sāmugāmakaṁ
Kehellarājabhāga’ñca-adāsi parivārake

53.
Mahāmaṇiṁ jetavane-sālagāmaṁ disampati
Mayetti kassapā vāse-’dāsi puñña parāyano

54.
Cetiyaddīmhi ambila-padara’ndā puḷatthike
Pure ‘kāsi mahāpāna-dīpakaṁ suvicittitaṁ

55.
Māṇaṁ ‘macco’parājānaṁ-māresuṁ taṁ ‘parādhitaṁ
Tato ‘nujaṁ kassapavha-’mo parajje ‘bhisecayī

56.
Dāṭhāsīvo ‘ccayaṁ sutvā-māṇassa dāmiḷaṁ balaṁ
Gahetvā tintiṇiṁ gañjī-gāmaṁ yujjhitva bhūpatiṁ

57.
Parājetvāna dāṭhopa-tisso’tya’hu suvissuto
Tatva ‘ggabodhi bhūpālo-jambudīpaṁ palātavā

58.
Laddhokāso idhā’gamma-rajjaṁ’gahi viyujjhiya
Loko upadduto raññaṁ-saṅgāmenā’si pīḷito

59.
Dāṭhopatisso nikhilaṁ-nāsayi pubbarājunaṁ
Dhātvāvāsesu sāra’ñca-hemaṁ bimbesu paggahī

[SL Page 031] [\x 31/]

60.
Thūpārāme cetiyamhi-gahi sovaṇṇathūpikaṁ
Bhindittha cetiye chatta-’managgharatanācitaṁ

61.
Puna vippaṭisārī’va-desetuṁ sassa kibbisaṁ
Sākavatthuvihāraṁ so-bhogena saha kārayi

62.
Bhāgineyyo’si ratana-dāṭho mahādipādako
Atha’ggabodhimhi patte-kassapo yuvabhūpati

63.
Senaṁ rakkhitu’mappañño-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṁ
Bhetvā rājūhi mahitaṁ-dhanasāra’ñca paggahī

64.
Dakkhiṇasmiṁ vihārasmiṁ-bhindi cetyaṁ durāsayo
Eva’maññe’pi bhinditvā-aggahī dhanasañcayaṁ

65.
Karonta’mevaṁ vāretuṁ-nāsakkhī’ghapurakkhataṁ
Rājā thūpārāmacetyaṁ-bhinnaṁ pākatika’ṅkari

66.
Jito dāṭhopatissena-aggabodhi disampati
Raṇasenaṁ sajjayituṁ-puna rohaṇa’meva’gā

67.
Tahiṁ soḷasame vasse-vyādhinā pahaṭo mato
Tadā’nujo yuvarājā-kassapo balavāhano

68.
Dāṭhopatissa’mapara-patīraṁ’va palāpiya
Rajja’meka’ṅkāsi dīpaṁ-makuṭa’nne’va dhārayī

69.
Sataṁ saṅgamato sassa-desetuṁ kibbisaṁ bhusaṁ
Ārāmavāpiyo vā’pi-kārāpayi hite rato

70.
Mahāmahehi sakkāsi-mahācetittayaṁ puna
Thūpārāma’ñca pūjesi-bhogagāmavarena’pi

71.
Yūpaṁ varicavaṭṭimhi-kāretvā nāgasālakaṁ
Mahāniṭṭhilagāma’ñca-nāga sāla nivāsino

72.
Therassa’dāsa’bhidhammaṁ-sāṭṭhakatha’manuttaraṁ
Tena vācesu’paṭṭhāya-paccayehi yathārahaṁ

73.
Tato dāṭhopatisso ‘tra-sena’mādāya āgato
Kassapenā’have naṭṭho-vasse dvādasame’bhavi

74.
Kassapo dutiyo patta-vijayo’si mahādhiti
Bhattaggaṁ bhikkhusaṅghassa-vaḍḍhesi puññakāmato

[SL Page 032.] [\x 32/]

75.
Dhammaṁ vācesi mānetvā-nāgasāla nivāsinā
Pāliṁ likhāpayu’ddissa-kaṭandhakāra vāsinaṁ

76.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṁ-kamma’ṅkā cetiye navaṁ
Tathe’va kusala’ṅkāsi-pahūtaṁ bhūpatī’nisaṁ

77.
Bahulā tassa puttā’suṁ-māṇavho pubbajo’bhavi
Chāpakattā puna tesaṁ-vasantaṁ rohaṇe tadā

78.
Bhāgineyyaṁ samāhūya-mānaṁ puttehi rajjakaṁ
Tassa nīyādayītvāna-tahaṁ saṅghaṁ khamāpayī

79.
Dhamma’mevā’nuvattitvā-sabbaṁ saṅgaṇhi sādaro
Yathākamma’magā rājā-navame hāyane paraṁ

80.
Mātulassa mahārañño-kattabbaṁ katva sabbaso
Damiḷe nīharāpesi-jane saṅgayha māṇakenā

81.
Nibbāsemā’ti’maṁ tasmiṁ-ṭhitasmiṁ bahi dāmiḷā
Puraṁ gahetvānā’gantuṁ-hatthadāṭhassa pārato

82.
Pesesuṁ sāsanaṁ sajju-māṇo’pi sāsanaṁ pitu
Pesesi rohaṇe sassa-nacirenā’gato pitā

83.
Tato māṇo’bhisiñcittha-tātaṁ rajje sa ‘dappulaṁ
Nikāyānaṁ tisahassa-’madā saṅgaṇhi dīpake

84.
Hatthadāṭho damiḷānaṁ-sutvā sāsana’māgato
Māṇo’pi pitaraṁ rājaṁ-rohaṇaṁ’va savatthukaṁ

85. Pesetvā so pubbadesaṁ-gantvā vasi jane suto
Sattāha ‘manurādhamhi-dappulo’kāsi rajjakaṁ

86.
Rohaṇe vasamāno so-pālesi sāsanaṁ janaṁ
Tīni vassāni rajja’ṅkā-yathākammaṁ gato paraṁ

87.
Pācīnāyaṁ vasaṁ māṇo-raṇaṁ kātu’mupakkami
Hatthadāṭho’pi taṁ ñatvā-samāgañchi mahābalo

88.
Tambalamhi mahāyuddhe-yodhā māṇaṁ vināsayuṁ
Hatthadāṭho dāṭhopa-tisso sāvesi savhayaṁ

89.
Pitucchā sūnuno agga-bodhissa yuvarājataṁ
Desa’ñca dakkhiṇa’ndāsi-nissite’pi susaṅgahī

[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]

90.
Vihāre abhayavho’kā-kappūra pariveṇakaṁ
Tipu thulla vihāraṁ hi-kārente theriyā yatī

91.
Sīmāya’nto’ti vāresuṁ-kārayī sa’balā tahiṁ
Pattanikkujjana’ṅkaṁsu-assaddho’ti vijāniya

92.
Katvāna vividhaṁ puññaṁ-vyādhinā pahaṭo bhusaṁ
Navame hāyane rajjā-mato ‘si mahipo dayo

93.
Khaṇena sampatya ‘pasavya yātraṁ
Payāti sabbā acirappabhā’va
Tato paraṁ tāsu ratiṁ vihāya
Careyya dhammābhirato hitatthi

Bhāṇavāraṁ sattavīsatimaṁ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse aṭṭha rāja dīpano nāma
Sattavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]

Aṭṭhavīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Tato catuttho’ssa’nujo’ggabodhi
Nāmena rājā sirisaṅghabodhi
Āsī dayālū sa’hi puññakāmī
Yatīna ‘bhattagga ‘malokayittha

2.
hānantaraṁ ‘dāni yathārahaṁ so
Pāḷiṁ mahanti’mpica vaḍḍhayittha
Kāruñña sampūta mano mahīpo
Māghātaka ‘ṅkārayi atra dīpe

3.
Jiṇṇe vihāre pariveṇakeca
Akāsi so pākatike manāpaṁ
Gāme adā bhogarahaṁ karitvā
Saṅghassa dāse ca ṭhapesi kāmaṁ

4.
Guṇaṁ hi tiṇṇaṁ ratanāna ‘magga’
Manussarante ‘kavaliṁ gahetvā
Aka ‘kkhamālaṁ kira subbato ‘va
Pajā nuvattā ta ‘mahesu ‘mevaṁ

5.
Kamme niyutto’ssa hi potthakuṭṭho māṭambiyaṁ geha ‘makā padhānaṁ
Kappūranāme pariveṇa kante
Yūpaṁ akā so damiḷo dhaneso

6.
Sa ‘potthasāto dhajinī patindo
Bhūpālanāmiṁ pariveṇa ‘maggaṁ
So saṅghatisso’pyu ‘pabhūmi pālo
Kāresi sehāluparāja saññaṁ

7.
Jeṭṭhā mahesī pana tassa jeṭṭhā
Rāmābhidhānaṁ pana bhikkhuṇīnaṁ
Upassayaṁ kā’ssa adā dvigāmaṁ
Dhātvālaya’ṅkā malayādhipo so

[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]

8.
So bodhitisso ‘kari bodhi tissa
Vihāra ‘maññe idha maṇḍalīyā
Tathā ‘kāruṁ bhūri vihāra rāme
Kālo ayaṁ puññamayo ‘va bhāsī

9.
Athā ‘paraṁ bhūmipatī puḷatthī
Pura’ṅgato vāsa ‘makappayittha
Rogenaphuṭṭho jana ‘movaditvā
Diva’ṅgato soḷasamamhi vasse

10.
Vicārayī rajja ‘mato ‘tra pottha-
Kuṭṭho ‘pabhūpaṁ khipi dāṭhasīvaṁva
Kārāghare ‘rakkhaṇa ‘mādisitvā
Raññā vinu ‘bbiṁparibhuñjitu’ñca

11.
Sakkoti so datta ‘mala’nti netvā
Rājanvayiṁ taṁ abhisicca rajje
Nāmaṁ ṭhapetvā ‘ssa vicārayittha
Rājā vihāra’ṅkari so sanāmiṁ

12.
Datto sa’rājā ‘dvisamaṁ’ca rajja
Makā tato’hūya’pi hatthadāṭhaṁ
Rajje’bhisiñci sva’nusāsi bhūpaṁ
Māresi māsehi chahī’bhavasmiṁ

13.
Āsī mahā sammata vaṁsa jāto
Sa’kassapassa ddutiyassa rañño
Putto samāno pana māṇavammo
Rājā’tha laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṁ

14.
Mahesi rañño malayādhipassa
Dhītā’si saṁghā lalanā surūpā
Santo kumāro sa’hi hatthadāṭha
Rājassa kāle ‘gami jambudīpaṁ

15.
Sevitva rājaṁ narasīha nāma’
Mārādhayī sabba pavuttiyā so
Piyā’ssa kantā catudhītaro ca
Tahiṁ vijātā caturo ca ‘pacce

[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]

16.
Evaṁ vasante narasīharaññā
Saddhiṁ raṇāyā ‘gami vallabhavho
Rājā’have tamhi sa’māṇavammo
Sena’mpi viddhaṁsayi vallabhassa

17.
So māṇavammo’pi tahaṁ paṭuttaṁ
Dassesi dibbāna’raṇe harī’ca
Tasmiṁ pamodo nara sīha rājā
Savāhanaṁ vāhini’massa datvā

18.
Gacchāhi gaṇhāhi’ti rajja’māsuṁ
Pesesi laṅkaṁ puna māṇavammo
Āgammi’maṁ saṁyuga’mārabhittha
Dāṭhopatissena parājito so

19.
Etto tato para’magā sahāyaṁ
Disvā punā’rādhiya taṁ narindaṁ
Sammā vupaṭṭhesi sa’yāva bhūpa-
Catukka’mā yacca’mapekkhamāno

20.
Vārasmi ‘masmiṁ pana māṇavammaṁva
Rajje ṭhapessa’nti balaṁ sayoggaṁ
Datvāna nesī atha so saseno
Sindhu ‘ntaritvo’ttara maggahittha

21.
Senā puraṁ gantu’makhobhayitvā’
Rabhī suṇitvā iti pottha kuṭṭho
Mahā balo paccupago’si sūro
So māṇavammo dvipa’māruhitvā

22.
Taṁ potthakuṭṭhaṁ mahipa’ñca dvejjhaṁ
Palāpayī tassa narā palātaṁ
Taṁ hatthadāṭhaṁ pana disva tassa
Sīsaṁ hagetvā’ssa ca dassayiṁsu
23.
Sa’potthakuṭṭho vigato mato’sī
Tato’tra dīpe sa’hi māṇavammo
Ussāpayī chatta ‘manappakāni
Puññāni ‘kāsī atha kappa gāmaṁ

[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]

24.
Sepaṇṇikākhya’ñca vihāra’maggaṁ
Padhānarakkhe sirināma yūpaṁ
Kāresi jiṇṇe saṭisaṅkharittha
So pañcatiṁsa ssarade para’ṅgā

25.
Tato’ccaye pañcamako’ggabodhi
Tassa’trajo bhūpati āsi puñño
Kadambagona ‘ñca mahātalasmiṁ
So devapālīsu giriṁ pura’ñca

26.
Kāresi so antare sobbhakamhi
Devaṁ vihāra’ṅkari rāja mātiṁ
Te paṁsukulīna ‘ma dāsa’vaḍḍha
Māna ñca yūpaṁ paṭisaṅkharittha

27.
Suvaṇṇa chabbīsa sahassa mattaṁ
Samāpayitvā pati cetiyaddiṁ
Jiṇṇa’ñca sabbaṁ paṭisaṅkharittha
Sa’pāṇiṇaṁ’dāsa’tha dāna bhaṇḍe

28.
Dayo mahāsena vihārakassa
Karīya’dāsī vara tāla vatthuṁ
Sa’goṇḍigāmākhya saraṁ vibhinnaṁ
Bandhāpayī sādhu pajāhitatthi

29.
Sayaṁ’va rajje janatā’ssa sammā
Sovaggiyaṁ kamma’makāsi niccaṁ
Chavassa ‘mevaṁ sukaṭa’ṅkaritvā
Bhottuṁ’va’gañjī tidivaṁ vipākaṁ

30.
Tassā’nujo ‘hosa’tha bhūmipālo
Sa’kassapavho tatiyo patīto
Mahājanaṁ saṅgahi saṅgahehi
Pitā niyaṁ putta’miva’gga ceto

31.
hānantarādī dadi tassa tassa
Māghātaka’ṅkārayi so’tra dīpe
Vāṇijjagāmo pavana’ñca’kāsī
Sa’kassapācela padhānagehaṁ

[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]

32.
So heligāmamhi ca macchatitthe
Kāresi vāse’mbavanopavanyaṁ
Eva’mpi aññe cakaritva puññe
Akāsi rajjaṁ chasamaṁ manuññaṁ

33.
Tato kaṇiṭṭho’pi mahindanāmo
Sampattarajjo na mahī kirīṭaṁ
Tassā’si mitto cirasatthuto hi
Mato purā’to na ca icchi so taṁ

34.
Sa’ādipādo’vi ha rajja’maggaṁ
Vicārayī kassapa nāmabhātu
So aggabodhiṁ suta’moparajje
hapetva’dāsī puna pubba desaṁ

35.
Sutassa’dāsī pana dakkhiṇāsaṁ
Dasānakaṁ so garupāliyaṁ hi
Dine dine dāpayī bhikkhuṇīna’
Mupassaya’ṅkāsi sanāmadheyyaṁ

36.
Mahindatittho pavanaṁ sabhoga’
Maññāni’kāsī vividhāni puññe
Katvāna rajjaṁ matimā tivassaṁ
Gavesayaṁ nāka’magā sakhaṁ’va

37.
Mahinda putto karaga’mpi rajjaṁ
Pācīna desā dhipatissa tassa
Chaṭṭhaggabodhissa padāsi pañño
Rājā silāmegha samaññako’si

38.
Mahindaputtaṁ puna oparajje’
Bhisiñci kāle atha gacchate’vaṁ
Āgamma rājaṁ pisunā raho’ghā’
Vocuṁ mahīpo paribhijji tasmiṁ

39.
Viditva taṁ so sakadesa’māsu’
Māgamma saṅgaṇhi jane tadāni
Balaṁ gahetvā ‘rabhi sampahāraṁ
Bhīmaṁ ‘si yuddhaṁ kadalī nivāte

[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]
40.
Tahiṁ parājitva raṇe’ggabodhi
Upāvanīso malayaṁ palāto
Tato kataññū saka bhātuno’pa
Kāraṁ saranto malayaṁ sayaṁ’va

41.
Gantvā ‘ggabodhiṁ susamādiya’ggaṁ
Puraṁ gamitvā saka dhītu saṅghaṁ
Akā vivāhaṁ saha tena tuṇṇaṁ’
Tato samaggā sukhitā vasiṁsu

42.
Kadāci saṅghā patino’ssa agga-
Bodhissa dosā pituno niyogā
Sā pabbajī bhikkhuṇi santikasmiṁ
Tassā tadā mātula sūnu bhūto

43.
Tahaṁ ta’mādāya rahassa ‘magga-
Bodhī kumāro tuvaṭaṁ palāto
Dhavoparājo sahitena saddhiṁ
Yujjhitva gaṇhī bhariyaṁ’sa saṅghaṁ

44.
Vyāpāra ādi nimako pavanyaṁ
Māṇa gga bodhū pavana’ñca tacchaṁ
So hatthi kucchimhi punādipiṭṭhi
Vihārake kārayi citra yūpe
45.
Jiṇṇa’ñca so pākatikaṁ karitvā
Yathā balaṁ sañcini puñña puñjaṁ
Bhūpo hi tāḷīsatimamhi vasse
Rajjaṁ vicāretva diva’ṅgamittha

46.
Tato mahindassa suto’ggabodhi
Rājā ‘bhavī sattatamako ‘parājā
Mahindaputtaṁ sakaṁ ‘moparajje’
Bhisiñci rakkhī janasāsanaṁ so

47.
Jiṇṇo mahābodhi ghare nava’mpi
Kammaṁ thira’ṅkāsi kalanda nāmaṁ
Ārāmakaṁ mallanila’ñca kāsī
Salāka bhattaṁ dadi vaṁsikānaṁ

[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]

48.
Gilāna bhesajja’madā puḷatthi
Pure vasa’ṅkāsi pahūta puññaṁ
Mato suto jīvati bhūpatismiṁ
Cuto’si rājā chahihāyanehi

49.
Tato silāmegha suto mahindo
Vasundharindo dutiyo’bhavittha
Pitussa kālamhi sa ‘cakkapacce
hatvā vicāresi sayaṁ va rajjaṁ

50.
Raññe matasmiṁ janake mahante
Titthe vasī so matimā vinīto
Rañño’ccayaṁ cullapitussa sutvā
Nāseyyu’māsuṁ ta’ma rīpura’ṅgā

51.
Saraṭṭhiyā maṇḍaliko ‘ttarasmi’
Macchejja desa’ñca karaṁ na ‘daṁsu
Sutvā saseno ‘va tahiṁ gamitvā
Sabbe’va te nimmathayī nayaññū

52.
Matassa rañño ‘ggamahesi guyhaṁ
Hantuṁ niyojesi mahindabhūpaṁ
So taṁ viditvāna’pi tāya rakkhaṁ
Vidhāya gantvā ‘ggahi rajja’maggaṁ

53.
Vattu’ñca māretu’masakkuṇanto
Deviṁ saka’ṅkāsi piyaṁ piyaṁ ‘ca
Vijāyi sā sūnuvaraṁ’sa opa-
Rajjaṁ adāsī mahipo sabhogaṁ

54.
Tato mahīpo dhajinī patissa
Kāle’ttano jātasutassa yuddhe
Sūratta’mikkhitva sutaṁ hi senā
Pacce ṭhapesī suvidūra dassī

55.
Tadā silāmegha mahīpatissa
Sa’bhāgineyyo’bhavi dappulavho
Balaṁ samādayu’dakāḷavāpi
Mupāgami saṁyuga ‘māsukātuṁ

[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]

56.
Sutvāna so taṁ mahīpo saseno
Āgañji tesaṁ samaraṁ ‘si bhīmaṁ
Ohīyamānaṁ dhajiniṁ sakassa
Sa’dappulo ‘vekkhiya sampalāto

57.
Suññaṁ puraṁ icca’pi uttarīsā
Mantvā ‘ggahesuṁ nagaraṁ pavīro
Gantvā puraṁ te paṭibāhayitvā
Rajjaṁ vicāresi yathānayaṁ so

58.
Pattānubalyo malayaṁ gato’ca
Dvebhāgineyye puna ‘hūya rattiṁ
Sodappulo ‘gamma puraṁ saseno
Ugghosayanto parirundhi sīghaṁ

59.
Mahinda bhūnātha ‘ruṇu’ggatamhi
Mātaṅga ‘māruyha dhatāyudho’va
Yujjhitva nipphoṭiya ‘rātisenaṁ
Pavedayī laddhajayo savittiṁ

60.
Parājito dappulako sasena’
Mādāya ‘gā rohaṇa ‘meva pāto
Dverājaputte’ggahi jīvagāhaṁ
Pācīnadesa’mpi susādhayittha

61.
Pubbamhi desamhi ṭhitā ‘dipādā
Sagabha ‘māhūya’pi rohaṇasmā
Katvāna sandhiṁ saritātaṭamhi
Mahabbalā vāsa’makappayiṁsū

62.
Nisamma taṁ bhūpati’nikajātaṁ
Lahuṁ bahummāra bhidhāna gāme
Nivesayī tesa’mubhinna ‘mājī
Sudussahā’sī pana koviḷāre

63.
Tatrā’pi tesaṁ balasaṁhatiṁ so
Rājā samugghātayi dappulo ‘tha
Palātavā dvevihatā ‘dipādā
Tahiṁ raṇe laddhajayo babhūva

[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]

64.
Nirākula’ṅkātu’mimaṁ hi thūpā
Rāmamhi sabbaṁ atha bhikkhu saṅghaṁ
So sannipātetvi’tare sapañño
Pavatti’mārocayi yutti yutto

65.
Pasaṁsito tehi’pi dappulena
Sandhi’ṅkaritvā’ssatu pāragaṅgaṁ
Datvā puraṁ’gamma vase’kachatto
Dāmavhaya’ṅkā pariveṇa’maggaṁ

66.
Sannīratittha’ñca puḷatthisaññe
Pure karitvāna ‘bhayuttaramhi
Mahādilekhaṁ pariveṇa ‘miṭṭhaṁ
Kāresi so bhūpati puññakāmī

67.
Tahaṁ tilakkheni’va vejayantaṁ
So nekabhūmaṁ ratanavhayūpaṁ
Kāretva jambonada hema saṭṭhi
Sahassamattena muninda bimbaṁ

68.
Kāresi cūḷāmaṇi saññutaṁ’va
Sabbopahārena karitva pūjaṁ
Tasmiṁ cajī yūpamahe sa ‘rajjaṁ
Rūpīmaya’ṅkārayi bodhi sattaṁ

69.
Bimbaṁ hi taṁ bhikkhuṇupassayamhi
Rājā silāmeghabhidhe ṭhapittha
Kāretva jiṇṇe ‘nimisāna ‘vāse
Taha’nta ha’ṅkārayi deva bimbe

70.
So paṅgulānaṁ usabhe ca vuttiṁ
Dāsī gavaṁ khīragate ‘va sasse
Sahassa khettaṁ dadi kāḷavāpī
Nīrassa dhāraṁ suthira’ṅkarittha

71.
Rañño tadā dhaññuparājaputto
Marittha senāpati ‘maññapaccaṁ
hapesi bhūmīpati oparajje
Pavattayī rajja ‘manissaro’va

[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]

72.
Disampatī sādhu vatā nuvatti
Vassāni vīsatya ‘nisaṁ sa’rajjaṁ
Sammānu sāsittha pajā’sute’va
Maññī diva’ṅgā ‘ggasukha’nnubhottuṁ

73.
Sabbo’va satta visaro dhana dhañña vittaṁ
Hitvā payāti satanuṁ dayita’mpi evaṁ
Ñatvā sato dhiti yuto vividha’mpi puññaṁ
Kubbetha mutti matadaṁ satataṁ hitatthi

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhavīsatimaṁ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse navarāja dīpano nāma
ṭhavīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]

Ekūnatiṁsatimo paricchedo

1.
Atho sahasse tisate - eka paññāsame jine
Dutiyo dappulo tassa - suto rājā’si kittimā

2.
Yuvarāja’makā jeṭṭha - sutaṁ tassa mahīpati
hānantara’madā tassa - tassa ‘nejo yathārahaṁ

3.
Assosi rājā paccanto - kupito maṇi hīrake
Puttaṁ senāpati’ñcā’suṁ - pesayī te upāgamuṁ

4.
Bhedakāmā tattha vatvā - pisunā bhubhuje ubho
Bhindiṁsu verino hutvā - gaṇhituṁ desa’mārabhuṁ

5.
Mahīpatī ti viditvā - gantvā ghātesi te ubho
Saṁsametvāna taṁ desaṁ - puḷatthipura mā’gamī

6.
Rohaṇā dhipatī dāṭhā - sīvassa sūnu khattiyo
Mahindo pituno sūro - sapatto bhūya vegavā

7.
Upasaṅkami rājānaṁ - disvā tuṭṭho mahīpati
Saṅgaṇhi tena metti’ñca - thira’ṅkātuṁ’sa dhītaraṁ

8.
Devanāmaṁ tassa datvā - pāhesi rohaṇaṁ tato
Tahaṁ vasaṁ palāpesi - pitaraṁ paratīrakaṁ

9.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo - jiṇṇe thūpe vihārake
Paṭimāyo ca kāresi - gāme dadi tahiṁ tahiṁ

10.
Vejja sālā ca kāresi - pulatthi pura puṅgave
Paṇḍāvi gāmamhi bhoga - gāma saññutakaṁ tathā
11.
Sammā vinicchite aṭṭe - potthakesu likhāpiya
Ukkoṭana bhayā bhūpo - ṭhapesi rāja mandire

12.
Paṅgula ndhāna ‘sālāyo - kārayittha tahaṁ tahaṁ
Pubba lekhe’pya ‘vāretvā - sāsanaṁ paripālayī

[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]

13.
Mahesī cetiya ddīmhi - kaṇṭaka’ṅkāsi cetiyaṁ
Bhikkhuṇū passaya’ṅkāsi - silāmegha samaññakaṁ

14.
Rājā dappula sela vhaṁ - vāsa’mbuyyānake subhaṁ
Sena gga bodhināga’ñca - vāha dīpamhi kārayī

15.
Puñña’ṅkatvā bahuṁ nekaṁ - ‘vaniṁ bhutvā yathākkamaṁ
Pariccaji bhuvaṁ bhūpo - pañca vassehi puññavā

16.
Mahindo tatiyo āsi - rājātassa suto tato
So dhammika silāmegho - dhammikattā ‘ti vissuto

17.
Kātuṁ navaṁ hi ratana - pāsāde ‘ti mano rame
Sadā dāpesi geṭṭhumba - daka vāraṁ mahāmati

18.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṁ - cinitvā kusalaṁ bahuṁ
Catutthe sarade rajjā - yathākammaṁ gato paraṁ

19.
Atha’ṭṭhamo aggabodhi - kaniṭṭho tassa rājino
Chatta mu’ssāpayī rājā - sattānaṁ hita ‘māvahaṁ

20.
Nāmena pituno ca’ssa - udaya ggādi bodhikaṁ
Kāresi pariveṇa’ñca - kāretvā bhūta nāmakaṁ

21.
Sabhogaṁ sassa verassa - bhikkhūnaṁ tisatassa ca
Adā vihāra cetyānaṁ - tasmiṁ tasmiṁ’ñca gāmake

22.
Maccha maṁsa surā dīna - ‘muposatha dinesu hi
Pura ppavesaṁ vāresi - sovaggiya ‘makā tathā

23.
Mātu paṭṭhāna nirato - rājā’hāradinā sadā
Cetiyaṁ ‘ca aho rattaṁ - patimānesi mātaraṁ

24.
Katvāna vividhaṁ puññaṁ - mātaraṁ’va upaṭṭhituṁ
Vasse’kādasame dibba - loka’ṅgami disampati

25.
Kaṇiyo tassa tatiyo - dappulo ‘sī ‘tha bhūpati
Cāritta’mavivajjetvā - sammā rajjaṁ vicārayī

26.
Tadā rohaṇa dhīsena - mahindena sunīhaṭā
Puttā rājāna ‘magamuṁ - pavattī suṇi bhūpati

[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]

27.
Datvā rājā balaṁ tesaṁ - pitarā nesi yujjhituṁ
Tahiṁ raṇe parājitvā - rājāna ‘magamuṁ puna

28.
Mahindo ñātinā yena - yujjhanto mari ñāti’pi
Tadārājā bhāgineyya - kittaggabodhino sakaṁ

29.
Dhītaraṁ devā bhidhānaṁ - datvāna rohaṇaṁ ‘nayī
Vāha dīpa lavā rāma - pabbata’ṅkārayī subhaṁ

30.
Buddhaṁ sovaṇṇaya’ṅkatvā - vihāre jeta nāmake
Bodhā vāse vaḍḍhayitvā - mahā maha’makārayī

31.
Paṭisaṅkhari jiṇṇa’ñca - mahāpāḷi’ñca vaḍḍhayī
Senāpati’ssa vajiro - kacchavā la’ñca kārayī

32.
Thūpā rāme thūpa gharaṁ - hemaṭṭhikāhi chādayī
Kambu dvāre ca kāresi - tulā bhāra’ñca dāpayī

33.
Rājā vasaṁ bherimaṇi - pāsāda nagare vare
Rajjaṁ soḷasa vassāni - katvā’gami divaṁ dayo

34.
Tatva’ggabodhi navamo - tassa putto’si patthivo
Rājā samatta dīpamhi - pāpā cāraṁ nivārayī

35.
Yatī cullavihāresu - gantvā mahā vihārakaṁ
Yāguṁ gaṇhanti taṁ sutvā - tibba nibbinna mānaso

36.
Gāme tayo ca salila - cāra dāpiyabhūpati
Tahiṁ tahiṁ ‘ca yāguṁ hi - gahetuṁ yojayī sadā

37.
Sannipātetva dīpe’smiṁ - yācake divasattayaṁ
Kambuṁ yathecchaṁ dāpesi - dukkhīnaṁ sāta’māvahaṁ

38. Puñña pākaṁ padassetuṁ - tīhi vassehi rajjato
Dibbā ‘vhayuṁ ‘va mahipaṁ - santataṁ dhamma cārinaṁ

39.
Tadaccaye tassa ‘nujo - seno rājā’si puññavā
Mahesī rājino saṅghā - ‘bhavi kantā piyaṁvadā

40.
Mahindo kassapo tassa - udayo ‘tya ‘nujā’ bhavuṁ
Mahindo tesa ma’bhavi - yuvabhūpatita ‘nnugo

[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
41.
Kadāci paṇḍu mahipo - jambudīpā ihā’gato
Ārabhī gaṇhituṁ dīpaṁ - rājāsena’ñca peseyī

42.
Paṇḍu rājo’ttaraṁ gaṇhi - vasantā damiḷā tahaṁ
Tassā’nuyātā balavā - yujjhituṁ ‘rabhi rājinā

43.
Dassesi paṇḍu rājā’ttaṁ - senāya raṇa bhūmiyaṁ
Tato’pī’hāvatī senā - sīhalā ‘suṁ nirussukā

44.
Tahaṁ raṇe pabhijjitvā - palātārāja vāhinī
Taṁ sutvā sāra’mādāya - bhūbhujo malaya’ṅgami

45.
Palātattā sasenāya - mahindo yuvabhūpati
Hatthikkhandhe sayaṁ sīsa - ‘mattano chindi mānavā

46.
Kassapo ādi pādo’pi - yodhento puna saṁyuge
Mārito paṇḍu bhūpena - sasenā pura ‘maggahī

47.
Pure sāraṁ harāpesi - vihāre rāja mandire
Sovaṇṇa bimbaṁ ratana - pāsādeca ‘bhayuttare

48.
Paṇḍu bhūpo sena raññā - sandhiṁ kātuṁ’mamaccake
Pesesi tattha taṁ tehi - bhūpo suṇittha sāsanaṁ

49.
Sampaṭicchiya taṁ dūte - saṅgaṇhitvā yathicchitaṁ
Hatthi dvaya’ñcā’bharaṇe - pesesi tassa bhūpati

50.
Paṇḍu rājā tena tuṭṭho - nīyādetvā puruttamaṁ
Nāva’māruyha sahasā - sampayāto sadesakaṁ

51.
Mahīpālo puraṁ gamma - vasi tattha sabhātaraṁ
Mahādipāda ‘mudayaṁ - katvā pādāsi dakkhiṇaṁ

52.
Mahādipādo rogena - phuṭṭho kenaci bhīrunā
Puñña’ṅkatvā na cirena - dayo maccuvasa’ṅgato

53.
Kassapassā ‘dipādassa - caturo sūnavo ‘bhavuṁ mahādipādaṁ jeṭṭhassa - senassa
dakkhiṇa’ñca’dā

54.
Rohaṇā dhīsa kittagga - bodhino caturo sutā
Tisso ca dhitaro āsuṁ - mahindaṁ jeṭṭhakaṁ sutaṁ

[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]

55.
Māretvā rohaṇaṁ gaṇhi - pitucchā tassa bhātaro
Tasmiṁ ruṭṭhā bhaginiyo - dāya bhūpa’mupāgamuṁ

56.
Disvā te bhūpatī’tī ca - mamāyanto pavaḍḍhayī
Tesaṁ jeṭṭhaṁ kassapaṁ hi - desaṁ gaṇhitu ‘pesayī

57.
Gantvā savāhano so’pi - hantvā taṁ ‘gahi rohaṇaṁ
Sena’ñca udaya’ñcā’pi - pakkositvāna bhātaro

58.
Tehi saddhiṁ vasī tattha - rāja kaññāsu tīsu hi
Dāpesi uparājassa -saṅghā nāmaṁ manoramaṁ

59.
Kaṇiṭṭhassu ‘parājassa - mahindassa sabhātuno
Pādāsi tissā nāma’ñca - kittā saññaṁ mahībhujo

60.
Bandhave dīpike cā’pi - saṅgaṇhi saṅgahehi ca
Sele ‘riṭṭhamhi ārāmaṁ - paṁsukūlika bhikkhunaṁ

61.
Katvāna parihāra’ñca - dāpesi ‘neka bhūmakaṁ
Jeta vana vihāramhi - katvā pāsāda ‘muttamaṁ
62.
Sabba so vaṇṇayaṁ Buddhaṁ - kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhayī
Abhayaddi vihāramhi - vīraṅkura samaññakaṁ

63.
Katvāna theriyāna’ñca - dāpesi saṅgha senakaṁ
Deviyā saha kāresi - āvāsa’nti manoramaṁ

64.
Kāretvā kesa dhātussa - sovaṇṇaya karaṇḍakaṁ
Sammā pūjaṁ pavattesi - rajjenā’pi cajīmato

65.
Puḷatthi nagare ramme - mahānettā cale subhaṁ
Mahāpāli’ñca kāresi - vejja sāla’ñca pacchime

66.
Vihāre uttare saṅghā - devī mahinda senakaṁ
Kāretvā vāsaṁ vāsesi - bhikkhavo sā upaṭṭhahi.

67.
Bhaddo ca vajiro’maccā - uttaro cā’pi rakkhaso
Pariveṇaṅkaruṁvāse - tannāmena ca laddhake

68.
Rājā puññaṁ pavaḍḍhento - pulatthi pura muttame
Vasaṁ vīsatime vasse - gato dibba sahavyataṁ

[SL Page 049] [\x 49/]

69.
Dhana’ñca dhaññaṁ api jīvita’ñca
Ñātī samattaṁ acirantanaṁ hi
Vinassara’ntī satimā saritvā
Virāga satto vicareyya sāre

Bhāṇāvāra mekūnatiṁsatimaṁ.
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse charāja dīpano
Nāmekūnatiṁsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------

[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]

Tiṁsatimo paricchedo

1.
Ahosi seno dutiyo mahādi
Pādo tato mediniyā ‘dhipo ‘tra
Mahesi saṅghā ‘bhavi tassa rañño
Tasso ‘parājā kaṇiyo mahindo
2.
Mahesi rañño ‘kkhaya ‘mattha lakkhiṁ
Tisādhanā satti ‘ca puñña vantaṁ
Sutaṁ pasūtā suta kassapassa
Pādāsi so dakkhiṇa ‘mopa rajjaṁ

3.
Mahinda bhātussu ‘pabhūpatissa
Tissāya jātaṁ bhariyāya saṅghaṁ
So dhītaraṁ kassapa sūnuno hi
Akā vivāhaṁ samaye ‘ppamattaṁ

4.
Purā kilā’gammi’dha paṇḍu rājā
Dīpaṁ vināsetva gahetva sāraṁ
Gato’ti sutvā viya lajjito so’
Macce niyojesi bala’ṅgahetuṁ

5.
Tadā’gato paṇḍu kumārako’tra
Sakena raññā paribhūtako’va
Disvāna taṁ tuṭṭhamano sasenaṁ
Camūpatiṁ pesayi tena rājā

6.
Hantvāna paṇḍū mahipaṁ kumāraṁ
Rajje bhisiñcitva purā ‘panitaṁ
Sāraṁ samattaṁ janataṁ gahetvā
Senāpati gañcha ‘cirena pīto

7. Bhūpo saseno jayapāna ‘mevaṁ
Piva’ṅkarī pākatika’ñca sāraṁ
Rañño yatī vīsatimamhi vasse
Te paṁsukūlā ‘pagatā vihārā

8.
Mahinda nāmo’pavanipatī’pi mahinda senaṁ pariveṇaka’ṅkā
Rañño sa’tettiṁsatimamhi vasse
Mato’parājā ‘su ‘dayo kaṇiṭṭho

[SL Page 051] [\x 51/]
9.
So loha yūpaṁ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Vaḍḍhesi sovaṇṇamaya ‘ñca bimbaṁ
Dhammena sodhesi tayo nikāye
Akā vihāre paṭimā ca yūpe

10.
Sa’bhūmipālo puna kāṇavāpiṁ
Bandhāpayī bhūri dhana bbayā’va
Cetyācale vejja khayaṁ visālaṁ
Kāresi sammā nipuṇa ṅgavesī

11.
Saṅghā mahesī kira saṅgha senaṁ’
Bhayaddike kārayi tuṭhaka vho
Sa’sena senā pati nāmadheyyaṁ
Sabhoga’maggaṁ pariveṇaka’ mpi

12.
Asse’va rañño’ddhani nīlavāsa
Diṭṭhi vha vetulla puliṅga ‘matra
Dīpe patītaṁ jalitaṁ kathañci
Dharā tale pātu’bhavī kadā taṁ

13.
Kāle sirīhāsa disampatissa
Sa’jambudīpe madhurā puramhi
Sammittiyākhyanvayiko’siduṭṭho
Assaddhiye ‘ko kira pāpa bhikkhu

14.
Nīlambaraṁ pārupiyā ‘tiratto
Gantvā sa’vesī sadumaṁ pabhāte
Agā vihāraṁ tapaṭo’va sissā
Pucchiṁsu’kappo’ya’muda ssubho’ti

15.
Tampākaṭattā’va pasaṁsitvā
Tassā’nisaṁsa’ñca vadittha bhikkhu
Tabbāvakārā parama’nti nīlaṁ-
Sukāni ‘yeva’ṅkira pārupiṁsu

16.
Vesī surā cā’ti manobhavo ca
Paṇīta ‘metaṁ ratanattayaṁ hi
Bhuvī ‘tare kāvamaṇī’va ta’nti
Viyākaritvā racayittha ganthaṁ

[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]

17.
Tato sirībhāsa janādhipo taṁ
Samekkhiyā ‘kappa dhare ca ganthaṁ
Pakkhippa yūpe nalakicca’māsuṁ
Karittha sesa’mpi’dha nesi koci

18.
Seno narindo suta kitti tejo
Puññaṁ pahūtaṁ cini tāṇa hetuṁ
So pañcatiṁsa ssarade janānaṁ’
Makāmakāmā jahi’maṁ’vani’mpi

19.
Tato’nujo tassu ‘dayo mahīpo
Āsī hitesī janatāya niccaṁ
Sabhātujaṁ kassapa nāmadheyyaṁ
Mahādipāda’ṅkari bhūmipālo

20.
Sa’kassapavhassa sabhātujasso’
Parājino dhītara’māsu senaṁ
Piya’ṅkarī so ‘paratissa savhaṁ
Dhāresi ñātī kata saṅgaho hi

21.
Suto mahindo pavanīpatissa
Kittaggabodhī’gami rohaṇaṁ so
Tatra ṭṭhitaṁ mātulakaṁ nihantvā
Sahatthaga ‘ṅkāsi janaṁ vibuddhi

22.
Tasmiṁ pakuppitva narādhipo taṁ’
Netuṁ niyojesi mahindasaññaṁ
Balaṁ gahetvā vajiragga nāmā
Dhipena so’gañji ta ‘maggahesī

23.
Taṁ netva raññonikaṭaṁ mahindo
Nikkaṇṭaka’ṅkāsa ‘tha rohaṇaṁ so
Tahaṁ’va’dhīso puna sāsana’ñca
Vaḍḍhesi vāpī ca pabandhi sindhuṁ

24.
Rājā tulāhāra’madāsi tīni
Kkhattu’mpi thūpopavane sa’thūpaṁ
Suvaṇṇapaṭṭena’pi chādayittha
Kadambanajjaṁ thiranijjhara’ṅkā

[SL Page 053] [\x 53/]

25.
Pure vihāresu saresu jiṇṇe
Yūpesu sammā paṭi saṅkharittha
So tiṁsalakkhaṁ pana vissajitvā
Diva’ṅgame ‘kārasamamhi vasse

26.
Tadaccaye kassapa nāmakhatto
Rājā catuttho ‘bhavi kassapassa
Sa’dakkhiṇa’ndā yuvabhūpatissa
Tissāya ‘dāsa’ggabhiseka’miṭṭhaṁ

27.
Daṇḍissaraṁ sippina’matthikānaṁ
Dānaṁ sadā dāpayi dānasoṇḍo
Tadā mahindo pana ādipādo
Raṭṭha’ṅgahetu’ṅgami rohaṇasmā
28.
Sutvā mahīpo kupito anīkaṁ
Pesesi yujjhitva mahinda nāmo
Taṁ ‘jesi rājā puna tassa tātaṁ
Nesī nivattetu’mago’parājā

29.
So kassapo taṁsunivattayittha
Datvāna rājā sakadhītaraṁ’sa
Pesesi taṁ rohaṇa’manvayesu
Dussīlake tīsu vinīharittha

30.
Sanāmakaṁ yūpa’makā’bhayaddī
Vihāra ramme mahipo thalamhi
Jale ca pāṇīna’madā’bhaya’ñca
Cārittakaṁ rakkhi purātana’mpi

31.
Upassayaṁ bhūpaki bhikkhuṇīnaṁ
Kāresi senāpati ‘laṅgaseno
Cetyācale’kā hadayuṇha nāmaṁ
Samudda selaṁ pariveṇa’maggaṁ

32.
Bhesajja gehāni ca vejja sālā
Pure’nurādhe ca puḷatthi saññe
Kāresi rājā puna rakkhasavho
Sacāra gāmamhi akā vihāraṁ

[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]

33.
Seno mahālekha varo sanāma
Sela’ṅkhaya’ṅkā mahipassa’macco
Sa’coḷarājā pariveṇa’maggaṁ
Naṭṭhaṁ hi kāresi yathāṭṭhitaṁ’va

34.
Tīsu nikāyesva’pi maṇḍapāni
Citrāni kāresi bahu’mpi puññaṁ
Katvā yaso sattarasī samāyaṁ
Bhūpo yathākamma’magā parattha

35.
Tassa’trajaṁ pañcamaṁ kassapa vhaṁ
Rajje’bhisiñci vīdita gga sattho
So dappula’ṅkā yuvarāja’mādi
Pādaṁ sutaṁ cakka camū patindaṁ

36.
Sovaṇṇa paṭṭe abhidhamma pāliṁ
Likhāpayī’dā parihāra’massa
Bhaṇī’bhidhammaṁ hi sabhikkhu saṅgho
Ganthākara’ṅkā pariveṇa’maggaṁ

37.
Akā pure vejjagharaṁ’bhayavhe
Sa’bhaṇḍikākhyaṁ pariveṇa seṭṭhaṁ
So sakkasenāpati savha’maggaṁ
Sanāmaka’ṅkā vajirāpiyā’ssa

38.
Upassaya’ṅkāriya pāda lañche
Adāsi sā theriya bhikkhuṇīnaṁ
Sakkavha senā patino janentī
Sanāmakaṁ vāsa ‘makāsi devā

39.
Rajjaṁ karonte mahipe’tra dīpe
Yujjhitva coḷādhibhunā tade’va
Parājito paṇḍupatī’padāyo
Sandhāya sena’ñci’dha pesayittha

40.
Datvā balaṁ bhūpati sakkasenā
Patiṁ pamokkhaṁ puna paṇḍudesaṁ
Pesesi senāpati yodhamāno
Asakkuṇaṁ jetu’mato’mayena

[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]

41.
Sa’sakkasenāpatino sutassa
Pitussa ṭhānaṁ dadi so kavīso
Narissaro dhammapadassa aṭṭha-
Kathāya gaṇṭhippada’muttama’ṅkā

42.
Dayo mahindo mahito va santiṁ
Lokassa vuddhiṁ puna sāsanassa
Katvāna sovaggiya kamma’masmā
Para’ṅgato so dasamamhi vasse

43.
Tasmiṁ mate dappulako catuttho
Vasundharindo’si tato parājaṁ
Sanāmaka’ṅkā kusala’ṅkaritvā
So sattamāsehi para’ṅgamittha

44.
Tadaccaye pañcama dappulavho
Tasso ‘parājā’bhavi bhūmipālo
Adā’dipādassu’dayassa rājo’
Parājitaṁ paṇḍupatī kadāci
45
Desaṁ sakaṁ coḷabhayā jahitvā
Ihā ‘gato tassa siri’mpi datvā
Vāsesi taṁ so nagarā bahiddhā
Tade’ha khattā pabhavena kena

46.
Paṇḍussa pāpenī ‘ca viggahuṁ so
Alaṁ hi vāseni’ha keraḷānaṁ
Ñattaṁ kirīṭādi’mahā nidhāya
Suniṭṭhite bhūpati viggahe’tra

47.
Tato mahābodhigharassa gāma’
Madāsi senāpati rakkhato’ssa
Akāsi vāsaṁ sa’hi’laṅganāmo
Rājavhaya’ṅkā’timanohara’mpi

48.
Rāja pane’so vividha’mpi puññaṁ
Katvāna raṭṭhaṁ munisāsana’ñca
Pāletva sammā’matapāna’māga
Sahavyataṁ dvādasamhi vasse

[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]
49.
Tato dayo’sī dutiyo mahīpo
Senassa pādāsi atho ‘parajjaṁ
Rājassa bhītā sacivā tapassa
Vana’ṅgatā rāju’pabhūpatī ca

50.
Sīsāni tesaṁ pana chedayiṁsu
Tene’va nibbinnamanā tapassī
Te rohaṇa’ṅgañchu pajā paruṭṭhā
Rājā khamāpesa’tha taṁ viditvā

51.
Rājā tato pubbamahīpatīnaṁ
Cāritta’maggaṁ paripālayitvā
Puñña’ñcinitvā tatiyamhi vasse
Kammaṁ yathā maccu mukhaṁ payāto

52.
Tassa’ccayasmiṁ tatiyo sagabbho
Seno ‘bhisekaṁ labhi ādipādaṁ
Ako ‘dayaṁ so yuvarāja’ma smiṁ
Narādhipo’posathiko bhavitvā

53.
Akiñcanāna’mpi kahāpanānaṁ
Sahassa’mattā dadi posathesu
Daṇḍissaraṁ dāna’madā sade’va
Sujiṇṇavāse paṭisaṅkharittha

54.
Bhūpo’bhaya bbhūdhara cetiyasmiṁ’
Jire silā pattharaṇāya sammā
Dāpesi tāḷīsa sahassa mattaṁ
Vāpīsva ‘kā niddhamane sujiṇṇe

55.
Mahāmatī ‘neka vidha ‘mpi puññaṁ
Katvāna sovaggiya sātada’mpi
Vasundharindo navamamhi vasse
Sahavyata’ṅgañchi sudhāsinaṁ so

56.
Tato’dayo so tatiyo’pabhūpo
Rājā’si laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṁ
Senā dipādaṁ upabhūpati’ṅkā
So majjako middhasarūpako’si

[SL Page 057] [\x 57/]

57.
Coḷo tato’tāra’mapekkhayaṁ’sa
Paṇḍuppadese abhiseka ‘maggaṁ
Pattuṁ lahuṁ netu’kirīṭakādiṁ
Pesesi dūte na dadī sa’rājā

58.
Atho sa’coḷādhipati haṭhena
Ta’ṅgaṇhituṁ pesayi’yettha senaṁ
Paccanta dese kupite tadāni
Senā patī’gañchi tahaṁ sametuṁ

59.
Camūpatī tattha mato tato hi
Rājā gahetvā makuṭādi ‘māsuṁ
So rohaṇa’ṅgañchi ‘dha coḷasenā
Pavesanaṁ no labhi sampalātā

60.
Tato vidūraggadhipassa senā
Paccaṁ adā so viduragga nāmo
Coḷappadesaṁ vihanitva nītaṁ
Nesī’dha taṁ’sesa’manappaka’mpi

61.
Mahāvihāre paṭimāya satthu
Cūḷāmaṇi’ṅkā maṇiraṁsi sobhaṁ
Katvāna puññaṁ vividhaṁ mahindo
Vasse’ṭṭhame’gañchi paraṁ sa’lokaṁ

62.
Nikhila dharaṇi pālā sampadaṁ āpadassa
Pada’manisa’masāraṁ sañcinitvā manāpaṁ
Vapu’mpi pajahitvā yantya’kāmā parattha
Iti sumariya satto buddhimā sañcareyya

Bhāṇavāraṁ tiṁsatimaṁ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse
Nava rāja dīpano nāma tiṁsatimo
Paricchedo.
------

[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]

Ekatiṁsatimo paricchedo

-----------------
1.
Pañca tiṁsatime pañca-sate sahassake jine
Vassu’ssāpayi setāta-pattaṁ seno catutthako

2.
So kho saddhamma nipuṇo-naradevo mahākavi
Mahinda’mādipādaṁ sa-yuvarāja’makā sato

3.
Kabba satthe’pi kusalo-loha yūpe nisīdiya
Suttantaṁ vaṇṇayī rājā-dāṭhā dhātu maha’ṅkari

4.
Kāretvā pariveṇa’mpi-sitthagāmaṁ mahīpati
Tivassena diva’ṅgañchi-dibbāna’miva sāsituṁ

5.
Tassa’ccaye mahindo so-yuvarājā catutthako
Rājāvsi matimā vaṁse-kāliṅga cakka vattino

6.
Jātaṁ kumārikaṁ agga-mahesi’ṅkāsi bhūpati
Tassā duvinnaṁ puttāna-’mādipāda’madā dayo

7.
Akāsi dhītaraṁ so’pa-rājiniṁ sumanoramaṁ
Yathāvidhi ṭhapesī’dha-vaṁsaṁ bhūpati kovido

8.
Vallabho maddituṁ rajjaṁ-nāgadīpaṁ balaṁ tadā
Pesesi rājā taṁ sutvā-senavhaya camūpatiṁ

9.
Yujjhituṁ pesayī tattha-gantvā senaṁ camūpati
Nāsetvā vallabhā nīka-saṅgāma maṇḍalaṁ’gahi

10.
Mahīpā vallabhādī’pi-jetuṁ patthiva’matra tu
Asakkontā narindena-karuṁ suhada santhavaṁ

11.
Tenevva rājino tejo-jambudīpe’pi patthaṭo
Paṁsukūlika bhikkhūna-’magadādī adā sadā

12.
Nikāyattaya bhikkhūnaṁ-dvikkhattuṁ lābha vāsīnaṁ
Tulā bhāra’madā rājā-saṅgha bhoga’manāgate

13.
Na gaṇhantū’ti mahipā-nidhāpayi silālipiṁ
Kāresi dhammamittena-abhidhammattha vaṇṇanaṁ

14.
Vyatta bhikkhūhi vinayaṁ-dāṭhā nāgena dhīmatā
Vācesi abhidhamma’ñca-mānento patthivo sato

[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]

15.
Suvaṇṇa māli thūpassa-mānetvā paṭṭa kañcukaṁ
Vatthāni tassabhājetvā-bhikkhūnaṁ dāpayī dayo

16.
Hema sajjhuka paṭṭehi-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṁ
Chādāpetvāna pūjesi-yathārajjaṁ mahāmati

17.
Jhāpitaṁ coḷa senāya-mandiraṁ pādalañchane
Mahāpāḷi’ñca kāresi-dhamma saṅgiṇi mandiraṁ

18.
Mahā mallaka sañña’ñco-passayaṁ kāriyā’riyaṁ
Bhikkhuṇīna’madā yūpaṁ-niṭṭhāpesi maṇivhayaṁ
19.
Amaccā caturo tassa-pariveṇāni kārayuṁ
Rañño devī kittināmā-pariveṇa’makā tathā

20.
Katvā catu vihāresu-maṇḍape sumanohare
Dhātupūja’makā tattha-cāritta’mpi pavattayī

21. Perito’pacitāneka-puññehi puñña mandiro vasse soḷasame dibba-loka’ṅgami disampati

22.
Tadaccaye tassa suto-kāliṅga devi sambhavo
Seno pañcamako rājā-āsi dvādasa vassiko

23.
Yuva rāja padaṁ’dāsi-kaṇiṭṭhasso ‘dayassa tu
Rañño senāpatī seno-pitu senāpatī bhavi

24.
Senā patimhi paccantaṁ-gate udaya nāmakaṁ
Mahāmallaṁ suttikāraṁ-senāpati’makā tadā

25.
Sutvā taṁ kupite sene-bala’mādāya āgate
Palāto rohaṇaṁ rājā-sāmacco mandabuddhiko

26.
Damiḷa ppīḷitaṁ raṭṭhaṁ-sāsana’ñca samekkhiya
Senena sandhiṁ katvāna-puḷatthi pura’māgami

27.
Saraṁ mahesi’ṅkā senā-patino dhītaraṁ’nvayaṁ
Sā vijātā kassapavhaṁ-puttaṁ gotta sarūpakaṁ

28.
Labhaṁ pāpiya saṁsaggaṁ-majjaṁ pivi nirantaraṁ
Tato byāpanna citto’ca-kālaṁ khepayi bhūpati

29.
Khayā’sanānaṁ padaviṁ-hitvāna dullabhaṁ varaṁ
Dasame hāyane rājā-maccu vasa’mupāgami

[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]

30.
Mahindo pañcamo tassa-kaniṭṭho tadanantaraṁ
Anurādha pure ramme-chatta’mussāpayī dayo

31.
Senena senāpatinā-nīta jātika saṅkule
Kasirena tahiṁ rājā-dasa saṁvaccharaṁ vasī

32.
Rañño jānapadāvpeta-nītimaggassa sabbathā
Rāja bhāgaṁ no adaṁsu-vuttiṁ dātu’mpi no sahi

33.
Keraḷā’laddhavaṭṭā te-rāja mandira dvārake
Dhatāyudhā’va aṭṭhaṁsu-’mmaggato so viniggato

34.
Gantvāna rohaṇaṁ sīdu-selagāmamhi bandhiya
Khandhāvāraṁ bhātujāyaṁ-deviṁ katvā tahiṁ vasī

35.
Matāya tāya’cirena-dhītaraṁ bhātubhūpati
Mahesi’ṅkā tāya suto-jāto kassapa nāmavā

36.
Kappa gallaka gāmamhi-tato katvā puraṁ vasī
Sesesu pana ṭhānesu-añña maññaṁ ‘dhipā bhavuṁ

37.
Ñatvā pavattiṁ taṁ coḷa-rājā laṅka’mpi gaṇhituṁ
Mahābalaṁ pesayevttha-rohaṇa’ṅgami vāhinī

38.
Chattiṁse hāyane rañño-rājabhaṇḍe va bhūpatiṁ
Sandilesaṁ padassetvā-jīvagāhaṁ samaggahī

39.
Bhaṇḍe ca patthivaṁ seṭṭhe-pesayī coḷarājino
Laṅkātale vkhilaṁ sāra-mo’jahārī’va te’ggahuṁ

40.
Kumāraṁ kassapaṁ taṁ hi-vaḍḍento gopayuṁ satā
Dvādasavassikaṁ coḷa-rājā taṁ gaṇhituṁ balaṁ

41.
Pesesi rohaṇaṁ desaṁ-khobhesi tassa vāhinī
Kitti Buddho’ti te ‘maccā-coḷasenaṁ vināsayuṁ

42.
Disvā kumāro jayino-’macce tāte’cchitaṁ varaṁ
Gaṇhathā’ti brūvī Buddho-gāmaṁ pāveṇikaṁ varī
43.
Saṅghikaṁ kitti gahitaṁ-bhāgaṁ jahitu ‘matthayī
Rājaputtā laddhavarā-’maccā vandiṁsu pādake

44.
Coḷe dvādasa vassāni-vasitvāna mahindako
Vasse’ṭṭhatāḷīsatime-diva’ṅgamī mahīpati

[SL Page 061] [\x 61/]

45.
Kassapassa kumārassa-vikkamabbāhu saññakaṁ
Katvānā’ṇāya vattiṁsu-tassa sabbe’ha dīpikā

46.
So’bhisekaṁ na patthesi-rājaraṭṭhassa ‘bhāvato
Sañcinitvā dhanaṁ yoddhuṁ-saṅgaṇhi vāhiniṁ bhusaṁ

47.
Saṁyugā rambha kālasmiṁ-vātataṅkena pīḷito
Mato dvādasame vasse-samayoso ‘sya’rājako

48.
Kitti nāmo dināna’ṭṭha-nijāṇaṁ sampavattayī
Hantvāna taṁ mahālāna-kittivho rājataṁ’ṅgami

49.
Rohaṇasmiṁ vasaṁ vasse-tatiye coḷasaṁyuge
Parājito sahatthena-chetvā sīsaṁ mato sayaṁ

50.
Athe’ko vikkamapaṇḍu-kāḷatitthe vasaṁ samaṁ
Rajja’ṅkā jagatīpālo-rāmābhijaniko’bhave

51.
Ghātetvā vikkamaṇḍuṁ-rohaṇe catuhāyanaṁ
Rajja’ṅkāresi taṁ colā-hantvā devi’ñca dhītaraṁ

52.
Sāra’ñca pesayuṁ coḷaṁ-paṇḍusūnu parakkamo
Vassadvaya’makā rajjaṁ-taṁ’mpi coḷā vighātayuṁ

53.
Tato lokissaro senā-pati coḷabalaṁ’khilaṁ
Sammā’bhibhuya sahasā-sato thiraparakkamo

54.
Rajja’mpatvā rohaṇasmiṁ-vasaṁ kājaragāmake
Bahukkhattuṁ kittināma-kumārena parājito

55.
Khedaṁ patto kitti khatta-’masakkonto’va jetave
Kittisesattanaṁ yāto-chassuvassāni ṭhitvi’ha

56.
Pamādikā lobhavīmūhikā ca
Sabbe vināsaṁ tuvaṭa’ṅgamenti
Icce’va ‘maññāyi’tara’mpi kiccaṁ
Pahāya dīpe suratiṁ kareyya
Bhāṇavāraṁ mekatiṁsatimaṁ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse
Dasarāja dīpano nāmekatiṁsatimo
Paricchedo.
--------

[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]

Battiṁsatimo paricchedo

1.
Mahāpañño mahābhāgo-kittināmo patāpavā
Āsi khatto’ssa vaṁsādi-pavatti ri’ha vuccate

2.
Rājā bhijana samabhūta-mahinda vhaya rājino
Devalā lokitā cā’suṁ-duve mātula dhītaro
3.
Pasūtā kassapa saññaṁ-paṭicca mātulattajaṁ
Putte duve moggallāna-loka vhe lokitā sute

4.
Moggallāno jeṭṭhasuto-mahāsāmī’ti vissuto
Guṇasārehi sāro so-vāsaṁ kappesi rohaṇe

5.
Nattā dāṭhopatissassa-rañño pabbaji sāsane
Patthasenāsane vutthaṁ-pāsāde kārite sayaṁ

6.
Selantarā punā’netvā-yatindaṁ taṁ vasāpayī.
Selantarasamūho’si-yato bhikkhu samūhito

7.
Devālaye tato rattiṁ-bhikkhuṁ vāsetva ekakaṁ
Vibudhānumataṁ taṁ’va-mūlaṭṭhāne ṭhapāpayuṁ

8.
Yathānusāsanaṁ tesa-’me va vattanti patthivā
Dāṭhopatissanvayajaṁ-bodhiṁ paṭicca lokitaṁ

9.
Dhitaraṁ Buddhanāmā sā-alabhittha manoramaṁ
Moggallānassa taṁ’dāsi-sā taṁ paṭicca kitti ca

10.
Mittā mahindo ce’te’te-rakkhito caturo jane
Alattha jeṭṭha putto so-kitti terasa vassiko

11.
Sikkhita dhanusippe’ko-mahāvīro mahābalo
Laṅkaṁ kathaṁ gahessa’nti-saṅkappo manaso’bhavi

12.
Tade’ko Buddharājo’ti-lokasenānino bhayā
Malayā cala pādesu-cuṇṇa sāla vhaye vasī

13.
Kittissa sūra virattaṁ-saṁvaccharika nāyakā
Saṅghā sutvāna so kitti-sevitabbo’ti nicchiya

14.
Dūte tadantikaṁ nesi-sutvā tassa vaco lahuṁ
Gehā agā sarīvagga-piṭṭhigāmaṁ dhanuddharo

[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]

15.
Vasaṁ tahaṁ pesayitvā-sevake diṭṭha saṁṭṭhitaṁ
Jetvā bodhi vāla gāmaṁ-cuṇṇa sālaṁ samāgato
16.
Tatra ṭṭhito vasa’ṅkāsi-mālayaṁ visayaṁ lahuṁ
Kittāmaccassa tanayo-devamallo’pi rohaṇaṁ

17.
Gantvā kumāraṁ sampassi-saseno sādaraṁ dayo
Khatto paṇṇarasa vasso-bandhitvāna ‘siputtikaṁ

18.
Ādipādattanaṁ gamma-hirañña malaya’ṅgato
Khandhāvāraṁ sa’bandhesi-tato remuṇa pabbate

19.
Tatthā’pi saṁyuge loka-nātha senānino balaṁ
Pamaddiya sakaṁ kitti-ppatāpaṁ vaḍḍhayī bhusaṁ

20.
Kassape’ko kesadhātu-nāyako rohaṇe tadā
Nijāṇaṁ vattayī coḷa-sāmanto taṁ pavediya

21.
Puḷatthi nagarā’gañchi-yoddhuṁ kājara gāmakaṁ
Kesadhātu raṇe hetvā-dāmiḷaṁ vāhiniṁ lahuṁ

22.
Yojetvā rakkhake rakkha-silā sīmāya nibbhayo
Pāvekkhi kājaraṁ gāma-’mādipādo’pi taṁ suṇi

23.
Nihantuṁ kesadhātuṁ so-’nīka sannahi tejavā
Kesadhātu suṇitvā taṁ-sippatthala ‘mupāgami

24.
Pañca yojana raṭṭhiye-jane cā’diya vegasā
Samāsanne rājasute-so gato khadiraṅgaṇiṁ

25.
Soḷasavassiko kitti-gato kājara gāmakaṁ
Kesadhātu’pi chammāsa-’manubhotvāna rohaṇaṁ

26.
Saṁyugāya tahaṁ’gañjī-rājasūnussa vāhinī
Kesadhātu siraṁ chindi-tahiṁ saṅkula saṁyuge

27.
Yuvarājā sa’vijaya-bāhū’ti vidito tahiṁ
Bheri’ñcarāpiyā’macce-ṭhapento’pi padantare

28.
Coḷe maddītu’mavani-pāla raṭṭhā dhivāsino
Upāye yojayī coḷa-rājā sutvāna taṁ tathā

29.
Senāniṁ pesayī datvā-puḷatthi purato balaṁ
So gantvā kājara ggāmaṁ-duppasayha’nti jāniya

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]

30.
Sadesaṁ puna rā’gañchi-yuvarājā savāhinī
Sippatthale vasaṁ rañño-rāmañña visaye jane

31.
Dhanajāta’ñca pesesi-mahaggha vasanā dihi
Puṇṇā’va tariyo ye’ttha-nesi tuṭṭho sa’bhūmipo

32.
Vasi tammala gāmasmiṁ-karonto jana saṅgahaṁ
Aññamaññassa bhinnattā-rāja raṭṭhiya rantuno

33.
No dadiṁsu karaṁ coḷa-bhūpo datvā balaṁ tahaṁ
Pesesi sacivaṁ so hi-mahātittha samotari

34.
Kamena rohaṇa’ṅgantvā-ravidevacale vasaṁ
Ake’kādasame vasse-coḷe’bhimaddituṁ tadā

35.
Mahādipādo dugga’ṅkā-paluṭṭha pabbate vasī
Taha’māju’bhayesaṁ’si-kharā nāsesi dāmiḷe

36.
Palāyamānaṁ senāni-’manubandhiya senino
Sīsaṁ tamba viṭṭhi gāme-gaṇhū’pakaraṇehi ca

37.
Tato senānumatiyā-puḷatthi pura’muttamaṁ
Gato khatto vāhiniyā-taṁ sutvā coḷa bhūpati

38.
Gaṇhituṁ khattiyaṁ tibba-kopo laṅkaṁ mahabbalaṁ
Pesesi bāhujo ta’ñhi-ñatvā senāpatiṁ’nayī

39.
Saseno pana senindo-’nurādha pura santike
Vattesi yuddhaṁ coḷehi-raṇe khattabalaṁ pati

40.
Pahāya nagaraṁ khatto-villikābāṇaka’ṅgami
Hantvā ‘macce duve tattha-ṭhitvā vātagiri’ṅgato

41.
Yodhento tattha temāsaṁ-paṭibāhesi dāmiḷe
Māritassa raṇe kesa-dhātunetussa sodaro
42.
Saraṁ nāsaṁ tassa ruṭṭho-gutta sālaka maṇḍalaṁ
Khohesi yuvabhūpālo-gantvā maccutthale tadā

43.
Senā nivesa’ṅkāretvā-khadiraṅgaṇi duggato
Palāpetvāna kubula-gallā taṁ sampalāpayī

44.
Palāyanto sa’coḷāna-’mupantika’mupāgami
Khattiyo tambala ggāme-kāretvā duggamaṁ balaṁ

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
45.
Gantvāna so mahānāga-kulavhaya pure vasaṁ
Coḷehi yujjhituṁ senaṁ-sajjesi thiravikkamo

46.
Dakkhiṇāsaṁ vasaṁ kattu-pavīṇe sacive duve
Pesesa’ññamahāmacca-yugaṁ coḷe pamaddituṁ

47.
Tuvaṭaṁ sindhu nikaṭa-mahā panthamhi pesayī
Nītā te dakkhiṇaṁ’maccā-coḷasenā nivesane

48.
Bhūrī vasaṁ karitvāna-mahā tittha ‘ṅgamuṁ lahuṁ
Sindhu velañjase’maccā-pesitā ca tahiṁ tahiṁ

49.
Senānivese lumpetvā-puḷatthi pura santikaṁ
Āgamma pesayuṁ dūte-khattiye’tu’ti tejavā

50.
Yāteha’maccehi dvīsu-kata’maccanta sūrataṁ
Sutvā sannayha senaṅgaṁ-coḷe ummulitu’ṅgami

51.
Bandhāpesi tahaṁ khandhā-vāraṁ coḷā’tivikkamā
Puḷatthi nagare sabbe-samo sariṁsu yujjhituṁ

52.
Bahiddhā purato coḷā-katvā saṅkula saṁyugaṁ
Parājitā puraṁ gantvā-dvāra koṭṭhaka nissitā

53.
Sāddha māsaṁ pavattesuṁ-gutta dvārā’pi saṁyugaṁ
Puna khattā nūvattā te-ravideva calavhayā

54.
Puraṁ pacissa varaṇa-’mullaṅghitvāna sajjukaṁ
Samūlaṁ dāmiḷaṁ senaṁ-ghātayuṁ pattasañjayo

55.
Sāṇāya vijayabāhu-pure bheri’ñcarāpayī
Coḷarājo’hīnamano-senā puna napesayī

56.
Māsattaya’matikkamma-vandanīye’bhivādayaṁ
Puḷatthi pura’māgañchi-tadā’dimalayo suto

57. Balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma’mupāgañchi-dhajiniṁ’dāya yujjhituṁ

58.
Khatto gantvā ta’mū hacca-puḷatthi pura’māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṁ tato

59.
Saṁladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma’mupāgañchi-dhajiniṁ’dāya yujjhituṁ

58.
Khatto gantvā ta’mū hacca-puḷatthi pura’māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṁ tato

59.
Saṁladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine

[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]

60.
Mahāmahenā’nurādha-pure’bhiseka maṅgalaṁ anubhotvā tato’gamma-puḷatthi nagare vasaṁ

61.
Nāmenā’si sirīsaṅgha-bodhī’ti vidito yaso
Vīrabāhuṁ’nujaṁ so’pa-rajje’bhisicca dakkhiṇaṁ

62. Datvā kaṇiṭṭha bhātussa-jayabāhussa rohaṇaṁ
Adā ta’mādipādatte-ṭhapetvāna yathāvidhi

63.
hānantarāni’maccānaṁ-pavecchiya yathārahaṁ
Yathāyutti karaṁ rajje-gahetuṁ viniyojayī

64.
Chatta gāhaka netā ca-dhamma gehaka nāyako
Bhātaro seṭṭhi nātho’ti-tayo rañño bhavuṁ ripū

65.
Te palātā jambudīpa-’mekūna visa hāyane
Āgammi’ha rohaṇa’ñca-malayaṁ dakkhiṇaṁ tathā

66.
Parivattayiṁsu rājā-gantvā malaya rohaṇe
Ghātetvā ripavo vūpa-samesi samaye’cite

67.
Dakkhiṇaṁ samaṇī bhātu-vaṁsajaṁ savicaṁ lahuṁ
Pesetvā samare verī-uttāsetvāna sūlake

68.
Nirātaṅkaṁ sa’kāretvā-puḷatthi nagara’ṅgato
Coḷadese ṭhitā līlā-vatiyā saha dhituyā

69.
Muñcitvā jagatī pāla-mahesī coḷa hatthato
Laṅka’māgamma laṅkindaṁ-passi so suddhavaṁsataṁ

70.
Ñatvā līlāvati’ṅkāsi-mahesiṁ sā yasodharaṁ
Dhītaraṁ labhi bhūpālaṁ-paṭicca merukandaraṁ

71.
Dhītara’ñca viracamme-’dā sā labhi dvidhītaro
Jeṭṭhā līlāvatīnāma-sugalā’sī kaṇiṭṭhikā

72.
Kāliṅga rāja nvayajaṁ-tiloka sundariṁ varaṁ
Vaṁsaṭṭhitiṁ’pekkhayaṁ so-mahesiyatte’bhisecayī

73.
Subhaddā sumittā loka-nāthā ca ratanāvalī
Rūpavatī’ti’mā pañca-vijātā dhītaro’pi sā

74.
Puttaṁ vikkamabāhū’ti-labhittha puñña lakkhaṇaṁ
Paṇḍurañño’nujaṁ mittaṁ-sakaṁ’dāsi mahīpati

[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]

75.
Sā māṇābharaṇo kittī-sirimegho’ti vissuto
Sirivallabho’tesūnū-pasūtā sūkatī tayo

76.
Suhaddaṁ vīrabāhussa-sumittaṁ jayabāhuno
Pādāsi māṇābharaṇe-dhaññaṁ ca ratanāvaliṁ

77.
Lokanāthaṁ kittisiri-meghavhassa adā yaso
Matāya rūpavatiyā-sugalaṁ sirivallabhe

78.
Rājadevī bandhumadhu-kaṇṇavādī nujaṁ subhaṁ
Adā vikkamabāhussa-sutāriṁ’bhijanatthiko

79.
Tato vikkamabāhussa-līlāvati’mpi kāminiṁ
Pādā saddhiṁ’sabhogena-ñātijanahite rato

80.
Cirassaṁ parihīnaṁ’dhi-karaṇassa vinicchayaṁ
Yathāvidhi pavattesi-mahipo nāyakocido

81.
Puḷatthinagare ramme-purārakkhāya cu’ṇṇataṁ
Pākāraṁ digghikāyā’mā-thira’ṅkārayi bhūmipo

82.
Tade’pasampadā kamma-gaṇa pūraka bhikkhunaṁ
Appahonakatāyā’nu-ruddha rājantīkaṁ lahuṁ

83.
Nareso rāmañña raṭṭhaṁ-dūte nayittha sopade
Saṁyama guṇa sampanne-viññāta piṭakattaye

84.
Pañca vīsati matte’pi-bhikkhavo thera sammate
Ānāpetvā tato sammā-pabbajja’ñco’pasampadaṁ

85.
Dāpetvā kulaputtānaṁ-mānetvā piṭakattayaṁ
Kathāpetvāna jotesi-muninda sāsanaṁ varaṁ

86.
Bahūvihāre kāretvā-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Nikāyattayavāsīnaṁ-’madā bhogehi’nekaso

87.
Kāretvā danta dhātussa-pāsāda’ntimanoharaṁ
Mahāmaha’ñca kāresi-santataṁ’va yathāpurā

88.
Tulābhāra’ñca tikkhattuṁ-daṇḍissaraṁ patissamaṁ
Adā likhāpayitvāna-saṅghassa piṭakattayaṁ

89.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷa rājūhi-pesite’ha pahenake
Ādiyitvā’gatā dūtā-rājino’daṁsu laddhake

[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]

90.
Tesa’mubhinnaṁ sakkatvā-tesā’do sakadūtake
Kaṇṇāṭadūtehi samaṁ-pesayī sapahenake

91.
Coḷo sīhala dūtesu-pattesu visayaṁ sakaṁ
Chedāpetvā kaṇṇanāsā-virūpe’kāsi dūtake

92.
Disvā tathā’gate dūte-dosuddīpita mānaso
Sajje tvā dāmiḷe dūte-kantā pasādhanehi ca

93.
Tuyhaṁ rajje mamaṁ vā’tha-yadi’cche yujjhituṁ yahiṁ
Coḷarāje’tvi’daṁ vatvā-pesesi dūtake lahuṁ

94.
Vijayabāhu bhūpassa-vikkamātisayassa tu
Bhītiye’ha balassā’pi-viggahenā’ji no’bhavi

95.
Bandhāpayī mahāheḷi-pabhutī vāpi soḷasa
Bhinnā ca vāpiyo tatra-tatra pākatikā’kari

96.
Pabandhiya vibhinnaṁso-tilavatthuka mātikaṁ subhikkha’ṅkari nīrenava-pūretvā maṇi
hīrakaṁ

97.
Sirīpāda ppaṇāmāya-gacchantā mānusa’ñjase
Kilamantu’timā dāna-vuttiyā sumanaddike

98.
Datvā giḷīmalaya vhaṁ-silālekhaṁ ṭhapāpayī
Mahāvāse pañca akā-mātāpitāna’lāhane

99.
Dhīro vihāre bahavo-paṭisaṅkhāsi jiṇṇake
Pariveṇa’ṅkā vijaya-bāhuṁ so tittha gāmake

100.
Mahākavī’dāsi’neka-kāveyyesu hite rato
Paveṇi gāmaṁ sadhanaṁ-rājā maccādi sūnunaṁ

101.
Siloke racite sutvā-yathāraha’madā dhanaṁ
Bhūpo’pi sīhala kabba-racaneso mahāmati

102.
Vīrabāhū’parājāca-baddhaguṇa vihārake
Bandhesi cetiyaṁ coḷa-nāsitaṁ vāpikaṁ tahiṁ

103.
Raññe samanusāsante-’parājini mate sati
hapesi jayabāhuṁ so-’parajje yati kāmato

104.
Datvā vikkamabāhussa-ādipāda padaṁ yaso
Tassa’trajassa pādāsi-rohaṇaṁ gajabāhuno

[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]

105.
Tahaṁ gantvā mahānāga-kulavhaya puraṁ tato
Katvāna rājadhāniṁ so-vasi tattha yathāruci

106.
Rājā sirīsaṅghabodhi-vijayabāhu vikkamo
Ciraṭṭhitika kiccāni-akāsi loka sāsane

107.
Sa’pañcapaññāsasamaṁ’va āṇā-
Cakkaṁ pavattetva vasundharindo
Samavhito devagaṇena dibba-
Rajja’mpi kātuṁ’va diva’ṅgamittha

Bhāṇavāraṁ battiṁsatimaṁ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse sirisaṅghabodhi
Vijayabāhu rājappavatti dīpano nāma
Battiṁsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------

[SL Page 070] [\x /]

Tettiṁsatimo paricchedo

1.
Mittā’nujaṁ bhūpatino suta’ssā
Tayo ca’maccā yatayo ca sabbe
Mahādipādassa tu rohaṇasmiṁ
hitassa ‘nārociya rāja nāsaṁ

2.
Saṅgamma mantetva’tha laṅka rajje’
Bhisevana’nduṁ yuvarājino te
Adaṁsu māṇābharaṇū’parajjaṁ
Tayo sagabbhā jayabāhunā’mā
3.
Puḷatthi nāmā nagarā sasenā
Gaṇhāma taṁ vikkamabāhu khattaṁ
Vinikkhamuṁ so puna taṁ suṇitvā
Purā viniggamma sakā’tivego

4.
Pitussa āḷāhaṇaṭhāna’mattā
Disvā vinodessa’mitī’ti sokaṁva
Gacchaṁ puḷatthiṁ nagaraṁ saseno
Pathantarāḷe bala’mā gataṁ so

5.
Disve’kavīro kata sampahāro
Palāpayitvāna diso disaṁ te
Parājite sodariye tayo’pi
Laṅajjayo yāva chavāra’mattā

6.
Sāmaccajīvo sa’puḷatthi saññaṁ
Pura’ṅgamī tāta susāna bhūmiṁ
Passaṁ daraṁ cetayi saṁjahitvā
hānantaraṁ’dā sacivesu sammā

7.
Bhātūhi māṇābharaṇavhayo so
Sarohaṇaṁ dakkhiṇapassa’māsuṁ
Sahatthaga’ṅkatvi’ti vīrabāhū
Suto’vakittissirimeghadhīse

8.
Raṭṭhaṁ sahassassa ca dvādasa’ttā
Datvā tahaṁ taṁ vasituṁ niyujja
So kho mahānāga kula ppurasmiṁ
Vasī sirīvallabha nāmadheyye

[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]

9.
So bāhujo’dā’ṭṭhasahassa raṭṭhaṁ
Sa’uddhanadvāra bhidhāna gāmaṁ
Katvā vasī tamhi tu rājadhāniṁ
Mātā ca mittā jayabāhurājā

10.
Kittissirī megha sakāsakamhi
Vasiṁsu te sodariyā’parajjū
Issā parā vikkamabāhu raññā
Vinikkhamuṁ vāhiniyā hi yoddhuṁ

11.
Ñatvāna taṁ vikka bāhu bhūpo
Gamittha tesaṁ ‘bhimukaṁ saseno
So dakkhiṇasmiṁ pana bodhisenā-
Valavha gāme samare jinittha

12.
Pañca yojanavhayamhi raṭṭhake
Te palāyu’māsu duggamaṁ tato
Sattavo’nubandhi gaṇhitu’mpi te
Āriyo tu vīradeva pākaṭo

13.
Sahatthaga’ṅkattu’masesa laṅkaṁ
Mahādititthaṁ ‘vatarī sacakko
Kaḷyāṇito ta’ñca suṇitva rājā
Pāvekkhi mannārama nāmagāmaṁ

14.
Māresi yuddhe paṭu vīradevaṁ
Pahāya chandaṁ samare sagabbhā
Vasiṁsu raṭṭhesu sakesu eka-
Cchattaṁ pabhū no caturo’pi kātuṁ

15.
Pavaḍḍhitaṁ taṁ vijayādibāhu
Rājena lokaṁ pana sāsana’ñca
Dubbuddhayo hāpayu’matra dīpe
Buddhādibhoge api’hacca’nagghe

16.
Pādā’nujīvīsu ca vikkamādī
Bhujo pajeso hi puḷatthi saññe
Pure videsīna’madā bhaṭānaṁ
Bhūrī vihāre’pi sadhātuka’gge

[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]

17.
Sa’pattadhātussa ca dantadhātu
Varassa dinne maṇimuttake’pi
Sovaṇṇabimbe ca vichejja kāmaṁ
Vayaṁ nayī titthakaro’va tuccho

18.
Disvā yatī sāsanaloka’mevaṁ
Naṭṭhaṁ vinibbinnamanā’ggapattaṁ
Dāṭhābhadanta’ñca samādiyitvā
Lahu’ṅgamuṁ rohaṇa’ma ggabuddhiva

19.
Mittā ca devī jayabāhu rājā
Kāla’ṅkaruṁ rohaṇake tadāni
Devī ca māṇābharaṇassa mittā
Pabhāvatī dve ratanāvalī sā

20.
Sutaṁ pasūtā’mita puñña lakkhaṁ
Seṭṭhaṁ kumāra’mpi satejakittiṁ
hapetva laṅkaṁ’khila jambu dīpaṁ
Sameka chatta’ṅkarituṁ samatthaṁ

21.
Tassā’risammaddana dīpabāhā-
Yogā parakkantibhujo’ti saññā
Anvattha’mā sī’tha paraṁ ‘satāto
Mato’si māṇābharaṇo narindo

22.
Kittissirī megha samañña bhūpo
Jeṭṭhassa raṭṭhaṁ pana ādiyitvā
Taṁ rohaṇaṁ’dā sirivallabhassa
Dve dhītaro’dāya piyaṁ kumāraṁ

23.
Gantvā sirīvallabha santikamhi
Vasī mahesī ratanāvalī sā
Tato parakkantibhujo kumāro
Sajātabhūmi’ṅgatavā vasittha

24.
Rajjaṁ vicāretva samekavīsa
Vassāni so vikkamabāhu rājā
Paraṁ yathākamma ‘magā’ssa putto
Āsī’bhabāhū dutiyo narindo

[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]

25.
Itthaṁ hi tasmiṁ gajabāhu raññe
Puḷatthi saññe nagare vasante
Dve bhātaro yujjhiya tena saddhiṁ
Gamuṁ parājitva sayaṁ purāni

26.
Tato sirīvallabha maṇḍaleso
Loka’mpara’ṅgañchi sake purasmiṁ
Kittissirī megha naresa ñatte
Dhañño parakkantibhujo kumāro

27.
Pavaḍḍhayaṁ sikkhita sippa satthā’
Gatāgamo cheka taro nayamhi
Mahosadhādibbhuta sūravīra-
Seṭṭhāpadānāni suṇitva tehi

28.
Samo na hessaṁ mama jātiyā’la
Ma’tra ṭṭhito ce’pi manorathassa
Na hehitī siddhi’ti rājaraṭṭha-
Ppayāna’māsuṁ pavara’ntya’vecca

29.
Gharā’bhinikkhamma sa’jāti rattiṁ
Raho kumāro badalatthalavhaṁ
Pāto’va gāma’ṅgami dīghamaggaṁ
Khepetva senāpati saṅkhasañño

30.
Rajjassa sīmācarime vasanto
Paccuggamitvā sahasā’darena
Paṭiggahesī puna tappayānaṁ
Rājassa’nārociya icca’vecca

31.
Pāhesi dūte mahipassa tena
Kata’mpi taṁ vañcana’māsu ñatvā
Ghātāpayī nīkapatiṁ ‘sa vitta-
Rāsiṁ niyojesi bhaṭe gahetuṁ

32.
Kittissirīmegha vasundharindo
Taṁ gaṇhituṁ pesayi cakkajātaṁ
Palāpayitvāna sukhena senaṁ
Tato kumāro siriyālagāmaṁva

[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]

33.
Atikkamitvā siriyālaselā-
Sanne’ti sannaddharaṇāyudho’va
Buddhavhagāmaṁ samupāgamitvā
Tahaṁ vasī kañci dinaṁ vidhiññū

34.
hitassa kāḷassarake ‘bhabāhu-
Rājassa senāpatino’saya’mpi
Pesesi ñātuṁ manujaṁ salekhaṁ
Senāpati’gamma mahīpasūnuṁ

35.
Samādaro passi paṭicca paṇṇaṁ
Maṁ passitu’ñcā’gamanaṁ vara’nti
Saṅgaṇhi taṁ sādhu sudhī pasanno
Upāgamī so gajabāhubhūpaṁ
36.
Paccuggamitvā mahipo kumāra’
Māropayitvā saṭhitaṁ mahebhaṁ
Pamodavā pāvisi rājagehaṁ
Vasaṁ tahaṁ so caturo upāye

37.
Pesetva lekhaṁ janikāya tuṇṇaṁ
Nijānujaṁ bhaddavatiṁ kumāriṁ
Ānāpayitvā gajabāhu rañño
Samappaya’tthaṁ nijahatthaga’ṅkā

38.
So kañcikālaṁ nivasaṁ bahiddhā
Tammaṇḍalīyesu vipakkhapakkhe
Ñātu’ñcinitvā nijasāmibhatti
Purassare keca’higuṇṭhike’va

39.
Sāmuddikaññū viya keci vejja
Nibhe’va mādi purise pavīṇe
Aññātavesena tahaṁ taha’mpi
Pesesi vuttanta ‘mavedayuṁ te

40.
Kumāraseṭṭhassa tu vikkamādi
Guṇassilāghaṁ kathitaṁ janehi
Sutvā narindo gajabāhusaṅkaṁ
Janesi tasmiṁ puriso mahā’yaṁ

[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]

41
Ñatvāna dussaṅka ‘mimaṁ pahāya payāna’magga’nti vicintayitvā
Pure taraṁ sassa balaṁ janādi-
Padavhaṭhānaṁ pahiṇitva bhūpaṁ

42.
Upāgamitvā sajane’pi daṭṭhuṁ
Gacche’ti vatvā yuvarājaraṭṭhaṁ
Rattiṁ’bhinikkhamma purā saravha-
Gāma’ṅgato vāhiniyā samaṁ’va

43.
Kittissirī megha pabhū pavīṇa
Kumārapattiṁ pana sutva rañño
Gharaṁ sametū’ti kumārañattaṁ
Pāhesi dūte’mhi vilambamāne

44.
Upāgamitvā ratanāvalī taṁ
Ādāya dassesi mahīpatissa
Samekkhiyā’modamano kumāra’
Mavoca’maccābhimukhamhi’yitthaṁ

45.
Tumhe kumāraṁ anuvattathe’ti
Tesaṁ hi nīyyātayi taṁ tato hi
Kittissirīmeghanarissaro so
Mato sikhīkicca ‘makā’ssa dehe

46.
Tato kumāro sivasaṁsinī’va
Nakkhattayogamhi mahādipādaṁ
Patvā padaṁ taṁ gajabāhurañño
Ñāpesi māṇābharaṇassa cā’pi

47.
Saṅghayha’macce padavippadānā
Rajjassa sīmāya samantakūṭā
Āsāgarappattanato sasenaṁ
Nivesayī tatra ca tatra yoggaṁ
48.
Samattalaṅka’ṅkira chatta’me kaṁ
Kattu’mpi’dhiṭṭhāya sadhaññake hi
Sabbādi’middhaṁ vijitaṁ sakassa
Kātuṁ viditvā la’mitī’dipādo

[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]

49
Āhūya’macce sarakhātakādiṁ
Bandhāpiyā’suṁ kasi kamma vuddhiṁ
Kattuṁ niyojesi vana’mpi vuṭṭhi
Jātaṁ vinā lokahitaṁ parittaṁ

50.
Mā gañchi sindhuṁ maṇihemajāta-
ṭhānaṁ ṭhapetvā aparatra khette
Kārāpituṁ vedayi te sajīvā’
Rabhiṁsu vaḍḍhetu ‘mato salokā

51.
Setummukhā jajjaranāmanajjā’
Rattakkaravhā sutakoṭṭhabaddhaṁ
Bandhāpayitvā suthiraṁ gabhīraṁ
Sumātika’ṅkārayi setumaggaṁ

52.
Ubhosu passesu mahāṭaviṁ’sā
Chedāpiyabbīhi sahassavāhe
Khette pavattāpayi’dāni so kho
Deso kasīyā vidito ‘si kamme

53.
Parakkama ssindhu mahāsarādī
Ekūna tāḷīsa pamāṇa vāpī
Bandhāpayitvā paṭisaṅkharitvā
Saṁvaḍḍhayī dhañña siriṁ vara’mpi

54
Muttā maṇibhādi vaṇijjadabbe
Tarīhi desantarakesu’neke
Pesetva vittaṁ pacuraṁ cinitvā
Raṇatthiko’nekavidhāyudha’mpi

55.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷā di padesa vāsī
Raṇe pavīṇe ci’dha ānayitvā
Senāninaṁ cheka sahassa saṅkhe
Cakke padatvā’bhavasañcaye’pi

56.
Paccādiyitvā malayādirāja
Senānino’nekasahassasenā
Datvāna ratta kkura vāka raṭṭhe
Nivesayī taṁ damiḷāna ‘mīsaṁ

[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]

57
Laṅkā mahālāna di lamba kaṇṇa
Vaṁsubbhave pañca kumāra seṭṭhe
Sahassa saṅkhe ‘jibhaṭe pavīṇe
Visuṁ visuṁ moriyaraṭṭhato hi

58.
Ānāpayitve’kapadesakamhi
Nivesayī tappamukhe vidhiññū
Abbhantare bārasa maṇḍalīye
Katve’ka’me kassa hi sūravīre

59.
Bhaṭe sahassāni duve duve’dā
Nisāraṇe jekasahassa’mekaṁ
Sajjetva candā tapa cāpa dhārī
Sa’camma vammā di’madāsi tesaṁ

60.
Kāretva kammappaṭavo’va vyādha
Sahassasaṅkhe’pi yathānurūpaṁ
Satyādikaṁ tesa’madā’dipādo
Pacceka’mattha’ñca bala’mpi dvejjhaṁ.

61.
Katva’ggamaccesu ṭhapesi dvīsu
Vibhajja sabbaṁ vijita’mpi raṭṭhaṁ
Samaṁ ṭhapesī gaṇakesu dvīsu
Kamāgatesu sacivesu khatto

62.
Samuddarodhe ratanākaramhi
Raṭṭhe mahāmālayike’taramhi
Visu’ṅkaritvā’khilasāraṭhānaṁ
So’vantaraṅgaṁ padavi’mpi katvā

63.
hapesi’yekaṁ sacivaṁ matīmā
Sa’daṇḍanāthaṁ gajabāhurañño
Āhūya rakkhaṁ malayaṁ gahetvā
Dātuṁ niyojesa’tha saṅgahetvā

64.
Mahādipādassa vaco’tigāḷhaṁ
Rakkho paṭiggayha sa’yujjhiyā’suṁ
Nihacca verī atha dumbarādī
Raṭṭhāni gaṇhī sacive ca sūre

[SL Page 078] [\x 78/]

65
Tasmiṁ pasanno’ca ta ‘mā nayitvā
Sa’kesadhātvīsapadaṁ padatvā
Pesesi rañño gahitu’ñca raṭṭhaṁ
Jayaṁ labhī majjhima vaggayuddhe

66
Sa’lokajitvāṇa suto ca rakkha-
Laṅkādhinetā bala’mādiyitvā
Hūkittilaṅkāpabhunā sahe’va
Yujjhitva taṁ ghātiya rerupalliṁ

67.
Raṭṭhaṁ’gahesuṁ sa’mahādipādo
Samantamallaṁ savasaṁ’va sāmā
Netvāna datvā mahatiṁ siri’mpi
Ta’ṅgaṇhituṁ yojayi kosavaggaṁ

68.
So cu’tturāmallaka vissutādī
Mahāhavaṁ katva ripū nihacca
Ta’mādiyiṁsū malayaṁ samattaṁ
Nirākula’ṅkārayi sutthira’ñca

69.
Sa’rājaraṭṭhaṁ gajabāhurājā
Sakaṇṭaka’ṅkā puna ādipādo
Niyojayī daṇḍapatī sametuṁ
Likhitvu’pāyaṁ samarassa sāmaṁ

70.
Sāmantakānaṁ pana dāpayitvā
Laṅghetu mā rekhalava’mpi jātu
Niyojayī ta’ñca paṭicchayuṁ’te
Camūpatī mālayarāyarākhyo

71.
Tammalla vāḷāna ṭhita’mpi kombā-
Bhiññaṁ raṇesaṁ gajabāhurañño
Taṁ chattagāhādhipatiṁ sasenaṁ
Palāpayī yujjhiya gaṇhi duggaṁ

72.
Tato vikikkhamma savābhinī so
Nāvāhi muttā kara santikaṭṭhaṁ
Saṅkamma tatra ṭṭhitakena daṇḍā-
Dhipena yujjhitva jale vijesi

[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]
73.
Atho parakkantibhujassa tassa
So rakkhadivānabhidho sajīvo
Gokaṇṇamaccaṁ asakiṁ sacakkaṁ
Raṇātisūraṁ samare vijesi

74.
So ādipādo kira laṅkanātha
Senāninaṁ jānapadavharaṭṭhaṁ
Pesesi so sājipavīṇako’va
Mahābhavaṁ katva tahaṁ taha’mpi

75.
Gantvā’ggahī taṁ gajabāhurājā
Devādilaṅkādhipati’ñca’maccaṁ
Verī nisedhāya’pi dāṭhabhārā
Macca’ñca pesesi bala’ñca datvā

76
Laṅkādhinātho samaraṁ hi tehi vattetva tejetva yagāllaṭhānaṁ
Gaṇhī tato so gajabāhubhūpo’
Pāyena taṁ sassa vasa’mpi kattuṁ

77.
Paheṇake tassa mahagghikāni
Accantabhatyā pahiṇī sajīvo
So tāni pesesi sasāmino’tha
Disvāna tuṭṭho’ssa hi peseyī te

78.
Niyoga’māgamma parakkamādi
Bhujassa devo sacivo’tisūro
Kāḷassarorūsaritāya hāri’
Māyāma hatthadvisata’ntisattiṁ

79.
Taṁ vitthata bbīsati hattha matta
Mahodalābaddha’managgha setuṁ
Kaṭṭhammaya’ñcā’pi catubbidhena
Balena gantabba’makārayittha

80.
Sāmantake keci tahaṁ ṭhapetvā
Nikkhamma senāpati tattha tattha
Mahāhavaṁ vattaya ‘maggadugge
Gahesi duggāni nava’ñca’kāsi

[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]

81
Rājā sasāmantaka rāmanīla-
Giriṁ pamokkhe api ta’nnihantuṁ
Pesesi terī nikaṭaṁ ubho’tra
Pavattayiṁsū dhajinī mahājiṁ

82.
Sāmantakaṁ nīlagiriṁ sayodhaṁ
Māretva yuddhamhi kaḍakkuḍavhaṁ
Yodha’ñca aññe ca hi jīvagāhaṁ
Gahetva pesesi sasāmino te

83.
Mahinda macco sacivāna’mesaṁ
Pavikkamaṁ sutva’bhijātamāno
Puraṁ’nurādhaṁ panagayha demi
Datvā paṭiññaṁ bala’mādiyitvā

84.
Gantvā’nurādhākhyapurāvidūre
Vattetva yuddhaṁ ripavo vijitvā
Gaṇhī puraṁ rohaṇakādhipaccaṁ
Gato sa’māṇābharaṇo hi rañño

85.
Sāmantakehī bahuso tadāni
Yujjhitva sampatta parājayo’ca
Raṇe manaṁ chaḍḍhiya rājinā’mā
Sandhi’ṅkaritvā vasi kañci kālaṁ

86.
Tato parakkantibhujassa thāmaṁ
Sutvāna sandhiṁ gajabāhurañño
Pahāya sandhāna’makā dipāda-
Varena vāsa’ṅkatavā tathe’va

87
Laṅkādhināthappamukhā camīsā
Pavattayuṁ te gajabāhunā’jiṁ
Puraṁ palāta’ñca puḷatthisaññaṁ
Bhūpaṁ’gahesuṁ atha jīvagāhaṁ

88.
Jayaddhatā maṇḍalikā sayodhā
Gehesu dvarāni ca bhindiyā’suṁ
Vasuṁ vilumpuṁ pana nāgarā te
Maccā ca sambhūya bhusaṁ paruddhā

[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]

89
Gantvāna māṇābharaṇopakaṭṭhaṁ
Nivedayitvāna’tha taṁ pavattiṁ
Āyātu amhehi pagayha rajjaṁ
Demā’ti sāhāyya’mayācayiṁsu

90.
Sutvāna’maccehi ca mantiyā’suṁ
Rājaṁ pamocetu’mivā’gamitvā
Vattetva yuddhaṁ kaṭṭhina’mpi senaṁ
Nāsetva gaṇhittha puraṁ manuññaṁ

91.
Vītikkamitvā katipāha’mitthaṁ
Sāmantake so gajabāhurañño
Hantvā mahīpaṁ pana kārabhāraṁ
Pavesayitvā’ggahi vittarāsiṁ

92.
Karaggata’ṅkatva thira’nti rajja’
Maññāya sīghaṁ dasanaggadhātuṁ
Sa’pattadhātu’ñca samātara’ñca
Sarodha’mānāpayi rohaṇasmā

93.
Hantuṁ mahīpaṁ sakamātuyā’mā
Raho sa’mantetva upakkamittha
Upadduto so gajabāhurājā
Satāṇa’māyāciya ādipādaṁ

94
Pesesi guyhaṁ’nucare’tikhinna mano vinaṭṭhesu balesu yuddhe
Mocetu’metaṁ kasiru’ttari’mpi
Modetva’macce padavippadānā

95
Savāhinī pesayi te pura’mpi
Rodhetva yujjhitvi’bhabāhurājā
Pamocito tehi sajīvakehi
Palātavā’sī sa’hi koṭṭhasāraṁ

96
Pavattayanto samaraṁ mahantaṁ
Raṇe mate cakkapatimhi tatra
Asakkuṇanto vasitu’mpi dāṭhā
Dhātu’ñca pattaṁ sakamātara’ñca

[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]

97
Suddhantaka’ñcā’diya rohaṇaṁhi
Gato’si māṇābharaṇo sa’rattiṁ
Mahāhavaṁ katva’sakiṁ sahattha
Gata’ṅkata’ñcā’ggapuraṁ’nukampo

98
Saṅghassa’nuññāya mahādipādo
Datvāna dantibbhujarājino’tha
Saka’ñca raṭṭhaṁ’pagato’si dhīmā
Dayāparattaṁ’chariyaṁ pabhussa
99
Gaṅgātaṭaṁ katva’tha rājadhāniṁ
Sukhaṁ vasī so gajabāhu bhūpo
Tato’pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rājena sandhiṁ pana kattukāmo

100
Pāhesu’do’pāyana’massa sandhi’
Maniccha’māgañchiya maṇḍaliddiṁ
Vihāraka’mme pana rājaraṭṭhaṁ
Dinnaṁ parakkantibhujādhipassa

101
Pāsāṇa piṭṭhamhi likhāpayitvā
Gaṅgātaṭāke nivasaṁ tadāni
Nipīḷite’kāyarujāya rājā
Bāvīsavassāni mato vasitvā

102
Sambhūya’maccā gajabāhurañño
Athe’tumāṇābharaṇo’ssa dūte
Sampesayuṁ so matasāsanaṁ hi
Sutvā parakkantibhujo bala’mpi

103
Sannayhu’pāgañchi puḷatthisaññaṁ
Puraṁ tato’maccagaṇā sabhattā
Rajjibhisekaṁ’suvidhātu’mevā’
Yāciṁsu’nekabbidha dassanena

104
Paṭiggahetvā subhasūcake taṁ
Nakkhattayoge makuṭaṁ sirasmiṁ
Dhāretva rājābharaṇābhibhūsī
Padakkhiṇa’ṅkāsi puraṁ viyi’ndo

[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]

105
Tato’pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rajjatthiko’nekabalaṁ gahetvā
Sa rājaraṭṭhābhimukho payāto
Raññā parakkantibhujena vassaṁ

106
Tahaṁ tahaṁ vattayi saṁyugaṭṭha-
Paññāsamatta’mpi ca tatra tatra
Raṇesu sampattaparājayo’va
Manaṁ jahāsī samare’yatiṁ so

107
Tato parakkantibhujā pajesā
Mahabbhayā jātamayena phuṭṭho
Maccantikasmiṁ nijasūnu’magga’
Māhuya kittissirimeghanāmaṁ

108
Sadā parakkantibhujena vutta
Kkamena vatta’ssa’nukūlako’va
Vatvāna evaṁ’sa’sahaṁ’vatejaṁ
Para’ṅgamī loka’mimaṁ jahitvā

109
Nisammatassaccayataṁ sa’sīghaṁ
Bhūpo parakkantibhujo vidhiññū
Kittissirīmeghakumārahāri’
Mānāpayī sannikaṭaṁ yasassī

110.
Atha saciva samūho saṅgamitvā namitvā
Naravativaraṁ taṁ yāci moḷīsiva’mpi
Vihitu’subhamuhutte laṅka’mekātapattaṁ
Kariya dutiyavasse’kā dutiyābhisekaṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ tettiṁsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse pañcarāja dīpano nāma
Tettiṁsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]

Catuttiṁsatimo paricchedo

1
Pattā bhiseko vasudhādhipo so
Vossagga saṁsattamano’nukampo
Vassāpayaṁ cāgapavuṭṭhi’maggaṁ
Sampūrayī jīvamanassarāni

2
hānantarā’dāsya’rahesu pīto
Bheri’ñcarāpetva vaṇibbake’pi
Samāharitvā puna tesu sammā
Tadā tulābhāra’madā’nucassaṁ

3
Sampatthayaṁ sāsana suddhi vuddhiṁ’
Tekicchake duppaṭipatti yutte
Vajjetva vaṁsattitayaṁ samagga’
Makā payāsena sahaṁ sudukkhaṁ

4
Sālā catasso’pi catummukhā so
Kāretva majjhe’nudinaṁ purasmiṁ
Akampito bhikkhugaṇassa pañño
Dānaṁ pavattesi samatta yuttaṁ

5
Kāretva’nekassatasaṅkharogī
Vāsappayogga’mpi visāla sālaṁ
Tadattha’maggosadha vitta dhañña
Rāsiṁ ṭhapasī uda vejja vuttiṁ

6
Tato parakkantibhujo pajeso
Nāmāvasesaṁ nagaraṁ puḷatthiṁ
Kāretu’māsuṁ’rabhi rāmaṇeyyaṁ
Visālaka’ñcā’tha samantato hi

7
Parikkhipitvā pana khandhavāraṁ
Purassa pākārabhicakkato hi
Vitthiṇṇa pākāra niyūra’muccaṁ
Kāresi goraṁ saradambudaṁ’va

[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]

8
Khudda’mpi pākāratayaṁ tato hi
Parikkhipitvā’nukamaṁ sa’racchaṁ
Kārāpayī gabbha sahassa sobhiṁ
Pāsādikaṁ sabbadhi satta bhūmaṁ

9
Sa’vejayanta vha mahīpa gehaṁ
Māpesi rājā viya vissakammo
Sarassatīmaṇḍapa sañña vesma’
Makārayī kappadumena bhāsiṁ

10
Sa’maṇḍapa’ṅkāriya rājavesī
Bhujaṅganāma’ñca sudhammatulyaṁ
Disampati mandirasantikasmi’
Muyyānaka’ṅkārayi nandanaṁ’va

11
Dhamme vinīto sa’mahinda nāmo’
Macco’ggasaddhammasuphassitassa
Dāṭhā bhadantassa tu vaḍḍhanattha’
Manuggahenā’vanipassa sammā

12
Suvaṇṇa chaddappaṭihāra vāta
Pānūpasobhiṁ bahi rantarāḷe
Susaṅkatā’neka vicitta kammaṁ
Pāsādaka’ṅkāsi harīgiriṁ’va

13
Patibbatā rūpavatī surūpā
Vasundharādhīsamahesikantā
Suvaṇṇayaṁ thūpavaraṁ mahantaṁ
Majjhepurekārayi dassaneyyaṁ

14
Tibhūma pāsādatayena sammā
Laṅkīkataṁ sannikaṭe pavittaṁ
Veḷuvanesīpatanavhakosi-
Nārabbihārattayanātha’maggaṁ

15
Na’rājavesībhujaga’ñca rāja-
Kulantakākhyaṁ vijitaṁ tathe’va
Nānappakāra bbisikhā vicittaṁ
Kāresi sākhānagarattaya’ñca

[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]

16
Pure puḷatthimhi sa’rājadvārā
Dikaṁ sa cātuddasadvārahāriṁ
Purā tikhuddaṁ purapuṅgava’ñca
Sajjesi dibbaṁ nagaraṁ viye’vaṁ

17
Vināsayuṁ coḷabalā’nurādha-
Pura’mpi taṁ bhūpati’macca’mekaṁ
Ānetva sammāpaṭisaṅkharitvā
Yathāpurā sajja samādisī so

18
Tato paṭiggayha mahīpadesaṁ
Pura’ṅgamitvāna yathe’vapubbe
Pākāra racchopavanādi sabbaṁ
Kāresi’macco na cirena sādhuṁ

19
Parakkamākhyaṁ nagaraṁ narindo
Laṅkīkata’ṅkāsi purassirīhi
Tahaṁ tahaṁ’maccagaṇā pajāyo
Gaṇhantva’pīḷetva’disī kara’nti

20
Matamhi māṇābharaṇe’ssa mātā
Sāmantakānaṁ sugalā girāyo
Nisamma sā dāmarikā’va hutvā
Raṇaṁ’rabhī ce’pi parājayo’ssa
21
Patta’ñca dāṭhāpavara’ñca dhātuṁ
Samādiyitvā varajambudīpaṁ
Palāyituṁ sogatabhūbhujassa
Pesesi dūte turitaṁ tahiṁ sā

22
Parakkamabbāhu vasundharindo
Ñatvāna taṁ cakkapatiṁ sa’rakkhaṁ
Ānetva gantvo’bbhuta sattu dāvā
Nalaṁ sunibbāpaya pattivuṭṭhyā

23
Icce’va’mā dissiya datva senaṁ
Niyojayī rohaṇakaṁ payātuṁ
Tahaṁ tahaṁ so gatavā raṇesu
Laddhajjayo devimukha’mbhigañchi

[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]

24
Bhūtādhikārippamukhe’tha senā-
Nāthe’pi pāhesi vijetave taṁ
Mahābhava’ñcā’bhavi tesu’bhosu
Dhātudvayaṁ yujjhiya gayha seṭṭhaṁ

25
Nivedayuṁ bhūpatino ta’matthaṁ
Sutvā’bhisitto’va’matena rājā
Lahuṁ panetuṁ vara dhātu dvandaṁ
Pesesi dūte sacivopakaṭṭhaṁ

26
Sandesa’mākaṇṇiya’nīka nāthādhikārino dhātuyugaṁ puḷatthiṁ
Pura’mpavesetumane’kamaccaṁ
Rakkhāya yojīya mahāmahena

27
Mañjudhikārissa sakāsa’māsuṁ
Sampesayuṁ so’ñjanakammanāthaṁ
Paccuggamitvā mahati’ñca pūjaṁ
Pavattayaṁ yojiya dhātuguttaṁ

28
Dhātudvayaṁ sambhamapubbako’va
Pesesi rañño tuvaṭaṁ sakāsaṁ
Sutvāna dhātvānayanakkamaṁ so
Mayā suladdhaṁ vata jīvita’nti

29
Pamodito bhūpati sīghasīghaṁ
Nahātavā so suvilepalitto
Sumaṇḍito laṅkata sūnu macca
Purakkhato yojana matta ṭhānaṁ

30
Paccuggamitvā paṭhame’va dhātu
Padassane’nekamahagghikena
Muttāmaṇādiccana bhūrivatthu
Jātena mānetvu’da dhātu dvandaṁ

31
Aṅgīrasasmiṁ dharamāni’ca’gge
Mudāhi sandassita sambhamo’va
Sabhaṁsudhammaṁ viya dantadhātu
Gharaṁ pure kāriya sādhu majjhe

[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]

32
Dhajappatākādihi nijjarinda
Vīthiṁ’va pajjaṁ samalaṅkaritvā
Khaṇāpiya’ggaṁ’rumaṇiṁ sugandha
Cuṇṇena pūretva tahaṁ pasatthaṁ

33
Vaḍḍhetva sammā radadhātusāmiṁ
Caṅgoṭakasmiṁ ratanammayamhi
hapetva taṁ hemamaye samugge
Nidhāya pattaṁ pavara’ñca dhātuṁ

34
Sovaṇṇaye cakkacatukkakasmiṁ
Patiṭṭhite maṇḍapake’sanasmiṁ
Vaḍḍhetva gantvā nagaraṁ mahena
Dāṭhaggadhātussadanaṁ vicittaṁ

35
Vaḍḍhetva dhātūyugalaṁ sapañño
Puḷatthisaññe nagare narindo
Sabbatra so sattanisaṁ padīpa
Pūjāvidhi’ṅkārayi gāravena

36
Tato sayodhā sacivā’ssa rañño mahāhavaṁ bhiṁsanaka’ṅkaritvā
Sajīvagāhaṁ subhalaṁ pamokkha-
Macceha’mā gayha disampatissa

37
Upānayiṁsū nikaṭaṁ tathe’va
Nikkaṇṭakaṁ rohaṇaka’ṅkaritvā
Atippamodo mahipo salokaṁ
So sāsanaṁ rakkhi dayo matīmā
38
Rāmañña laṅkīya janā samattā
Accantamittā pana sogatattā
Vasiṁsu dvīsū visayesu bhūpā
Tathā sade’vā’su’mato sucetā
39
Raññā parakkantibhujena sandhiṁ
Rāmaññabhūpo sucirāgata’mpi
Tāyaṁ athe’kaṁ samayaṁ hi kaṇṇa-
Japāna’mākaṇṇiya bhāratiṁ so

[SL Page 089] [\x 89/]

40
Laṅkinda dūtesu ca dīyamānaṁ
Vuttiṁ purāṇaṁ parihāpayitvā
Vikkīyamāne’pi gaje bahiddhā
Māvikkiṇantū’kari sammati’mpi

41
Satassa vā rūpiya tikkalānaṁ
Gajā sahassassa purā sukītā
Dvayassa vā tehi tayassa vā’pi
Ito sahassāna’tu vikkiṇīyā

42
Durāsayo so parimāṇa’mevaṁ
hapesi vitta’ñca karī ca nāvā
Laṅkesa dūtehi vilumpayitvā
Tesa’mpi’kā’nekavidhaṁ papīḷaṁ

43
Rāmaññadesaṁ’vanipo gataṁ so
Vācissarāceravaraṁ tathe’va
Taṁ dhammakittiṁ vidūraṁ sachidda
Nāvāya vissajjayi sāgarasmiṁ

44
Kambojadesa’mpati rājakaññaṁ
Laṅkādhinā pesayi taṁ pasayha
Rāmaññarājā’vaharī sa’tena’
Nekabbidhaṁ kāritavippakāraṁ

45
Sutvā parakkantibhujo sajīve
Āhūya rañño arimaddanassa
Gāhaṁ’thavā hiṁsanataṁ vidheyyaṁ
Iccā’ha so rosa sikhī paditto

46
Tahiṁ ṭhito so damiḷādhikārī
Paṇāya mā yojayitū’payātuṁ
Mahāsajīveha’la’micca’voca
Sutvā pasanno’ssa giraṁ mahīpo

47
Nāvā ca’nekā satasaṅkhakāyo
Sampādayitvā pana pañcamāsā
Samāharī pallava vaṅka titthaṁ
Samappahoṇaṁ cita sambala’mpi

[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]

48
Yuddhāyudhā dopakarañña’māsuṁ
Samāharitvā sabale bhaṭese
Raṇāya yātuṁ damiḷādhikāriṁ
Samappayitvā’disi ta’ñca sabbaṁ

49
Tarīsu āropiya taṁ samaggaṁ
Samaṁ’va pesesi samudda majjhe
Rayena gacchaṁ taraṇī samūho
Taso sa’dīpo nanu dissate’va

50
Taṁsaṁ viruddhena samīraṇena
Kāci bbidesaṁ pavisiṁsu kāci
Naṭṭhā samudde ‘katariṭṭhitā’pi
Bhaṭo’tariṁsū kira kākadīpaṁ

51 Pavattayitvā samaraṁ tahiṁ te
Taddīpike gaṇhiya jīvagāhaṁ
Laṅkādhināthassa padassayiṁsū kitti ppuraddippamukhā suvīrā

52
Te pañcanāvāsu bhaṭā pavīṇā
Rāmaññadese kusumavhatitthaṁ
Samotaritvāna dhatā yudhā’suṁ
Raṇa’ṅkarāṇā bhayajaṁ kurūraṁ

53
Tahaṁ’have’neka sahassa saṅkhaṁ
Balaṁ hanantā’va maduddhate’bhā
Sikhiṁ khipannā pana gāmakesu
Rajjassa bhāgaṁ suvināsayiṁsu

54
Samotaruṁ ye damiḷādhikārī
Mukhyā’pi papphāla samavha titthaṁ
Bhīma’ṅkarontā samaraṁ samaggā
Rāmaññabhūpa’ñca vighātayiṁsu

55
Sahatthagaṁ ‘tho ramaṇa’ṅkaritvā
Laṅkissarāṇāya taha’mpi bheriṁ
Carāpayuṁ tamhi bhayādhutā te
Sambhūya sabbe’va sumantayitvā

[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]
56
Sama’mpati’mhehi tu yāvadicchaṁ
Paṭṭhāyi’to ‘bhe nayituṁ karatthaṁ
Laṅkādhipassā’nugatā’va ṭhātuṁ
Kāmatta’mācikkhiya sambhamena

57
Laṅkāmahīpappaṭighānala’mpi
Nibbāpayitvāna dayāya saṅgho
Khamāpayātu’vanipassa niccaṁ’
Nusāsakaṁ bhikkhugaṇaṁ salekhe

58
Pāhesu ‘māsuṁ ‘vanatā’va dūte
Saṅghassa vācāya sanuddayāya
Mudutta’māgamma mahāmahīpo
Sa’saccasandhāna’makāsi tehi

59
Coḷiyarājā kulasekharākhyo
Raṇatthiko vāhiniyā’gamitvā
Parakkamākhyassa’tha paṇḍurañño
Puraṁ parundhī madhuraṁ gahetuṁ

60
Sa’jambudīpe saraṇāraha’mpi
Rājaṁ adisvā saraṇaṁ raṇāya
Yācitva laṅkādharaṇīsañattaṁ
Pāhesi dūte tuvaṭaṁ dharāpo

61
Nisamma tesaṁ vacanaṁ sa’laṅkā
Dhipo anāthassa’pi appatiṭṭhā
Nayujjate jātvi’ti mādisassa
Viññāya laṅkāpuradaṇḍanātha

62
Māretva rājaṁ kulasekharākhyaṁ
Parakkamaṁ paṇḍupatiṁ sarajje
Ehī patiṭṭhāpiya’icca’voca
So daṇḍanātho mahipāṇa’mevaṁ

63
Samādiyā’jikkhamavāhinīyā
Purakkhato’pāga mahādititthaṁ
Tadantarasmiṁ kulasekharena
Gantvāna paṇḍūmahīpaṁ pura’ñca

[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]

64 Sayaṁ gahīta’nti suṇitva raññā
Taṁ vaṁsajassā’pi gahetvarajjaṁ
Detū’ti so’tho viniyojito’va
Paṇḍussa raṭṭhe talabilla titthaṁ

65
Samotaritvāna tahiṁ ṭhite’piva
Palāpayitvā damiḷe’tra titthe
Senānivesa’ñca karīya ghore
Cattāri vattetva raṇe pavīro

66
Gantvā balaṁ dāmiḷakaṁ hi pañca
Sāmantakehī saha pañca yuddhe
Katvāna rāmissara’maggahī so
Tahiṁ’have katva navā’tibhīme

67
Mahāraṇasmiṁ dasame silādi-
Meghappamukhyeva cha’tha pañcake ca
Sāmantake jetvu’da dāmiḷese
Rāmissarā yojanikamhi ṭhāne

68
Patiṭṭhita’ṅgañchi sa’kundukālaṁ tatrā’bhavasmiṁ damiḷe pahūte gahetva laṅkāya purā hi
tehi
Vidārite kārayituṁ’ruthūpe

69
Laṅkādhipāṇāyi’dha pesayitvā tahaṁ parakkanti pura ppasiddhaṁ
Senānivesa’ñca pabandhayitvā
Punappunaṁ ghoraraṇa’ṅkarittha

70 Coḷīyake jetva’tha paṇḍuraṭṭhaṁ
Hatthaggata’ṅkāsi matassa rañño
Paṇḍussa sūnuṁ malaye nilīna’
Mānesi pesitva sa’lekhahāraṁ

71
Akiñcanassā’gamana’mpi vīra-
Paṇḍussa’dhīrassa tadā vaditvā
Laṅkā mahārāja varassa laṅkā
Puro sa’paṇṇaṁ pahiṇī pasatthaṁ

[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]

72
Sallakkhiyā’sesa bhiseka yogge
Pasādhanādīni’pi pesayanto
Rajje’bhisiñcassu kumāraka’nti
Pāhesi dūte duratikkamāṇo

73
Haṭṭho kumāro hi paheṇakaṁ taṁ rañño disaṁ natva paṭiggahesi
So daṇḍanātho atha gaṇhituṁ sem-
Ponmāri’māsu’ṅgami vikkameso

74
Duggaṁ purā gaṇhitu’māgatā’pi
Yujjhitva tibbaṁ dvisamaṁ gahetuṁ
Coḷā na sakkhiṁsva’ridappadārī
Te sīhalā’ddhaṁsa’mahassa kālaṁ

75
Nā’tikkamitvā varaṇe duve ca
Bhinditva cattāri ca gopurāni
Duggaṁ paviṭṭhā satasaṅkhiye’pi
Māretva’neke damiḷe’ggahesuṁ

76
Atho parakkantabhujena raññā
Jagajjayākhyo dhajinī patī’pi
Nīto upatthambhayituṁ’sa laṅkā-
Purantikaṁ so samare pavīro

77
Samāgato ‘bho’pi tahaṁ tahaṁ hi
Parājitaṁ taṁ samaresva’tho’pi
Raṇāyu’pāgaṁ kira rājinavhaṁ
Puraṁ pasajjaṁ kulasekharākhyaṁ

78
Bhūpaṁ palāpetu’maraṁ purasmā
Bahī’bhavaṁ bhiṁsanaka’ṅkariṁsu
Bhītā sabhūpā damiḷā puranto
Pidhāya dvārāni ṭhitā ahesuṁ

79
Te daṇḍanāthappamukhā’tidakkhā
Yodhā sasajjā varaṇaṁ purassa
Dvāra’ñca bhetvā pana rājinanto
Patvā balaṁ dāmiḷakaṁ nihantvā

[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]

80
Puraṁ’gahesuṁ kulasekharavho
Rājā palāto sahasā purasmā
Laṅkissarāṇāya tu vīrapaṇḍuṁ
Rajje’bhisiñcetu’mathā’rabhiṁsu
81
Bheriṁ carāpetva pure samagge
Sāmantake cakkapurakkhate’pi
Te sannipātetva’bhiseka’maggaṁ
Kārāpayuṁ paṇḍukumārakassa

82
Atho palāto kulasekharo so
Yuddhāya senaṁ pabalaṁ cinitvā
Duggā’gamitvā’dhipatihi saddhiṁ
Parājito sīhalikehi yuddhā

83
Tato saseno sakamātule dve
Tesaṁ bala’ñcā’pi bahūhaye ca
Gahetva coḷādhipatī samatte
Agā palaṅkoṭṭa samañña ṭhānaṁ

84
Laṅkāpuravho ca jagajjayo ca
Gantvā tahaṁ yujjhiya tena yodhe
Ghātetva rāja’ñca palāpayitvā
Sātaṁ palaṅkoṭṭa ‘maraṁ’gahesuṁ

85
Taṁ sīhalīyā’pa’nu bandhayantā
Vinibbhayā te caturā ca coḷaṁ
Gantvāna yujjhitva’tha coḷa senā
Ghātetva rājaṁ kulasekharākhyaṁ

86
Palāpayuṁ ponamarāvatīyā
Parājaye’so carimo’ssa nūna
Laṅkāpure bhīmaparakkamo so
Sa’sampahārabbijayaggahītaṁ

87
Vasaṁ’ṅgatassa’gga yasa nnigāla-
Dharāyarassa ddadi coḷadesaṁ
Akaṇṭaka’ṅkatvu’dapaṇḍuraṭṭhaṁ
Sato parakkanti bhujassa rañño

[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]
88
Kahāpaṇe savhasamaṅkite’va
Raṭṭhe tahaṁ voharituṁ niyujja
Coḷā ca paṇḍūvijitā gahīte
Bhūrī manusse karino haye ca

89
Pesesi laṅkaṁ tuvaṭaṁ tadāni
Rājā parakkantibhujo vijetā
Sapaṇḍuraṭṭhajjitisūcakaṁ hi
Katvāna paṇḍubbijaya’nti gāmaṁ

90
Bhovādinaṁ positacāgaveto
Ta’middha’maggaṁ’khilakālika’ñca
Katvā adā dīnahite patiṭṭho
Kadā’diso dissati’dātadabbo

91
Vidita vanipatī bhā nanta dappugga kumha
Puṭanabalamigindekapparakkantabāhu
Dharaṇipati silokāyā’jiyā so jayaggaṁ
Samabhilasi tu rajje gaṇhituṁ no nikantyā

Bhāṇavāraṁ catuttiṁsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse mahā
parakkamabāhubhūpatidisāvijayādidīpanonāma
Catuttiṁsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]

Pañca tiṁsatimo paricchedo.

1
Atho mahīpo samara ssama’mpi
Vinodayitvā muni sāsanassa
Suddhi’ñca vuddhiṁ sucira ṭṭhiti’ñca
Sa’kattukāmo vinaye nayaññuṁ

2
Sataṁ mahā kassapa thera pādaṁ
Dhura’ṅkaritvā parisuddha sīlaṁ
Vaṁsattaye bhikkhu gaṇaṁ pavittaṁ
Susannipātetavu’pasampa da’ñca

3
Kāretva vassaṁpati sabba saṅghaṁ
Sambuddha kāle’va pavattayittha
Adhī’ritaṁ kañci’pi sāsanassa
Lokassa vuddhi kiraya’massa rañño

4
Bhūpo’sabhūrī sata saṅkhiyānaṁ
Tappassinaṁ jetavanaṁ vihāraṁ
Nidassituṁ jetavanassiri’va
Kāresi citra ati vimhitaṁ’ñca

5
Sārīsūta tthera varassa tatra
Sahammiyaggabbha sulaṅkata’mpi
Pāsāda’magga’ñca tivaṅka bimba
Sāmissa tannāma gharaṁ mahagghaṁ

6
Kāresi nettagga rasañja naṁ’va
Miginda rūpādihi bhāsura’mpi
Vaṭṭaṁ subhaṁ selamayaṁ vicittaṁ
Dantagga dhātu ssadanaṁ visālaṁ
7
Tahiṁ ghare pañca sata’ñca vīsa’
Māḷāhaṇavhaṁ pariveṇa ma’ggaṁ
Kāresi tattho’ru subhadda rūpa-
Vatya gga thūpe ca duve mahindo

[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]

8
Tato’pi laṅkātilakaṁ paṭīmāva
Ghara’ñca savhaṁ paṭimaṁ ṭhita’ñca
Sajīva Buddhā yatakaṁ manuññaṁ
Kāresi laṅkā tilako matīmā

9
Sīmaṁ mahantiṁ api khaṇḍa sīmā
Tisso ca bandhāpayi pacchima’ñca
Salaṅkataṁ’rāma’mathu’ttaraṁ so
Kāresi ‘rāmañca vibhediya’ddiṁ

10
Sa’paṇḍu rajjā damiḷe gahīte
Visālatāya ttisatādhika’ñca
Sahassa hatthaṁ damiḷoru thūpaṁ
Kāresi kelāsa’mivā’parañca

11
Suvaṇṇamālī ca’bhayaddiko’ca
So jetavanyaṁ maricā di caṭṭi
Thūpe vare neru sarikkhake’te
Vasundharindo paṭisaṅkharittha

12
Rājā purā coḷa vidārita’nnu
Hatthassataṁ’keka mukhā samantā
Vitthiṇṇakaṁ tattaka’muccato’pi
Pāsāṇa thamhe chasataṁ sahassaṁ

13
Nidhāya gabbhassata saṅkhiyehi
Vibhūsitaṁ sobhana nekabhūmiṁ
Taṁ lohapāsādavaraṁ manuññaṁ
Kāresi kāmaṁ ‘chariyāvahantaṁ

14
So saṭṭhi pāsādapabhāsuraṁ hi
Sepaṇṇipupphavhaya yūpa ‘maggaṁ
Naṭṭha’mpi pāsāda varaṁ mahinda-
Senā samaññaṁ pana kārayittha

15
Parakkameso vanipo matīmā
Sa’rāja raṭṭhamhi tahaṁ tahaṁ hi
Kāresi ye’kūna sataṁ nave’pi
Thūpe ca tesattatimatta cetye

[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]

16
Sataṁ mahīpo chasahassaka’mpi
Bimbālaye sampaṭisaṅkharitvā
Nave ca jiṇṇe tisataṁ paṭīmā
Gehe ca kārāpayi suddha buddhi

17
Chasatti ‘ñcā’pi catussataṁ hi
Nānappakārappaṭima’kkha hārī
Vāse yatīnaṁ dvisata’ñca tiṁsaṁ
Kāresi vāsattha’masesapīne

18
Rammā chapaññāsatidhammasālā
Kāresi rājā nava caṅkameva
Sata’ñca cottāḷisa gopurāni
Tathā sataṁ dvānavutiṁ vicitre

19
Pupphāsanoke caraṇe ca satta
Saṭṭhi’ñca’tho terasa deva vesme
Āgantukatthaṁ’pavane manāpe
Sa’bārasa kkārayi vikkamindo

20
Sālā’tithinaṁ dvisata’ñca tiṁsaṁ
Kāresi citrā vara dhamma sālā
Ekūnatiṁsa’ñca guhe ‘katiṁsaṁ
Pañco’pavanyo ca tithīna’sālā

21
Paññāsa’mekaṁ sura mandirāni
Navādhikaṁ sattati’meva jiṇṇe
Tato ca aññe paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahāsayo sañcini puñña’mevaṁ

22
Dayāparo so vijite’tra sassa
Samiddhi siddhi’ñca’bhipatthayāno
Vāpiṁ parakkatti samudda sañña’
Maññaṁ samuddaṁ viya vissuta’ñca

23
Vāpiṁ parakkantitaḷākanāmaṁ
Parakkamassāgarasavhavāpiṁ
Saraṁ mahindāditaḷākasaññaṁ
Kārāpaya’ññā pacuro’ru vāpī

[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]

24
Sahassa’mekādhikasattati’ñca
Catussataṁpallalake matīmā
Kāresi rājāmaṇibhīrakādi
Mahāsare pākatika’ñca jiṇṇe

25
Sa’satta saṭṭhi’ñca catussata’mpi
Naṭṭhā nuvāpī ca bahū saresu
Jiṇṇāni ṭhāne tisataṁ sahassaṁ
Thira’ñca pañca nnavutiṁ manuññaṁ

26
Bandhāpayī khuddaka mātikāyo
Pañca ssata’ṅkā catutiṁsati’ñca
Tīni ssataṁ kho tisahassamattā
Naṭṭhā’pi’kā pākatikā mahīpo

27
Vibhūsitaṁ puppha phalākulahi
Terūhi kāresi sa’nandanavhaṁ
Uyyāna’maggaṁ atha nāḷikera
Rambhādi sāle pati lakkhaka’mpi

28
Ekeka vaggā pana ropayitvā
Lakkhavha’muyyāna’makārayī taṁ
Atvattha saññāya suvissutaṁ so
Saṅghassa’dānī yasasa’gga yāto

29
Uyyāna khātehi’parehi laṅkaṁ
Salaṅkata’ṅkā sa’tha laṅka nātho
Tahaṁ tahaṁ no yuva rāja raṭṭhe
Kāresi’neka bbidha kicca jāte

30
Sajātaṭhāne sata vīsa hattha
Tuṅga’ñca sūtīghara thūpa rājaṁ
Bāvīsa cetye ca sata’ñca bimbā
Laye guhāpañcadasa’ssu’kāsī

31
Sa’rohaṇasmiṁ janikāya sassa
Susāna ṭhāne pana khīra gāme
Ārohato hattha sata’ñca vīsaṁ
Kāresi thūpaṁ ratanāvalivhaṁ

[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]

32
Thūpe vare soḷasa satta bodhi-
Gehe ca koṭṭhe puna tattake’pi
Citre titāḷīsa dvibhūma bimbā
Laye ca kāresi dvidhammasālā

33
Thūpe ca bimbāvasathe ca bodhi-
Koṭṭhe ca dhātū nilaye guhāca
Dīghe ca yūpe vara dhamma sālā
Sa’caṅkame vāsa ghare maroke

34
Āgantukoke varaṇe ca dvāra-
Koṭṭhe ca potthāvasathe ‘pareca
Saṅkhārayitvā uruvela saññe
Mahāsare khuddakavāpiyoca

35
Bandhesi pāsāṇamayā paṇālī
Kāretva bhūrī matimā cirassaṁ
Pavattinaṁ sāsanaloka’māsu’
Makārayī vikkama sāli bhūpo

36
Sataṁ pasattho suta kassapavho
Dhīmā mahāsāmi tipeṭake ca
Satthantarasmiṁ nipuṇo’va bālā-
Vabodhana’ṅkāsi pajā hitāya

37
Sa’laṅkiko dhamma yaso vipassi
Rūpāvatārassuta sakkatīyaṁ
Ganthaṁ varaṁ vyākaraṇaṁ ‘sa rañño
Kāle pasatthaṁ vyaracittha sabbhi

38
Itthaṁ visuddha matimā sakala’mpi laṅka’
Mārāma thūpa paṭimā ghara gabbharehi
Vejjālayā tithi nikāya sudhamma sālā
Uyyāna khāta sarasādihiva’laṅkarittha

39
Dibbā surā sura raṇe’tipurā jiniṁsu
Yuddhaṁ sace puna’pi hehiti rajjato’ssa
Tettiṁsame siri parakkamabāhurājaṁ
Vasse pavīra pavaraṁ nu samavhayiṁsu

[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]

40
Kāme samappita mane vibudhe pamatte
Nānāvidhesu kusalesu hitāvahesu
Sikkhāpituṁ diva’magā viya puññasippī
Kasmā nu patthivacaraṁ na samādiseyyuṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ pañca tiṁsatimaṁ. -----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse mahā parakkama bāhu bhūpatino
Loka sāsana kicca dīpano nāma pañcatiṁsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]

Chattiṁsatimo paricchedo.

1.
Tadaccaye tassa rañño-bhāgineyyo sahassake
Sattasatekatālīsa-mite sambuddha hāyane

2
Sato vijayabāhū’ti-vissuto dutiyo sudhī
Laṅkā dīpe patthivo’si-kavi ketu yaso cayo

3
Tadā dayo parakkanta-bhujindena damāya ca
Kārā gāresu nikkhitte-jīve mocesi modato

4
Kurumāno rāja savha-manvatthaṁ’va sakaṁ sakaṁ
Tesaṁ tesa’madā gāma-kkhettādiṁ sa’disampati

5
Ādiṁ vijaya bāhū’va-papitā sassa māgadhaṁ
Pesetvā ramaṇindassa-lekhaṁ sakhyaṁ ghaṭesi so

6
Sāsanaṁ joyatī bhikkhū-’paṭṭhahī paccayehi ca
Manu nīti’mavokkamma-lokaṁ rañjesi vatthuhi

7
Parakkama bhujaṁ rāja-mupagantuṁ’va mātulaṁ
Cinanto vividhaṁ puññaṁ-samaṁ rajja’makā pabhū

8
Mahinda sañño kāliṅgo-mittaddūbhi mahīpatiṁ
Ghātetvā rajja’makari-pañcāhaṁ sammatiṁ vinā
9
Mahindaṁ chaṭṭhamaṁ hantvā-rañño vijaya bāhuno
Kittinissaṅka nāmo’pa-rājā kāliṅgiko tato

10
Pattā bhiseko so rajje-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Silāmayaṁ danta dhātu-ghara’ṅkāresi bhūbhujo

11
Khaṇḍa phullaṁ saṅkharitvā-ratanāvali cetiyaṁ
Salaṅkarittha sovaṇṇa-thūpikāya naruttamo

12
Sābhidhānaṁ vihāra’ñca-pāsāda sata bhūsitaṁ
Kāretvā bhikkhu saṅghassa-nīyyātayi mahāsayo

13
Hema sajjhu bbhāsabhitti-thamhātimattābhāsuraṁ
Kambucchaddiṭṭhikaṁ kantaṁ-hiṅgulammayabhūmikaṁ

14 Kāretvā jambukoḷavhaṁ-vihāraṁ tatra citrakaṁ
Patiṭṭhāpesi paṭimā-sovaṇṇiyā tisattatiṁ

15
Tato soṇṇa girī jambu-koḷo’ti vidito tahiṁ
Rañño dārumayaṁ bimbaṁ-kammanta paridīpakaṁ

[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]

16
Disampati manakkāraṁ-ṭhapesa’jjā’pi dissate
Pañcakkhattuṁ pativassaṁ-tulā bhāra’madā sato

17
Soṇṇa tissaṁ maṇicoraṁ-gaṅgā taṭavhayaṁ padiṁ
Vāpiyo tā pabandhesi-sadā jana hite rato

18
Dakkhiṇe sindhu dese’va-likhitvā tambasāsane
Gāma bhūmi ppadānaṁ hi-ādi’mārabhi bhūbhujo

19
Vidhāya vividhaṁ puññaṁ-navame hāyane dayo
Nara devo deva piyo-gami deva sahavyataṁ

20
Tadaccaye tassa suto-vīrabāhu disampati
Katve’kaṁ’va nisaṁ rajja-’māyuṁ jahāsa’kāmato

21
Akā vikkamabāhū’ti-patthivo dutiyo atho
Kittinissaṅka bhūpassa-rajjaṁ māsattayaṁ’nujo

22
Hantvā taṁ kittinissaṅka-rājino bhaginī suto
Navamāsaṁ’vanipati-rajja’ṅkā coḍagaṅgako

23
Tassa cakkhu’ppāṭayitvā-’vanipaṁ apanetva’tho
Kitti senā patī rañño-parakkama bhujassa tu

24
Kāresi tisamaṁ rajjaṁ-līlāvati mahesiyā
Tade’va racayī kabba-tilakaṁ koci paṇḍito

25
Tato yāhasa mallavho-okkāsa kulajo pabhū
Dvicassaṁ rajja’makari-ta’mpanetvā mahabbalo

26
Āyasmanta vha senānī-kittinissaṅkadeviyā
Kaḷyāṇavatiyā rajjaṁ-kārāpayi chahāyanaṁ

27
Sā rājinī paṇṇa sāla-gāme saka samaññikaṁ
Vihāra’ṅkārayī khandhā-vārābhijana sambhavo

28
Āyasmanto camupati-valligāme vihārakaṁ
Sanāmapariveṇa’ñca-kāresi kusalatthiko

29
Catubbaṇṇa’ñca saṅkiṇṇaṁ-katvā’saṅkiṇṇakaṁ tadā
Dhammādhikaraṇa’nnāma-niti sattha’makārayī

30
Athā’yasmanta senānī-dhammāsoka samavhayaṁ
Temāsikaṁ’bhisiñcitvā-samaṁ rajjaṁ vicārayī

[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]

31
Tato kumāro’ṇīkaṅgo-sabalo’gamma coḷato
Puḷatthi nagarādhīsaṁ-dhammāsokaṁ mahīpatiṁ

32
Sāyasmantaṁ nihantvāna-so sattarasavāsaraṁ
Rajja’ṅkā atha tasse’va-camūnakka balādhipo

33
Hantvā’ṇikaṅga mahipaṁ-purā rājiniyā samaṁ
Kantāya līlāvatiyā-rajja’ṅkārayi sundaraṁ

34
Tato lokissara khyāto-bhūbhujo’dāya dāmiḷaṁ
Āgammi’dha’khilaṁ laṅkaṁ-savase vattayaṁ pabhū

35
Nava māsaṁ sāsi rajjaṁ-puḷatthi nagare subhe
Tadā parakkanta camū-pati rāja gga deviyā

36
Lilāvatyā satta māsaṁ-rajja’ṅkārāpayī puna
Athā’gamma parakkanta-paṇḍu rājā savāhinī

37
Līlāvatiṁ’panetvāna-senāpati’ñca vikkamaṁ
Rajja’ṅkāsi tivassaṁ sa-’puḷatthi nagare vasaṁ

38
Atha laṅkā pajā jāta-kibbisene’va sabbaso
Laṅkā laṅkāra pāsāda-phuliṅga sannibho pabhū

39
Kāliṅga vaṁsajo māgha-nāme’ko patthivo balova
Catu vīsa sahassa cci-yodhe’dāyi’dha’gamma so

40
Laṅkā rajjaṁ nipīḷetuṁ-niyojesi tahaṁ tahaṁ
Tato kharā mahā yodhā-’maccānaṁ’chindayuṁ dhanaṁ

41
Vihāre paṭimā vāse-dhaṁsesuṁ pubba rājunaṁ
Kitti gatta nibhe tuṅge-ratanāvalī mukhyake

42
Pātentā cetiye dhātu-satthussa’ntaradhāpayuṁ
Mocetvā rajjuto seṭṭha-potthake vikiruṁ tadā

43
Bhinditvā dhātu gabbhe ca-dhanasāraṁ samaggahuṁva
Loka’ñca sāsanaṁ yodhā-nāsayuṁ māraseni’ca

44
Nirundhiya puḷatthi vha-puraṁ paṇḍū parakkamaṁ
Patthivaṁ parigaṇhitvā-tassu’ppāṭiṁsu locane

45
Muttā maṇi veḷuriyā-dikaṁ vittaṁ vilumpayuṁ
Kāliṅga māghaṁ rajje’ha-’bhisiñciṁsu yathā ruci

[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]

46
Laṅkaṁ hattha gata’ṅkatvā-puḷatthi nagare vasaṁ
Laṅkā laṅkata kantāya-kudiṭṭhi visa lakkhaṇe

47
Janaya’ñca catu bbaṇṇaṁ-saṅkiṇṇa’makarī tadā
Gāma kkhettādikaṁ sabbaṁ-sīhalā dhīna’muttamaṁ

48
Sakīyāna’madāpesi-vihārā yatanāni ca
Pariveṇe ca yodhānaṁ-vāsāya parikappayī

49
Tadā mahāsayā therā-dayā vācissarādayo
Bhītiyā māghato danta-dhātuṁ patta’ñca satthuno

50
Samādiya puḷatthivha-purā kuntamalavhaye
Dese nidhāya ṭhānamhi-kheme pāra’ṅgamuṁ sayaṁ

51
Pasayha me’vaṁ katvāna-māgha nāma mahīpati
Laṅkā rajja’makāresi-saṁvacchare’kavīsatiṁ
52
Tadantare durā rohe-’rātīhi subha pabbate
Puraṁ katvā subho sena-pati tattha vasaṁ disaṁ

53
Sāsana’ñca susaṁrakkhī-govindaddimhi rohaṇe
Puraṁ katvā bhuvenaka-bhujo’dipāda bhūpati
54
Vasaṁ tahaṁ sāsana’ñca-raṭṭhaṁ pālesi bhattiyā
Saṅkha nāmo cakka pati-maṇimekhala vissūte

55
Vijite tuṅga gaṅgādi-doṇiddimhi puraṁ varaṁ
Kāretvāna vasaṁ tamhi-gopesi loka sāsanaṁ

56
Lambakaṇṇakula bbhūta-saṅgha bodhi tvayāgato
Rājā vijayabāha vhova-ribhayā’tha tahiṁ tahiṁ

57
Vana dugga’mupāgamma ciraṁ tattha vasaṁ sayaṁ
Vanni rājattanaṁ patvā-’macce sihalike’khile

58
Savase vattayaṁ sassa-senāya parivārito
Nikkhamitvā tato’rāti-balaṁ saṁyugasajjitaṁ

59
Dhaṁsayanto yathākāmaṁ-nivasante tahiṁ tahiṁ
Palāpesa’khile yodhe-dāmiḷe’pitato tato

60
Jambudoṇi cale katvā-māyāraṭṭha’makaṇṭakaṁ
Vidhāya nagaraṁ rammaṁ-rajja’ṅkāsi vasaṁ tahaṁ

[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]

61
Suto vijayabāhū’ti-tatiyo dharaṇissaro
Purā pāraṁ gate there-vācissaravhayādayo

62
Pesetvā sacive’bhiññe-puna’vhāpesi sambhamaṁ
Natvā’gate mahāthere-pucchi dhātudvayaṁ kuhaṁ

63
Asukasmi’nti vutte tu-pitiyā puṇṇa mānaso
Purakkhatvā mahāthere-sa’kuntamalayā calaṁ
64
Saseno’gami dāṭhā ca-patto dhātu yugaṁ tahaṁ
Disvā’matābhisitto’va-mahena mahatā sutaṁ

65
Jambudoṇi puraṁ netvā-mālūra sikharu’ṇṇate
Pākāra gopurā dagga-parihāra samaññutaṁ

66
Divāgataṁ vyamha’miva-dāṭhādhātu gharaṁ varaṁ
Kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhesi-dhātu dvandaṁ sa’puññavā

67
Dhātu tāṇā dhissarānaṁ-yatīnaṁ sādhu sīlinaṁ
Nānā pāsāda sambhāsaṁ-saṅghā rāma’ñca kārayi

68
Datvā dāna gga vaṭṭa’ñca-paṭṭhapī’nuddayo tadā
Pūjā vidhiṁ pavattetuṁ-vavatthāpayi patthivo

69
Nāsitānā’rīhi dhamma-pasattha bahu potthake
Sutvāne’ti sādhu sīgha-lekhanābhiññake tato

70
Saddhe pasanne pacure-sannipātetva bhūpati
Likhāpayī tepiṭakaṁ-sammā sambuddha bhāratiṁ

71
Asamaggaṁ samagga’ñca-kāretvā bhikkhunaṁ gaṇaṁ
Sattāha’mupasampatti-maṅgalaṁ kārayī sudhī

72
Kāresi saka saññāya-’rāmaṁ vijaya sundaraṁ
Tato vattala gāmasmiṁ-vihāraṁ vijayabbhujaṁ

73
Kaḷyāṇi nāme viddhastaṁ-vihāre damiḷehi so
Bandhāpetvā mahā thūpaṁ-kāresi soṇṇa thūpikaṁ

74
Tathe’va māyā raṭṭhasmiṁ-jiṇṇe ca paṭimā ghare
Vihāre pariveṇe ca-pāsāde paṭisaṅkhari

75
Rañño parakkanta bhujo-bhuvaneka bhujo sutā
Tesu parakkanta bāhuṁ-’trajaṁ sapuñña lakkhaṇaṁ

[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]

76
Saṅgha rakkhitābhidhāna-mahā sāmi padhānake
Nīyyādetvāna saṅghasmiṁ-vijayabāhu bhūbhujo

77
Puna tassā’pi dāṭha gga-patta dhātu yugaṁ tathā
Saṅgha’ñca sakalaṁ laṅkaṁ-nīyyadetvā’nusāsayī

78
Vidita samaya sattho puñña pūgaṁ cinitvā’
Yati phala’miti kaṅkhaṁ laṅka pāmokkha khette
Naravara varabījaṁ nikkhipitvāna nāka’
Magami catu samaṁ so patthivo katva rajjaṁ.

Bhāṇavāraṁ chattiṁsatimaṁ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse cuddasa rāja dīpano nāma

Chattiṁsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]

1
Atho tassa’ccaye rañño-parakkamabhujo suto
Dutiyo sahasse satta-sate catunavutime

2
Hāyena paṭhamaṁ rajjā-bhiseka maṅgalaṁ varaṁ
Kāresi jambudoṇīyaṁ-purisaṁ mahatā mahā

3
So kalikālasāhicca-sabbaññū paṇḍito iti
Samaññaṁ’labhi paññāta-paṇḍitattā disampati

4
Yuvarajje’bhisiñcitvā-bhuvanekabhujaṁ’nujaṁ
Rajjabhāga’madā tassa-sirimā dharaṇissaro

5
Vidhātukāmo dasana-dhātumānana ‘mādito
Rājamandirañattasmiṁ-dāṭhādhātugharaṁ varaṁ

6
Kāretvā’nagghikaṁ dāṭhā-dhātuṁ māḷuva pabbatā
Samānesi jambudoṇi-puraṁ mahussavena so

7
Yathākkamaṁ maṇisoṇṇa-sajjhumayakaraṇḍake tayo kāresi dhātussa-maṇinā dhāraka’mpi
ca

8
Tato dhātumahaṁ katvā-dāṭhādhātuṁ sapāṇinā
Samādaraṁ samādāya-saṅghamajjhamhi satthuno

9
Guṇaṁ saṁvaṇṇayaṁ sacca-kiraya’ṅkā pāṭihāriyaṁ
Dāṭhā dhātu sāmi varo-sādhu dasseyya me iti

10
Ta’ṅkhaṇaññe’va dasana-dhātu kararavindato
Vehāsa’muggamitvāna-canda lekhe’va pīvaraṁ

11
Māpetvā mārajī rūpaṁ-chabbaṇṇa Buddha raṁsiyo
Vissajjetvāna kasiṇa-pura’mohāsiya’bbhutaṁ

12
Pāṭiheraṁ padassetvā-sajanaṁ mahipaṁ bhusaṁ
Vimbhāpayanti nabhaso-’ruyha rañño kareṭhito

13
Jīvitaṁ vata me ajja-saphala’nti mudā vadaṁ
Dhātu pādaṁ samuggesu-vaḍḍhetvā paṭipāṭiyā

14
Patiṭṭhāpiya dhātvagga-karaṇḍaṁ dhātu mandire
Dhātupūja’ṅkāsi rājā-sattāhaṁ modamānaso

15
Tato mahājanā sabbe-sabhikkhū maharājini
Pasannā’tisayaṁ’hesuṁ-patāpāvanatā’ttano

[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]

16
Sesā narādhipā tassa-paṇṇākārāni pesayuṁ
Tesaṁ camū sasenā ca-sannipātetva ekato

17
Senānivese kāretvā-tatra tatra ṭhite hi ca
Balakkāra’ṅkarontehi-dāmiḷehi viyujjhiya

18
So’ppāṭetvā’rāti rañña-thambhaṁ samūlakaṁ lahuṁ
Nikkaṇṭaka’ṅkā siriyā-laṅkāvanitalaṅkitaṁ

19
Kāretu’middhaṁ laṅkaṁ tu-samāraddhe’ssa rājino
Vasse’kādasame canda-bhānū’ti vidito tadā

20
Jāvake’ko mahīpālo-laṅka’motari senayā
Maya’mpi sogate’tya’mha-māyaṁ vidhāya jāvakā

21
Yodhā visa vididdhehi-bāṇehi diṭṭhadiṭṭhake
Jane nipīḷayantā te-nāsayuṁ laṅka maṇḍalaṁ

22
Raṇāya jāva yodhehi-vīrabāhu dharāpatiṁ
Bhāgineyyaṁ sahabalaṁ-pesesi sīhavikkamaṁ

23
Dāruṇo so vīrabāhu-sobbhānu raṇa pesalo
Candabhānuṁ bhusaṁ rundhī-saṁyugambarapaṅgane

24
Yodhe pavīre laṅkīye-niyojīya tahaṁ tahaṁ
Yujjhitvā jāvake yodhe-ghātetvā secake bhaṭe

25
Palāpesi atho deva-puraṁ gantvāna kesavaṁ
Dibbaṁ natvā’bhipūjesi-tahaṁ nandana saññakaṁ

26
Pariveṇa’ñca kāretvā-jambudoṇi puraṁ puna
Gantvā parakkantibhujaṁ-passi rājā’pi pitimā

27
Tato mahīpati loka-sāsanodayike subhe
Kicce’rabhī kārayituṁ-dayā sampuṇṇa mānaso

28
Purā’rātīha’vahaṭe-’nvayappaveṇike subhe
Gāma kkhettā dayo tesaṁ-tesaṁ dāpesi sāminaṁ

29
Vihāra cetiyā yatte-bhoge pādā sanantane
Panodiyā’lajjī gaṇaṁ-sāsanaṁ parisodhayī

30
Atho sīla samiddhe tu-tipeṭaka dhare yatī
Coḷato netvi’dhā’kāsi-samaggaṁ sāsana dvayaṁ

[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]

31
Tamba raṭṭhe lajji bhikkhu-gaṇesu seṭṭhata’ṅgataṁ
Dhamma kitti ssutaṁ thera-’mānetvā samupaṭṭhahi

32
Mahātherānaṁ’maṭṭhanna-’maṭṭhāyatana vāsinaṁ
Gāmā raññika therānaṁ-nivāsā raha rāmake

33
Kāretvā bahavo’dāsi-cinitvā gāma raññake
Yo dhutaṅga dharā tesaṁ-puṭa bhatta mahīdhare

34
Kāretvā ‘rañña vāsaṁ so-datvā tesa’mupaṭṭhahī
Idhā’gamadharā dīpe-viralā’ti dharāpatī

35
Samatta potthake jambu-dīpā’netvā yaticcayaṁ
Dhamme paṭutaraṁ sabba-satthesu ca sa ‘kārayī

36
Yuvarājaṁ’nujaṁ sassa-bhuvanekabhujaṁ budho
Kosalaṁ kārayī tīsu-piṭakesu ca sundaraṁ

37
Vācetvā taṁ thera dhammaṁ-suṇataṁ bhikkhūnaṁ tahaṁ
Saṅgha majjhe padāpesi-thera sammuti’muttamaṁ

38
Kāretva’ṭṭhasu vāresu-saṭṭhitthambhaniketanaṁ
Vicitta maṇḍape tamhi-yathābuḍḍhaṁ tapodhane

39
Nisīdāpiya vattento-maha’magga’ñca paccahaṁ
hānantara’madāpesi-bhikkhūna’ñcayathārahaṁ

40
Dāpetvā sāmaṇerāna-’mupasampatti’muttamaṁ
Bhūpo aṭṭhu’pasampatti-maṅgala’ṅkārayī tadā

41
Atho sayañjāta pure-sirivaḍḍhananāmike
Mahāvihāra’ṅkāresi-vihāraṅgehi bhāsuraṁ

42
Jambudoṇi purā yāca-seṅkhaṇḍa sela ṭhāniyaṁ
Kāretvāna’yana sammā-samaṁ bheri talopamaṁ

43
Vicitta toraṇā dīhi-sajjāpetvā salaṅkate
Mahārathe’ropayitvā-dāṭhā patta gga dhātuyo

44
Mahena mahatā netvā-sirivaḍḍhana vissūtaṁ
Puraṁ vihāraṁ majjhamhi-mahaggha maṇimaṇḍape

45
Buddhāsana matthakasmiṁ-patiṭṭhāpiya mānanaṁ
Kāretvā katipāhaṁ tā-jambudoṇi puraṁ nayī

[SL Page 111] [\x 111/]

46
Sirivaḍḍhana pure ramme-parakkama bhuja vhayaṁ
Pariveṇa’ñca kāresi-pāsāda panti bhūsitaṁ
47
Yuvarājena tannāmaṁ-bhuvaneka bhuja ssutaṁ
Kāresi pariveṇañca-yūpa maṇḍapa maṇḍitaṁ

48
Hatthi sela pure rājā-tannāmaṁ yuva rājinā
Mahā vihāra’ṅkāretvā-tatthe’vā’ti mano haraṁ

49
Mahā mahinda bāhū’ti-pariveṇa’ñca kāriya
Raññā yaṭālatissena-kalyāṇi pura puṅgave

50
Yūpaṁ kārāpitaṁ jiṇṇaṁ-pañca bhūmaka’muttamaṁ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī sammā-atho pākatika’ñca’kā

51
Sayita ppaṭimoka ñca-tivaṅka paṭimālayaṁ
Paṭisaṅkhārayitvā’tra-mahācetiya cavvaraṁ

52
Puthūlehi chādetvā-vidhāpiya samattalaṁ
Maṇḍapaṁ kārayī assa-pūrato’ti manoramaṁ

53
Tato goṭhābhaya vhena-rājinā kāritaṁ purā
Vaṭṭadhātugharaṁ hattha-vanagalla vihārake

54
Kārāpayī’naggha hema-siṅgika’ñca tibhūmakaṁ
Tahaṁ sapitubhūpatta-bhāva nikkhepa bhūmiyaṁ

55
Kārāpetvā cetiya ggaṁ-aṭṭhaṁsa paṭimā layaṁ
Vidhāpiya tahaṁ bimbaṁ-ṭhapāpayi silā mayaṁ

56
Mahākassapa therassa-mahākhīṇā savassa tu
Dāṭhādhātu pane’kākī-bhīma tittha vihārake

57
Vattatī’ti suṇitvā so-bhūbhujo tuṭṭha mānaso
Samaṁ senāya gantvāna-sampūje’si dinattayaṁ

58
Atha deva pure rājā-jiṇṇaṁ hari surā layaṁ
Sutvā vyamhaṁ’va kāretvā-navaṁ sasirikaṁ puraṁ

59
Vidhipetvā pati samaṁ-’sāḷhi maṅgala’mussavaṁ
Niyojesi pavattetuṁ-devaccana’makārayī

60
Patthivo’ccanta pāmojjo-’sakiṁ rajjena pūjituṁ
Cintetvā rāja bhavanaṁ-vejayantaṁ’va kāriya

[SL Page 112] [\x 112/]

61
Dibbaṁ puraṁ’va’laṅkatvā-puraṁ sīhāsane vare
Danta dhātuṁ ṭhapetvāna-mahāpūjā pavattayī

62
Atho rājā caturaṅga-senāya parivārito
Sumana ddiṁ yaso gamma-vanditvā pada lañchanaṁ

63
Taṁ samantā janapadaṁ-ratanā kara bhūsitaṁ
Dasa gāvuta matta’mpi-sirīpādassa’dā sato

64
Atho so dharaṇī pālo-cinituṁ puñña sampadaṁ
Devappatīrājamaccaṁ-kattu’mpi loka saṅgahaṁ

65
Niyojesi sasaññāya-so vā’do sacivo dayo gaṅgā siri puraṁ gantvā-sumanānimisassa tu

66
Kārāpetvā varaṁ rūpaṁ-’laṅkatvā ratanādihi
Ta’mādāya samantaddiṁ-’gami setū ca kārayaṁ

67
Sirī pādaṁ namassitvā-pūjetvāna samādaraṁ
Dibba bimbaṁ tahaṁ pāda-cetiyā jira kuñjare

68
Patiṭṭhapetvā caraṇa-lañcha cetiya maṇḍapaṁ
Kārāpetvā taṁ samantā-caraṇa’ñcā’pi bandhayī

69
Sirīpādappanāmāya-janānaṁ gacchataṁ bhusaṁ
Phāsuyā’ddha’ñca kāresi-vissāmasadanānica

70
Pāsāṇa rohaṇe tattha-tattha bandhāpayī lahuṁva
Likhipetvā ‘khilaṁ vuttiṁ-silāthamhe ṭhapāpayī

71
Gantvā’tha sacivo hattha-vanagalla vihārakaṁ tubhumaka’ñca pāsādaṁ-kāretvā rājino varaṁ

72
Āgamma’nomadassissa-mahāsāmissa taṁ dadi
Paṭṭhapetvā dānavaṭṭaṁ-silālekhaṁ ṭhapāpayī
73
Athā’macco bhīmatittha-paṭṭanaṁ gatavā tahiṁ
Kāḷī nadī mukhe setuṁ-’kāsi chāsītihatthakaṁ
74
Kadalī sena gāmasmiṁ-sālaggāmāpagāyaca
Sāla pādapa sobbhe ca-setu bandhāpayī yaso

75
Sacivo bhīma tittha vhā-vihārā’kāḷa sindhuyā
hāne’pi yojanā yāte-nāḷikera samākulaṁ

[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]

76
Mahuyyānaṁ parakkanta-bhuja rājā bhidhānato
Kārāpayi pāṇi gaṇa-hitatthi mahatu’ssahā

77
Chedāpetvāna likuca-vanaṁ saṁvasathaṁ subhaṁ
Kārāpetvāna paṇasa-kānanaṁ puna ropiya

78
Tahaṁ tibhūmaṁ paṭimā-gharaṁ rāma’ñca rammakaṁ
Bodhi cetiya pākāra-saññuta’ṅkārayī mato

79
Saya’ṅkate patirāja-pariveṇe’dhipokavi
Siddhanta saṅgaha’ṅkāsi-sīhalaṁ saddalakkhaṇaṁ

80
Parakkamabhujo rājā-pūtakitti kaviddhajo
Kabbacūḷāmaṇiṁ kabbaṁ-kabbānaṁ’va siromaṇiṁ

81
Visuddhi magga byākhyāna-’mathe gambhīra gabbhitaṁ
Vinicchayassa viniye-byākhya’ṅkāya’ttha sūcakaṁ

82
Mayūrapāda vha pari-veṇe’dhīso yatissaro
Pūjāvalī dhamma ganthaṁ-tade’vā’kā sabhāsato

83
Vyattā vyaracayuṁ dhīrā-thūpavaṁsaṁ tathe’va ca
Vihāramhi vaṁsaṁ hattha-vanagalla samaññake

84
Dhammakitti ssuto thero-sirimeghādi vaṇṇato
Paṭṭhāya yāva dutiya-parakkamabhuja vhayaṁ

85
Pavatti maggaṁ laṅkāyaṁ-saṅghaṭṭiya yathākkamaṁ
Antogadha’ṅkāsi mahā-vaṁsamhi suddhabuddhiyā

86
Athe’kadā tu laṅkāyaṁ-yena kenaci hetunā
Samatta tāpako gimho-āsi dubbhikkha bhīti ca

87
Bhūpo vatthuttayaṁ nātha-devādayo mahiddhike
Pūjetvā bhikkhu saṅghena-paritta’ñca bhaṇāpiya

88
Radadhātuṁ puraṁ ramma-kāretvā padakkhiṇaṁ
Samadhiṭṭhahi devotu-vassatū’ti mahādayo

89
Ta’ṅkhaṇa ññe’va pāvassi-vassanaṁ gajjayaṁ nabhaṁ
Bhūsayaṁ sassa sampattiṁ-dubbhikkhassa’pahāsayaṁ

90
Kavissaro parakkanta-bāhu rājā mahāsayo
Pāva vuddhattanaṁ nīyyā-detuṁ rajjaṁ sakaṁ puna

[SL Page 114] [\x 114/]
91
Bhāgineyyaṁ vīrabāhuṁ-tathā vijayabāhu ca
Bhuvanekabhujavho ca-tathā tilokamallako

92
Parakkamabbāhu sañño-jayabāhā bhidho tathā
Icce’te pañca putteca-samāhūyo’vaditva’tha

93
Mahājanaṁ mahāsaṅghaṁ-sannipātetva sādaraṁ
Ko ve’tesaṁ rajjayoggo-sahatiṁpucchi patthivo

94
Mahā saṅgho tahaṁ’voca-bhūpe’te ca mahādhitī
Bhāgadheyyā rajjayoggā-’bhavuṁ tathā’pi jeṭṭhako

95
Suto vijayabāhavho-rajjakkhamo ‘ti tagguṇaṁ
Saṁvaṇṇayaṁ para’mpī’daṁ-rajja’meva na kevalaṁ

96
Pāletuṁ jambudīpa’mpi-vijjate subha lakkhaṇaṁ
Sutvā bahū guṇe tassa-bhāsassu temitakkhako

97
Sutaṁ vijayabāhū’ti-viditaṁ’hūya sādaraṁ
Samāsane samīpasmiṁ-nisīdāpiya patthivo

98
Akāritaṁ sayaṁ sabbaṁ-loka sāsana kāriyaṁ
Kattabba’nti puḷatthivhaṁ-nagara’mpi yathā purā

99
Purā dāṭhā dhātu ghare-danta patta gga dhātuyo
Patiṭṭhāpaya tatre’ti-nivediya mahāmati

100
Pubba rāja gga nagare-’bhiseka maṅgalussavaṁ
Kattu’micchāmī’ti vatvā-rajjaṁ ṭhapesi takkare

101
Atho vijayabāhū’pi-paṭissutvā tathe’ti so
Rājino pituno rajja-bhāraṁ vahi disampati

102
Mā hotu pituno rañño-soko ‘trajaviyogajo
Parakkamabhujavho ca-jayabāhū’ti dve’nuje

103
Rājantike nivāsetvā-ato tilokamallakaṁ
Pakkosetvā jambudoṇi-purā ā dakkhiṇaṇṇavā

104
Tadantarappadesaṁ’sa-datvā rakkhāya rājino
Koḷambanagarā sanne-mahāvattala gāmake

105
Niyojetvā bhuvaneka-bāhuno’ttarakaṁ disaṁ
Datvā taṁ rakkhituṁ vāsaṁ-kāresi subha pabbate

[SL Page 115] [\x 115/]

106
Atho so vijayo vīra-bāhunā saha sajjito
Caturaṅgabalaṁ gayha-nikkhamī purato tato

107
Mahāduggaṁ vātagiriṁ-gantvā bhūdharamuddhani
Rājāgāra’ñca kāretvā-pitudattaṁ mahāddhanaṁ

108
Nidhabhitvāna’padatthaṁ-tahiṁ ṭhapesi sopuna
Kāretvā tattha rāma’ndā-sumaṅgala yatissare

109
Atha gaṅgāsiripuraṁ-gantvā tatra purātane
Nigamaggāmapāsāda-vihāre khaṇḍa phullakaṁ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo-sinduravāna savhaye

110
hāne vihāra’ñca vana-ggāmapāsāda’muttamaṁ
Pariveṇa’ñca abhaya-rājanāmaṁ sa’kārayī

111
Atho hatthi ssela puraṁ-gantvā cullapitussa tu
Rañño’ttabhāva nikkhepa-ṭhānaṁpassiya dukkhito
112
Tahaṁ tibhūmakaṁ bhūpo-munelaya’mudu’ttamaṁ
Kāretvā Buddhapaṭimaṁ-cullapitu sarikkhakaṁ

113
hapesi rūpaṁ kāretvā-sabbā bharaṇa saññutaṁ
Tannāma pariveṇa’ñca-kāresi tattha khattiyo

114
Tato nikkhamma mahipo-senaṅgehi purakkhato
Subhācalapuraṁ’gañchi-purā yuddhe palāpito
115
Puna’rapya’vanī pālo-candabhānu suvissuto
Paṇḍuppabhuti raṭṭhehi-mahāsenaṅga’mādiya

116
Otaritvā mahātitthaṁ-sajāvakabhaṭo bahū
Sīhale ca vasī katvā-gantvā subhagiriṁ puraṁ

117
Khandhāvāraṁ tahaṁ bandhī-tadā vijayabāhu’pi
Sammantitvā vīrabāhu-nāmena vīrasālinā

118
Gantvā sena’mpi sajjetvā-raṇāya candabhānunā
Dhajiniṁ tassa rundhitvā-pavattesuṁ mahāraṇaṁ

119
Candabhānubhaṭā yācuṁ-saraṇaṁ’ṅke tahaṁ raṇe
Ito ci’to’pare yodhā-dhāviṁsva’tha bhayadditā

120
Hantvā bahū bhaṭe tamhi-candabhānuṁ palāpiya
Jayacchattā dikaṁ tassa-sabbaṁ gaṇhiya bhūpati

[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]

121
Mahārājantikaṁ nesi-taṁ khila’ñca mahādhanaṁ
Laṅkaṁ vijitasaṅgāmo-’kātapatta’makā lahuṁ

122
Athā’pi taṁ pura’mucca-varaṇapparikhāvutaṁ
Sajjetvā bhūpapāsādaṁ-kāripayi manoramaṁ

123
Subhācale bhuvaneka-bhujaṁ sahajakaṁ pana
hapesa’tha mahīpālo-’nurādhapurapuṅgavaṁ

124
Gantvāna thūpārāmādi-cetiyānaṁ samantato
Saṁvaḍḍhitaṁ mahāraññaṁ-chedāpetvā mahīpati
125
Navakammāni kāretvā-thūpānaṁ sādhu sabbathā
Pituraññā samāraddhaṁ-ratanāvalicetiye

126
Katvāna’niṭṭhitaṁ sabbaṁ-navakammaṁ suniṭṭhitaṁ
Kattukāmo lahuṁ sippī-janaṁ yojiya sikkhitaṁ

127
Takkārāpana bhāraṁ hi-saṅghe ṭhapetva sambhamaṁ
Tato puḷatthi nagaraṁ-’gañchittha tattha vaḍḍhitaṁ

128
Mahāvanaṁ visodhetvā-mahārājassa’nuññayā
Visāradehi sippīhi-siddhaṭṭhānāni pubbike

129
Rājamandira pākāra-gopurapparikhādikaṁ
Sabbaṁ kārāpayitvāna-yathāpurā puruttamaṁ

130
Puraṁ puraṅga saññuttaṁ-katvā niṭṭhāpayī pabhū
Pure tahaṁ siriṁ disvā-asahanti’marāvatī

131
Adissamānā’pagatā-viyā’bhiseka maṅgalaṁ
Kātu’māgacchatu’dāni-piturājantikaṁ lahuṁ

132
Dūtaṁ pāhesi nikhilaṁ-vatvā vuttiṁ yathākkamaṁ
Sutvā dūtamukhā sabbaṁ-pīto cakkapurakkhato

133
Mahussavena so mūla-rājadhāni’magā yaso
Rājā vijayabāhū’pi-paccuggantvā’nayī pabhuṁ

134
Ramme pure rājino ‘tha-’bhisekamaṅgalussavaṁ
Pavattayittha sattāha-yathākāmaṁ yathākamaṁ

135
Vīrabāhuṁ rājaraṭṭhe-nivattetvāna satthuno
Dhātuye’nemi rājena-jambudoṇipura’ṅgami

[SL Page 117] [\x 117/]

136
Jambudoṇi purā’yāva-puḷatthi pura kuñjaraṁ
Samīkataṁ mahāmaggaṁ-’laṅkaritvāna ‘nekadhā

137
Mahārathe mahagghasmiṁ-saṇṭhapetvā dvidhātuyo
Pavattento mahāpūjaṁ-mahena tā puraṁ nayī
138
Purātane dhātughare-pallaṅke ratanammaye
Patiṭṭhāpayi dhātvagge-vattamāne mahussave

139
Tato paṭṭhāya’nudinaṁ-’neka pūjāvidhiṁ mudā māsattayaṁ pavattesi-rājañño ‘timanoharaṁ
140
Atho’pasampadaṁ seṭṭhaṁ-maṅgalaṁ tattha bhūpati
Sahassatitthe kāretuṁ-pūjāvatthuṁ mahagghikaṁ

141
Saṭṭhitthambhālayaṁ netvā-yatayo sīlasampadā
Sannipatantū’ti vatvā-dūte pāhesi sabbadhi

142
Samāgataṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ-samupaṭṭhiya sādaro
Pavattesa’ddhamāsaṁ so-upasampattimaṅgalaṁ

143
Tato paraṁmahāsāmi-padādiṁ yatinaṁ varaṁ
Dāpesi vijayabāhu-bhūpo sāsana māmako

144
Pitupatthiva saññāya-loka sāsana saṅgahaṁ
Katvāna taṁ’khilaṁ rañño-nivedesi mahāmati

145
Itthaṁ gatta pavutti citta’makhilaṁ lokamha’tho sāsane
Yojento janayaṁ’bhivuddhi’manisaṁ patta gga puñña ssiri
Nīyyādetva sutassa rajja’matulaṁ dibbattanaṁ hāyane
Pañcattiṁsatime parakkamabhujo laṅkissaro’gā sudhī

Bhāṇavāraṁsattatiṁsatimaṁ
---------------
Itisajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse paṇḍita parakkamabāhu bhūpassa
Rajjappavatti dipano nāma sattatiṁsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]

Aṭṭhatiṁsatimo paricchedo

1.
Tadaccaye jeṭṭhasuto hi tassa
So bodhi sattavhasuto catuttho
Laṅkissaro’sī vijayādibāhu
Rajjaṁ’nusāsaṁ dvisamaṁ manuññaṁ

2
Kārāpita’ttena atho puḷatthi
Pure vasī sāsanavuddhisatto
Tadāni mittaddubhi mittanāmo
Senāpatī’bbhantarikaṁ’va rañño

3
Laddhā sakhaṁ tassa padatva lañcaṁ
Dāsena tene’kadinamhi ratto
Bhūpaṁ nighātāpayi rajja lobhā
Sutvā pavattiṁ ta’maraṁ’sa rañño

4
Khatto sagabbho bhuvanekabāhu
So jambudoṇinagarā subhaddiṁ
Duggaṁ pura’ṅgā atha jambudoṇi
Pura’ṅgamitvā sa’himittanāmo

5
Sīhāsane bhūpati mandirasmiṁ
Nisajja rājābharaṇābhibhāsaṁ
Dassesi sabbassa sayaṁ’va attaṁ
Sapakkhikā te sacivā samecca

6
Saṅgaṇhituṁ saṁyugasena ‘māsuṁ
Bhatippadānena samārabhiṁsu
Sattassatā ṭhākurakādyarīya
Khattā bhaṭā ta’ñca paṭikkhipitvā

7
Ta’ṅkāraṇā mittamukhe vadema
Itī’rayitvā puna rājavesmaṁ
Gamiṁsu tasmiṁ ṭhakuro abhīto
Yodho’sinā mittavamūpatissa

[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]

8
Sīghaṁ tva’raṁ chindi samāgatehi
Kasmā tvaye’taṁvihita’nti puṭṭho
Pune’dame’vaṁ bhuvanekabāhu
Khattassa’ṇāyā’ti kataṁ vadittha

9
Hotū tathā taṁ’riyakhattiyāte
Ekī bhavitvā bhuvanekabāhuṁ
Pabhuṁ subhā bhūdharato hi jambu
Doṇīpuraṁ netva ‘bhisiñcayiṁsu

10
Pattābhiseko bhuvanekabāhu
Rājā tato vetanadānato’pi
Senaṅga’mattānupavattana’ṅkā
Rajjatthike’tho pana pāratīrā

11
Kāliṅgarāyārapadhānake ‘trā’
Gate bhaṭe sīhalavaññabhūpe
Sabbe’panoditva’tha sabbalaṅkaṁ
Nibberikaṇṭa’ṅkari sabbathe’va

12
Tahiṁ vasitvā sa’hi kañci kālaṁ
Subhācala’ñcārupura’ṅkaritvā
Vasaṁ tahaṁ sassa pite’va saddho
Tipeṭakaṁ viññūjanehi sammā

13
Lekhāpayitve’ha tahiṁ tahiṁ hi
Vihāraseyyosu patiṭṭhapesi
Rājā puḷatthinagarā sa’danta-
Dhātuṁ varaṁ netva subhācalasmiṁ

14
Pure ṭhapetvā’nudinaṁ mahantaṁ pūjāvidhiṁ vattayi sādaro’va
Vāresu’nekesu’pasampada’ñca
Kārāpayī maṅgala’mussavena

15
Subhaṁ bhusaṁ so bhuvi bhūri maggaṁ
Cinitva sammā bhuvanekabāhu
Laṅkissare’kārasavassa’mevaṁ
Rajja’nnusāsitva sivaṁ diva’ṅgā

[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]

16
Asse’va rañño samayamhi paṇḍu
Desīyako so’riyacakkavatti
Suto’taritve’ha puraṁ subhaddiṁ
Gantvā bhadantaṁ dasanaggadhātuṁ

17
Sāraṁ dhana’ñcā’pigahetva sabbaṁ
Gantvāna paṇḍuvisayaṁ tadāni
Pabhussa tasmiṁ kulasekharākhya
Rañño adāsī varadantadhātuṁ

18
Atho catutthabbījayādibāhu
Rājassuto’ṇhaṁ’va nivārayanto
Dovo parakkantibhujo tatīyo
Ussapayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṁ

19
Paṇḍuṁ purānīta’managghadāṭhā
Dhātuṁ bhadantaṁ’bhijanāgata’mpi
Sāmaṁ vinā’netu’mupāya’mañña’
Mapassayaṁ kehici sikkhitehi

20
Yodhehi saddhi’ṅgami paṇḍuraṭṭhaṁ
Disvāna paṇḍūmahipaṁ kathañci
Tosetva raññā’diya danta dhātuṁ
Laṅkaṁ paviṭṭho sa’puḷatthisaññe

21
Pure puraṅgaggagate purāṇe
Dāṭhaggadhātvāvasathamhi kante
Patiṭṭhapetvā dvijadhātu’maggaṁ
Kāresi dhātūpacitiṁ pahūtaṁ

22
Puññaṁ cinitvā vividhaṁ mahīpo
Diva’ṅgatopañcamahāyanamhi
Vuttho puḷatthivhapure ‘sa’panto
Āsī parakkantibhujo pajeso

23
Tadaccayā’tho bhuvanekabāhu
Subhaddi dhisa ppaṭhamassa rañño
Suto dutīyo bhuvanekabāhu
Khatto dvipaddivhapure’si bhūpo

[SL Page 121] [\x 121/]

24
Rājaggasampatyucitaṁ’nuvassaṁ
Kāretva so moḷisivaṁ visiṭṭhaṁ
Atho’pasampattimahaṁ hi jeṭṭha
Mūlamhi māsamhipavattayittha

25
Sāhassikānaṁ satataṁ yatīnaṁ
Puññatthiko paṭṭhapi pākavaṭṭaṁ
Cinitva puññaṁ dvisamaṁ sa’rajja’
Mevaṁ’nusāsitva gamittha maccuṁ

26
Atho’trajo tassa parakkamādi-
Bhujo catuttho vidito kavī’ti
So hatthiselavhapure vasanto
Rajjaṁ vicāresi siva’ṅkarāṇo

27
Tahiṁ narindo dasanaggadhātu
Gharaṁ sa’kāretva tibhūma’maggaṁ
Dhātudvayaṁ satthuradaggapattaṁ
hapetva tasmiṁ’paciti’ṅkarittha

28
Vasundharindo’nudinaṁ radopa
Hārussavaṁ sādhu pavattayittha
Sabhāsato’ssa’ddhani dantadhātu
Vārittanāmaṁ viracittha ganthaṁ

29
Coḷīya desā gata’matra nānā
Bhāsāsu satthantarakesu’bhiññaṁ
Rañño garuttamhi ṭhapetva thera’
Mekaṁ tato theravarā narindo

30
Paññāsa pañcassata jātakāni
Sātthaṁ samuggayha sabhāsato’va
Yathākkamaṁ te parivattayitvā
hapesi lekhāpiya sabbadhī’ha

31
Yaṁ titthagāme pavare vihāre
Kāresi rājā vijayādibāhu
Yūpo’si dīgho parijiṇṇa ko so
Tahaṁ parakkanti bhujo narindo

[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]

32

Dīgha’mpi pāsādavaraṁ dvibhūmaṁ
Kāretva tasmiṁ pariveṇanetu
Sa’kāyasatthitthavirassa suddha
Sīlassa pādāsi kavissarassa
33
So sāsanassa ‘bbhudayaṁ samicchaṁ
Vāresva’nekesu’pasampada’ñca
Kāresa’tho pañcasahassanāḷī
Kerāgayuttaṁ pana titthagāme

34
Kāresi’yārāmavara’mpi vaṇṇu-
Ggāme vihāramhi sanāmadheyyeṁ
Dvibhūmakaṁ dīghamanuññayūpaṁ
Kāretva saṅghassa padāsi bhūpo

35
So rājagāma nnikaṭe narindo
Ghanādinandaṁ siri mukhya’maggaṁ
Vihārakaṁ viddūma nāmagāme
Kāretva coḷīyagarussa ‘dāsī

36
Māyādhanavhe vijite nava’mpi
Puraṁ vidhāyā’maramandiraṁ hi
Kāretva tasmiṁ harirūpahāriṁ
hapetva vattesi baliṁ mahantaṁ

37
Lokassa so sāsanakassa vuddhiṁ susādhayaṁ’nekavidha’mpi puññaṁ
Katvā narindo vibudhavhito’va
Dibbattana’ṅkā sakakammasādiṁ

38
Tadaccaye vaññasuto tatīyo
Rājā bhavīso bhuvanekabāhu
Tassa’ccaye pañcamako mahīpo
Rajja’nnusāsī vijayādibāhu

39
Hatthācalaṭṭhāniya pacchimassa
Rañño piyā yonaki kucchi jāto
Vatthādhibhū sūnu ca bhūmapagga-
Mahesiyā sīhalikāya putto

[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]
40
Duve ‘bhavuṁ tesu ca vatthusāmī-
Baṇḍāranāmo sacivopakārā
Laddhāna rajjaṁ janikāya laddhiṁ
Dulladdhikaṁ gaṇhi tato’ppasannā

41
Sabbe sajīvā pana Buddhabhattiṁ
Jahāsi yo so idha rājatāya
Mantetva’yoggo,ti kathañci āsuṁ
Mārema taṁ nicchiya hatthisele

42
Paritta maṇḍappa vara’ṅkaritvā
Tahaṁ parittaṁ suṇitu’nti netvā
Māretva pātetva’calā ta’mā suṁ
Rajje’bhisiñciṁsva’paraṁ kumāraṁ

43
Atho catuttho bhuvanekabāhu
Gaṅgā sirivhe nagare manuññe
Rajja’nnusāsitva catuttha vasse
Sa’kitti sesattana’māga rājā

44
Senāpatī sinduravāna gāme
Sepaṇṇisele’bhinavaṁ vihāraṁ
Kāresi laṅkātilaka’mpisenā-
Laṅkāranāmo kusalesi niccaṁ

45
Senāni so’vanipatissa bala’mpi laddhā
Sambuddha sāsana varassa visuddhi’mattā
Kāresi bhūpasacivā kusala’ṅkaritvā
Sagga’ṅgamuṁ cinuthapuñña’manantada’mbho

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatiṁsatimaṁ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse
Navarājadīpanonāmaṭṭhatiṁsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 124] [\x 124/]

Ekūnatāḷīsatimo paricchedo

1.
Atha pañcamako rājā-parakkantibhujavhayo
Pañca vassaṁ rajja’makā-gaṅgā siri pure vasaṁ

2
Vuttho devappure koci-dhīmā yatipatī tadā
Setacchadavhasandesaṁ-akāsi sumanoharaṁ

3
Vikkamabbāhu bhūpālo-tatiyo’sitadaccaye
Pañca rasa samaṁ rajja-’ṅkāsi rājā tahaṁ vasaṁ

4
Bhūpo so cetiye’kasmiṁ-sirivaddhana ṭhāniye
Patta dhātuṁ munindassa-pavaraṁ sunidhāpayī

5
Asse’va rañño samaye-girivaṁsā bhisambhavo
Pabhurājā’si’laggakko-nāranāmo mahāyaso

6
Perādoṇi sucikhyāte-pure vāsa’makappayī
Patīci dadhi sāmanta-desaṁ gepayituṁ puna

7
Rayiggāme vasī so hi-kaḷyāṇī nagarantike
Dārūrugāme mahati-taḷāke varaṇādihi

8
Bhāsuraṁ nagaraṁ rammaṁ-jayavaddhana vissutaṁ
Dugga’ñca katvā matimā-puna tattha vasī ciraṁ

9
Uttarasmiṁ disā bhāge-dīpe’smiṁ koci desako
Damiḷānaṁ’bhavā’yatto-yāpāpaṭṭana vissutaṁ

10
Tesaṁ padhāna nagara-’māsitatrā’dhipo tadā
Ariyo cakkavattī’ti-vidito’nariyo pabhū
11
Rajje’smiṁ sīhale sālā-vatthusmiṁ madhugāmake
Koḷamba nagare tesu-ṭhānesu janataṁ bhusaṁ

12
Gāhāpayaṁ karaṁ niccaṁ-pīḷesa’dhika dāruṇo
Tadā’lakissaro vīro-sabalocakkavattinā

13
Yujjhitvā ta’ñca senaṅgaṁ-palāpetvā’riyassahi
Karaddānaṁ nivattesi-’rātikaṇṭaṁ vinodayī

14
Tassa rañño’ccaye senā-laṅkārassa satīmato
Bhāgineyyo pañcamako-bhuvanekabhujavhayo

[SL Page 125] [\x 125/]
15 Gaṅgā siri pure rājā-bhavi saddhā guṇā layo
Bhikkhavo sannipātetvā-dussīle vicinitva so

16
Uppabbājetva munino-sāsanaṁ parisodhayī
Sajjhu satta sahassena-sajjetvā sampuṭaṁ tahaṁ

17
Vaḍḍhesi rada dhātvaggaṁ-saddhā bhatti purassaro
Bhūbhujo carime kāle-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye

18
Vasaṁ vīsatime vasse-maccuvasa’mupāgami
Tadā’pi pabhurājoso-lakissarasamavhayo

19
Rayiggāme vasī niccaṁ-cinanto puñña sañcayaṁ
Tasse’va rañño samaye-buvanekabhujassatu

20
Nattā garuḷa cerassa-dhīmā kavissaravhayo
Akā mayūra sandesaṁ-pajja kabbaṁ sabhāsato

21
Bhuvanekabhuje bhūpe-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṁ
Gate sālo tassa rañño-senālaṅkāra puttako

22
Dutiyo vīrabāhū’ti-suto gaṅgā sirī pure
Rajjaṁ patto’si so tassa-jeṭṭho sodariyo tadā

23
Vīrālakissaro nāma-kumāro sanujassa hi
Rajjaṁ gaṇhitu’māgamma-rayiggāmapure raṇe

24
Parājito’va so vīro-jambudīpa’magā tadā
Pañcame saraderājā-vīrabāhu diva’ṅgami

25
Asse’va rājino’sāna-kālamhi devarakkhito
Jayabāhu mahāthero-akā nikāya saṅgahaṁ

26
Jambudīpaṁ tadā yāto-so vīrādyalakissaro
Laṅka’māgamma vijaya-bāhunāmena vissuto

27
Chaṭṭho so bhūpatī hutvā-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Vasī tadā cīna senā-pati ciṁhl̥ samavhayo

28
Pūjā dabbe samādāya-siddhaṭṭhānāni vandituṁ
Laṅkādīpaṁ samāyāto-dhajiniṁ ta’ñca gaṇhituṁ

29
Rājo’ssahittha senānī-kathañci sabalo tato
Muñcitvā nāma’māruyhi-’parasmiṁ samaye’ttano

[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]

30
Kataṁ khepaṁ saraṁ yuddha-sena’mādāya cīnato
Koḷambatittha’māgamma-etha gaṇhatha suṅkake

31
Dūtaṁ pāhesi rājassa-tassa vañcaka senino
Saddahitvā giraṁ bhūpo-tacchato taraṇi’ṅgami

32
Pasayhaṁ taṁ gayha pabhuṁ-nesi nāvāya cīnakaṁ
Akā’lakissaro rajjaṁ-pabhurājā’tha hatthagaṁ

33
Lamba kaṇṇanvaya jaya-mālappiyā kaliṅgajā
Devī sunettā bālatte-ṭhitaṁ puttaṁ’ribhītiyā

34
Vidāgamavihārādhi-patino therasāmino
Nīyyādesi mahāthero-gopesi taṁ kumārakaṁ

35
Tasmiṁ soḷasavassaṁhi-patte vuttanta’mādito
Kumārassa mahāthero-mahāmacce’vadittha so

36
Sacivā taṁ paṭiggayha-pabhurājaṁ’lakissaraṁ
Hantvā rajjaṁ kumārassa-samappesuṁsamādarā

37
Rayiggāme vasaṁ tīni-vassāni jayavaddhanaṁ
Pura’ñca rājavesma’ñca-kāretvā cetiyādayo

38
Sogatasmiṁ sahassasmiṁ-vasse navasatepuna
Aṭṭhapaññāsame chaṭṭho-parakkamabhujavhayo

39
Jayavaddhanapure ramme-rajjābhiseka’muttamaṁ
Patvā lokaṁ sāsana’ñca-kātuṁ’rabhi savuddhikaṁ

40
Muninda rada dhātussa-narindo mandiraṁ tahaṁ
Kārāpesi tibhūmaṁ so-dassaneyyaṁ manoramaṁ

41
Maṇikkhacita sovaṇṇa-samuggesu catusva’pi
Dāṭhādhātubhadantaṁ hi-saṁvaḍḍhesi yathākkamaṁ

42
Niccaṁ pūjussavaṁ dhātu-sāmindassa pavattayī
Bhikkhūnaṁ tīsu raṭṭhesu-saṅgaha’ṅkāsi sabbadā

43
Samātatthāya tannāmaṁ-pappaṭabbipine subhaṁ
Sunettapariveṇa’ñca-saṅghārāma’ñcasundaraṁ

44
Kāretvā’dāsi saṅghassa-gāmakkhetta samaññutaṁ
Tepiṭakaṁ sāṭṭhakathā-ṭīkaṁ sādhu likhāpiya

[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]

45
Sāsanappaggaha’ṅkāsi-mahiyaṅgaṇacetiye
Khaṇḍaphullaṁ pākatikaṁ-gaṇḍalādoṇiyādisu

46
Kāresi’nekavāresu-upasampattimaṅgalaṁ
Pūjāvidhiṁ pavattento-kāresi samahaṁ bhusaṁ

47
Tadā rañño’trajaṭṭhāne-vaḍḍhito campakavhayo
Kumāro seṭṭhasenānī-yāpāpaṭṭana dhīpatiṁ

48
Mahābalaṁ’riyacakka-vattiṁ damiḷanāyakaṁ
Parājetvā ta’ñca desaṁ-gaṇhi so sīhavikkamo

49
Tuṭṭho rājā tena tassa-taddesādhipatittanaṁ
Adā tato’parasmi’mpi-samayasmiṁ narissaro
50
Pūretvā nāvaṁ vāṇijja-bhaṇḍānaṁ yāpapaṭṭanaṁ
Pesesa’tha vīra rāma-mālarāyara vissuto

51
Coḷādhipatiko yāpā-paṭṭanantikasāgare
Sabhaṇḍaṁ taraṇiṁ gaṇhi-kuddho taṁ sutva bhūmipo

52
Satasaṅkhā’pi nāvāyo-sasenā pesayī tahaṁ
Sīhalā pabalā yodhā-māretvā coḷadhissaraṁ

53
Coḷaraṭṭhe katipaye-pure gaṇhiṁsu pesale
Tatoppabhūti’dhā’nesu-karaṁ te paṭivaccharaṁ

54
Rājino’ssa’ddhani laṅkā-dīpo satthātapenaca
Pajjalittha bhusaṁ satthā-gamadhārīhi viññuhi

55
Sunetta pariveṇādhi-patimaṅgala savhayo
Mahāsāmī suvidito-dhamma sattha visārado

56
Paññāto padumavati-pariveṇādhipo sato
Kavīso vanaratana-samañño saṅghabhūpati

57
Tittha gāmamhi vijaya-bāhu saññā suvissute
Pariveṇe’dhibhū dhīmā-nimuggo sattha sāgare

58
Rāhulo saṅgharājāca-chabbhāsā paramissaro
Kavayo’ccādayo loka-sāsanaṁ jotayuṁ tadā

59
Tesaṁ kavī nāma seso-vattamāne’pi rāhulo
Demaṭāna byāta gāme-khandhāvāra nvaya bbhavo

[SL Page 128] [\x 128/]

60
Vikkamabbāhu saññassa-maṇḍalesassa atrajo
Parakkama bhujindassa-sutaṭṭhāne pavaḍḍhito
61
Mahāvīdāgamatthera-varasissosuvissuto
Saṁvuttho tittha gāmasmiṁ-kavi ketū ‘sikittimā

62
So pañcikāpadīpa’ñca-kabbasekhara’muttamaṁ
Sārikā nāma sandesaṁ-pada sādhana ṭīkakaṁ

63
Pārāpatavhasandesaṁ-jana sota rasāyanaṁ
Bhāsāsatthantaravuddhi-siddhi’miccha’makā bhusaṁ

64
Lokopakāra kattāca-raṇasgallṚtivissuto
Yatissaro santhavidū-sataṁ majjhe virājito

65
VŚttŚvṚ sāmipādo ca-guttilakkabbakārako
Buddhasataka’ñca vutti-ratanākarapañcikaṁ

66
Tathāyovuttamālākhyaṁ-’kā sirīrāmacandako
Kavibhāratī ca tittha-ggāmasāmissa sissakā

67
Dhammakittinvayā yāto-vimalakitti vissuto
Mahāthero viracittha-saddhammaratanākaraṁ

68
Parakkantibhujindagga-dhītūlakuḍayappiyo
Nannūrutunayārmantī-nāmāvali’makā tadā

69
Nareso ratanamālā-nighaṇḍuṁ vyaracittha so
Kokilassuvahaṁsā di-sandesā’pya’bhavuṁ tadā
70
Parakkamabhujo rājā-katvā ‘nekavidhaṁ subhaṁ
Dvipaññāsatime vasse-kittimā tidiva’ṅgami

71
Paputto tassa dutiyo-jayabāhu tadaccaye
Patvā laṅkādhipacca’ṅkā-rājā rajjaṁ dvihāyanaṁ

72
Atho campaka paññāto-yāpā paṭṭana dhissaro
Sabalo’gamma rājānaṁ-jayabāhuṁ nighātiya

73
Bhuvanekabhujavhena-chaṭṭhamena suvissuto
Rājā hutvā sattavassaṁ-rajja’ṅkāsi yathāmati

74
Tade’va dutiyo vīdā-gamo mettiya savhayo
Mahāthero Buddhaguṇā-laṅkāraṁ racayī varaṁ

[SL Page 129] [\x 129/]

75
Vaḍḍhito’pi tassa suta-ṭṭhāne pabhu tadaccaye
Kavittā sattamo vidvā-parakkantibhujavhayo

76
Khattorajjaṁ pāpuṇitvā-jayaddhanaṭhāniye
Vasaṁ rajjaṁ’nusāsittha-dasa saṁvaccharaṁ sato

77
Vara mati karuṇādī sagguṇassampayātā
Nicita kusala kammā sāsanaṁ jotayitvā
Avanipati samattā rañjayitvāna lokaṁ
Surapura’mupagañchuṁbho bhajavho sivaggaṁ

Bhāṇavāramekūnatāḷīsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse dasarāja dīpano
Nāmekūna tāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]

Cattālīsatimo paricchedo.

1
Dvisahassattiṁsatime-sogate vīra vissuto
Parakkantibhujo khatto-aṭṭhamo paṇḍita ssutaṁ

2
Parakkantibhujaṁ hantvā-jayavaddhanaṭhāniye
Rajjaṁ sīhāsanāsīno-bāvīsatisama’ṅkari

3
Asse’ca rājine’kūna-vīsatimamhi hāyane
Jambudīpe’kadesamhi-govadesādhipo tadā

4
Don [f]prunsiskl̥ da almṚdā-patikāl jātiko’ttajaṁ
Don ll̥ransu da almṚdā-samaññaṁ taraṇipatiṁ

5
Māhammadika nāvāyo-gaṇhituṁ pesayi’ssa’tha
Aṇṇavo tiṇṇa nāvāyo-salila bbhama peritā

6
Anapekkhamānā gālu-pura tittha’mupāgamuṁ
Tadā laṅkāya vāṇijje-payutā caturā bhusaṁ

7
Muslimjanā’bhavuṁ tasmiṁ-ṭhitā te bhaya tajjitā
Māyāvino sīhalinda-rañño’ggapuṭa bhedanaṁ

8
Gālūpura’nti vatvāna-almṚdā nāvikā dhibhuṁ
Mahīpo’tya’paraṁ tasmiṁ-dassetvā vañcayuṁ tadā

9
Patikāl desiko rāja-patirūpa’ñca koṭṭhakaṁ
Yāci bandhitu’mokāsaṁ-laddhā taṁ modamānaso

10
Idhā’do tassa sampatta-dīpako pala thambhakaṁ
Patiṭṭhapetvā kañca ‘ddhaṁ vasitvā’gā sadesakaṁ

11
Atho vīraparakkanta-bāhurañño’trajo varo
Dhammassūto parakkanti-bhujo hi navamo dayo

12
Jayavaddhana pure bhūpo-āsi sodariye nijo
Devappure vasaṁ desaṁ-rakkhittha vijayabbhujo

13
Ll̥ransu da almṚda vha-patikāljātikassi’to
Purāgamanato bhāvaṁ-laṅkāyā’naggha vatthunaṁ

14
Aññāsuṁ patikāljantū-tato laṅkaṁ sahatthagaṁ
Kattukāmā’bhavuṁ Buddhe-dvisahassekasaṭṭhime

[SL Page 131] [\x 131/]

15
Ll̥pl̥sl̥rasda albargṚ-riya vho patikālvaro
Nāvādhipatiko satta-rasa nāvā samaññuto

16
Bandhituṁ koṭṭhakaṁ satta-satasenāhi nibbhayo
Koḷamba tittha’māgamma-māndhituṁ’rabhi koṭṭhakaṁ

17
Sīhalā tattha vuttantaṁ-sabba’ntaṁ nijarājino
Nivedayiṁsu bhūpo’pi-sāmacce yuva patthive

18
Samāhūya pavattiṁ taṁ-vatvā sampati ki’mpana
Kattabba’nti amātehi-mantayī sa’narādhipo

19
Tato cakkāyudhavhe’ko-pavīṇo pabhuko tahiṁ
hito tesaṁ bhāva’mupa-parikkhissaṁ samabruvi

20
Taṅkhaṇaññe’va rājena-āṇatto tuvaṭaṁ pabhu
Aññātakena kappena-koḷambapura’muttamaṁ

21
Patvā tesaṁ nisagga’ñca-samparikkhiya sabbaso
Vāḷattaṁ patikālnāma-janānaṁ raṇa sūrataṁ
22
Ñatvā laṅkinda nikaṭa-’māgammā’mhehi yujjhituṁ
No sakkā tehi’mā jātu-vāso sāmaggiyā varo

23
Iccā’rocayi so rājā-sāmacco tassa maññanaṁ
Paṭigaṇhi tato tehi-saddhiṁ sāmaggi’tu’ttarā

24
Vāṇijjāya tu koḷamba-pure koṭṭha’ñca khuddakaṁ
Bandhituṁ bhaṇḍavāsa’ñca-tesaṁ dātuṁ’vakāsakaṁ

25
Laṅkāyā’rāti sampatti-vāretabbā’ti tehi tu
Itī’disā paṭiññā’pi-ubhinna’mabhavī tahiṁ

26
Bhaṇḍāgāra’ñca koṭṭha’ñca-bandhitvālahu’matthiraṁ
Vāṇijjāya payojetvā-sajātijanataṁ bhusaṁ

27
Atha albargṚriyādhi-vacano patikālpabhū
Sabhāgineyyassa juvan-silvṚrā nāmikassa tu

28
Nīyyādetvā sahakoṭṭhaṁ-senaṁ romānupūjakaṁ
Nivattāpiya senānī-gocaraṭṭha’magā puna

29
Tato paṭṭhāya laṅkāya-purā romapurā gatā
Romānu laddhi vallī’si-janayantī dale tatā

[SL Page 132] [\x 132/]

30
Tato parasmiṁ tatiye-vasse biraṭl̥bhidhānake
Patikāl yuddha senādhi-patismiṁ ‘gamma koṭṭhakaṁ

31
Sutthiraṁ bandhituṁ’raddhe-māhammadika jantunaṁ
Vañca vācā nisāmetvā-vāretuṁ koṭṭha bandhanaṁ

32
Rājā dhammaparakkanti-bhujo saṁyuga vāhiniṁ
Pesesi tatra tuvaṭaṁ-tathā’pi pakikāl janā

33
Sīhalaṁ yuddha senaṅgaṁ-palāpesu’manussahaṁ
Tato paṭṭhāyu’bho sāmaṁ-vattayuṁ aciraṁ’ca te

34
Kāle’smiṁ tambapaṇṇimhi-badulla pubhdaiane
Gaṅgāsiripure perā-doṇi devapuresu ca
35
Narādhipā maṇḍalikā-sādhipacca’mapekkhakā
Asamaggā tattha tattha-ruciṁ vāsa’makappayuṁ

36
Tato’rātibalaṁ vuddhi-’magā sabbattha sabbaso
Sīhalā abalā kiṁ hi-parādhīnaṁ vinā siyā

37
Bāvīsatisamaṁ rajjaṁ-’nusāsitva yathābalaṁ
Accaya’ṅgā’vanipati-dhammaparakkamabbhujo

38
Tato devapure vuttho-vijayabāhu sattamo
Jayavaddhanavhe seta-cchatta’mussāpayī pure

39
Pubbarañño samayasmiṁ-vattitaṁ bala’mappakaṁ
Vaḍḍhayanto’dāni sindhu-nikaṭasmiṁ navaṁ navaṁ

40
Desaṁ pasayha’māyatta-’makaruṁ pakikāl janā
Patiṭṭhapesuṁ vāṇijja-sālāyo ca tahaṁ tahaṁ

41
Ghātesuṁ sīhale bhūrī-dhanasāraṁ vilumpayuṁ
Sīhalā dhīnataṁ lesa-matha’mpi namamaññare

42
Tato ruṭṭhā tesu bhusaṁ-palāpete’mito lahuṁ
Daddallamānā kopena-rayena daḷha mānasā

43
Aṇṇavantikadesamhi-sīhalīyā samosaṭā
Visasahassa ppamāṇā-bhaṭā nānāyudha’ndharā

44
Gantvā koḷamba koṭṭhaṁ taṁ-parikkhepuṁ samantato
Sarāsanehi vijjhantā-hanantā sallakehi ca

[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]

45
Paharantā laguḷehi-kaṭṭhinaṁ dussahaṁ raṇaṁ
Pavattayuṁ pañcamāsaṁ-pīḷayuṁ patikāl jane

46
Accanta byasanā pannāva-kocin nagarato puna
Taraṇīyā’gatāyā’suṁ-laṅkiketepalāpayuṁ

47
Vijayabāhu rājassa-paṭhamāya mahesiyā
Bhuvanekabāhu rayi-ggāmabaṇḍāra nāmako

48
Māyādhanū’ti tanayā-bhaviṁsu bhāgadheyyakā
Mahesiyā matāya’ssā-’nayī deviṁ paraṁ piyaṁ

49
Jīvantesu sattajesu-sacivehi sa’mantiya
Attaccaye mahesīyā-dutiyāya sagabbhakaṁ

50
Devarājavhayaṁ rajje-sāmika’ṅkāsi dummano
Taṁ ñatvāna kumārā te-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyā

51
Palāyitvāna seṅkhaṇḍa-sela puṅgava ṭhāniye
Vikkamabbāhu rājamhā-laddhopakārato bhusaṁ

52
Tato’gamma puraṁ hattha-gataṁ katvāna rattiyaṁ
Solaman nāma dheyyona-māhammadanarenabhi

53
Ghātāpayiṁsu’vanipa-’mevaṁ sa’catuhāyanā
Puraṁ jayavaddhanavhaṁ-hitvā maccupura’ṅgami

54
Bhuvanekabhujo jeṭṭho-kumāro sattamo tahiṁ
Laṅkā sīhāsanā sīno-pite’vā’sa’tidubbalo

55
Rayiggāmādibaṇḍāra-kumāro rayigāmake
Māyādhanavhayo khatto-kārite attanaṁ subhe

56
Sītāvakapure cā’suṁ-patthivā sahajā ubho
Bhuvanekabhujo bhūpo-’napekkhiyā’nuje pabhū

57
Patikālikehi’mā mettiṁ-vattetvā rajja’muttamaṁ
Pasāsitu’mārabhittha-accanta kupito tahiṁ

58
Māyādhanavho’vanipo-bhūpaṁ’panetu’rajjato
Yonakādhipatismā’pi-laddhopakārako balo

59
Sarayiggāmabaṇḍāra-rājo’va jayavaddhanaṁ
Puraṁ rodhetva kalahaṁ-tikkhattu’ṅkāsi rājinā

[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]

60
Nāhosi saphalo tassa-kathañcana parakkamo
Bhuvanekabhujo rājā-asuto dhītaraṁ sakaṁ

61
Samuddādeviṁ vedheya-baṇḍāra khattiyassa tu
Piya’ṅkari piyo tassā-dhammapālavhayo suto

62
Rājā nattu sakaṁ rajja-’māyattaṁ kattumānaso
Dhammapālappamāṇena-rūpaṁ kaṭṭhamayaṁ subhaṁ

63
Mahaggha ratanubbhāsaṁ-sovaṇṇamakuṭaṁ varaṁ
Kāretvā sellappu nāma-āraccila mahāsayaṁ

64
Dhura’ṅkatvāna patikāl-dese lisban puruttamaṁ
Pesetvā te tatra raññā-jl̥n samaññena dhīmatā

65
Pañcāsītyadhikasmiṁ dvi-sahasse munivacchare
Piḷandhāpayi makuṭaṁ-dhammapālassa bimbake

66
Donjuvan ityabhidhānaṁ-paraṁ’dāsi tadussave
Patikālindass rajja-’mida’māya ttakaṁ’disi

67
Visuddha Buddha saddhamma-suddha laṅka’mpi sabbaso
Micchāladdhi kālaṅkehi-lakkhituṁ romapūjake

68
Tena sellappu nāmena-samaṁ mahāsayenaca
Pesesi patikālrājā-sādhirajja balatthiko

69
Bhuvaneka bhujo kāsā-samuddanikaṭe sute padese pūjakā tattha-tattha te samayaṁ sakaṁ

70
Gāhāpayuṁ daḷhabhatyā-desetvā laṅkike jane
Bandhetvā palliyo tesaṁ-thiraṁ vāsa’ṅkaruṁ tadā

71
Romānupūjako[f]prunsis-kṣāviyarnāma vissuto
Mannāramappadesamhi-siva bhatti jane bahū

72
Saladdhi’mpāpayī daḷha-parakkamena nūtanaṁ
Tadā yāpāpaṭṭanasmiṁ-’dhipo sankiḷināmiko

73
Siva bhatti paro bhūpo-sajāti janataṁ bhūsaṁ
Laddhiyā tāya vāretu-’mussahī’pya’phalo’bhavi
74
Romānupūjakānaṁ hi-paskoli’ti samavhayo
Dvisahassekanavuti-mattamhi munihāyane

[SL Page 135] [\x 135/]

75
Pūjakehi dvīhi samaṁ-uddharaṭṭha’maghaṁ bhusaṁ
Gantvā sirivaddhanavha-purasmiṁ jayavīrakaṁ

76
Rājaṁ samupasaṅkamma-sādhetuṁ devamandiraṁ
Laddhāvakāsorājasso-’pakārā’yatanaṁ thiraṁ

77
Bandhāpiya tahaṁ vāsī-saladdhiyā samappituṁ
Yatayī rājinī tasmiṁ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṁ

78
Athi’pi māyādhanuko-bhūpo saṁkuddhamānaso
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-bhāgaṁ yujjhiya rajjato

79
Katvā’yattaṁ sakaṁ rundhi-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṁ
Govādhipatinā nītaṁ-dakèsṭrl̥ nāma seninaṁ

80
Laddhāna sājisenaṅgaṁ-bhuvanekabhujissaro
Māyādhanuṁ palāpetvā-yāvasitāvakāparaṁ

81
Ahāsi dhanasāra’ñca-sañcitaṁ rājamandire sītāvakapuraṁ rammaṁ-nāsesi cittitaṁ bhusaṁ

82
Bhuvenakabhujaṁ rājaṁ-sattarasasamaṁ sakaṁ
Rajjaṁ bhuttaṁ sevakenava-māresa’tha kumantanā

83
Itthaṁ mahīpā saka rajja lakkhiṁ
Nubhottu’magga’mpi yathābhilāsaṁ
Asakkuṇantā’va suladdhi’māyuṁ
Jahiṁsu bho mājahatha’ggadiṭṭhiṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ cattāḷīsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janeka dīpavaṁse paraṅgiyāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Cattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 136] [\x 136/]

Ekacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

1
Pañcāsītyadhike vasse-’pagate dvisahassake
Saṅghabodhitvaye jāto-vīravikkama vissuto
2
Seṅkhaṇḍa sela nagare-patthivo’si mahābalo
Jane saṅgayha vatthūhi-puñña’ñcinitu’mārabhi

3
Rāja mandira sāmante-dhātu vaḍḍhetva cetiyaṁ
Kāretvāna tadāsanne-dvibhūma’natimanoramaṁ

4
So’posatha mālaka’ñca-bhūrī saṅghaniketane
Kāretvā yatinaṁ’dāsi-potthake ca likhāpayi

5
Sambuddhapaṭimāyo ca-kāresi dhātusampuṭe
Samantakūṭaṁ gantvāna-vanditvā padalañchanaṁ

6
Varamaggaṁ sādhayituṁ-duggamaggaṁ visodhiya
Sātatthaṁ gacchataṁ tasmiṁ-parattha sukhakāmato

7
Kāresa’smehi sopāne-kāretu’mupasampadaṁ
Tīsu raṭṭhesu yatayo-nimantetvā mahāmahaṁ

8
Pavattento dhammakitti-mahātheraṁ dhuraṁ varaṁ
Katvāna nadiyaṁ bhikkhu-saṅgha’ñca pañcatiṁsatiṁ

9
Dāpesu’pasampada’ñca-niccaṁ puññaparāyano
Dasavassamattaṁ puññaṁ-katvā para’magā ito

10
Tadaccaye tassa suto-jayavīra iti ssuto
Rājā abhavi seṅkhaṇḍa-selavha pura puṅgave

11
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-sattamassa’ccayena taṁ
Don juvan dhammapālavhaṁ-kumāraṁ patikāl janā

12
Pañcanavutime vasse-dvisahasse mahesino
Jayavaddhanavhayasmiṁ-pure rajje’bhisiñcayuṁ

13
Sabhāturājino maccu-payāna’ñca pavattitaṁ
Sutvāna sabbaṁ vuttantaṁ-māyādhanavhayo pabhū

14
Bhaṭasenaṅga’mādāya-rajjaṁ gaṇhitu mānaso
Purantika’magā tasmiṁ-dhammapālapitā tadā

[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]

15
Vedheyabaṇḍārabhidho-māyādhanudharāpatiṁ
Palāpesa’tha yujjhitvā-tato’cirena mantiya

16
Dulladdhitāye’dha rañño-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Muninda radadhātvaggaṁ-rājarājūhi gopitaṁ

17
Rahasse’va samādāya-yatayo sabaravhaye
Gāmappadese labuja-gāme vihārapuṅgave

18
Kārite dvijadhātussa-mandirasmiṁ manorame
Vaḍḍhetvā’pacitiṁ sammā-vattayiṁsu yathābalaṁ

19
Atho rañño’ccayaṁ dūta-mukhā nisamma vegavā
Govādhipati nl̥rl̥ñño-samañño sena’mādiya

20
Toḷambapura’māgamma-pathe rakkhāya vāhiniṁ
Nivattāpiya sabhaṭo-jayavaddhanaṭhāniyaṁ

21
Patvā tahiṁ ṭhite mukhye-bandhāpetvāna sīhale
Pavisitvā rājagehaṁ-cirassaṁ sañcitaṁ dhanaṁ

22
Pasayhaṁ paharī sabbaṁ-vimbhitā janatā tahiṁ
Bhītā palātā tasitā-māyādhanu’mupāgamuṁ

23
Māyāvī sa’hi nl̥rl̥ñño-sakhya’māvediyā’paraṁ
Dhammapālaṁ pavāretvā-yuddhasenaṅga’mādiya

24
Sītāvakapuraṁ pacca-’gañchi ‘ṅa kalahaṅkaro
Māyādhanū vanipatī-taṁ sutvo’paparikkhiya

25
Tahaṁ jaya’mapassanto-puraṁhitvā’pagā tadā
Puraṁ pāvekkhi patikāl-pati assāmikaṁ subhaṁ

26
Rājagehe’mupāvissa-mahagghaṁ dhanasañcayaṁ
Nippabhīto samādāya-koḷambapura’māgato

27
Vedheyo pakikāljāti-janānaṁ’nucitakirayā
Saṅkuddho’dikkhamāno so-gālūpura padesakaṁ

28
Gacchanto sammukhībhūte-palliyo vā’pi bhattike
Vināsetvā sadevīyā-pañcayojanaraṭṭhake

29
Pèlanda iti vikhyātaṁ-patvā saṁvasathaṁ subhaṁ
Thiraṁ puraṁ karitvā taṁ-tatthā’vasi yathāruci

[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]

30
Tadā koḷambanagare-’dhipo so patikālvaro maddituṁ vedheyabalaṁ-māyādhanavharājinā

31
Paṭissava’ṅkāsi lahuṁ-tato māyādhanavhayo
Saputta rājasīhena-sahe’va patikālbalaṁ

32
Gahetvā vedheyarāja-’manubandhi mahabbalo
Hitvā niyaṁ puraṁ rammaṁ-vedheyo rakkhaṇaṁ sakaṁ

33
Gavesayaṁ devamajjha-desa’ṅgami tahaṁ’dhipaṁ
Edirīmanusūravhaṁ-rājaṁ ghātetva kenaci

34
Samussahi tahiṁ bhūpo-bhavituṁ mūḷhamānaso
Tasmiṁ mārāpane rājaṁ-saṅkuddhā janatā tadā

35
Māyādhanavharāja’ñca-patikāl jātike’pica
Samāyācu’mupakāraṁ-sarantyā’guṁ sudussahaṁ

36
Vedheyabhūpo ta’ññatvā-tato ‘gā yāpapaṭṭanaṁ
Tahiṁ damiḷarājena-mettiṁ vaḍḍhetva so vasī

37
Tato kenaci ṭhānena-kupito vedhayavhaye
Ghātāpayī taṁ damiḷa-rājā’tisaya kakkhalo

38
Vedheyassa yathā gattaṁ-’yattaṁ damiḷa rājino
Saya’ñcitaṁ dhanadāraṁ-tathā tassā’bhavī tadā

39
Vedheyamaraṇaṁ sutvā-māyādhanu narādhipo
Patikālpabhunā saddhiṁ-kataṁ paṭissavaṁ jahi

40
Palāpetuṁ sa’laṅkāya-patikāljanataṁ lahuṁ
Thiraṁ katvā sakaṁ rajjaṁ-rājasīhassutena’mā

41
Asakiṁ patikālavha-janaṭṭhānesu yujjhiya
Asampattajaye’kasmiṁ-kāle māyādhanutrajaṁ

42
Rājasīhakumāraṁ taṁ-sasenaṁ tehi āhavaṁ
Kattuṁ peseyi koḷamba-puraṁ pati pathantare

43
MullṚriyavhagāmasmi-’mubhinnaṁ kharasaṁyugaṁ
Bhavī tasmiṁ rājasīha-kumārassa bhaṭā balā

44
Ghātesuṁ patikālpāṇī-bhūrī tatra sara’mpi ca
Tesaṁ rattena lulitaṁ-soṇava ṇṇā’si sabbaso

[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]

45
Punā’pi rājasīhavho-kumāro thiravikkamo
Mahāsenaṅga’mādāya-jayavaddhanapaṭṭanaṁ

46
Koḷambanagara’ñcā’pi-rodhetvāna samantato
Vāretvā pana panthesu-gamanāgamana’mpica

47
Vattesi tumulaṁ yuddhaṁ-’rātīhi catumāsakaṁ
Tahaṁ parājayaṁ passaṁ-pakikālanikādhipo

48
Seṅkhaṇḍasela nagare-jayavirassa rājino
Dūte pāhesi turitaṁ-senaṁ netuṁ raṇāya so

49
Pañca sahassa ppamāṇaṁ-pesesi paṭuvāhiniṁ
Rājasīhakumāro taṁ-sutvā dūta mukhā padaṁ

50
Sīghaṁ sītāvakapuraṁ-’gamāsi sahavāhinī
Donjuvandhammapālavho-patthivo jayavaddhanaṁ

51
Puraṁ pahāya pāvekkhi-koḷambanagaraṁ bhayā
Kārite’ttāna’muddissa-tahaṁ patissave vasaṁ

52
Yathākāma’masakkonto-rajjaṁ bhottuṁ sa’dukkhito
Parādhīno’va sarade-dasame accaya’ṅgami

53
Saya’ṅkate saṁyugasmiṁ-patikāljanatāya’mā
Parājayo jayavīraṁ-nissāyā’sī’ti cintiya

54
Saṅkuddhamānaso yuddha-sena’mādāya bhiṁsanaṁ
Jayavīrapatthiva’nnu-bandhitvā sirivaddhanaṁ

55
Puraṁ patvā rājasīho-kumāro tena yujjhiya
Bhūbhujaṁ taṁ parājesi-jayavīro palātavā

56
Sadhītuyā sayaṁ patvā-mannārama padesakaṁ
Romaladdhiṁ samādāya-donpilip iti vissuto

57
Dhītā dl̥nakatirīnā-iti nāmā piyaṁ vadā
Tesaṁ vase vasī tasmiṁ-yathāniyati dukkhito

58
Samaraticaturo so rājasīho kumāro
Gamiya sapituraññā tatra tatrā’jiyā’suṁ
Satatavijayagāhī sakkarenā’tidaḷho
Nijapituvararājaṁ hantva rajjaṁ gahittha

Bhāṇavāramekatāḷīsatimaṁ
---------------
Iti sajjanānandasaṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse sīhalaparaṅgi
Saṅgāma dīpano nāmeka tāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]

Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo

1
Pañcavīsatime vasse-satasmiṁ dvisahassake
Atho’tra rājasīhavho-chatta’mussāpayī sitaṁ

2
Ye keci rajjassā’yattaṁ-vadanti te ‘khile nije
Sagabbha pamukhe sabba-paṭhamaṁ mārayī tadā

3
Sītāvakapure cāsaṁ-kurāmāno pane’kadā
Datvā dānaṁ mahāthere-pitu ghātaka kibbisaṁ

4
Nāsemi’ti kathaṁ pucchi-desetvā dhamma’muttamaṁ
No sakkuṇiṁsu’rādhetu-duṭṭhacittaṁ visāradā

5
Kataṁ saya’maghaṁ sakkā-no’ti nāsetu ‘mīritaṁ
Daṇḍappahaṭa sappo’va-suṇantokupitobhusaṁ

6
Pucchitvā sivabhatte’pi-nāsetuṁ sakkuṇoti taṁ
Iti sutvā’mata’miva-sivabhatti’magaṇhi so

7
Ghātento bhikkhavo dhamma-potthake cā’pi jhāpayaṁ
Bhedāpento subhe’rāme-uppannaṁ sumanācale

8
Yojesi lābha’mādātuṁ-sivatāpasake tadā
Micchidiṭṭhi samādānā-nāsesi muni sāsanaṁ

9
Patthivassa kharattasmiṁ-dulladdhigahaṇe tathā
Ahesu’mappiyā bhūrī-ratā sugata sāsane

10
Athā’pi sakalaṁ laṅkaṁ-nirātikaṇṭakaṁ thiraṁ
Kattukāmo mahāsenaṁ-nānāyudhe ca pācure

11
Samādāya ‘gato sīghaṁ-koḷamba pura puṅgavaṁ
Samantato rodhayitvā-’rātīhi bhiṁsanaṁ raṇaṁ

12
Vattesi samare vatta-mānasmi’muddharaṭṭhiyā
Janayuṁ kalahaṁ taṁ hi-sutvā koḷamba saṁyugaṁ

13
Pahāya pāvekkhi sena-’mādiyitvo’ddha raṭṭhakaṁ
Sametvā taṁ kalakalaṁ-tasmiṁ mukhya’nti saṅkayā

14
Perādeṇi rāja vaṁse-sambhutaṁ vīrasundaraṁ
Baṇḍāraṁ sacivaṁ yuddha-sūra’māhūya vañcato

[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]

15
Māresi niddayo tasmi-’māgusmi’ñca tadattajo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra nāmo-koḷambanagaraṁ varaṁ

16
Āgamma kittu samayaṁ-samādāya’ttano pitu
Kata’māguṁ saraṁ donjl̥n-saññāya vidito vasī

17
Rājasīhavhayaṁ rājaṁ-paccuddharaṭṭhapāṇinaṁ
Viditvāna’ppasādattaṁ-patikāljanatādhipo

18
Donjl̥n koṇappubaṇḍāra-kumāraṁ raṇasūrinaṁ
Donpilip iti nāmena-jayavīrassa rājino
19
Bhāgineyya kumārena-saddhiṁ mènḍl̥sa nāmikaṁ
Senāpatiṁ dhuraṁ katvā-datvā sena’ntivikkamaṁ

20
Sirivaddhana ṭhānīyaṁ-nayī vela’mudikkhayaṁ sampattesu puraṁ tesu-ṭhitā sīhalikā tahiṁ

21
No virodha’madassesu-tahaṁ tesaṁ kathañcana
Tasmiṁ pilipkumārassa-rājattaṁ patikāljanā

22
Jl̥n samañña kumārassa-senāpati dhuraṁ tathā
Parināmiya’tho’gañchuṁ-sītāvakapuraṁ pati

23
Don jl̥n koṇappu baṇḍāra-senānī patthivaṁ sakaṁ
Don pilip iti vikhyātaṁ-ghātetvā’bhavi bhūbhujo

24
Tato so patikāljantu-sattū ri’va vicintiya
Hantuṁ taṁ janataṁ tasmiṁ-cinteyā’dhika vikkamo

25
Patikāljanatā tasmiṁ-ṭhānaṁ ñatvā lahuṁ lahuṁ
Palātā koḷambapura-’māsuṁ sabhītikā tato

26
Rājasīho dharaṇipo-sabba’ntaṁ’vecca tacchato
Varime vaye ṭhito ce’pi-samara kkara kaṇḍuniṁ

27
Vinodetuṁ’va nibbhīto-’citasīha parakkamo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra sañña-pabhusattiṁ pamaddituṁ

28
Senāparivuto gacchaṁ-mahānagara desakaṁ
Pathantare balanavha-ṭhānantike mahābhavaṁ

29
Koṇappubaṇḍārakassa-camūhi saha vattayī
Rājasīho sīhabalo-parājito raṇā’tigo

[SL Page 142] [\x 142/]

30
Petaṁgoḍa vhayuyāne-pādābādhena pīḷito
Ruvanvèlla iti byāta-gāmasāmantake kharā

31
Vedanā vediyamāno-ekavīsati vaccare
Kittisesattanaṁ’gañchi-samare maccuno tathā
32
Atho donjl̥na bhiññāto-vimaladhammasūriyo
Iti seṅkhaṇḍaselasmiṁ-setacchattaṁ pure tahaṁ

33
Dvisahasse sate yāte-pañcatiṁsati vacchare
Samussāpiya kittussa-samayaṁ navakābhidhaṁ

34
Jahāsi seṭṭhanagaraṁ-parikkhippa samantato
Kāretvā pana pākāraṁ-mahantaṁ sahakoṭṭhakā

35
Nivesetvā rakkhabhaṭe-bale tahiṁ tahiṁ thiraṁ
Lokasāsana saṅgāhaṁ-kattuṁ’rabhi jane suto

36
Dāṭhādhātuṁ munindassa-vicāretvā kuhiñci’ti
Vihāre labujaggāme-iti sutvāna patthivo

37
Amatenā’bhisitto’va-pīto samandirantike
Dvibhumaṁ dhātusadanaṁ-kāretvā’timanoramaṁ

38
Gāhāpetvā tato dhātu-bhadantaṁ sambhamaṁ pure
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātupāsādaṁ-pūjāvidhiṁ pavattiya

39
Namassitvā patidinaṁ-cāritta’ñca yathāpurā
Pavattetuṁ niyojesi-saddhābhatti purassaro

40
Virodhī’riva maññanto-patikāljanatāyatu
No jahī paṭighaṁ bhūpo-cirabaddhaṁ kathañcana

41
Athā’parasmiṁ samaye-koḷamba patikālpati
So ‘[f]prunsisku da silvākhyo-govādhipatino lahuṁ

42
Sattiṁ vimaladhammassa-rājino madditummano
Ñāpesi bhaṭasenaṅgaṁ-pesetuṁ nipuṇaṁ raṇe

43
Govādhibhū’ticaturaṁ-lopassl̥sā samavhayaṁ senāniṁ pamukhaṁ katvā-datvāna mahatiṁ
camuṁ
44
Sace laṅka’ṅkareyyāsi-sāhatthika’manūnakaṁ
Bhāgineyyassa te dl̥na-katarīnābhidhaṁ piyaṁ

[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]

45
Jayavīrāvanipati-dhītaraṁ bhariyattane
Samappiya piyaṁ laṅkā-rajjaṁ dassa’nti pāvadi

46
Tabbācā daḷhaceto so-sl̥sā camupatī tato
Sabalo bhāgineyyena-saddhiṁ nānāvidhāyudhe

47
Samādāyā’vatiṇṇo’va-mannāramappadesakaṁ
Kumāriṁ katirīnavha-’mānetvā sirivaddhanaṁ

48
Puraṁ pati gamissanto-madhuggāmassa santike
Vīsasahassappamāṇa-senāya parivārito

49
Jayavīrādi baṇḍāra-vissute’ko pabhūvaro
Samāgamma sl̥sa yuddha-camuyā’gā purammukho

50
Vuttantaṁ taṁ’khilaṁ sutvā-vimaladhammasūriyo
Jayavīramhi senindaṁ-bhedesisamupāyato

51
Sl̥savhayo cakkapati-jayavīrassutaṁ pabhuṁ
Ghātesa’sipahārena-tato sīhalikā bhaṭā

52
Bhītā palātā sl̥savhaṁ-hitvā āsuṁ tahaṁ tahaṁ
Kupite’ke balā yodhā-rājāna’mupasaṅkamuṁ

53
Balanavhaṁ sampahāra-dharaṇiṁ pakikālbale
Sampattasmiṁ sasenāniṁ-senaṁ haniṁsu sīhalā

54
Sajīvagāhaṁ subhagaṁ-kumāriṁ dl̥nakatiranaṁ
Gahetvāna mahesitte-ṭhapesuṁ maharājino

55
Athe’kadā gocaraṭṭha-desādhīso purā’gataṁ
Samuccinitvā senāniṁ-balaṁ datve’ha pesayī

56
Donjeraṇīml̥daasa-vṚdū’ti viditaṁ tahaṁ
Samuccinitvā senāniṁ-balaṁ datve’ha pesayī

57
Tambapaṇṇiṁ samotiṇṇo-karāṇo ninditakirayaṁ
Sīhala bbijaya bbhūmiṁ-balanavhaya duggamaṁ

58
Bahukkhattuṁ’gammatatra-janānaṁ sakajātinaṁ
Bahunnaṁ māraṇaṁ sutvā-daḷhatāya’ttano’nisaṁ

59
Jayo vā maraṇaṁ hotu-hanissaṁ sīhale’khile
Yuddhasajjo sasenāya-sayaṁ’si parivārito

[SL Page 144] [\x 144/]

60
Pavattayuṁ sīhalehi-tahaṁ bhiṁsanakaṁ raṇaṁ parājitā palāyiṁsu-asavṚda vha vāhinī

61
Senāpatī asavṚdū-nāmiko’dhika kakkhalo
Vimaladhammasūrassa-bhūpassa bala’makkhamo

62
Bhūpaṁ rahasi māretuṁ-yojesi caraporise
Kumantanaṁ khara’meko-mudalī rājabhattiko

63
Viññāpesī rājino’tha-te’pi mānusaghātake
Balanavhaya duggamhi-ghātesuṁ rājaporisā

64
Jahāsa’thu’ddharaṭṭhāsaṁ-patikāljanatā ito
Samuddanikaṭe dese-vāsaṁ sutthiraka’ṅkari

65
Purā yati vihiṁsāya-sopasampada bhikkhunaṁ
Vihīnattā’va vimala-dhammasūriya bhūbhujo

66
Rakkhaṅga desaṁ pesetvā-’macce saddhe pavīṇake
Nandicakkādayo’netvā-bhikkhavo sīlabhūsane

67
Gaṇṭhamba sañña titthasmiṁ-mahāvāluka sindhuyaṁ
Kāretvānu’dakukkhepa-sīmāmālaka’muttamaṁ

68
Dvikasahassassatato-’paritāḷisavacchare
Kulaputtu’pasampanne-kāretvā bahayo sato

69
Pabbājetvā guṇī bhūrī-tathe’va kulaputtake
Saddho dhammarato sammā-rakkhi sugatasāsanaṁ

70
Chatāḷīsatime vasse-satasmiṁ dvisahassake
l̥landanāma paññātā-patīvidisikā janā

71
Sattattarīhi sampattā-laṅka’motaru’muttamaṁ
Nāvikādhipatī jl̥ris-cènspīlbarjan itissuto

72
Patvā puraṅga sampannaṁ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaṁ
Vimaladhamma sūravha-’mupasaṅkami patthivaṁ

73
Paṭiggahetvā taṁ sammā-tabbijitesu vattanaṁ
Rajjakkama’ñca talladdhiṁ-raṇavutti’ñca pucchi taṁ

74
Kathāya sampayogena-rañño bhāva’ñca vediya
Palāpetu’ñca laṅkāya-patikāljanataṁ lahuṁ

[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]

75
Sāhāyya’mattano rañño-nekatiko nivediya
Bandhituṁ koṭṭhakaṁ laṅkā-janehi saha nibbharaṁ

76
Payojetuṁ vaṇijjaṁ co-’kāsaṁ yāci narissaraṁ
Rājā pamudito tasmiṁ-dadi tassā’vakāsakaṁ

77
Sammadātisayo vèns pil-barjan nāvikanāyako
Saya’mpi patikālīya-janānaṁ paṭipakkhataṁ

78
Ñāpetuṁ rājino tesaṁ-tisso taraṇiyo’ṇṇave
Pasayhaṁ paggahetvāna-’vanipaggassa tā dadi

79
Padassetvāna sambhatta-ta’mitthaṁ nāvikādhipo na cirena sakaṁ desa-’magamāsi hite rato

80
Taññatte hāyane tesa-’meko sī bl̥ldavāḍi’ti
Vissuto taraṇidhīso-laṅka’māgamma laddhake

81
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ṭhānīye-rājāna’mupasaṅkami
Saṅgaha’ṅkāsi mahipo-ta’magghaṁ paṭigaṇhiya

82
Tato so nāvikādhīso-paṭhamaṁ gahitā tarī
Anārociya bhūpassa-vossajī sakakāmato

83
Ta’mavecca’situṁ bhūpo-pācidesa’mupāgami
Tadantare da vāḍnāmo-samupāgamma patthivaṁ

84
Taraṇīyo no sandaṭṭhu-’mayācitthe ‘tu bhūbhujo
Taṁ paṭikkhipi bhūpālo-’vatthocitavacīhi ca

85
Tahaṁ taripatī majja-matto’sabbhagiraṁ vadi
Ta’ṅkhaṇa ññe’va kupito-tasmiṁ dubbaca jātike
86
Bhūpo taṭataṭāyanto-daḍḍho khāṇu’va tinduko
Bandhathi’maṁ sārameyya-’miccu’vāca pabhāvacā

87
Ta’ṅkhaṇaṁ’vanipasse’ko-bhaṭo ghātesi dubbacaṁ
Yoggaṁ kiraya’mimaṁ’voca-pīṭars upatarīpati

88
Bhūpo puna puraṁ gantvā-cinitvā kusalaṁ bahuṁ
Nijaṁ’nujaṁ pabbajita-’muppabbājesi taṁ paṭuṁ

89
Niyojiya nije rajja-bhāre yuttiyuto budho
Vasse dvādasame bhūpo-yathākamma’magā paraṁ

[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]

90
Itthaṁ bhūpatayo visiṭṭhamatiyā yu ttā’pi laddhiṁ sivaṁ
Hitve’ke siriyāmadena muditā’nīghaṁ’nubhutvāni’ha
Ekacce balino samādiya varaṁ laddhiṁ satā’smiṁ sukhaṁ
Vinditvāna para’ṅgamiṁsu satimā medho kare diṭṭhijuṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ dvitāḷisatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse l̥landāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo

[SL Page 147] [\x 147/]

Ticattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

1
Tadaccaye tassa suto-māyādhanū’pabhūpati
Ūvadesādhipo rañño-kaṇiṭṭho cā’tivikkamo

2
Senāratanavikhyāto-rajje sāmitta ‘mabravuṁ
Siyā yadi raṇaṁ tesaṁ-patikāljanatāya tu

3
Parihāni pathā patti-bhaveyyā’ti vicintiya
Viditā katirīnā’ti-lokanāthā mahesikā

4
Rajjaṁ sayaṁ’nusāsanti-sacive ‘pi samāniya
Rajjassa patirūpattaṁ-sassa sassa pakāsituṁ

5
Nivedayī kila tesa-’mubhinnaṁ’dhika sattinaṁ
Sabhaṁ samupasaṅkante-hanitvā sāyakena taṁ
6
Ghātesi māyādhanukaṁ-senāratana khattiyo
Rajja’maggahi so rañño-deviṁ katirinavhayaṁ

7
Mahesitte’bhisiñcitvā-hāyane dvisahassake
Sogatasmiṁ sate satta-tāḷīsame’si bhūpati
8
Pattābhiseko so rājā-puññakammaparo dayo saṅgaṇhi janataṁ niccaṁ-saṅgahehi catūhi’pi

9
Dāṭhā dhātu bhadantassa-cāritta’mavilaṅghiya
Pūjāvidhiṁ pavattesi-siva magga rato sudhī

10
Rajjato pañcama vassa-ppamāṇe rājino sakaṁ
Puraṁ patya’savṚdavho-patikālpati kakkhalo

11
Mahāsamara senāya-gamittha parivārito
Taṁ suṇitvā’risenāya-thāmattaṁ ca’ttanobalaṁ

12
Dubbalatta’mavekkhitvā-patthivānaṁ siraṁ viya
Dāṭhādhātuṁ pañcasata-raṭṭhaṁ vaḍḍhetva duggamaṁ

13
Khemaṭṭhāne sugopetvā-’paciti’ṅkāsi gāravā
Rañño jeṭṭhasutaṁ hattha-sāra’ñca gabbhiniṁ nijaṁ

14
Mahesi’ñcā’diyitvāna-tato’gā mahiyaṅgaṇaṁ
Saseno patikālindo-asavṚdavhayo atho

[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]
15
Mahāpura’mupāvissa-’nagghikaṁ rājamandiraṁ
Jhāpetvā balanaṭṭhāne-balakoṭṭha’ñca bandhayī

16
Lokanāthā rājadevī-mahiyaṅgaṇakuñjare
Subhasūcakanakkhatte-rājasīhavhayaṁ varaṁ

17
Rajjakkhamaṁ mahātejaṁ-pasūtā tanayaṁ piyaṁ
Verijeṭṭho tadā rattiṁ-supinaṁ passi bheravaṁ

18
Paṭipakkhajanā sabbe-supinā bhayatajjitā
Palāyiṁsu puraṁ hitvā-jāta teja ggi dayhitā

19
Tato’parasmiṁ samaye-lokanāthā mahesiyā
Jeṭṭho suto mato rāja-suriyo pubbarājino

20
Tena sokāturā devī-katirīnavhayā matā
Atho sampattasamayaṁ-viññāya’khila’mādiya

21
Sirivaḍḍhana ṭhānīyaṁ-patvā sabbaṁ yathāpurā
Kattu’mārabhi sambuddha-dvijadhātuṁ samāniya

22
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātugehasmiṁ-pūjāvidhiṁ pavattayī
Patthivassa’ṭṭhamavasse-daboskl̥varsamavhayo

23
l̥landanāvikādhīso-ṭhānīyaṁ sirivaddhanaṁ
Patvā laṅkissarenā’tha-paṭiñña’ṅkāsi sāsayā

24
Vattetuṁ patikālpāṇi-gaṇehi saha saṁyugaṁ
Patthivassu’pakārassa-karaṇāya paṭissavaṁ

25
Dadi so’landasenānī-tasmiṁ tuṭṭho mahīpati
Koṭṭiyāravhaṭhānasmiṁ-bandhituṁ koṭṭhakaṁ thiraṁ

26
Sāmaggiyā’va laṅkīya-janehi saha santataṁ
Vāṇijja’ñca payojetu-’mokāsaṁ dadi’nuddayo

27
Accantasammado bhūpo-tasmi’molandadhissaraṁ
Rañño’nusāsakanibhaṁ-nivattāpayi sappure

28
Patikāljātikā tasmiṁ-kāle catusahassakaṁ
Senaṅga’mpi datvāna-simankorasa nāmikaṁ

29
Senāni’mappasiddhena-maggena koṭṭiyārakaṁ
Pesayuṁ te tahaṁ patvo-’landakoṭṭha’ñca rakkhake

[SL Page 149] [\x 149/]

30
Nāsayiṁsu bhaṭe tasmā-saṅkuddho mahipo tadā
Pañcasahassappamāṇā-senāyo ca’nayī tahiṁ

31
Palāyuṁ patikālavhā-ṭhānaṁ taṁ hitva vegino
Tesaṁ bahūni vatthūni-bhaṭe cā’diya pācure

32
Seṅkhaṇḍasela’māyātā-pura’māsuṁ sadesikā
Atho’pu’bho saṁyugāya-sañciniṁsu mahabbalaṁ

33
Mahesiccayato sassa-sokasallena sallito
Senāratana rājindo-gelaññenā’si pīḷito

34
Gelaññaṁ rājino sutvā-pakikāljātikā janā
Disādhipatinā hṚrat-nāmena saha rājino

35
Kumantayitvā bhūpassa-tanaye cū’varaṭṭhake
Yuvarāja’ñca ghātetuṁ-yatayiṁsva’tha kakkhalā

36
Taññatā mahipo itthaṁ-kumantanakare’pare
Tāsetuṁ taṁ disādhīsaṁ-hṚratsaññaṁ hanāpayī

37
Taddesikā tato ruṭṭhā-’rātī hutvā’va rājino
Janayuṁ kalahaṁ bhīmaṁ-patikāljātikā api

38
Samāgatā tesa’māsu-’motāra’mpi gavesakā
Pesetvā mahipo senaṁ-samesi kalahaṁ lahuṁ

39
Bhūpasse’kādasamasmiṁ-vacchare patikāljane
Palāpetu’mito maññaṁ-daboskl̥var mahāsayaṁ

40
Taddesaṁ raṇasenaṅga-’mānetuṁ pesayī sato
Landesikā tena saddhiṁ-kattuṁ ne’cchuṁ paṭissavaṁ

41
Tato so nāvikādhīso-ḍenmākavhayaraṭṭhakaṁ
Patvāna tasmiṁ’dhipati-catutthaṁ kirasṭiyan sutaṁ

42
Rājaṁ samupasaṅkamma-sappayāna’mavoca’tha paṭiggahetvāna tassa-yācanaṁ guligèḍ iti

43
Senāniṁ vissutaṁ pañca-raṇanāvā padāpiya
Boskl̥varnāmikenā’smiṁ-pesesi sara’māyatiṁ
44
So phuṭṭharogo boskl̥var-suvissuta mahāsayo
Tariyaṁ mato’dhā’gacchaṁ-guliguḍ iti seniyo

[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]

45
Samotiṇṇo piyaṁ laṅkaṁ-rañño sorasavacchare
Passi bhūmipatiṁ seṭṭha-purasmiṁ taṁ samādaraṁ

46
Paṭigayha saṅgaha’ṅkāsi-sammā tathā’pi buddhimā
No icchi mahipo tassa-paṭiññaṁ paṭigaṇhituṁ

47
Tato senāni boskl̥var-mahāsayatarisva’pi
Paharitvā vatthujātaṁ-sakaraṭṭha’magā tadā

48
Samantato vattamāne-patikālkoṭṭhake thire
Udikkhamāno landesi-sāhāyya’mpi apassayaṁ

49
Samaraṁ saṅakulaṁ kattu-maññamāno disampati
Sīghasīghaṁ mahāsenaṁ-sajjesī’dhikavikkamo

50
Tadā’dho raṭṭhiyā dve’pi-mudalindā mahāsayā
Bhūpālapakkhā rahasi-’bhaviṁsu thiramānasā

51
Ittha’mbhūtaṁ mahussāhaṁ-bhūpatissa cirantanaṁ
Ñātā konstantīnudasā-patikāladhipo tva’raṁ

52
Yuddhasenaṅga’mādāya-mahantaṁ balavikkamo
Rañño catubbīsatime-majjhadesaṁ gamitva so

53
Nāsesi taṁ disaṁ gāma-vilopako’va takkaro
Dubbalattā’vanipassa-bhaṭehi tehi yujjhituṁ

54
Ūvaraṭṭhaṁ palāto’si-saseno mahipo lahuṁ
Patikāladhipo rājaṁ-nānubandhiya paccuhaṁ

55
Passaṁ nivattittha tasmiṁ-kāle govādhipo’tra tu
Patikālpatino’yattaṁ-kātuṁ laṅkaṁ’vilambitaṁ

56
Pesesyā’ṇa pamādasmiṁ-dosa’ñcā’ropayī bhusaṁ
Rañño chabbīsatimasmiṁ-patikālpatiko lahuṁ
57
Bāvīsatisahassassa-ppamāṇe sikkhite raṇe
Bhaṭe samādiyitvāna-badullanagara’ṅgato

58
Puraṁ taṁ paharitvāna-sīhalehi bhayānakaṁ
Vattesi saṁyugaṁ daḷhaṁ-’raññadoṇivhabhūmiyaṁ

59
Paraṅgikā tamhi rattiṁ-pāpuccāraṇakammunā
Devasaṁyācanenā’pi-vītikkamuṁ bhayadditā

[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]

60
Disampatibhaṭā tasmiṁ-vijayo no bhave iti
Maññamānā jayugghosa-’mugghosayiṁsu sammadā

61
Pabhāte samare vatta-māne katipayā satā
Paraṅgijanataṁ hitvā-mudalindāmahāsayā

62
Bhūpabbalaṁ samāyātā-raṇachekā’tivikkamā
Tesaṁ donkosmovjaya-sekharākhyo suvissuto

63
Mudaḷindo paraṅgīya-bhaṭassa sahasā siraṁ
Chedāpetvā saṅkunā taṁ-dassesu’kvippa nibbhayo

64
So rājapakkhapātatta-’mitthaṁ viññāpayī tadā
Sajātikajanā sabbe-ta’ṅkhaṇaṁ rājapakkhikā

65
Bhavuṁ paraṅgikā tesa-’manapekkhiya jīvitaṁ
Pavattayuṁ raṇaṁ rāja-senāya bhiṁsanaṁ kharaṁ

66
Mahipassa’ttajo rāja-sīho sūro kumārako
Raṇabhūmiya’mattānaṁ-dassento pabale bhaṭe

67
Yathāyoggaṁ niyojesi-sosattarasavassiko
Dutiyo divase yuddhe-bherave samupaṭṭhite

68
Konstantīnudasānāma-patikālpatinā samaṁ
Tassā’khila’mpi senaṅgaṁ-vināsayiṁsu sīhalā

69
Tato paṭṭhāya tu laṅka-’māyattaṁ kattukāmatā
Nā’bhavittha paraṅginaṁ-vighātā satti sabbaso

70
Sīhaparakkamo rāja-sīho kumāravissuto
Sighaṁ senaṅga’mādāya-karakaṇḍuṁ’vanodituṁ

71
Patto mahāvaṇṇunajjā-nikaṭasmiṁ paraṅginaṁva
Balakoṭṭhe’pi paggaṇhi-tato koḷambakoṭṭhakaṁ

72
Samantato’va rundhitvā-sabalo yujjhituṁ’rabhi
Patikālpatino maccuṁ-ñatvā govidhipo tato

73
Kocinnagarato cā’tra-mahatiṁ yuddhavāhiniṁva
Sattavīsatime vasse-rājino pesayī lahuṁ

74
Patte tasmiṁ yuddhabale-palātā sīhalā’bhavu
Ninayiṁsu ubho kiñci-kālaṁ sāmaggiye’kadā

[SL Page 152] [\x 152/]

75
Saṁsayaṁ maraṇe mañña-māno mantetva’maccake
Sasantake pabbatādi-parikkhitte ca raṭṭhake

76
Vibhajja tīsu pattesu-likhāpiya’visesato
Sabhāturājino putte-tanayaṁ ca’ttano’rasaṁ

77
Samānetvā tāni patte-dāṭhaggadhātusantike
hapetvā te bhāgadheyyo-gāhāpesi yathāpihaṁ

78
Kumārasīhavhayassa-tadu’caraṭṭhakaṁ tathā
Vijayapālasavhassa-mātulaṁ raṭṭhakaṁ subhaṁ

79
Pañcuddharaṭṭhakaṁ rāja-sīhassa sakasūnuno
Sampatte’vaṁ viloketvā-mudito’si mahīpati

80
Ta taṁ raṭṭhaṁ samāyātaṁ-kumārānaṁ yathāvidhi
Accantakaruṇo tesaṁ-’dāsi bhūpo tadatthiko

81
Iti dharaṇiya’massaṁ’rātikaṇṭe pahūte
Atisaya’mapanetvā sodhayitva’ggarajjaṁ
Anubhaviya yathāsaṁ tiṁsavassaṁ hi senā-
Ratana jagati pālo dibbaloka’ṅgamittha
Bhāṇavāraṁ titāḷīsatimaṁ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse senāratana
Rājadīpano nāma titālīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 153] [\x 153/]

Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

1
Tadaccayasmiṁ dutiyo’trajo’ssa
Raṇe pavīno sutarājasīho
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṁ
Rājā’si rañjesi jane sa’dānā

2
Te bhāgiyā rājasutā mahīpā
Yathāvidhippattadisāsu tāsu
Payambutulyā satataṁ samaggā
Tebhātikā vāsa’makappayiṁsu

3
Sāmaggi’missaṁ bhavi ce pavattā’
Paraṁ paraṅgī manujo’nukampo
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure naresaṁ
Taṁ rājasīhaṁ samupāgamitvā

4
Sugandhi nīra’mpi ca gandhasāra
Sāraṁ haya’ñcā’dadi bhūpatissa
Pīto mahīpo’pi pavecchi dantiṁ
Sa’taṁ gahetvā’ga kadambatitthaṁ

5
Bhūpā suladdhaṁ dviradaṁ digūda
MṚll̥ paraṅgī dhipatī pahāsi
So vāṇijo sassi’bha gaṇhitatta’
Mācikkhi rañño’bhimukhamhi ṭhitvā

6
Sa’vimbhito taṁ sutavā narindo
Pavuddharoso dviradaṁ para’mpi
Datvā’ssarakkheni’tarena saddhiṁ
Dayodasampūtamano nayittha

7
Tato’parasmiṁ samaye diguda-
MṚll̥pabhū vikkiṇituṁ haye dve
Mahāpuraṁ nesi purā kata’mpi
Sara’mpahārī turage sa’bhūpo

[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]

8
Dvipe vare teni’dha pesite no
Dassa’nti vāhe vadathā’didesa
Te vāṇijā sappabhuno varassa
Viññāpayuṁ taṁ nikhilaṁ pavattiṁ

9
Pavattijāta’ñca suṇitva sādhuṁ
DigudamṚll̥ patikāl patindo
Padittaghāto’rabhi rājinā’tho
Jayatthiko so tumulaṁ hi yuddhaṁ

10
Sadesadesantarikaṭṭhavīsa
Sahassamattaṁ bala’mādiyitvā
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ppura sannikaṭṭhaṁ
Payāsa’bhīto’va dhatāyudho so

11
Tadā pavīro vijayādipāla-
Khatto’dhipo mātularaṭṭhakamhi
Samādiyitvā mahati’ñca sena’
Mupāgamī patthivapakkhiko’va

12
Patte patīkālanike videsī
Bhayāvahantaṁ balanavhaduggaṁ
Paṭicca lesaṁ paṭighaṁ visāla
Senāvināsāya raṇaṁ rabheyya

13
Ta’mīrayitvāna na yuttaka’nti
Parakkamo bhūpati rājasīho
Tappūjakaṁ nesi digudamṚla-
Pabhussa ñattaṁ paṭiyātu’metto

14
Lava’mpa’sallakkhiya taṁ digūda
MṚlavhayo’pāharituṁ narindaṁ
Kharāya senāya samaṁ puraggaṁ
Pāvekkhi nāddakkhi puramhi kañci

15
Disampati so tadahe’rināsa
Kirayāvidhānaṁ’virataṁ karāṇo
Nīlambuṭhānamhi vasī’va sīho
Tadā paraṅgī jana sañcayasmiṁ

[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]

16
Pura’mpi jhāpetva parikkamante
Gannl̥ruvavhe’ribale samantā
Bhūpabbhaṭā rundhiya sampahāraṁ
Dātuṁ’rabhiṁsū satataṁ ripūnaṁ

17
Samuddhato so patikālpatindo
Vinibbidho pakkhahato’va pakkhi
Kharaṁ raṇaṁ tatra ‘sahaṁ mahīpaṁ
Yācittha sāmaṁ pamukhaṁ panetvā

18
Duṭṭhassa mānammanaso kathañci
Giraṁ’gaṇetvāna’nivattayitvā
Yoddhuṁ nivedesi savāhinīnaṁ
Pavattayuṁ bhiṁsanaka’mpi yuddhaṁ

19
Sāyambhave’smiṁ dvisahassake’he
Satekasītīsarade pabhāte
Sanetarā’mā patikālpajāyo
Haniṁsu tettiṁsajane vihāya

20
Sajīvagāhaṁ gahite paraṅgi
Jane samatte vijayādipāle
Bhūpe nivattāpayi guttiyā te
Tato paraṁ mocayi maṇḍaleso

21
So rājasīho kupito tato taṁ
Khatta’ṅgahetuṁ vijayādipālaṁ
Senaṁ niyojesa’tha taṁ viditvā
Paraṅgiñatta’ṅgami so’tivegova

22
Tadā paraṅgīhi’pi vītachando
Govavhayaṁ maṇḍaliko saraṭṭhaṁ
Nīto’pi kittussamaya’mpi gayha
Mato tahaṁ maccadhipo’sa’kāmā

23
Gannl̥ru saṅgāma purā kumāra-
Sīho sa’ūvādhipatī mato’si
Tato’ddharaṭṭhe kasine’kasāmī’
Bhavī virājī sirirājasīho

[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]

24
Paraṅgipāṇīna’bhave’ha vāso
Sāmaggi no hehiti tāva sādhuṁ
Tīretva ittha’mpi saritva etto
Palāpituṁ te sari rājasīho

25
Manorathaṁ pūrayitu’mpi kāmaṁ
Sute betāvivhapuramhi’dhīsaṁ
Sohajja’molandajanāna’maggaṁ
Yācitva dūte’nayi rājasīho

26
Atho betāvīpuradhissaro so
Pāhesi senādhipatiṁ idhe’saṁ
Taṁ seniyo gammi’ha passi tena
Paṭissava’ñcā’kari rājasīho

27
Laṅkāya te nīharituṁ paraṅgi
Jane’tra rañño gahite ca koṭṭhe
Dātuṁ mahīpo samaramhi vitha
Bbaya’ñca kattuṁ sirirājasīhova

28
Landesikānaṁ satataṁ vaṇijjaṁ
Laṅkāya sabbattha payojitu’ñca
Ubbāhituṁ romanupūjake’tā
Bhavuṁ paṭiññā ca thirā dvipakkhe

29
Yathāpaṭiññaṁ dhajinīhi vèsṭar-
Volḍsavhayo cakkapatī raṇasmiṁ
Supesale’so dvisahassakamhi
Sate dvyasītimmitahāyanasmiṁ

30
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo sabalo’va pācī
Disāya koṭṭhe patikāl pajānaṁ
Yujjhitva sabbe’ggahi’to parasmiṁ
Tathe’va vasse madhugāmakoṭṭhaṁ

31
Paraṅgi landesi videsikānaṁ
Sāmaggi mattaṁ ci’dha kiñcikālaṁ
Pavatta’māsī dvisahassakamhi
Satasmi’mekūnasatamhi vasse

[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]

32
Sasīhalo landa sakhā ji senā
Vīsaṁ sahassaṁ thala nīrato’pi
Parikkhipitvā’va kadamba koṭṭhaṁ
Paraṅginaṁ’daṁsu pahāra’māsuṁ

33
Verī bha dappa ssira piṇḍa bhedī
Miginda tulyo siri rājasīho
Gāme vasaṁ raggahavattanāme
Bhaṭe payojesi raṇe’tisūro

34
Vattetva yuddhaṁ tumulaṁ bala’mpiva
Hanitva sesa’ñca palāpayitvā
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṁ suthiraṁ visālaṁ
Haṭhaṁ mahehāya sudaṁ’gahesuṁ

35
Saṁvacchare’to dutiye paraṅgi
Janehu’dagga puthulaṁ kata’mpi
Koṭṭhaṁ’gahuṁ yāpanika’ntimaṁ hi
Vāsāvasānaṁ’bhavi’tro’tra tesaṁ

36
Atho raṇe paggahite’ggakoṭṭhe
Landesikā bhūpatino padāye
Yathāpaṭiññaṁ nikatā na dajjuṁ
Tato’bhavuṁ te ripavo’ññamaññaṁ

37
Aṅgīrasasmiṁ dvisahassake dvi-
Satamhi vasse tatiye robaṭnl̥ks
Nāmiṅgirīsinvayiko satāto
Sakattariṁ pākatikaṁ pabhaggaṁ

38
Kattu’mpi laṅkāyi’dha koṭṭiyāra
Titthāvatiṇṇo bhami’to ci’toca
Purāvidesīna’mihā’gatānaṁ
Sasaṁsayo nekatikehi bhūpo

39
Paggaṇhituṁ te tuvaṭaṁ niyogaṁ
Nayī tato nl̥ks pamukhe gahetvā
Disāpatī majjhadisaṁ pavesī
Nivattayī sorasa’kekagāme

[SL Page 158] [\x 158/]

40
Yuvassa nl̥ksnāmavarassa tāto
Tato mato’sī dutiyamhi vasse
Suto robaṭnl̥kssusu vīsavassaṁ
Vasitvi dhā’gā niliye’ṅgalantaṁ

41
Mahāsayo nl̥ks vidito tahiṁ so
Bhūpassa bhāvaṁ atha tassa rajje
Pakāsakaṁ gantha’makāsi tassa’
Nusāsako bhūpatino sira’nti

42
Tassu’ddhaṭaṁ māna’matikkama’nti
Tato bhuvī daḷhataro’pi koci
Disampatī no’ti siyā sa’gatthe
Nidassitā tena’vicārakena

43
Tathā’pi vutto sirirājasīho
Rājā kurūro na bhave kathañci
Kāṭhiñña jotī ca videsikānaṁ
Pajjālito cetasi bhūpatissa

44
Etto purāṇe dvisahassakasmiṁva
Satamhi tettiṁsatimamhi vasse
Rèl[f]pic samañño paṭhamāgato’tra
Mahāsayo iṁgirisī’ti maññuṁ

45
Nekacca’molandapajāya tibbaṁ
Saraṁ’sahanto’vanipo sakīyaṁ
Janaccayaṁ daṭṭhu’makāmakāmo
Viyā’tidaḷha kiraya tapparo’si

46
So rājadhāniṁ pavaraṁ pahāya
Parissamaṁ vissamituṁ mahīpo
Nīlambuke saṁvasathe manuñño
Sātaṁ vasittho’hitabhārako’va

47
Tahaṁ vasaṁ so dvisahassake dvi
Sate’ṭṭhamasmiṁ munihāyanamhi
Pure’nuvassaṁ’va kata’mpi sāḷha
Mahussava’ṅkattu’nadajji bhūpo

[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]

48
Taṁ’rabbha jīvā mahipe tadāni
Purādhivāsī kupitā’timattaṁ
Bhūpaṁ nihantu’ñca kumantayitvā
Nīlambuke rājagahaṁ’varundhuṁ

49
Tato palāyato jagatīpatī so
Siluddhasaññaṁ balakoṭṭha’maggaṁ
Duggaṁ satāṇaṁ pihayaṁ rayena
Pāvekkhi dhīro tuvaṭaṁ nilīno

50
Rājaddubhī te kalahe pamokkhā
Sīghaṁ puraṁ’gamma mahīpasūnuṁ
Sukhedhitaṁ pūtayasaṁ kumāraṁ’
Bhisiñcituṁ taṁ yatayiṁsu rajje

51
Tathā’pi so rājasuto vidūra
Dassī paṭikkhippa mahipañattaṁ
Gato nilīyā’si tato’pi bhītā’
Tivimbhitā medhagikā palātā

52
Tasmiṁ vivāde samite narindo
Te rājadohī kalahe padhāne
Jane ca bhūrī yatayo ca keci
Gahetva ghātāpayi saṅkite te

53
Tato’paraṁ rājasuto cirassaṁ
Kuhiṁ gato’tī na ca koci macco
Aññāsi bhūpaṁ’va vinā pane’ke
Mārāpito’tī vanipena maññuṁ

54
Tato parasmiṁ sarade’ṭṭhamamhi
Pransanvaye’ko dhajinīpatindo
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo’bhavi monsīyarda
Lāhe’ti khyāto samare pavīṇo

55
Pāhesi rañño nikaṭaṁ’padāya
Samaṁ sadūte tuvaṭaṁ satīmā
l̥landiyānaṁ disata’mpi tesaṁ
Saritva sammāpaṭigaṇhi te tu

[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]

56
So seniyo seṭṭhakulaṁ lenl̥rl̥l
Mahāsayaṁ pesiya bhūpañattaṁ
Kirayāparo kicca’midha bbidhāya
Sīghaṁ pune’tu’ṅgamisindhudesaṁ

57
Mahīpatiṁ so’pagato’pi tassa
Tāruññamānuddhatamussitattā
Bhūpaṁ ca’nandiṁ nigaḷe sahatthe
Pāpesa’pubbaṁ’carimaṁ hate’hā

58
Kadāci laddhā mahipā mohoṭṭāl-
Padaṁ sadesiṁ parinīya kantaṁ
Duve labhī sūnuvare’parasmiṁ
Sagottikā’jjā’pi padissare’tra

59
Munindavasse dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi tevīsatime tato’pi
Virodha’molandajane pavattaṁ
Sametukāmo samupāya’maggaṁ

60
Vīmaṁsayitvā sutatappatī vènva-
Joyinsamañño pabhu bhūpatissa
Paheṇake pesayi’nagghike ca
Rājappacārehi pathe ṭhitehi

61
Tassū’padā tā paharitva dūtā
Palāpitā pāranadiṁ pasayha
Tenā’pi landesipatissa ceto
Ratho nahosī saphalo kathañci

62
Assa’ṅanī’landapatī vènādī
Joyinssamañño rayiklopvènādī
Joyinssuvikhyātabhidho loranspīl
Nāmo’ti’hā’suṁ viditā tayo’me

63
Tade’va bhūpassa nuti’ñca tanvaṁ
Sandesa’maggaṁ subhatambacūḷaṁ
So’laggiyabbaṇṇamukhādi vaṭṭi
Mahāsayo’kāsi sabhāsato’va

[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]

64
Bhūrī vihāre varacetiye ca
Vijjānikāye paṭisaṅkharitvā
So sāsanaṁ paggahakaṁ vidhāya
Lokatthasiddhi’ṅkari bhūmipālo

65
Sayaṁ kumāraṁ carime muhutte
Guttaṁ padassesi pajāpamodā
Savimhayā taṁ makuṭassa sāmiṁ
Kumāraseṭṭhaṁ paṭigaṇhi sammā

66
Thāmā rāti mahā mahīruha cayaṁ ummūlayanto bhusaṁ
Verabbo pavano’va vīrapavaro yuddhe’tisūro sadā
Bhutvā rajja’mimaṁ siriṁ sitayasopaññāsamedvādhike
Vasse savhayasesata’ṅgami suto so rājasīho dayo

Bhāṇavāraṁ catutāḷīsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse putugīsi vāsāvasānādi dīpano nāma
Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 162] [\x 162/]

Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

1
Vasse muninde dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi sattādhikavīsatīme
Tassa’trajo kho vimalādidhamma-
Sūro kumāro dutiyo’tha rañño

2
Rājā’si seṅkhaṇḍagirīpurasmiṁ
Nītāya pubbe madhurāpurasmā
Mahesiyā bhūpatino pitussa
Jāyattane paṭṭhapi dhītaraṁ so

3
Pattābhiseko jinasāsanasmiṁ
Pamodito so janacittakunde
Vikāsayanto’va dhuvaṁ dharāpo
Dhammena gopesi samena rajjaṁ

4
Giraṁ saranto carimaṁ pitussa
Rañño sarajja ssamayaṁ samattaṁ
Sāmaggiyā so ninayī ripūhi
Tadā pajāyo sukhitā vasiṁsu

5
Saddho sa’ bhattosamayamhisatthū
Tibhūmakaṁ dhātugharaṁ manuññaṁ
Kāretva pañcādhikavīsatīyā
Sahassarūpīhi varaṁ samuggaṁ

6
Limpetva soṇṇena mahagghikāni
Khacāpayitvā ratanāni tamhi
Vaḍḍhetva dāṭhāpavaraṁ bhadantaṁ
Mahāmaha’ṅkāsi samānanaṁ’va

7
Tadā’dhisīlihi manuññalaṅkā
Rittā’si taṁ’vekkhiya sopadagge
Sandesa’magga’ñca daditva’macce
Rakkhaṅgadesaṁ pahiṇittha rājā

[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]

8
Santānatherādiyatī’dha’netvā
Tettiṁsake terasame’ssa rañño
Gaṇṭhambatitthamhi mahāpurasmiṁ
Najjaṁ’dakukkhepaka sīmagehe

9
Dāpetva sikkhaṁ kula puttakānaṁ
Pure’va vuddhiṁ munisāsanassa
Kubbaṁ sanāmiṁ paṭhamaṁ mahīpaṁ
Nidassayī sakakirayayā satānaṁ

10
Itthaṁ tadā so vimalādidhamma-
Sūro nareso vividha’mpi puññaṁ
Cinitva bāvīsatimamhi vasse
Kammaṁyathā’gañchi phala’nnubhottuṁ
11
Tadaccaye vīraparakkamādi-
Narindasīho mahipassa sūnu
Mahāpurasmiṁ sitachatta’magga’
Mussāpayī pāṇihitaṁ’vahanto

12
Nītā vinītā madhurāpuramhā
Kumārikā tassa mahesikā’sī
Purantike’rūru savantitīre
Uyyānavāmamhi sanālikere

13
So kuṇḍasālādhivacaṁ hi sākhā
Puraṁ samiddhaṁ pavidhāya tamhi
Vasī tato tassa hi kuṇḍasāla-
Rāje’ti bhatyā puna vohariṁsu

14
Pure tahaṁ saṅghaghare vareca
Kāretva vāsāpiya samāṇere
Dānādipuññaṁ satataṁ’va kubbaṁ
Saddhamma ganthe ca likhāpayī so

15
Purā kataṁ dhātugharaṁ satāta
Raññā’si jiṇṇaṁ navakaṁ dvibhumaṁ
Kāretva citraṁ radadhātugehaṁ
Pūjāvidhiṁ vattayi’nekadhā so

[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]

16
Saṅgayha bhikkhū kulaputtake ca
Pabbājayitvā kusalaṁ cinanto
Samantakūṭādivisuddhasiddha-
ṭhānāni gantvā padasā’bhivandi

17
Athe’kadā bhūparipūpadhāne’
Kacce nihantvā mahipaṁ sarajje
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṁ ṭhapetuṁ
Kumantayuṁ duṭṭhamanā kurūrā

18
Tathā’pi rājaddubhinaṁ mahehā
Nāhosi tesaṁ saphalā kathañci
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṁ gahetvā
Ghātesi tuṇṇaṁ’si hatā tato’sā

19
Narindasīho’pi pite’va’landa
Janehi sāmaggiparo vasittha
Mahesiyā tassa matāya’yīsāk-
Ogastiramp’landapatī’si sokī

20
Tade’va gannl̥ru varaṁdhi vāsī
Thero’vanīpācariyo sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo saniruttiyā’va
Samuggakabbaṁ viracittha citraṁ

21
Tato garuttaṁ gatavā’ssa rañño
So sāmaṇero saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Sammāvayātāgamasaddasattho
Sāratthasaṅgāhabhidha’ñca ganthaṁ

22
Purā parakkantibhujassa jambū-
Doṇippurādhippatino’ddhanī yaṁ
Thero sa’pañcappariveṇasāmī
Bhesajjamañjūsa’makāsi ganthaṁ

23
Tadattha byākhyānavaraṁ’rubodhi-
Vaṁse madhūratthapakāsinī’ti
Katvā tayo’me sakabhāsato’va
Jotesi sammā munisāsana’mpi

[SL Page 165] [\x 165/]

24
Narindasīho pana sīhalīyā
Nvayabbhavo so carimo narindo
Tettiṁsavassamhi silokasesa
Ttana’ṅgamī puññacayaṁ cinitvā

25
Tadaccaye tassa mahīpatissa
Mahesiyā sodariyo sabhāgo
Sirippatītabbijayādirāja-
Sīhābhidheno’rupure’si rājā

26
Rañño mahesī madhurāya nāyak-
Dāranvaye sambhavikā’si kantā
Purā sivo ce’pi sa’gayha Buddha
Laddhiṁ mahīpo thirabhatti saddho

27
Tathe’va devī pajahitva micchā-
Diṭṭhiṁ samādāya sudassanaṁ hi
Dhuvānuyātā’vanipassa sādhu
Kirayāya sambuddhamamādhikā’sī

28
Saṅgayha jīve satataṁ saputte
Pite ca pālesi bhusaṁ’va dātā
Vihāracetyupavanāni Buddha-
Bimbe ca kāresi’mataṅgavesī

29
Sakkassa dāṭhaṁ’viratādarena
Pūjesi’nekabbidhinā mahipo
Disampatismiṁ sitasakkirayāya
Janā manāpā pacurā bhaviṁsu

30
Dhātvālayasmiṁ’bhinavamhi dhātu
Vaḍḍhāpanenā’pi bhaveyya deso
Itī’ritaṁ so vitathā gahetvā
Kāretu’maññaṁ nagaraṁ tato’gā

31
Tade’kadā vattakarā samecca
Mahabbalā dhātusamugga’maggaṁ
Pavāyamuṁ’vāpurituṁ’ca rattiṁ
Tesaṁ pane’hā’pagatā’phalā’sī

[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]

32
Gamitva maccā tuvaṭaṁ pavattiṁ
Nivedayuṁ bhūpatino mukhamhi
Vegena patvā mahipo mahesī
Guṇaṁ bhaṇanto mahati’ñca pūjaṁ

33
Pavattayaṁ gayha samuddikaṁ hi
Tasmiṁ khaṇasmiṁ vicarī samuggaṁ
Udikkhamāno dvijadhātu’maggaṁ
Pamodavācaṁ samudāharittha

34
Janādhipo pubbikabhūbhujo’va
Supesalaṁ taṁ saraṇaṅkarākhyaṁ
Saṅgayha sammā catubhāṇavāre
Byākhyaṁ likhāpesi sabhāsato so

35
Cirādhivāsū’parimamhi raṭhe
Janā paraṅgī’ti sutā saladdhiṁ
Asse’va rañño’ddhani sīhalehi
Mūlappadānā ca samādapetuṁ

36
Parakkamuṁ guyha’manārataṁ taṁ
Ñatvā narindo nikhilaṁ pavattiṁ
Vāse ca tesaṁ sakapotthake ca
Nāsetva te cā’pi palāpayī so

37
Tade’pasampannayatīhi laṅkā
Suññā’ti sutvā saha pābhatehi
Datvāna sandesavaraṁ sajīve
Jinatraje netu’mayojjhadesaṁva

38
Pesesi bhūpo dasanaggadhātuṁ
Vaḍḍhetu ‘māsuṁ’va diyaḍḍhahatthaṁ
Harīmayaṁ sampūṭakaṁ manuññaṁ
Kāresi muttāmaṇibhāsura’mpi

39
Visuddhi’maggaṁ jinasāsanassa
Samesayaṁ so’mita puññalakkhi
Rajjaṁ pabhutvā’ṭṭhasamaṁ narindo
Pahāyi’maṁ maccupura’ṅgamittha

[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]

40
Tadaccayasmiṁ dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi vasse navutimmitamhi
Sālo’ssa kintissirirājasīha
Saññāya khyāto’si’ha bhūmipālo
41
Tassā’si devī madhurāya nāyak-
Kāranvaye sambhavikā surūpā
Pattābhiseko’hitabuddhabhatto
Kattuṁ’rabhī sāsanavuddhikicce

42
Rajjā mahīpo saradamhi chaṭṭhe
Syāmāvanīpassa tu dhammikassa
Sapābhate’maccavare sa’sīghaṁ
Pese tvu’pālīthavirādibhikkhu

43
Samānayitvā ruciramhi pupphā-
Rāme nivāsetva supīṭṭhahitvā
Uposathāgāravaramhi kante
Narissaro sambhamapubbikena

44
Sammāvinītassaraṇaṅkarādi
Tapassinaṁ suṭṭhu’pasampada’mpi
Dāpesi pīto mahatā mahena
Pabbājayī bhūrikulatraje so

45
Atho pavīṇe vinaye ca dhamme
Satthantarasmiṁ saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Bhikkhumhi vyatte varasaṅgharāja-
Padaṁ padāsī satimā mahīpo

46
Puññatthiko bhūpati bhūrirāme
Sajjhuvihārādivare sujiṇṇe
Dhanabbayā nekavidhabbidhānā
Manoharaṁ so paṭisaṅkharittha

47
Pahūta vittabbayato’pi gaṅgā
Rāmaṁ manuññaṁ vipula’ṅkaritvā
Mānetva niccaṁ varadantadhātuṁ
Pavattayī’sāḷahimahaṁ’nuvassaṁ

[SL Page 168] [\x 168/]

48 Purā sivānaṁ datta’mpi bhāraṁ yatinaṁ mahantaṁ
Datvā mahīpo taha’mañjasa’mpi sātagga’micchaṁ svayana’ṅkarittha

49
Tadā parakkantibhujaddutīya-
Raññā’ssa bhūpassa hi yāvakālaṁ
Laṅkaggavaṁsakkathanaṁ samecca
Saṁlikhya’sesaṁ mahatīhayā’va
50
Samubbhavo tibboṭuvāva gāme
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro visiṭṭho
Kavī mahāvaṁsa samañña ñāte
Tihāsika’ntogadhaka’ṅkarittha

51
Sumaṅgalo theravaro’ssa saṅgha
Rājassa sisso’gatadhammasattho
Milindapañhaṁ madhuratthavādiṁ
Sabhāsato so parivattayittha

52
Baṇḍāranāmo’ttaragāma jāto
Sa’mañjariṁ kārakapupphakānaṁ
Racittha pattāyamalekhako’pi
Kabbammaṇikuṇḍalakaṁ manuññaṁ

53
Kaḷiṅgasaññaṁ baraṇaggaṇītā
Cero sa’sandesa’makā kavīso
Tathe’va dhīrā pacurā hi dhamme
Ganthe ca kabbe racayiṁsu’neke

54
Ciraṁ samaggā vasitā’pi landa
Jano’dadhibhyāsikapāṇina’mpi
Dhana’ñca dhaññaṁ paharitva tehi
Pavaḍḍhayiṁsū kalaha’nti mattaṁ

55
Rājā’pi kittissirirājasīho
Taddesa’māgamma padaṁ gavesaṁ
Saṅkuddhaceto pana’landiyehi
Paviggaha’ṅkāsa’sahaṁ takicce

[SL Page 169] [\x 169/]

56
Saṁvacchare sorasamamhi rañño
Landesisenā’ṭṭhasahassamattā
Mahāpuraṁ gamma puraṁ gahetvā
Vināsayuṁ yakkhacamū’va verī

57
Kālasmi’masmiṁ madhurāsidese
Iṁgirasidhīso’tra mahīpañattaṁ
l̥landiyehī samare pavatta
Mānamhi sāhāyya’mavedayanto

58
Senāpatindaṁ payibas samaññaṁ
Pesesi so’pāgami medinīpaṁ
Tenā’pi saddhiṁ’vanipo paṭiññaṁ
Kāsī sa’taṁ’tikkami kenacī’va

59
Athā’gato’landapatī’pi vènèk-
Samaññavā sīhalikehi saddhiṁ
Paccatthiko bhūya’pi majjhadesaṁ
Vināsayī pesiya bhūrisenā

60
Tato’pi pacchā’gatavā dayo plèk-
Landesidhīso’vanipena tassa
Ekūnavīsa ssarade paṭiññaṁ
Vidhāya sāmaggivasā vasittha

61
Asse’va rañño carimamhi kāle
Siyāmupālinvayikā yatīsā
Sīmāvivādaṁ’vagamitva nānā
Bhaviṁsva’the’ke yatayo vipassī

62
Saññāpayiṁsū kusumādirāmā
Bhidhānato sādhu nijaṁ nikāyaṁ
Tathā’pare vyattayatī hayaddī-
Nāmā nikāyaṁ pana vohariṁsu

63
Tato’pyu pālinvayato pabhinno
Kaḷyāṇisāmaggisabhāti’añño
Seṭṭho nikāyo’bhavi te samattā
Rājantu’pālinvayikā hitāya

[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]

64
Sambhatto’mitasattamatthanikaraṁ vissajjiyā’saṁ jahaṁ
Sambuddhāgamasuddhivuddhipabhavaṁ kiccaṁ karitvā’nisaṁ
So kittissirirājasīhamahipo tettiṁsavasse’ccayaṁ
Yāto bho kusalaṁ cinitva vividhaṁ niccaṁ bhajavho sivaṁ
Bhāṇavāraṁ pañcatāḷīsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse caturājadīpano nāma
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 171] [\x 171/]

Chacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

1
Tato’nujo tassa mahīpatissa
Suvissuto rājadhirājasīho
Vināyakasmiṁ dvisahassake ti-
Satamhi tevīsatimamhi vasse

2
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgasmi’
Mussāpayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṁ
Sayaṁ kavittā janatāya niccaṁ
Mane gahetuṁ yatayī pavutyā

3
Cārittamagga’ntipurāgata’mpi
Anakkamanto varadantadhātuṁ
Pūjesi saṅghaṁ satatādarena
Santappayī so catupaccayehi

4
Asse’va rañño dutiyamhi vasse
Desamhi’dhīso madhurāsisañño
Mèkārṭnisāmiṅgirisinvaye’ko
Laṅkāya’molandapajāya’yatte

5
Dese gahetuṁ satariṁ manuññe
Hiyussamaññaṁ taraṇīpati’ñca
Savāhiniṁ seniya’māsu hèkṭar-
Manrl̥bhidhāna’ñci’dha pesayittha

6
Te’gammi’dha’ṅgīrasijanā tikoṇa-
Mālavhakoṭṭhaṁ’gahu’māsu’masmiṁ purāmahīpaddhani rājinā’mā
Kataṁ paṭiññaṁ payibas sutena

7
Kathañci vītikkamitāya raññe
Sañjāta’mappīti’maraṁ nudetuṁ
Tathe’va bhūpārihi’raddhayuddhaṁ
Nivedayaṁ tassa ca saṅkhya’maggaṁ

[SL Page 172] [\x 172/]

8
Sampekkhayaṁ so hi mākārṭnisāmi
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgavasmiṁ
Mantīsabhaṁ dūtavaraṁ pavīṇaṁ
Boyiḍsamavhaṁ tuvaṭaṁ nayittha

9
So’pāgamitvā mahipa’mpi passi
Tathāpi pubbe vihataṁ saranto
Paṭissavaṁkattu’ma nicchi kañci
Boyiḍsamaññāgamanaṁ’si tucchaṁ

10
Hiyussamaññe nacirena sindhu
Desaṁ payāte puna’retu’masmiṁ
Sa[f]prṚnsamañño pana pransagotto
Nāvādhipo’gamma haṭhaṁ karitvā

11
Palāpayitve’ṅgarisīpajāyo
Tikoṇamālaṁ paharitva koṭṭhaṁ
Ussāpayī pransadhajaṁ tato’hā
Iṁgirasinaṁ sā saphalā nahosi

12
Tadā patīcibbisayesu yuddhe
Pavattitasmiṁ samathaṁ payāte
Tikoṇamālaṁ udakoṭṭhaka’mpi
Landesikāyatta’mahosa’nīhaṁ

13
Bhūpassa’tho pañcarasassa māya’
Miṅgīrasivaṁsappabhavo raṇeso
Hl̥barṭsamañño madhurāsidhīso
Nayi sṭuvarṭseniya’matrasīghaṁ

14
Senāpatī’gammi’dha sājiseno
Yujjhitva so tīni ca sattahāni
Tikoṇamālaṁ’gahi’landinaṁ
Tato’paraṁyāpanapaṭṭana’mpi

15
Tathe’va koṭṭhaṁ madhugāmakamhi
Paggaṇhi koṭṭha’ñca kadambatitthe
Landesidhīso apavīṇa jl̥vān-
Engalbèkavho puna kāḷatītthaṁ

[SL Page 173] [\x 173/]

16
Gālūpura’ñcā’pi mahādititthaṁ
Nīyātayī’yujjhiya sassa kāmā
Ciraṁ pavattā pana’landasatti
Ito para’ṅgā parihānikoṭiṁ

17
Pattā’pa’nāthatta’mapetatejo’
Landajjanā keci betāvidesaṁ
Gamiṁsu etto’ddhaṭa mānasā’suṁ’
Pare dhurī cā’pi cirādhivāsī

18
Sātaṁ pihentā pamukhe’ha engal-
Bèkādayo bhūri sapūjakāca
Accantapāguññavaṇijjajīvā
Vasiṁsu sakhyā’bhinavādhipena

19
Yāvajja tesaṁ ‘nvayikā samudda sakāsadesesu padissare’tra
Kālasmi’mesaṁ vividhāni dhañña
Vaggā’bhavuṁ bhūri tadaggupāyā

20
Te kho vaṇijjaṁ’ca tadāgama’mpi
Samphātikattuṁ yatayiṁsu bhīyo
Koḷambanāme nagaramhi repra-
Mādū janā drappavi’tipalli āsī

21
Purā puramhā jayavaddhanavhā
Mahehayā puttalama ppasiddhā
Tehā’yate’kā parikhā nikhātā
Yāvajja sādissati sātthikā’va

22
Iṁgīrasihatthaggata bhūmibhāga
Rakkhābalaṁ pubbadisāya tāya
Vattittha vāṇijjasabhā ya’yattaṁ
Saṁvacchare sorasamamhi rañño

23
Laṅkāya sāyattapadesalesaṁ’
Rabhitva pātuṁ madhurāsidhīso
Çnḍrūssamaññaṁ sutanītivediṁ
Pesesi’dhā’suṁ cinituṁ kara’mpi

[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]

24
Mahāsayo’gammi’dha bhāva’mappa’
Mamaññamāno’va purāgata’mpi
Kamaṁ vivajjetva kara’ṅgahetuṁ’
Rabhī yathe’vaṁ madhurāsi dese

25
Tathe’va so saṁcinane karassa
Yutte purā sīhalike pahāya
hapesi tasmiṁ damiḷe dhuramhi
Tato’timattaṁ kupitā sadesī

26
Janā tadāni’ṅgi risīhi saddhiṁ
Karuṁ mahantaṁ kalahaṁ kurūraṁ
Parakkamā taṁ mahatā sametvā
Nayaṁ purāṇaṁ puna saṇṭhapittha
27
Jl̥rj savharañño tatiyassa byāto
Pāpiṭ samañño sacivo padhāno
Laṅkāpavattiṁ nikhilaṁ samecca
Pācīnavāṇijja sabhāya’yattā

28
Laṅkā’panetve’ṅgarisīkirīṭā
Dhīna’ṅkarī dūravidū sajīvo
Laṅkaṇṇavā sanna padesa bhūrī
Bhāga’mpi gopete’muda ppavīṇaṁ

29
Disampatiṭṭhārasamamhi pṚdrik=
Nl̥rt nāmavaṁsādhipatiṁ’nayi’dha
Patvā pabhuttaṁ paṭhamāgato si
Iṁgīrasidhīso paṭu pālanasmiṁ

30
Tade’va jāto karatitthagāme
Dhammādirāmatthaviro yatīso
Sudukkaraṁ bārasakabba’maggaṁ
Viracca rañño parināmi modā

31
Dhammādinando kiramavhagāmu
Bbhavo vipassī ca sabhāsamālyaṁ
Maṇimaṇivho yati sālièllṚ
Muttāvaliṁ kabba’makāsi dhīro

[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]

32
Satthantarasmiṁ caturo surūpo
Visārado rājadhirājasīho
Kārāpitasmiṁ sakabhāturaññā
Savantirāme varacetiya’ñca

33
Pure manuññe sirivaddhanasmiṁ
Manoramaṁ sampati dissamānaṁ
Kārāpayī maṅgalamaṇḍapa’ñca
So jātaka’ṅkā’sadisa’ñca kabbaṁ

34
Vidita vividha sattha saṁvinīto
Muni samayā hita bhatti yutti yutto
Vitata sita siloka saṁhati’ṭṭhā
Rasasaradaṁ’nubhavitva rajja sātaṁ

35
Sa kata siva phala’nnubhottu’metto
Kavisiri rājadhirājasīharājā
Diva’magami sukhābhilāsino bho
Cinutha’nisaṁ kusalaṁ matappada’mpi

Bhāṇavāraṁ chatāḷīsatimaṁ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse iṁgīrasi landesi saṅgāmadīpano nāma
Chavattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]

Sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

1
Tassa’ccaye’vanipatissa sutassa’bhāvā
Tabbhāgineyya’makhilaggasajīvamatyā
Maññaṁ’yati’mpi piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajje’bhisiñci sukumāra susuṁ kumāraṁ

2
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassatikassateka
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade upapajja rajjaṁ
Savhaṁ pahāya paṭhamaṁ iti kannasāmī
Byāto’si so’ti sirivikkamarājasīho

3
So sogato’va munino dasanaggadhātuṁ
Muttāmaṇīhi vividhehima hagghikehi
Mānetva sādhu yatayo catupaccayehi
Saṅgaṇhi pāṇinivaha’ñca yathāmanāpaṁ

4
So’rūdhikārapiḷimāditalavvamacco
Rañño’ggabhāra’makhilaṁ vahi nūtanattā
Bhūpassa bandhubabhavo makuṭassa sāmi-
Bhāvappavādaka jane nayi kāragāraṁ

5
Tesaṁ hitatthi’manisaṁ dutiyādhikāraṁ’
Rèvvāvalavhaya’maghātayi so rahassaṁ
Rajja’nnupekkhamanaso dharaṇīsasālo
So muttusāmi gami iṅgirisīsakāsaṁ

6
Āsī tadā pulinatitthamanuññagāme
Rāme’mba rukkhavidite pavare patīto
Saddhādhano’mitaguṇo caturo sasatthe
Dhammamhi ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇero

7
Tasmiṁ vihārarucire vasato upāḷī-
Vaṁsamhi pabbajita cullapitussa ñatte
So akkharādisamayaṁ puthuko samāno
Uggaṇhi sādhu nacirena savattajātaṁ

[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]

8
Kālasmi’mamhi suta bl̥vala gāmajāto
Dhammādinanda yatiso’gata dhammasattho
Gacchaṁ puraṁ puravaraṁ sirivaḍḍhanākhyaṁ
Pāvekkhi’maṁ kavivaro karuṇo vihāraṁ

9
Nevāsikena katasaṅgahako yatīso
Matto pasannamanaso’va tadantikaṭṭhaṁ
Tabbhātujaṁ dayitavutti’mavekkhiyā’suṁ
Pabbājituṁ ta’mabhiyāci sabhāgadheyyaṁ

10
Taṁ tassa’dāsi sukhitaṁ yatino tapassa
Mātāpitunna’manujānanato pamodo
Tene’va so saha yatī paṭipajja dīgha’
Maddhāna’māga sirivaḍḍhanaṭhāniyaggaṁ

11
Tasmiṁ tadāni nagare kusumādirāme’
Dhīsassa seṭṭhasaraṇaṅkara saṅgharañño
Sikkhāpayitva tuvaṭaṁ varasekhiyādiṁ
Pabbājituṁ ta’maddi subhagaṁ kumāraṁ

12
Pabbājayitva ta’masesa visesasaṅgha-
Rājā dayo matimataṁ pavaro paratthi
Taṁ gopayaṁ thiraguṇaṁ vinaye ca dhamme
Sikkhāpayī vividhasatthacayamhi sammā

13
So kho vasaṁ taha’masaṅkhata magga’mesī
Sattassamaṁ vinayanītiyuto vinīto
Cheko tato gamiya sassa varaṁ vihāraṁ
Kālaṁ’nayī sugatatantigiraṁ vadanto

14
Sikkhāpayaṁ labhiya sissagaṇetapassī
Sampūrayaṁ saya’manārata’maggasīlaṁ
Seṭṭhopasampada’mahaṁ visadaṁ’timattaṁ
Lacchaṁ kathaṁ matimato’ssa’bhavī vitakko

15
Itthaṁ gatamhi samaye sa’bhisāmaṇero
Battiṁsavassavayako upasampadaggaṁ
Kālo’ti’dāni pariyesitumaññamāno
Assa’ddhanī’vanipatissa sadāyakena

[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]

16
Santena tena sahabandhu sajīvakena
Tassodarena vijayassirivaddhanena
Paññātamaccapavarena’ca saddhikena
Aññehi sabbhi katasaṅgahako vipassī

17
Dhammissare dvikasahassatikassatadvi
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade varasāmaṇere
Pañcā’pi’dāya matimo’da tayo gahaṭṭhe
Āruyha nāva’mupasampada’mesayāno

18
Sindhuṁ taraṁ sapariso’va vajaṁ maramma
Rammaṁ puraṁ samupagañchi tahaṁtadāni
Setebhasāmigarudhammajanādhipādhī-
Rājavhayo’vanipatī kari sādhu rajjaṁ

19
Tassa’ggabhūmipatino’pya’nusāsako hi
Ñāṇābhivaṁsadhikadhammacamūpatī’ti
Khyāto sato’bhayavibhaṅgadharo’ggasaṅgha
Rājāvasaṁ ratanabhummiyaso vihāre

20
Samphassitaṁ munivarena saritva laṅkaṁ
Siddhatthasāsanariyaṁ supatiṭṭhita’mpi
Kātuṁ kadā katha’mahaṁ puna ce labheyyaṁ’
Bhiṇhaṁ vihāsi matimā manasīkaronto

21
Etto gate’pi sagihī cha ca sāmaṇere
Disvāna pucchiya’khila’mpi pavattijātaṁ
Sutvā pasannamanaso sucirāgate hi
Ñātī piye’va sajano paṭigayha sammā

22
Setībhasāmimahipassu’da’rocayitvā
Sakkāritamhi mahipena subhe vihāre
Vāsetva te dharaṇī pā pana saṅgahesi
Pabbajayī puna’pi chassu gaṇāvanīpo

23
Māsattayaṁ sva’vavaditvu’pasampadagga-
Pekkhekaritva samayo mahipe’ti’dāni
Dātu’mpi tesa’mupasampada’māha rañño
Rājā tu te garumahena mahīpagehā

[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]

24
Magga’mpi laṅkariya bhūpati samhamena
Nesī suvaṇṇaguhasavhayabaddhasīmaṁ
Ñāṇābhivaṁsagaṇabhūpapamokkha bhikkhu
Paṇṇāsa sādhikagaṇā hi vipattimuttaṁ

25

Sampattiyutta’mariyaṁ guhakambusīmaṁ
Saṁsuddha sīlakiraṇā’va samosariṁsu
Laṅkāgatesu pamukhaṁ pada’mesayantaṁ
Saṅgho sa’ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇeraṁ

26
Ñāṇābhivaṁsadhivacena hi saṅgharañño’
Pajjhāyakena upasampada’massu’kāsī
Tacchaṁ’va pañcaitare’pyu’pasampadāya
Sampaṭṭhapesi visado tadahe’va saṅgho

27
Itthaṁ tadā garuvihārakulāgata’mpi
Laddhā susuddha’mupasampada’magga’mamhe
Pāmokkhajīvitaphalaṁ’ti labhimha pīti
Pāmojja’matra yatayo guṇino pavinduṁ

28
Te kho tadā tipiṭakaṁ munivutti’maggaṁ
Sammuggahetva nikaṭe varasaṅgharañño
Tassā’pi bhūmipatino ca sadīpayāne
Dīpetu’satthusamayaṁ samayo idāni

29
Patto nivediya’bhiyacu’mudā’vakāsaṁ
Thero ca bhūpati ca saṅgahakārake’saṁva
Kālo’ti vediya mudā’khiladhammapotthe
Sandesa’magga’mupasampadadipaka’ñca

30
Tasse’va ñāṇavimalavhayatissa seṭṭha
Netuppada’ñca atha rājagaruddhura’ñca
Muddāya lañchiya mahīpatino tadāni
Datvaggasārapamukhehi marammikehi

31
Vyattehi tīhi pabalehi yatīhi seyya
Sikkhāratehi nipuṇehi visāradehi
Laṅkāya sāsanavarassa munissarassa
Ditti’ñcagutti’maparaṁ vihituṁ’nayiṁsu

[SL Page 180] [\x 180/]

32
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassakatesate cha
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade tari’māruhitvā
Sikkhāratā nayayutā nirupaddavāte
Koḷambatittha’managhā’va samotariṁsu

33
Patvā’mbarukkhaviditaṁ pavaraṁ vihāraṁ
Byātorudīpa nadiyā sukataṭṭakasmiṁ
Datvo,pasampada’matho kulaputtakānaṁ
Sampaṭṭhapī’marapuravhanikāyaseṭṭhaṁ

34
Khīṇāsaveni’dhapurā hi mahāmahinda-
Therena sādhu nihito’ru vihāravaṁso
Thero purā’marapure’ha mahādisāmī
Tabbaṁsa’mādiyatahi’ṅgami’gamma laṅkaṁ

35
Tassa’nvayamhi dasamo pariyatticheko
Thero’si yo guṇasi’rīti abhinnavaṁso
Tasse’va sissapamukho sa’hi saṅgharājā
Ñāṇābhivaṁsadhivaco’si visārado hi

36
Sisso’ssa ñāṇavimalo garunetupādo
Heṭṭhuddharaṭṭhavisayesavi’ha suddhavaṁsaṁ
Sampaṭṭhapittha paṭhamaṁ’va tato hi mūla
Vaṁso nikāya’miti ajja’pi voharanti

37
Taṁ dvissahassatisataṭṭhakasaṭṭhimasmiṁ
Vasse jinassa garunetudhuraṁ para’mpi
Pāpetva ñāṇavimalaṁ thaviraṁ’sa èḍvarḍ
Bāns savhalaṅkadhipatī dadi rājalekhaṁ

38
So kho tadāni piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajjā’panetva sirivikkamarājasīhaṁ
Iṁgīrasiyadhīnamahipo’va mahāpurasmiṁ
Rajjaṁ’nusāsitu’matho pacūrūpakāraṁ

39
Icchaṁ sahe’ṅgīrasidhipena ca pṚdirik nl̥rt
Nāmena lekhakavarena boyiḍ sutena
Vāraṁ sakiṁ rahasi’kāsi susaṅkathā’pi
Nāhosi tassa saphalā hi kathā kathañci

[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]
40
Pacchā’pi rājanikaṭe karituṁ paṭiññaṁ seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṁ varadūta’mekaṁ
Sampesitu’ñca niyamo abhavī dvipakkhe
Bhūmissarassa dutiye sarade payāte

41
Nl̥rtnāmiko pabhuvaro’tra savāhiniṁ mèk
Ḍl̥valsutaṁ balapatiṁ mahipopakaṭṭhaṁ
Pesesi taṁ patipuraṁ pavaraṁ cajantaṁ
Vāresu’māsu bhaṭakā ratanorudese

42
Rañño mahāsacivako paṭigayha seniṁ
Dassesi bhūmipatino puna saṅkathā’sī
Bhūpo’pya’jāniya rahassakathaṁ kathañci
Thāmaṁ sakaṁ thiratara’nti sa’maññamāno

43
Tassa’tthanā tu paṭiyādiyituṁ asakku
Ṇeyyatha’māha matimā sacivānumatyā
Senāpatī sagamane kira kiñciattha-
Sāra’mpa’disva paṭiyāha kadambatitthaṁ

44
Kopetva iṁgīrasijane mahipena saddhiṁ
Saṅgāmayeyya samare taha’māsu bhūpaṁ
Hantvā yathābhimata’maggabalaṁ vidhāya
Sakkoti kātu’mucita’nti paṭissava’mpi

45
Cintetva bālisamano sa’mahādhikāro
Iṁgīrasidhīnamanujāna’gatāna’muddhaṁ
Raṭṭhaṁ mahammadikavāṇijakāna’matthiṁ
Bhūpabbhaṭehi kamukādi’mahāpayittha

46
Ñāpesi ce vasumatīdhipatissa’yuttaṁ
Lesa’mpi nābhavi payojana’matra kiñci
Ruṭṭho’va iṁgīrasidhīpo asaki’mpi vāraṁ
Vajjāni sīhalajanehi kate nisamma

47
Bhūpassa pañcamasamāya’rabhitva yuddhaṁ
Mèkḍl̥valavha dhajinīpati mukhyasenaṁ
Bārbuṭ camūpatipadhānaraṇānika’ñca
Pesesi’yāsu sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaggaṁ

[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]

48
Daḷho’bhaye balagaṇā nagaraṁ surammaṁ
Sīghaṁ samosaru’matho nagaraṁ vihāya
Bhupappadhānajanatāgamanaṁ samecca
Nl̥rtnāmaiṁgīrasidhipo tuvaṭaṁ vidhiññū

49
Sāmitta’mīrita’mito’pi pure’ha rajje
Taṁ muttusāmi’midha netva’bhisicca rajje
Iṁgīrasidhīsabhimata’mpi yathāpaṭiññaṁ
Saddhiṁ’va tena kari sutthiraka’nti maññaṁ

50
Ñatvāna ta’ñcapiḷimāditalavva macco
Kuddho’pi iṁgīrasijanappabalaṁ tihantuṁ
Maññaṁ tadāni samupāya’mavecca mīgas
TènnṚbhidhānasacivaṁ dutiyādhikāraṁ

51
Mèkḍl̥valavhadhajinīdhibhunā samaṁ yaṁ
Kattu kathaṁ kira niyojayi tesu’bhosu
Āsī kathe’ha mahipaṁ lahu’miṁgirasīnaṁ
Nīyāditu’ñca piḷimāditalavvamaccaṁ

52
Sammā tathu’ttamakumārasamavhayena
Rajje’bhisiñcitu’matho suta muttusāmiṁ
Taṁ yāpapaṭṭana’mito nayitu’ñca mūlya’
Miṁgrīsinaṁ patisamaṁ dadituṁ tathe’va

53
Mèkḍl̥valavhayakusūla’muda ttikoṇa
Mālañja sa’ñca paṭipādayitu’ñca tuṇṇaṁ
Yuddhaṁ nivattayitu’mādiniyoga yuttaṁ
Te kho ubho’thira’makaṁsu paṭiñña’mevaṁ

54
Cintetvi’ma’mpi suthira’nti samandasenaṁ
Bārbuṭsamaññadhajinīpatikaṁ purasmiṁ
Tāva nnivattiya kadambapuraṁvaraṁ mèk
Ḍl̥valmahācamupatī gami so asaṅko

55
Nl̥rtnāmiko pabhuvaro’piyathāhaṭaṁ’va
So jambudoṇinagare sacivādhipassa
Samma’ca tassa’bhimukho kari taṁ paṭiññaṁ
Tasmi’mpi nāsi saphalā garumantino’sā

[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]

56
Bārbuṭcamūpativaramhi matamhi mṚjar
ḌṚvissuto’ssa padaviṁ pavaraṁ’si yāto
Koṭṭhe ripūna,muparīvijitamhi bhūrī
Yujjhitva sīhalabhaṭā pahariṁsu sīghaṁ

57
Rājassa pañcamasamāyahi sattamasmiṁ
Māse mahāpuravaraṁ parirodhayitvā
Verīhi yujjhiya lahuṁ’dhikadubbalattaṁ
Pāpesu’miṁgīrasibhaṭe sakadesikāte
58
Tasmi’ṅkhaṇe camupatī kira ḍṚvināmo
Sāmaṁ pavedaya’maraṁ dhavaladdhaja’ñca
Ussāpayī kharataraṁ samaraṁ taha’mpi
Tuṇṇaṁ nivattiya’khilā’va’bhavuṁ samaggā

59
Yuddhe tadāni samite puna muttusāmiṁ
Senaṁ raṇopakaraṇe ca samādiyitvā
Koḷambanāmanagaraṁ kira ḍṚvsaññe
Senādhipe vajati sindhutaṭantikasmiṁ

60
Bhūpālasevakagaṇā bhimukhappayātaṁ
Ḍevī ca mūpati’mayācu’da muttusāmiṁ
Taṁ no dade yadi jano naca koci muñce
Iccā’ha bhūpabhaṭatā’tihaṭṭhaṁ karāṇā

61
Ullaṅghituṁ pana niyoga’masakkuṇanto
Nīyātayī’vanipatissa janāna’māsuṁ
Taṁ te’pibhūmipatino nikaṭaṁ nayiṁsu
Ghātāpayī narapatī atha muttusāmiṁ

62
Sese’pi iṁgīrasijane puna ānayitvā
ḌṚvivhaya’ñca sutaramliraṇādhipa’ñca
Hampirascamūpativara’ñca vinā samatte
Pātetva te pana haniṁsva’dayā papātā

63
Muñcitva tesva’pagato bhaṭakohi bānsli
Nāmo’ti mattathiramèkḍovalavhakoṭṭhaṁ
Gantvā tahaṁ’dhipatimèjtaraṇīpatindaṁ
Sabbaṁ pavatti’mavadittha tato rasena

[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]

64
Nikkhamma mèjtaripatī sabalo tikoṇa
Māla’ṅgamittha puna grānṭ samarādhipo va
So jambudoṇibaladuggama koṭṭhaka’mpi
Hitvā’su’māga suthiraṁ hi kadambakoṭṭhaṁ

65
Itthaṁva iṁgirasibale’pagatu’ddharaṭṭhā
Te’to palāpayitu’māsu’midāni kālo
Cintetva sīhalabhaṭā hi parakkamattā
Iṁgīrasidhīna visayesu samosariṁsu

66
Koḷambakoṭṭha’mapi gaṇhitu’māgatāya
Senāya saddhi’mavanīpati rājasīho
Gañchi patīci visayaṁ raṇasajjito’va
Haṁvèlla nāma balakoṭṭhasakāsakamhi

67
Bhīmaṁ raṇaṁ bhavi tahaṁ hi parājito so
LevkṚdisādhipatikaṁ palipāṇasaññaṁ
Taṁ lekhaka’ñca dhajinīpatayo raṇamhi
Kammaññiyā na abhaviṁsvi’ti mārayittha

68
Bhītyā palāyati mahīpatirājasīhe
Maggamhi molligoḍanāmayuvā’ssarañño
So sammukhībhaviya sādhu’mupaṭṭhahittha
Rājā tatoppabhuti tamhi bhusaṁ dayo’si

69
Rājassa chaṭṭhasarade’vanipassa’dhīna
Desesu yaddha’manisa’ṅkarituṁ niyogaṁ
Iṁgīrasisenadhipatīna’makā sadhīso
Sāṇaṁ paṭikkhipi punā’su vidhānavedī

70
Jl̥nsṭan samaññataraṇīdhipatī tadāṇaṁ
Ñatvā virodhiya raṇaccaturaṁ bala’ñca
Gayhā’gamittha sirivaddhanaṭhāniya ggaṁ
Rittaṁ tadāni nagaraṁ janatāya’vekkhi

71
Kiñcā’pi iṁgirasibalaṁ tidaha’mpa’dissa
Māno’va sīhalabhaṭehica rujjhamānaṁ
Disvā puraṁ sahabhaṭehi lahuṁ palāto
Sāphalya’matra gamane na ca kiñci tassa

[SL Page 185] [\x 185/]

72
Dosaṁ vinicchiya taha’ṅgamane tadātaṁ
Mocesi bhūmipatino pana sattamasmiṁ
Vassu’ddharaṭṭhiyajano’da raṇa’ṅkariṁsu
Laṅkā vasantatilake’va sama’ṅgamittha

73
Icce’te dhanalolupā vasumatīdhīsā ca aññe pabhū
Heṭhentā janataṁ bhusaṁ kharataraṁ saṅgāma’motiṇṇakā
Attattha’mpi parattha jāta’makhilaṁ hāpenti mūḷhā viya
Kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ vimuttimatadaṁ dantindriyehī’nisaṁ

Bhaṇāvāraṁ sattatāḷīsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse sirivikkamarājasīha rajjappavatti
Dīpanonāma sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]

Aṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.

1
Idha’ṇṇavantike dese-’dhīse nl̥rtnāmike gate
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-’maṭṭhatāḷīsa sammite

2
Sambuddhavacchare tl̥mas-mṚṭlanḍkhyāto varo pabhū
Ihā’dhipaccaṁ patvā’ga-so dhīmā romaladdhinaṁ

3
Yā’landiyehi paññattā-purā paññattiyo’bhavuṁ
Viruddhaṁ taṁ’khilaṁ taddhaṁ-paṭikkhipittha sabbaso

4
Tasse’va’ṅgīrasidhīsassa-sīhalehi tadā kira
Nāhosi paṭipakkhattaṁ-sāhāyyaṁ vā kathañcana

5
Samaye rājasīhassa-kappāsīgāma sambhavo
Dhammakkhandho’ti paññāto-buddhimā yatipuṅgavo

6
Laddhā syāmanikāyasmiṁ-pabbajja’ñco’pasampadaṁ
Tasmiṁ nikāye netutta-’mupāgami yathāvidhi

7
Daḍallanāmagāmasmiṁ-vālukārāma vissute
Vasantasmiṁ vihārasmiṁ-yatinderāmaṇeyyake

8
Marammavisayaṁ gantvā-laddhuṁsuddhopasampadaṁ
Tassā’sā manaso āsi-sāsanaṭṭhiti’micchato

9
Ṛdriyan da ābṚravrāja-pakkhena dhīmatā satā
Mudalindena cā’pya’ñña-janehi katasaṅgaho

10
Samaṁ catūhi bhikkhūhi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi’pi
Tathā tīhi gahaṭṭhehi-gālutitthā yatissaro

11
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-’mekapaññāsasammite
Sogate hāyane nāva-’māruyha tuvaṭaṁ subhaṁ

12
Patvā’marapuraṁ rāja-sambhamena sadāsayo
Maṅgalavhaṁ baddhasīmaṁ-parivārena’gā mudā

13
Tahaṁsaṅgho saṅgharāja-padhāno upasampadaṁ
Punasikkha’ñca’dā tesaṁ-raññā ca saṅgharājinā

14
Sakkato’nekavidhinā-dhammakkhandho yatissaro
Laṅka’māgamma sahasā-akā sāsanasaṅgahaṁ

[SL Page 187] [\x 187/]

15
Yasassī puna netādi-padāni paṭipajja so
Dhīmā vyatto sakaṁ bhāraṁ-sakasisse nivesayī

16
Tadantevāsiko bodhi-pādatthalavhagāmajo
Sumano nāma vikhyāto-yati dhīmā supesalo

17
Ādo’pasampadānīta-mūlavaṁsika bhikkhuhi
Samaggībhūya sammoda-māno vasi dayāparo

18
Athā’parasmiṁ samaye-iṁgīrasyadhipatī yatiṁ
Taṁ mahānetupadaviṁ-pāpayittha yathāvidhi

19
Tasmiṁ mahānetu pāde-pālente jinasāsanaṁ
Sīmāvivāda’māpannā-nānatta’magamuṁ yatī

20
Tatopaṭṭhāya ekacce-yatayo thiramānasā
Sirisaddhammavaṁso’ti-nikāyaṁ ñāpayuṁ sayaṁ

21
Kārente rājini rajjaṁ-rājasīhe parantape
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṁ-laddhā pabbajja’muttamaṁ

22
Attuḍāvaitikhyāta-gāmasañjātako sudhī
Sīlādiguṇasampanno-sade’va sādhumānito

23
Dhammarakkhitatissākhyo-sāmaṇero susikkhito
Gantvo’pasampadaṁ suddhaṁ-rammaṁ’marapuraṁ varaṁ

24
Laddhukāmo mokkhamaggaṁ-gavesaṁthiramānaso
Katopakāro saddhehi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi’pi

25
Dvisahassattisateka-paññāsatimavacchare
Tuvaṭaṁ nāva’māruyha-taritvāna’ṇṇavaṁ varaṁ
26
Marammanagaraṁ’gañchi-setībhasāmirājino
Gāravena subhaṁ suddhaṁ-suvaṇṇaguhasaññakaṁ

27
Baddhasīmaṁ samānetvā-te kho sivagavesino
Saṅgho ñāṇābhivaṁsavha-saṅgharāja padhānako

28
Suddhopasampadaṁ tesaṁ-dadittha mahatā’darā
Ciraṁ tahaṁ samuggayha-saddhammavinayaṁ vasaṁ

29
Kālaṁ’vekkhiya so dhīro-laṅka’māgamma phāsukaṁ
Pabbājetvo’cite saddhe-upasampādayī bahū

[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]

30
Dhammarakkhitatissākhya-sambhūto’bhijano’jja’pi
Tannāmena nikāyo’tra-vattate hitasiddhiyā

31
Tadāsyāmanikāyasmiṁ-pabbajja’ñcu’pasampadaṁ
Laddhāna katalūgāma-sañjāto suddhamānaso

32
Guṇaratanavikhyāto-yati suddhopasampadaṁ
Laddhukāmo vasaṁ mramma-visayāgata bhikkhunaṁ

33
Nisāmetvā vuttijātaṁ-taha’mpi gamane thiraṁ
Mānasaṁ bandhi saṁsuddhā-bhisandhi satimā dayo

34
Virāgasatto so satta-sāmaṇere samādiya
Dvisahasse tisate’ka-paññāsamamhi sogate

35
Samāruyha taraṁ sindhuṁ-tiṇṇo rāmaññadesake
Rammaṁ puravaraṁ haṁsā-vatiṁ’gamittha saddhayā

36
Rañño’numatiyā suddhaṁ-kaḷyāṇināmavissutaṁ
Sīmaṁ netvā sīhalīya-yatayo rājasambhamā

37
Medhānandavhapaññāta-mahānetupadhānako
Saṅgho tesaṁ suvisadaṁ-pādāsi upasampadaṁ

38
Vyatto sudhī atho laṅka-’māgamma kulaputtake
Pabbājetvā bahunna’ñca-dadi suddhopasampadaṁva

39
Itthaṁ yatindo kaḷyāṇi-vaṁsaṁ paṭṭhapi buddhimā
So’yaṁ nikāyo dīpe’smi-hitatthaṁ vattate’jja’pi

40
Mate mīgastènnanāme-dutiyasmiṁ’dhikārini
Taddhurasmiṁ piḷimādi-talavvṚadhikārino

41
Bhāgineyyaṁ suviditaṁ-èhèḷṚpoḷasaññakaṁ
Patiṭṭhāpiya khyātassa-molligoḍasamaññayā

42
Mantissa ciramittassa-sattayojanaraṭṭhakaṁ
Vibhajitvā pālanatthaṁ-pādāsi dharaṇissaro

43
Tapputhakkaraṇe ruṭṭhā-janakāyā tadā tahiṁ
Kalahaṁ vaḍḍhayuṁ tattha-piḷimāditalavvako

44
Mahāmatto sakabhāgi-neyyassa ca satīmato
Ratvattaitivikhyāta-disāpatissa sassa ca

[SL Page 189] [\x 189/]
45
Taddesaṁ paṭipādetuṁ-pāṭibhogaṁ narissaraṁ
Kārāpetvāna kalahaṁ-samathaṁ turitaṁ nayī

46
Janito so kalakalo-tenā’ti saṅkayā tahaṁ
Sandeho cā’ppasādo ca-rañño dvittiguṇā’bhavuṁ

47
MṚṭlanḍnāmādhipe yāte-yo’hā’dhipatita’ṅgami
So mṚjar janaral vilsan-vikhyāto satimā pabhū

48
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-catupaññāsame jine
Sarade laṅka’māgamma-manuññaṁ sapariggahaṁ

49
Desaṁ pālesi majjhatta-tāyarañño dayāparo
Bhūpo tadāni seṅkhaṇḍa-siluccayapure vare

50
Mahādahaṁ manuñña’ñca-pattirippū’tivissutaṁ
Vicittaṭṭhaṁsakaṁ vāsaṁ-kārāpayi dhanabbayā

51
Tato’parasmiṁ samaye-piḷimāditalavvako
Mahāmacco iha rajje-’dhīnataṁ’pekkhayaṁ’nisaṁ

52
Kittissirīrājasīha-rañño ñātiṁ paputtikaṁ
Satrajassa piyattena-parinetuṁ disampatiṁ

53
Samāyācittha’vakāsaṁ-tenā’pi bhūpatī bhusaṁ
Saṅka’māgamma sahasā-āhūya mantimaṇḍalaṁ

54
Bahūni tassa vajjāni-padassetvāna mantinaṁ
Dosā dosaṁ vinicchetuṁ-pavāresi sajīvake

55
Vinicchaye tahaṁ desa-dūsitattaṁ’timattakaṁ
Ñāpayuṁ taṁ ‘maccagaṇā-buddhimantā sarājino

56
Tato’pya’tisayaṁ kuddho-mahipo dūṭṭhamānasaṁ
Mahāmattaṁ tassa dhurā-’panesi tuvaṭaṁ tadā

57
So’pi kovapasaṁ yāto-nibbhayo vīravikkamo
Mārāpituṁ’vanipatiṁ-kumantayi bhaṭehi’pi

58
Muhandiraṁ dhuraṁ dhāriṁ-jāvamānavakaṁ tathā
Jāvikabbhaṭasaṭṭhi’ñca-tosetvā lañcadānato

59
Ratti’mekasmi’mahani-rājamārāpane thiraṁ
Niyojayī te tadahe-rājā jāgariko’bhavī

[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]

60
Dhurandharo jāviko so-bhayato sampalātavā
Koḷambanagaraṁ gañchi-jātajīvitasaṁsayo

61
Ñatvā kumantanaṁ bhūpo-tappadhāne’khile jane
Gāhāpayitvā piḷima-talavvapamukhe lahuṁ

62
Chedāpayī tesa’mutta-maṅgāni rājadohinaṁ
Mahāmattasuto tasmiṁ-vadhattha’mpi niyāmito

63
Tampattavāro’posatha-divaso’bhavi so tato
Mutto’pi tassa sabbattha-jāta’ṅkā rajjasantakaṁ

64
Tatopaṭṭhāya mahipo-bhītiyā saṅkayā’nisaṁ
Samayaṁ vītināmesi-dukkhitu’mmattako viya

65
Mahāmattassa bhagini-sutattā sacivaṁ pati
ÇhèḷṚpola vikhyātaṁ-vimatiṁ janayī bhusaṁ

66
Tathā’pi pakkhapātitta-’mattano’pekkhayaṁ sayaṁ
Patiṭṭhāpayi taṁ’maccā-dhipaccasmiṁ’dhikārinaṁ

67
Unambuvedhikārismiṁ-mate molligoḍavhayaṁ
Dutiyādhikāri’ṅkāsi-hitamittaṁcirantanaṁ

68
Vilsanbyāte iṁgirīsi-dhipatismiṁ gate pūna
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-pañcapaññāsame jine

69
Saṁyugasmiṁ sunipuṇo-bravunrīgnāmavissuto
Ihā’dhipaccaṁ patvā’ga-sādhīnaṁ paripālituṁ

70
Tasmiṁ pabhusmi’māyāte-raññosadesavāsihi
Vaḍḍhi veraṁ bhusa’missa-phandanānaṁ,va santataṁ

71
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-sacivādhipatī’nisaṁ
Rājaddubhikirayā kattuṁ-’rabhi mātulako yathā

72
Saṁvacchare cuddasame-rājasīhassa rājino
Kittissirīrājasīha-mahipāniyamo suto

73
Yuvā vāhalabaṇḍāra-nāmo mahādhikārinā
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāta-sacivena samaṁ’nisaṁ

74
Rājaddohikakiccāni-vidhātuṁ’ñca kumantayi
Mārāpayī patthivo taṁ-ñatvā kumantanaṁ lahuṁ

[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]

75
Paṇṇarasamavassamhi-rajjā’vanipatī sakaṁ
Nāyakkāranvayāyātaṁ-cāritta’manugopiyā

76
Akāsu’payamaṁ sassa-duvebhaginiyo tato
Tadavissambhite’macce-èhèḷṚpolamukhyake
77
Visayesu sakīyesu-sassa sampatti’muttaraṁ
Kātuṁ yātuṁ niyojesi-niyogacaturo pabhū

78
ĀhèḷṚpolamantīso-sadesaṁ sabaravhayaṁ
Gato saṁvasathā tattha-vasi rājaṁ pakopayaṁ

79
Raññā nivedito ce’pi-marāliyakarassa ca
Taha’mappesane kuddho-’vanipo taṁ saraṁ vasī

80
Tappadesajanā tassa-dose bhūrī’nisaṁ’nisaṁ
Nivedayuṁ bhūpatino-patipuṭṭhuṁ’khilaṁ tahaṁ

81
Niyogaṁ tassa pesesi-sīgha’metū’ti bhūpati
Samātulaṁ panā’hūya-kataṁ tassā’khilaṁ saraṁ

82
Sakhyato rājinā saddhiṁ-paṭipakkhatta’muttamaṁ
Iti cintiya’maccādhi-patirājāṇa’makkami

83
Patiṭṭha’manapekkhanto-bravunrīgpabhunā samaṁ
Samatthatta’ṅkāsi tadā-sacivādhipatī thiraṁ

84
Taddesaṁ pāpayaṁ sabbaṁ-riputtaṁ rājinā bhusaṁ
Janayaṁ kalahaṁ niccaṁ-balaṁ saṁhari sūrinaṁ

85
Itthaṁ virodhe bhūpassa-tassā’pi vidite sati
Mahāmattaṁ sakadhurā-’panetvā puttadārake

86
Kārāgāramhi tuvaṭaṁ-nivesāpiya bhūpati
Sacivādhipacce molli-goḍavhaṁ ṭhapayī puna

87
Maddituṁ veri pabalaṁ-mahāmaccaṁ savāhiniṁ
Nayittha sabaraggāmaṁ-so gantvā kalahaṁ tahiṁ

88
Saṁsametvā kalakala-’ṅkārino pacure jane
Paggaṇhi tuvaṭaṁ sattu-sattiṁ maddiya sabbaso

89
Gahite te kalahiye-paññāsapamite jane
Vinicchiyā’dhikaraṇaṁ-mārāpayittha niddayo

[SL Page 192] [\x 192/]
90
ÇhèḷṚpoḷamantīso-tāṇa’manvesayaṁ viya
Palātavā’si koḷamba-nagaraṁ nagaruttamaṁ

91
Purā jātaṁ kalakalaṁ-sattayojanaraṭṭhake
Vinicchinitve’ha lahuṁ-āhèḷṚpolamantino

92
Bhāgineyyaṁ mātulākhya-disādhipatitaṁ gataṁ
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyātaṁ-mānavaṁ sacivaṁ api

93
Pussèlla iti paññātaṁ-disādhipatikaṁ tathā
Paraṇātalavikhyāta-’mupanetuttagaṁ yatiṁ

94
Rājaddubhī’ti saṅkāya-niddose te tayo jane
Mārāpayī’pasavyattā-pūretuṁ’va manorathaṁ
95
Rājā’nibbutaghātaggi-kārāgāre nivesite èhèḷṚpolamantissa-āhuya puttadārake

96
Dosādosaṁ vinicchetuṁ-’rabhittha sabhatiṁ tahiṁ
Kumārihāmī’ti sutā-èhèḷṚpolamantino

97
Piyā kannā paṭutarā-niddosattaṁ samabrūvī
Tathā’pi vibudhe cā’pi-vedhayanto sudāruṇo

98
Māretuṁ te niyojesi-vindituṁ viya sammadaṁ
Devasaṁhindavikhyātaṁ-ṭhānaṁnetvā saputtakaṁ

99
Nīyātayuṁ taṁ vanitaṁ-vadhakassa vadhāya ca
Rājā’pi māraṇaṁ tesaṁ-pattirippuddhabhūmiyaṁ

100
Mahecchayā ṭhito’dikkha-māno’si janatāmukhe
Tassā jeṭṭho suto nīto-vadhatthaṁ sakamātaraṁ

101
Dhāvitvā sahasā’liṅgi-ta’ṅkhaṇa’ññeva vegavā
Dutiyo tanayo tassā-jātiyā navavassiko

102
Sagabbha piya mābhāyi-marato pakatiṁ tava
Padassemī’ti vatvāna-laṅghitvā vadhakāmukhaṁ

103
Chinda ekappahārena-gaḷa’mukkhippa’bhīruko
Ekakhaggappahārena-vadhakassa’ssa gīvato

104
Siro mutto khaṇe tasmiṁ-bhūmiyaṁ pati taṁ’bhutaṁ
Passa sīhalachāpassa-rattassa rayagāmitaṁ

[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]

105
Paṭhamassa’ttajassā’pi-tatiyāya ca matthake
Chindi sute catutthasmiṁ-thaññaṁ pivati mātuyā

106
Ta’muddharitvā sahasā-chindisīsa’mudukkhale
Pakkhepiyo’da koṭṭetuṁ-niyoga’ṅkā’ssamātuyā

107
Kumārihāmi kantā taṁ-kātu’mpa’sahatī ṭhitā
Vītikkamasi ce ta’ñhi-rājāṇaṁ sapavassa taṁ

108
Dassa’ntya’voca bhūpālo-kulamānī kulabbadhū
Musalaṁ’dāya pātesi-so’dukkhalamhi kheditā

109
Visaññikā mediniyaṁ-pati bhūpatiko tato
Matto titto gato rāja-mandiraṁ’sa’tikakkhalo

110
Sutabbiyogabbhavadukkhasaṁhati’
Mavindamānaṁ’ticiraṁ’va sundariṁ
Kumārihāmiṁ āhèḷṚpolappiyaṁ
Piya’ñca mantissa’nujassa tassa hi

111
Mantissa pussèlladisāpatissa tu
Piya’ñca so sīhalanītiyā’nugo
Saramhi bl̥gambaranāma vissute
Timujjitā kāriya tā hanāpayī

112
Samosaṭā tatra janā bhayaṅkaraṁ
Kirayaṁ’tidukkhāvaha’mikkhamānakā
Sapiṁsu rañño vilapiṁsu rodakā
Bhavī tadā taṁ’va puraṁ matālayo

113
Mantissaro sa’èhèḷṚpolanāmacheko
Sāpaccadārasaraṇamhi pavattijātaṁ
Sutvā’ssu mocaya’maghaṁ’va roborṭ bravunrīg
Desādhipantika’magā sakatāṇa pekkho

114
Gantvāna rakkhasanibhaṁ’vanipaṁ hi rajjā
Yācittha nīharitu’maggupakāra’māsuṁ
Cintetva so’bhimatasādhaka’mekadūta’
Massāsayittha samayocitabhāratīyā

[SL Page 194] [\x 194/]

115
Laṅkākāmini dhītunattuhanane sāmissa kuddhā bhusaṁ
Rodanti nayanodakaṁ’dhikadukā sampaggharanti dhavā
Pekkhanti paviyoga’māsi nacirenā’ssā pihe’ddhā’bhavī
Sādhu sabbhi samāgamitva hitadaṁ mettiṁ bhajavho’nisaṁ

Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatāḷīsatimaṁ
----------------
Itisajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse sirivikkamarājasīha
Rājāmaccānaṁ vipakkhatādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo
Paricchedo

[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]

Ekūnapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Kāmitā’laṅkatā laṅkā-kāminī rājarājuhi
Sakanta’manapekkhanti-sampatī’ve’satī’paraṁ

2
Tassā’sayaṁ viditvā’va-bravunrīgvidito pabhu
Uddharaṭṭhaṁ samāyattaṁ-kattuṁ kālo’ti vediya

3
Yuddhopakaraṇaṁ sabbaṁ-sampādetuṁ’rabhī lahuṁ
Tasse’va’ṅgirasidhīsassa-yoddhu’muddhaṁ hi raṭṭhake

4
Yathocitaṁ padassetvā-āhèlṚpola vissuto
Mantiso’dāsi saṇṭhānaṁ-lañchetvāna’khilaṁ kamaṁ

5
Tade’va jl̥nḍoyilnāmo-kamanvesī mahāsayo
Molligoḍasajīvādhi-patino lekhane’nisaṁ

6
Pesetvā pakkhapātittaṁ-kattuṁ yatayi’nekadhā
Vaccharasmiṁ bhūpatino-pathe sorasame sati

7
Vāṇijjāyo’ddhavijitaṁ-gatānaṁ rājaporisā
Bhaṇḍake paharitvāna-heṭṭhāraṭṭhiyamānuse

8
Nesuṁ’vanipatīñatta-’miṅgirīsivarā iti
Rājā tesaṁ kaṇṇanāsā-chedāpetvāna pesayī

9
Panthe’kacce matā sesā-iṅgirīsyadhipantikaṁ
Patvā’vocuṁ kata’māguṁ-dāruṇaṁ dukkhitā bhusaṁ

10
So pabhū kupito tena-lajjito ciya cintayaṁ
Samaraṁ’pekkhitaṁ’raddhuṁ-tuvaṭaṁ taṁ padaṁ’bhavi

11
Samattaṁ yuddhasenaṅga-’maṭṭhadhā vibhajitva so
MṚjarhukādisenānī-pamukhe’nīkasañcaye

12
Koḷamba gālu purato-tikoṇamālato tathā
Maḍakalapukoṭṭhamhā-madhugāmā mahāpuraṁ

13
Pesesi sīghaṁ èhèḷṚ-polamantissaraṁ api
Saddhiṁ koḷambasenāya-nayittha nayakocido

14
Koḷambapurato yāte-balesītāvakaṁ puraṁ
Patte rañño bhaṭā tehi-yujjhiṁsu raṇasūrino

15
Taha’miṁgīrasisenānī-rājinā saha yujjhituṁ
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-’maṭṭhapaññāsasammite

[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]

Hāyane sogate yuddhaṁ-pakāsesi yathāmati
Kurūratararājamhā-jane mocetukāmato

17
Yuddhaṁ’rabhimha no rajjaṁ-’dātuṁsīhalikaṁ subhaṁ
Dīpeti pākaṭaṁ paṇṇe-samarapparidīpake

18
Tatoppabhūtito sīha-liyāpāṇigaṇā tahiṁ
Tahiṁ majjhattataṁ’vekkha-yiṁsu tacchaṁ’va cintiya

19
GanṚtènna itikhyāta-ṭhāne molligoḍavhayo
Mahāmacco iṅgirīsi-seniyena samaṁ sato

20
Saṅgamma’ññātavesena-saṅkatha’ñca pavattayī
Iṁgīrasipabalā senā-parikkhepuṁ mahāpuraṁ

21
Mollīgoḍavhayo seṭṭha-macco’pi iṅgirīsinaṁ
Adhīna’tta’magā rājā-kiṅkare sampatī iha

22
Mahipo taṁ’khilaṁ sutvā-mahāpuravara’mpi ca
Pahāya sañcitaṁ vatthu-jātaṁ palātavā kuhaṁ

23
Ta’ṅkhaṇa’ññeva iṁgīrasi-dhīso’pi caturo raṇe
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṁ-pāvekkhi sanikaṁ subhaṁ

24
Sādhīnatta’ṁgirasidhīso-sabaraggāmakādinaṁ
Abuvī’tho sīhalīyā-maccā’maññu’ñca sāpadaṁ

25
Dūraṁ dūraṁ palāyātuṁ-purā rāja’mpi gaṇhituṁ
Mahāsenaṁ pesayittha-kālavediṁ’girasidhipo

26
Senāyi’māya èhèḷṚ-polamantissaro tathā
Jl̥nḍl̥yilitivikhyāta-manti ce’ti duve’gamuṁ

27
ÇhèḷṚpolamaccena-pesito vīravikkamo
Eknèligoḍapaññāto-mohoṭṭāladhurandharo

28
Uddhapiṭṭhāraccigehe-gallèhŚvatthugāmake
Bhūpama’ggahi devīhi-dvīhi saddhiṁ nipīlayaṁ

29
Rattiṁ bhuñjati iṁgīrasi-dhīso sutvāna taṁ bhusaṁ
Paggharanto’vahāsassū-pītivāca’mudāhari

30
Pativīnāsu jātīsu-tīsu maccā’tivikkamā
Laṅkaṁ manuññaṁ gahituṁ-tisatassamato paraṁ

[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]

31
Vāyamitvā’pi nosakkā-dhiti vo saphalā’bhavī
Tato’modaṁ pavedemi-para’mpiti’mudāhari

32
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṁ sīhalabhūpatiṁ
Sabandhuṁ gahitaṁ sāji-bhaṭena raṇasūrinā

33
MṚjarhuknāmavikhyāta-senādhipatinā samaṁ
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṁ pesesi-iṁgīrasipabhūko lahuṁ

34
Aho manoramā laṅkā-laṅkike manujādhame
Tissāye’va yathākāmaṁ-yātā parakaraṁ’si’raṁ

35
Ittha’miṁgīrasyadhīnatta-’muddharaṭṭhe gate sati
Sīghaṁ sīgha’meṅgalanta-rajjabala’mito paraṁ

36
Thiraṁ kattuṁ’rabhitvāna-sirivaṭṭhanaṭhāniye
Maṅgalaṁ maṇḍapaṁ citra-’miṁgīrasijananāyakā

37
Sīhaliyā sajīvā ca-kāmato’ca samosaruṁ
Tahiṁ nisajja mantetvā-laṅkāya pālanakkamaṁ

38
Sampāditaṁ paṭiñña’ñca-paṇṇaṁ vācetva sabbaso
Taha’mbhāvaṁ kathāpesi-sīhalīyaniruttiyā

39
Samattā tā paṭiññāyo-sampaṭicchiya kāmato
Adhirajje’ṅgalantamhi-’dhīsassa tatiyassa tu

40
Jl̥rjmahārājino pakkhā-bravunrīgviditopabhū
Mantī ca jl̥nḍoyilkhyāto-jṚmssadarlanḍ mahāsayo

41
Sīhalajanapakkhamhā-èhèḷṚpolamanti ca
Molligoḍasamañño ca-duve’dhikārino tathā

42
Piḷimāditalavvākhyo-moṇarāvilasaññako
Ratvatttisemañño ca-tathā mollgoḍavhayo

43
DūllŚvabhidhānoca-mīllavādhivaco tathā
Galagamavhavikhyāto-galagoḍavhayo iti

44
Disāpatī ci’me sabbe-samattajanakāmato
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-maṭṭhapaññāsasammite

45
Sambuddhe hāyane patte-māse phagguṇanāmike
Patte paṭissave hattha-saññāyo paṭṭhapuṁ tahiṁ

[SL Page 198] [\x 198/]

46
Ta’ṅkhaṇa’ññeva seṅkhaṇḍa-selavhe purapuṅgave
Ussāpesi’ṁgirasidhajaṁ-vattamāne jayussave

47
Dvādasaha’matikkanta-’midaṁ rajja’marājikaṁ
Tatiya jl̥rj mahārañño-samappayiṁsu sabbaso

48
Tato paṭṭhāye’ṅgalanta-mahārājāṁ mahāvidhiṁ
Sarājavasato maññuṁ-sīhalā mahatā’darā

49
Salaṅkate dvādasahi-kāraṇehi paṭissave
Patte sace bhaveyyā’pi-dosādosaṁ kathaṁ kathaṁ

50
Tahaṁ sāmaññadhippāyo-bhavate’vaṁ yathāvidhi
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīharājo’si kakkhalo

51
So’panīto’tra rajjasmā-tassa kassaci ñātinaṁ
Sīhāsanādhīnatā’si-vāritā sā’pi sabbaso

52
Tassa rañño bandhavāna-’miho’pagamanaṁ paraṁ
Paṭikkhittaṁ vino’kāsaṁ-sabbathā’pekkhatā’yatiṁ

53
Ito paṭṭhāyu’ddharaṭṭha-rajja’meṅgalantasāmino
Jl̥rjmahārājino sammā-sabbathā’va pavāritaṁ

54
Sogatānaṁ yathāsīsaṁ-sade’ca gopitaṁ varaṁ
Sayambhūsāsanaṁ sammā-pāletabbaṁ yathāpurā

55
Rājarājamahāmaccā-dīhi pubbe supūjitā
Mānitā yatayo sabbe-gopetabbā hi sādhukaṁ

56
Rakkhitā vaḍḍhitā’rāma-cetiyāyatanāni ca
Cārittaṁ pubbikaṁ sammā-pāletabbaṁ yathā tathā

57
Yaṁ ya’maṭṭīyitabbaṁ’si-kaṇṇanāsādichedanaṁva
Samattaṁ tādisaṁ kammaṁ-kārene’va nivāritaṁ

58
Vinā laṅkesānumatiṁ-manujassa nijecchayā kenā’pi sasanaṁ sabbā-kārene’va nivāritaṁ
59
Purāpavattitaṁ nīti-’manugantvā tahiṁ tahiṁ
Niyogaṁ ṭhapayī tamhi-kātuṁ’dhikaraṇaṁ subhaṁ

60
Pālanatthaṁ sarajjassā-’viheṭhiya mahājanaṁ
Yathocitaṁ sañcinituṁ-karaṁ paṭṭhapayī nayaṁ

[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]

61
Kāraṇehe’vamādīhi-tadāni paṭipāditaṁ
Paṭissavaṁ patta’māsī-sundaraṁ vā asundaraṁ
62
Rajjaṁpati sīhalīya-dhissarāna’mpi yā pihā
Tā’sā’suṁ vihatātesa-’miha sampati kā kathā

63
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṁ paravasa’ṅgataṁ
Dasamāsādhikaṁ kālaṁ-koḷambapurapuṅgave

64
Vāsetvā saha ñātīhi-velll̥rnāmasuvissutaṁ
Pāpayittha mahāduggaṁ-tahiṁ so vyādhinā haṭo

65
Vasitvā soḷasavassaṁ-laṅkāra’jja’midaṁ yathā lokantaraṁ gato hitvā-sabandhujanataṁ api

66
Yuddhe’raddhe Buddhabhattā-jīvitaṁ viya gopitaṁ
Dāṭhādhātuṁ munindassa-nīhariṁsu mahāpurā

67
Patte paṭissave sammā-sammatasmi’ṅgirasijane
Vissāsatta’mupāyāte-mahena mahatā hitaṁ

68
Dadantaṁ dantadhātvaggaṁ-sundaraṁ dhātumandaraṁ
Vaḍḍhetvāna yathāpubbe-pūjāvidhiṁ pavattayuṁ

69
Bravunrīgvidito laṅkā-dhīso’pi tadahe mudā
Tahaṁ ṭhapesa’ccaniya-vatthuṁ dhātussa gāravā

70
Atho mollgoḍaādi-sacivānaṁ yathāpurā
Adhikārādipadavī-’dāsi laṅkissaro dayo

71
ÇhèḷṚpolamantīso-parināmita’mattano
Mahādhikārapadaviṁ-paṭikkhipi sakāmato

72
Tade’ṅgalanta rajjassa-pālane tapparo sudhī
VṚlssamañño kumāro hi-jl̥rjmahāmahipaṁ pati

73
ÇhèḷṚpolamantissa-muttāmaṇisalaṅkataṁ
Hemadāma’ñca gīvāya-piḷandhetuṁ tathā paraṁ

74
Sañña’ñca maḍuvṚgāma-kammalekha’nti gāravaṁ
Gāmaṁ gabaḍa sañña’ñca-pariccajiya pesayī

75
Tato mānuddhate uddha-raṭṭhiye kulike tathā
Yate’kacce nasakkā’suṁ-tosetu’mpi navannayā

[SL Page 200] [\x 200/]

76
Kāle vajante’va’mevaṁ-vellassajananāyakā
Pīḷayuṁ yonake tattha-gaṇhantā’nucitaṁ karaṁ

77
Pīḷitā te janā sabbe-tato mocetukāmato
Hāḍītividitānīka-patino sakhyato paraṁ

78
Laṅkindassa nivedetvā-dhurā yāciṁsu sundaraṁ
So puno’paparikkhitvā-hajjināmassa dhīmato

79
Muhandiraṁ nāmadhuraṁ-varaṁ’dāsi dayāparo
Tato vellassa desīyā-kulikā kupitā bhusaṁ

80
Tiyaḍḍhavassaṁ iṁgīrasi-sīhalīyesu’bhosu’pi
Pakkhesu sammā sāmaggi-pavattittha yathārahaṁ

81
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-’mekasaṭṭhimahāyane
Abhavittho’ddharaṭṭhasmiṁ-bhaṇḍana’ntibhayānakaṁ

82
So’ya’miṁgīrasinaṁ sabba-balaṁ vidahituṁ’cito
Dāvaggi viya saṁvaḍḍhi-medhago tuvaṭaṁ bhusaṁ

83
Vellassavanadesasmi-’meko nibbhītiko naro
Sañcari satataṁ ki’nnu-yatīhi parivārito

84
Saññāpayanto attānaṁ-devanāmena kenaci
Rajja’mākaṅkhamāno’va-tadā kimata sañcarī

85
Vuttho vilsannāmakhyāto-badullapuṭabhedane
Taddesapālako dhīmā-vuttantaṁ nikhilaṁ tahaṁ

86
Dūtammukhā nisāmetvā-hajjināma’ntivikkamaṁ
Taṁ devanāmaviditaṁ-gahetuṁ pesayī lahuṁ

87
Sajātikabhaṭehe’va-saddhiṁ hajjisamaññako
Sīghaṁ gaccha’ntarāmagge-gahito sīhalehi so

88
Taṁ yonakaṁ vīranaraṁ-vane devantikaṁ lahuṁ
Nipīḷetvā pesayiṁsu-sīhalīyabhaṭā carā

89
Taṁ sutvā vimhito vilsan-disādhīso mahādhiti
Senaṅga’mpi samādāya-gami vellassadesakaṁ

90
Vīmaṁsitvā kāraṇāni-tahaṁ puna puraṁ sayaṁ
Gacchanto vana panthena-jalaṭṭhāne pipāsito

201

91
Nivattittho’dakaṁ pātuṁ-dvīhi jāvakajātihi
Gacchantaranilīne’ko-tahiṁ vilsanmahāsayaṁ

92
Māresi sīghaṁ vijjhitvā-muslimsamānasevakā ta’ṅkaruṁ paṭibhātya’tra-kopetu’miṁgirasijane

93
Tato vilsansamaññassa-dhuraṁ patto mahāsayo
Sl̥ṭars suvissuto dhīmā-mīllavhadisāpatiṁ

94
Dhūrato tassa vuddhattā-’panetvā pana taṁ dhuraṁ
Kèppeṭipolasaññassa-sacivassa pavecchiya

95
Sametu kalahaṁ taṁ hi-vellassavipinaṁ nayī
Gate tasmiṁ kañci’pekkha-māno so sacivo’yatiṁ

96
Tahaṁ kalahakārīnaṁ-pamukho viya cintiya
Asallakkhiya rājāṇaṁ-tesa’manto gadho bhavi

97
Mèkḍonolnāmasenānī-mahāsenaṁ samādiya
Vellassavanadesābhi-mukho’gañchi vinibbhayo

98
Gacchati vanamaggena-kodaṇḍehi dhuvaṁ dhuvaṁ
Vijjhiṁsu gamikā tassa-pātayiṁsu mahāsilā

99
Tathe’va seṅkhaṇḍasela-purato dhajinīpati
Raṇasenaṁ samādāya-gami vellassa desakaṁka

100
Samosaṭe’khile tamhi-tumūle pabale bale
Vellassavanadesasmiṁ-mèkḍonolnāmaseniyo

101
Adhīrattaṁ pāpayitu-kāmato tappadesike
Dippamāne hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṁ viya

102
Tato kopagginā ditta-janakāyā tahiṁ tahiṁ
Dippamāne hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṁ viya

103
Kupitā’tisayaṁ tesaṁ-ḍayhamānagharesu ca
Jotijālā passamānā-kalahaṁ dāruṇaṁ karuṁ

104
Bahusva’pi padesesū-’pariraṭṭhe tahiṁ tahiṁ
Kolāhalo’yaṁ tuvaṭaṁ-saṅkulo’sī’tipatthaṭo

105
Medhage’smiṁ sīhalīya-sacive pacure tadā
Vinā molligoḍakhyātaṁ-mahādhikārinaṁ paṭuṁ

[SL Page 202] [\x 202/]

106
Sīghaṁ sīghaṁ gahetvāna-rājaddubhi’ti saṅkayā
Kārāgāraṁ nivesesu-’miṁgīrasijananāyakā

107
Kèppeṭipolavikhyāto-sacivo thiravikkamo
Kalahabbhaṭasenādhi-pati nibbhītiko’bhavi

108
Vaḍḍhamāne kalakale-niṭṭhure’tisayaṁ tadā
ÇhèḷṚpolamantindaṁ-gayha koḷambaṭhāniyaṁ

109
Nesuṁ nomocayuṁ jātu-sattasaṁvaccharāni’ha
Vāsāpetvā murisiyas-nāmadīpa’mapāpayuṁ

110
Pavattamāne’va’mevaṁ-tumule kalahe tadā
Iṁgīrasipamukhā senā-patayo’pi tahaṁ tahaṁ

111
Saṅgamma saṁsayādhūta-mānasā iha sampati
Mantayuṁ kassa vijayo-bhave nanu parājayo
112
Maḍugallaitikhyāto-mantindo nibbhayo tadā
Kèppeṭipolanāmena-sacivena samāgami

113 Kalahe’dhipatī deva-nāmena vidito naro
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhañātī’ti ñāpitaṁ

114
Vilbāvagāmasambhūtaṁ-dorṚsāmī’tivissutaṁ
Nijecchayā vane rajjaṁ-pāpetvā sundarālaye

115
Vāsāpayittha so rājā-viya’maccapadāni’pi
Dātuṁ’rabhī tassa janā-rājasammānana’ṅkaruṁ

116
Tato’parasmiṁ samaye-tasse’va dutiyaṁ pana
Patto’dhikārataṁ manti-maḍugallabhidhānavā

117
DorṚsāmīti viditaṁ-taṁ bhupappatirūpakaṁ
Kèppeṭipolasañña’ñca-nigaḷesu khipāpayī

118
Te ubho vañcakā kasmiṁ-kāle kathaṁ tato kharā
Nañāyate vimuttā’ti-kathañcana tato paraṁ

119
DorṚsāmiṁ sāhasikaṁ-gahetvā jīvagāhakaṁ
Seṭṭhādhikaraṇaṁ netvā-vinicchiya yathāvidhi

120
Niyāmitaṁ māraṇāya-mahārañño’nukampayā
Mocetvā maccuto kārā-gāra’māsuṁ nivesayī

[SL Page 203] [\x 203/]
121
Kalahe’rabhite dāṭhā-dhātugehe mahārahe
Vārivaḍḍhanamaccoso-èllṚpolasamaññavā

122
Dāṭhādhātuṁ gahetvāna-dhātuṁ gopetukāmato
Yatīhi saha gantvāna-nilīno’si kuhiñcana

123
Taṁ sutve’ṁgirasisenānī-sanikaṁ pariyesiya
Sadhātukaṁ taṁ mantinda-’maggahesuṁ mahādhiti

124
Codanāya tāya ta’ñhi-cuditaṁ thiramānasaṁ
Sīghaṁ mārāpayī sīsaṁ-chetvāna’naparādhikaṁ

125
Kèppeṭipola paññāto-sacivo vā’tivikkamo
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-mahādhikārino suto

126
Tannāmako ca mantindo-’nurādhapurasantike
Gahito’bho pavīrā’su-miṁgīrasisevakehi te

127
Tasse’va vīraposassa-kèppeṭipolasaññino
Sīsaṁ chedāpayitvāna-kapparaṁ siraso tadā

128
Eḍinbargnagare vatthu-vijjākāraṇikassutaṁ
Pesayuṁ kotukāgāraṁ-kotukattā’va tassa tu

129
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-gahitaṁ sacivaṁ yuvaṁ
Khyāta murisiyasnāma-dīpaṁ pāpayi laṅkato

130
Maḍugallaitikhyātaṁ-sacivaṁ paggahī tadā
Chedāpayī tassa siraṁ-nivatti kalaho puna

131
Asmiṁ kalakale uddha-raṭṭhiyā jananāyakā
Kulikā pacurā ghātā-vadhakehi yathā bhavuṁ

132
Tathe’va tamhi sāmaññā-nahutādhikajantavo
Matā’su’miti maññanti-pamāṇarahitā’padā

133
Samite kalahe laṅkā-dhipatī dhitimā sato
Paṭissavaṁ pubbika’mpi-pattaṁ paritta’maññathā

134
Katvā niyoge ṭhapayī-sīhalasacivāmukhe
Paṭimuñcitvu’ttamaṅga-veṭhanāni ca gāravaṁ

135
Kattabbaṁ sabbadhiṁ’gīrasi-janehi anivāriya
Sāsanaṁ’rabbha yā nīti-pacchā’pi tādisī bhavī

[SL Page 204] [\x 204/]

136
Rajje’smiṁ ye sīhaliyā-janā seṭṭhadhurandharā
Tesaṁ tadā vuttiyo’pi-ṭhapayiṁsu yathārahaṁ

137
Asse’va laṅkāpatino-kāle bèpṭissamavhayā
Tathe’va vèsliyannāmā-aparā carc samaññikā
138
Icce’tā pabalā tisso-pūjakassamitī’riha
Paṭṭhapesuṁ vaḍḍhamānā-yāvajjā’pi pavattare

139
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-tesaṭṭhimamhi hāyane
Rajja’mākaṅkamāne’ko-dubbinīto narādhamo

140
Vimaladhammanarinda-sīharāje’ti ñāpayaṁ
Vellassavanadesasmiṁ-janetuṁ kalahaṁ’sahī

141
Taṁ gayha sīghaṁ yuddhādhi-karaṇe saṁvinicchiya
Nesuṁ murisiyas dīpaṁ-hantuṁta’mpiniyāmitaṁ

142
Seṭṭho vinicchayakkāro-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe tadā
Çleksanḍarḍ iti khyāto-jl̥nsṭannāma mahāsayo

143
Savāyāmena mahatā-laṅkāyaṁ pacure jane
Pesse bhujisse kāresi-paratthanirato dayo

144
Vinicchetuṁ’dhikaraṇe-sādhu sabbadhi sabbaso
Mahāsayo so paṭhamaṁ-jūrināmasabhaṁ’rabhi

145
Samaye’smi’meṅgalantā-dhirajje’dhipatī guṇī
Tatiyo jl̥rjmahābhūpo-kittisesattanaṁ gato

146
Laṅkissaro roborṭkhyāta-bravunrīgnāmavā sudhī
Nirākula’ṅkaritvāna-sabbaṁ laṅkaṁ manoramaṁ

147
Pāletvā’ṭṭhasamaṁ rajjaṁ-pālanakkamakovido
Parissamaṁ vinodetuṁ-viya’gañchi sadesakaṁ

148
Gate tasmiṁ dvisahasse-tisatasmiṁ tisaṭṭhime
Munindasarade yuddha-senindo laṅkabhūtale

149
Eḍvarḍbānssaññapaññāto-upalaṅkesataṁ gato
Vassadvayaṁ rajja’midaṁ-pāletvāna yathāvidhi

150
Sindhudese yuddhasenā-dhipacca’mupago tadā
Laṅkāyā’pagato āsi-samare caturo bhusaṁ

[SL Page 205] [\x 205/]

151 Buddhavasse dvisahasse-tisate pañcasaṭṭhime
EḍvarḍpṚjaṭnāmadheyyo-laṅkādhipatitopago

152
Āgammi’ha yathāsatti-laṅkoso laṅka’muttamaṁ
Dasamāsaṁ pālayitvā-sadesa’magamī dayo

153
Kāle’ssa pabhunoeko-macco nekatiko jaḷo
Patthivanvayiko’tya’ttaṁ-dīpento janataṁ bhusaṁ

154
Vimohayaṁ uddharaṭṭhe-rajjaṁ gaṇhitukāmato
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagarā-sanne kalakalaṁ lahuṁ

155
Janetu’mussahi’ṅgirasi-seniyā ñatva taṁ tadā gāhāpayiṁsu taṁdhutta-’manurādhapurantike

156
Vinicchiyā’dhikaraṇaṁ-bālisaṁ taṁ mahāpure
Sammajjituṁ visikhāyo-niyojesi yathāvidhi

157
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-sogatasmiṁ chasaṭṭhime
JṚmskèmal nāmakhyāto-’palaṅkesattanaṁ gato

158
Ihā’ga laddhakaṁ laṅkaṁ-pālayanto yathārahaṁ
Sadesaṁ puna’gā etto-vasitve’ha samaṁ sato

159
Laṅkāmātaggatanayo-paguṇādiguṇānugo
Molligoḍavhayo’macco-tadā’gā nāmasesataṁ

160
Laṅkambaruggatasutejapabhā pabhūpa
Bhānū’paraṁ giri’magañchi atho paro’va
Bhūpaṁsumāli’ha tu sampati bhāti tejo
Tassa ppabhāya janatā muditā bhavantaṁ

161
Atimita ripudantī kesarī tulyasīha
Abhayapabhūtibhūpāsevito rajjabhāro
Aparakara’magā ce kiṁ nayātī tathe’va
Amata’miti payātuṁ bho bhajavho sivaddhaṁ

Bhāṇavāramekūnapaññāsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānandasaṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse tatiyassa jl̥rj mahārañño laṅkārajja nīyyātanādi
dīpanonāmekūna paññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 206] [\x 206/]

Paññāsatimo paricchedo.

1
Atho’pi dvisahassamhi-tisate sattasaṭṭhime
Sambuddhavacchare eḍvarḍ-bānsnāmavidito sudhī

2
Patvā laṅkesataṁ laṅka-’māga saṅkata santhavaṁ
Sātattha’miha vāsīnaṁ-sarajja cirasaṇṭhitiṁ

3
Maññamāno’va koḷamba-nagarā āmahāpurā
Rathañjasaṁ sādhayittha-vanapabbataduggame

4
Tahiṁ yutto kiccasūro-ḍl̥sannāma mahāsayo
Pīḷito jararogena-kaḍugannāpadesake

5
Mato tato tassamana-kkāratthambhaṁ tahiṁ’cale
Patiṭṭhāpayi laṅkeso-puna kaḷyāṇisindhuyaṁ

6
hapāpayī doṇisetuṁ-mahāvaṇṇusavantiyā
Mahāsetuṁ dārumayaṁ-kārāpayi yathārahaṁ

7
Rammaṁ pèviliyannāma-mandiraṁ nayanussavaṁ
Sirivaḍḍhanaṭhānīye-kārāpayi vicitrakaṁ

8
Pāsāṇakacchadesasmiṁ-ratanākarasantike
Mavunṭlèviniyānāmaṁ-rammaṁ dhanaparibbayā

9
Pāsādaṁ kārayi pacchā-nayisva’sanasālataṁ
Tappadesa’mpi tannāmā-voharanti videsikā

10
Laṅkeso paṭhamaṁ laṅkā-vāsīnaṁ gaṇanaṁ tadā
Gaṇāpayi sātirekaṁ-bhavi sāddhaṭhalakkhakaṁ

11
Samaye’smiṁ jl̥rjbarḍnāmo-gaṅgāsiripurantike
Sīhapiṭṭhipadesamhi-kopivatthuṁ vapāpayī

12
Tabbappakānaṁ laṅkeso-bahavo bhūpadesake
Phātikkattuṁ laṅka’mimaṁ-nimmūlena pavecchi so

13
Iṁgīrasijanatā tasmiṁ-kāle mahāparissamā
Nagarālokavikhyāta-padesaṁ pariyesayuṁ

14
Tato paṭṭhāya taṁ desaṁ-sukhassitaṁ sukhatthikā
Sakalā jātiyā yanti-pativassaṁ mahaddhanā

[SL Page 207] [\x 207/]

15
Gamanāgamane tamhi-phāsuyā pāṇinaṁ bhusaṁ
Sodhāpayī mahāmaggaṁ-maggāmaggavisārado

16
Tade’va koḷambapure-paṭhamaṁ bahikoṭṭhake
Potthakāvāsa’makaruṁ-nānāpotthakasaṅkulaṁ

17
Tado parima raṭṭhasmi-’miṁgīrasibalavattane
Yo samussahi saṅgāma-vijayakkamakovido

18
Sa’jl̥nḍoyilnāmakhyāto-mantīso thirabuddhimā
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-maccurājavasa’ṅgato

19
Nimujjāpiya nārīna-’mudake sasanaṁ pati
Purāsīhalarājūnaṁ-yā nīti taṁ pariccaji

20
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-mahāmaccaggasīhalo
Mato murisiyasnāma-dīpasmiṁ dukkhito tadā

21
Saramānā guṇaṁlaṅkā-patibimbaṁ sarūpimaṁ
hapesuṁ koḷambapure-rājamandirasammukhe

22
Pasādetvāna laṅkeso-laṅkādīpanivāsino
Sakadesa’ṅgami satta-vassaṁvasitvi’hā’nagho

23
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-catusattatime jine
Saṁvacchare roborṭvilmaṭ-hl̥rṭannāmasuvissuto

24
Pappuyya laṅkissaratta-’mihā’ga karuṇāparo
Laṅkeso’si dhuvaṁ dīpa-vāsīnaṁ hitasādhako

25
Rajje’smiṁ paṭhamaṁ sṚviṁs-nāmena pākaṭaṁ tadā
Mūlālaya’ñcā’rabhiṁsu-janānaṁ vuddhikāmato
26
Pavattijānane añña-maññassa phāsuyā bhusaṁ
Lekhane pesituṁ sīghaṁ-koḷambapurato tadā

27
Yāvaseṅkhaṇḍaselavha-puraṁ paṭṭhapayī rathaṁ
Heṭṭhāraṭṭhe’ landajanā-yonakadamiḷesu hi

28
Bhūbhāgāna’madānasmiṁ-kāretuṁ mandire thire
Paññāpayiṁsu yaṁ nītiṁ-paṭikkhipiya sabbaso
29
Tesaṁ laṅkissaro dātā-koḷambapura puṅgave
Gehe kārayituṁ sammā-bhūbhāge’dāsi mūlato

[SL Page 208] [\x 208/]

30
Purāmarammavisayaṁ-gatena yatisāminā
Saddhiṁ puna bodhigaccha-piṭṭhigāmubbhavo guṇi

31
Dhammajotisāmaṇero-dhammasatthesu pesalo
Mahāvidānamudali-ppamukhānaṁ nivediya

32
Laddhopakāraṁ amara-puraṁ gantvāna saṅayā
Suvaṇṇaguhapaññātā-sīmāya’mupasampadaṁ
33
Ñāṇābhivaṁsākhya saṅgha-rājappamukhabhikkhuhi
Labhitvā dhammavinayaṁ-sammuggayhā’si’hā’gato

34
Dhammajjotiyatindo so-vinayaññū visārado
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-pañca sattatime jine

35
Vacchare ūvapabhutī-parime vijite dayo
Paṭṭhapitthā’marapura-nikāyaṁ sabbhi vaṇṇitaṁ

36
Kāle’ssa laṅkāpatino-kalambujanaraliti
Pavattipatta’miṁgīrasi-bhāsāya susamārabhuṁ

37
Rajje seṭṭhadhurandhārī-mantīhi’rabhitaṁ tahaṁ dosāna’madhirajjamhi-pākaṭattā nivāritaṁ

38
Rajjaṁ pālayituṁ sammā-nītisampādikā tathā
Nītividhāyikādve’ha-sabhā’rabhi tadaddhaniva

39
Dhurīhi paṭhamā yuttā-sabhā navahi mantihi
Chahe’vā’ dhurimantihi-laṅkesena samaṁbhavi

40
Vidhāyikā ca dutiyā-sabhā navahi mantihi
Yuttā dhurīhi mantīhi-laṅkesena samaṁbhavi

41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena dhīmatā

42
Ekekissaṁ panā’sāya-’meka’mekaṁ disāpatiṁ
Niyojayittha laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo guṇi

43
Phāsatthāyā’dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye’smi’maddhani
Nānādesesu ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṁ

44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo 41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena dhīmatā

42
Ekekissaṁ panā’sāya-’meka’mekaṁ disāpatiṁ
Niyojayittha laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo guṇi

43
Phāsatthāyā’dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye’smi’maddhani
Nānādesesu ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṁ

44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo

[SL Page 209] [\x 209/]

45
Tathā katipayā mantī-yatayo ca tayoti’me
Sirivikkamādi rāja-sīharājassa kassaci

46
Bandhusso’pariraṭṭhasmiṁ-rajjaṁ pavārituṁ tadā
Kumantayiṁsu taṁ ñatvā-rājakiccamhi tapparo

47
Disānetā mahavala-tènnanāmena pākaṭo
Laṅkindassa nivedesī-sahasā taṁ kumantanaṁ

48
Laṅkeso sanikaṁ rāja-pose pesetva te’khile
Gāhāpayitvā seṭṭhādhi-karaṇaṁ nesi buddhimā

49
Muttā codanato sabbe-tathā’pi dhurino tadā
Nīhaṭā dhurato molli-goḍasaññassa’thāparaṁ

50
Disāpatidhuraṁ’dāsi-catuyojanaraṭṭhake
Tato so padaviṁ rāja-vallabho’va sugopayī

51
Parihīne cira’majjhā-pane puna’pi saṇḍitiṁ
Samicchanto tadatthāya-ṭhapittha kārakaṁ sabhaṁ

52
Tassaṁ sabhāyo’padesa-vasā èkaḍèmivhayaṁ
Samārabhuṁ satthasālaṁ-koḷambanagare tadā

53
Pañcame sarade laṅkā-patino’ssa sadāsayā
Esiyātikavikhyātā-sabhā’raddhā’si sādhuhi

54
Ambarukkhārāmanāme-vihāre’dhissaro guṇī
Laṅkāsaṁsuddhasambuddha-sāsanambara bhāsuro

55
Sasī’va ñāṇavimala-tissanāmena vissuto
Mahānetā mahādhīro-saddhālu sāsanodaye
56
Satto samavhito’ndena-devānaṁ sāsituṁ viya
Kale’mhi tidivaṁ gañchi-kurumāno tamaṁ bhuvaṁ
57
Vikṭl̥riyānāmasutā-kumārī kāminī piyā
Samayasmiṁ’dhirajje’smiṁ-rājinī’si tathā’vi’ha

58
Hl̥rṭansamavhayo laṅkā-dhipo laṅkaṁ chahāyanaṁ
Pāletvā modayaṁ pāṇi-gaṇaṁ desaṁ sakaṁ agā

59
Dvisahasse tisatamhi-’sītime munihāyane
Laṅkissaro ihā’yāto-sṭuvarṭmèkènsināmavāva

60
Tadā laṅkāya sabbatthava-bahulaṁ’va pavattitaṁ
Ketavaṁ sabbaso nīti-maggene’va paṭikkhipi

[SL Page 210] [\x 210/]

61
Koḷambapurato yāva-gālunagara’mantare
Pesituṁ lekhane sīghaṁ-rathaṁ paṭṭhapayī tadā

62
Ummattakārogyasālaṁ-tathā kāragharaṁ api
Kārāpayī mahārogya-sālaṁ koḷambaṭhāniye

63
Vejjasatthassa laṅkāyaṁ-vuddhiṁ’pekkho’va sissake
Nayī katipaye jambu-dīpaṁ rajjassa mūlato

64
arnarmahāsayo sādhu-’miṁgīrasibhāsato tadā
Mahāvaṁsaṁ vyatanayī-parivattiya buddhimā

65
Ito purā kittubhatta-samajjā maggato iha
Yebhuyyena pavattiṁsu-pāṭhasālā tahiṁ tahiṁ

66
Mèkènsināmalaṅkindo-laṅkārajjapathā sudhi
Chāpābhivuddhiṁpattheno-satthasālā’rabhī bahū

67
Nesādānaṁ dukkhitattaṁ-sutvāna karuṇā paro
Tesaṁ padesaṁ laṅkeso-gantvā tatta’mudikkhiya

68
Dhanabbayā sassa kasī-kammaṁ kātuṁ vidhāya so
Uggaṇhāpayituṁ tesaṁ-pāṭhasālā ṭhapāpayī

69
Tahaṁ gamanato niccaṁ-jararogena pīḷito
Laṅkāvāsābhilāsaṁ so-hitvā’ḍḍhuḍḍhasamaṁ sudhī

70
Pāletvā sādhukaṁ laṅkaṁ-sadesa’ṅgami sagguṇo
Vasittha ce thoka kālaṁ-bahukiccāni kārayi

71
Atho kolinkèmalnāmo-laṅkeso dvisahassake
Tisate caturāsīti-mite samBuddhahāyane

72
Ihā’gato hatthisela-puraṁpadhānaṭhāniyaṁva
Katvā padesaṁ vibhaji-vāyavo’ti yathārahaṁ

73
Yāvalaṅkissara’mimaṁ-’pariraṭṭhe pavattitaṁ
Dāsavyaṁ vāritaṁ nīti-maggeni’ha visesato

74
Sammāviññāta saddhamma-sattho siddhatthavissuto
Yatisīho kaviketu-pūtakittidayālayo
75
Vikhyātaṁ paramadhamma-cetiyaṁ satthamandiraṁ
Samārabhitvā lokattha-siddhi’ṅkāsa’smi’maddhani

76
Kāle’smiṁ pāṭhasālīyā-cere paguṇataṁ bhusaṁ
Pāpetuṁ satthasadanaṁ-vidhimantaṁ’rabhiṁsavi’ha

[SL Page 211] [\x 211/]

77
Chabbassa’miha ṭhitvāna-tasmiṁ yāte sadesakaṁ
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṁ-navutime munivacchare

78
Ll̥rḍṭorinṭanitikhyāto-laṅkeso laṅka’māgato
Achekattā tassa desa-pālanasmiṁ sadesike

79
Tosetuṁ no sahī atra-kathañcana videsike
Laṅkādīpādhivāsīnaṁva-vaḍḍhenteappasādake

80
Niyojayī suṇādīnaṁ-gaṇhituṁ’nucitaṁ karaṁ
Tadappasannā janatā-janayuṁ kalahaṁ lahuṁ

81
Kalahe vaḍḍhamānasmi-’muddharaṭṭhamhi bhiṁsane
Yuddhanītiṁ pakāsetvā-mādhurā’nayi vāhinī

82
Assuta’mpi purāyuddha-nītiṁ pati janā bhusaṁ
Bhayato tajjitā sīghaṁ-kalaha’mpi nivattayuṁ
83
Ñatve’ṅgalantarajjamhi-taṁ pavattiṁ visāradā
Nītibbidū mahāmaccā-’hūya laṅkissaraṁ tadā

84
Vajjāvajjaṁ tassa tahaṁ-vinicchiniya sādhukaṁ
Dhurā’petuṁ sassa lahuṁ-nivedayiṁsu taṅkhaṇe

85
Mahālekhaka padavi-dhāriṁ ṭènanṭ mahāsayaṁ
Desantaraṁ pesayiṁsu-laṅkikahitakāmato

86
So èmarsanṭènanṭnāmo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Laṅkānāmādayo ganthe-viracittha mudā tadā

87
Laṅkissaro bhūri pajā pamoda-
Yantā’vi’maṁ dīpavaraṁ sumedhā
Saṁrakkhayuṁ’ke madhurapphalānaṁ
Majjhe asādupphalataṁ payātā

88
Evaṁ hi bho attani vā parasmiṁ
Piyattataṁ sādhu pavattayantā
Sugandhapupphā viya sabbhi sevitā
Saṁvaḍḍhamānā kusalaṁ bhavavho

Bhāṇavāraṁpaññā satimaṁ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse pañcalaṅkesadīpanonāma paññāsatimo
paricchedo

[SL Page 212] [\x 212/]

Ekapaññāsatimo paricchedo.

1
Gate tasmiṁ dvisahasse-tisate tinavutime
Munindasaradasmiṁ jl̥rj-ènḍarsannāmavissuto

2
Patvā laṅkesatta’māga-rajje dhanaparikkhayaṁ
Samecca dhanavuddhiṁ so-kattuṁ maññi nakāriye

3
Anārambhe dhūmaratha-maggassa sahasā idha
Laṅkissare appasannā-vappakā ca videsikā
4
Thāmaṁ sāmaggiyā sīghaṁ-dīpetu’mārabhuṁ sabhaṁ
Laṅkindassa lahuṁ tassā-sabhāya cā’su’maggalā

5
Bhūrīparādhahetuttā-majjhime visaye tadā
Surālayā’panītā’suṁ-bahavo hitakāmato

6
Tasse’va tatiye vasse-pattaṁ paṭissavaṁ pabhū
Asallakkhiya rajjena-gopitaṁ radadhātukaṁ

7
Pahāya rajja sambandha-pupphārāmādhivāsino
Netussa ca’ssaselavha-vihāre’dhissarassa ca

8
Yatindassa tathā nīra-vaḍḍhakassa ca mantino
Pavāresa’buddhabhatto-jahi sāsanarakkhaṇaṁ

9
Laṅkeso pañcavassāni-vasitvana yathāruci
Sadesa’ṅgami laṅkāto-’peto so’petanuddayo

10
Henrīvl̥ḍsnāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso’tha sadāsayo
Dvisahassattisataṭṭha-navutime jinahāyane

11
Samāyāto dīpa’mimaṁ-laṅkāyā’yativuddhiyā
Kicce kārayituṁ sīghaṁ-’rabhi sūro visārado

12
So’yaṁ laṅkissaro dhīmā-yānāyāne sukhatthiko
Tadāni setuyo magge-kārāpayi dayāparo

13
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-ppurāna’mantare thiraṁ
Sādhetuṁ duggame dhīro-mahā dhūma rathañjasaṁ

14
Paṭhamaṁ khanī paṁsupuñjaṁ-koḷambapurapuṅgave
Gaṅgāsiripure kaṇṭa-gacchatitthappadesake

[SL Page 213] [\x 213/]

15
Teladoṇivhayasmiṁ ca-hintālopalagāmake
Kāle’smiṁ kārayi seṭṭhā-vitthiṇṇā setuyo thirā

16
Sundarīna’ñca bālānaṁ-payojanavasā tadā
Koḷambanagare gālū-mukhadvāre manoramaṁ

17
Kārāpayī caṅkamana-maggaṁ laṅkissaro sudhī
Dīghavāpī padesamhi-phātikkattuṁ kasiṁ mudā
18
Purātanā pākatikā-vāpī ca parikhā tathā
Kāresa’tha navīnā ca-parikhāyo khanāpayī

19
Vijjuppathā’ññamaññassa-vuttantañāpanaṁ tadā
Samārabhiṁsu koḷamba-gālūpurāna’mantare

20
Tade’vā’nena maggena-kāraṇāni nivedituṁ
Sakkā’bhavuṁ yāvajambu-dīpaṁ dīpe’tra vāsino

21
Ta’ṅkamaṁ paṭhamaṁ viṭsṭl̥n-nāmo ca kuksamavhayo
Icce’te caturo’bho hi-pariyesuṁ mahāsayā

22
Jātaṁ sametuṁ kalahaṁ-sindhudesamhi vāhiniṁ
Pesetu’metto sakko’si-sadayattā’va no pabhū

23
Tasse’va laṅkāpatino-manakkāravasā subhaṁ
Paṭibimbaṁ ṭhapāpesuṁ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniye

24
Daṭṭhukāme’ha laṅkindaṁ-paṭibimbassa santikaṁ
Gantvā disvā tassa guṇaṁ-gāyanti janatā bhusaṁ

25
Nivatti’he’va laṅkesa-karuṇākara yācito
Ito gato pañcavassaṁ-pasitvāna yathāvidhi

26
Yāte laṅkissare tasmiṁva-dvisahasse catussate
Catutthe sogate vasse-patvā laṅkesakaṁ iha 27
Cārlasjasṭinmèkārtīti-nāmena viditā’gato
Vikkiṇī so bhūpadese-vappakānaṁ hi rajjato

28
Tato laṅkā vaṇijjāya-kiñcimattaṁ samiddhataṁ
Gatā viye’ke maññanti-tādi vuddhī nadissare

29
Samaye’smi’mambagaccha-vatthugāme dayālayo
Saraṇaṅkarapaññāto-sīlabhūsana bhūsito

[SL Page 214] [\x 214/]
30
Laddhā mrammanikāyasmiṁ-pabbajjaṁ dvīhi bhikkhuhi
Sāmaṇerehi ca dvīhi-saddhiṁ tīhi gihīhi ca

31
Nāvaṁ’ruyha gālutitthā-sīghaṁ tiṇṇo mahaṇṇavaṁ
Patto marammavisaye-ratanā puṇṇaṭhāniyaṁ

32
Saṅgharañño ca bhūpassa-tahaṁ sampattakāraṇaṁ
Nivedayī saṅgharāja-bhūpatī tuṭṭhamānasā

33
Saddhe te paṭigaṇhitvā-’kaṁsu sakkaramānanaṁ
Puna tasmiṁ visuṁgāma-sīmāyaṁ saṅgharājinā

34
Upajjhāyena te sādhū-bhikkhusaṅgho yathāvidhi
Upasampādayī bhikkhū-’bhavuṁ puṇṇamanorathā

35
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo bhikkhu-laddhopasampado sudhī
Piyasīlī sapariso-sahasā laṅka’māgato

36
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattame sarade jine
Nikāyaṁ rāmaññanāmaṁ-patiṭṭhāpesi sādhukaṁ

37
Marammara’ṭṭha mānuñña-desato hadayālunā
Āhaṭattā’va tannāmāva-voharanti nijanvayaṁ

38
Mèkārtināmalaṅkeso-dhuvaṁ rogena pīḷito
Tīnivassāni’ha ṭhitvā-sadesa’ṅgañchi laṅkato

39
l̥brayinnāmavikhyāto-’palaṅkesattanaṁ tato
Patvāna seniyo rajjaṁ-pālesi sādhikaṁ samaṁ

40
Kāle’smiṁ mantisabhatiṁ-vivādo āsi dāruṇo
Yuddhasenaṅga’mārabbha-vassaṁ pati’ha rajjato

41
Mantīsabhātīraṇato-kattabba’nti dhanabbayaṁ
Mantī chā’vocu’madhuro-’palaṅkeso yathāmati

42
Sādhusammatiyaṁ tassaṁ-nopatiṭṭhahi kaṅkhaṇe
Mantī mantisabhaṁ te cha-vajjetvā’pagatā’bhavuṁ

43
Mahājanamatabbuddhiṁ-pāpetu kāmato tadā
Jl̥rjvl̥lnāmo’rabhi dhīmā-sill̥nlīgsavhasaṅgamaṁ

44
Roborṭrobinsanvikhyāto-dvisahasse catussate
Navame hāyane Buddhe-patvā laṅkindataṁ sudhī

[SL Page 215] [\x 215/]

45
Ihā’ga karuṇāyutto-nītidhammavisārado
Tadā laṅkābhivuddhatthaṁ-nānākicce samārabhi

46
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-gālupuresu sātthikāka
Nāgarikānāmasabhā-bhavuṁ raṅā’tadaddhani

47
Purārakkhaṇa’mārabbha-’rakkhakabhaṭasañcayaṁ
hapetuṁ nīti’meka’ñca-thira’ṅkari tadā sato

48
Koḷambapurato yāva-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniyaṁ
Kāle’smi’mārabhuṁ dhūma-rathānaṁ gamanaṁ pana

49
Pāṭhasālādhikattaṁhi-susaṁlakkhiya tassabhaṁ
Hitvāna’jjhāpanaṁ nāma-bhāgaṁ vibhaji rajjato

50
Viññātasattha saddhammo-nikāye mūlavaṁsike
Mahānetā mahāvyatto-dhammādhāravhavissuto

51
Kāle’smiṁ tidivaṁ-gañchi karāṇo timiraṁ bhuvaṁ
Saṅgamma sogatā tassa-dassesu’ntimagāravaṁ

52
Ciraṭṭhitiṁ mahesissa-sāsane’pekkhayaṁ tadā
Iddamalgoḍavikhyāto-disādhīso sadāsayo

53
Syāmamrammanikāyesu-dhamme ca vinaye bhusaṁ
Vyatte bahussute cheke-yatīse pacure vare

54
Pèlmaḍullaitikhyāte-nagare sumanorame
Samānetvā dhammasālaṁ-dhammavinayapotthake

55
Saddho sodhetu’majjhesi-chekā’jjhiṭṭhā yatissarā
Paṭigayha visodhetuṁ-potthake susamārabhuṁ

56
Sattamāsaṁ hi vinaya-piṭakaṁ saṁvisodhiya
Gāyiṁsu atha saṅghassa-majjhe buddhimataṁ varā

57
Yathāphāsu yathākāla-’mañña’mpi piṭakadvayaṁ
Sodhetvā sirisambuddha-sāsanaṭṭhitika’ṅkaruṁ

58
Bandhitaṁ putugīsīhi-koḷambakoṭṭhabandhanaṁ
Bhedāpayī’dhirajjasmi-’māṇaṁ laddhāna so pabhū

59
Tato paṭṭhāya koḷamba-nagaraṁ rāmaṇeyyakaṁ
Kārāpayittha laṅkeso-phāsutaṁ sukhakāmato

[SL Page 216] [\x 216/]

60
Desantarānītadhañña-vaggāna’ñca tadaddhani
Karaggāho samāraddho-rajje nītipathānugo

61
Samaye’smiṁ vejjasattha-sālaṁ koḷambaṭhāniye
Patiṭṭhāpayi tabbuddhi-kāmato’va sadāsayo

62
Vikṭl̥riyānāma mahā-rājinīdutiyattajo
Çl[f]praḍkhyātobhāgadheyyo-kāle’smiṁ laṅka’māgato

63
Laṅkikā rājinīsūnuṁ-paṭigaṇhiṁsu sādarā
Cārlashenridasoyisā-nāma khyāto dhanissaro

64
Visesato samānīya-taṁ kumāraṁ samandiraṁ
Saṅgaha’ṅkāsi sakkaccaṁ-janasambhamabhājanaṁ

65
Dhanino tassa mantissa-bimbaṁ tagguṇadīpakaṁ
Nayanārogyasālābhi-mukhe dissati sampati

66
Samaye’smi’mpilaṅkāyaṁ-janarāsiṁ gaṇāpayī
Catubbisatilakkhaṁ’si-tisataṁ’sitikaṁ tadā

67
Dasavassa’mpati tato-paṭṭhāya paṭipāṭiyā
Gaṇituṁ janatā laṅkā-dīpasmiṁ niyamo’bhavi

68
Sante bādhe saṁsametuṁ-gāmesu ca tahiṁ tahiṁ
Gāmasabhānāmavini-cchayasālā tadā’rabhuṁ

69
So harkivlasroborṭkhyāto-robinsannāmavāsudhī
Laṅkeso sattavassāni-sadesa’ṅgami ṭhitvi’ha

70
Sirimā viliyamhenrī-grugarīnāmavissuto
Dvisahassaccatusata-sorasamamhi sogate

71
Laṅkindattaṁ patva dīpa-’mimaṁ patto dayāparo
Jātikulāgamabbheda-’masallakkhiya sabbaso

72
Vuddhiṁsamicchaṁ laṅkāyaṁ-kiccānā’rabhi buddhimā
Tato tasmiṁ pasīdiṁsu-laṅkinde laṅkikā bhusaṁ

73
Ciraṁ vanagataṁ rammaṁ-’nurādhapurapuṅgavaṁ
Sodhetvāna samiddhattaṁ-pāpetu kāmato tadā

74
Katvā padhānanagara-’manurādhapuruttamaṁ
Vibhaju’ttaramajjha’nti-desaṁ vibhāgakovido

[SL Page 217] [\x 217/]
75
Koḷambanagare cāru-bhūbhāge dassaneyyake
Tidivāvagataṁ veja-yantaṁ’va’kkhirasañjanaṁ

76
Kotukāgāra’muttuṅga-’māyātaṁ purabhūsanaṁ
Kārāpayu’mamhi kāle-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṁ

77
Purātanehi bhaṇḍehi-’nagghehi vividhehi ca
Potthakehi papuṇṇo’si-jane vimhāpayaṁ bhusaṁ

78
Cirassaṁ sāḷavallīhi-vanatta’mupagaṁ varaṁ
Paṭisaṅkhāretu’soṇṇa-mālithūpaṁ pabhinnakaṁ

79
Laddhā sadupakāra’ñca-rajjato iha saddhayā
Sumanasāro hi bhikkhu-nāraṁviṭavhagāmajo

80
Tathā saddhehi pakato-pakāro’rabhi kāriye
Paṭisaṅkhārito tena-bhāgo pabhijji sabbaso

81
Tato khedagatā tasmiṁ-janā saṅgamma bhattiyā
Cetiyavaḍḍhaniṁ nāma-sabhaṁ’rabhiṁsu sogatā

82
Chekānaṁ kammakārānaṁ-kammantaṁ taṁ yathāvidhi
Nīyātayuṁ thūparājā-gāmiṇīnāmadīpako

83
Parisamattakammanto-nacirene’va pāṇinaṁ
Nettapanthe yathāpubbe-virocissati sādhukaṁ

84
Tadu’ssukamano tasmiṁ-nagaramhi manorame
Valisīhahariccanda-nāmo vādībhakesarī

85
Anurādhapure suddha-nagaramhi manorame
Purāṇacetyāyatana-vihārādīna’rajjato

86
Yaṁ yaṁ’bhavi viruddhattaṁ-kāraṇāni punappunaṁ
Yathānayaṁ kivedetvā-niraggala’makā sato

87
Tadā pavattitā suddha-nagarasmiṁ surālayā maṁsasālā tathā āsuṁ-te sabbe’pi pidhāpitā

88
Jātikāgama sambandha-kiccesu sakajīvitaṁ
Jahi so ajja tannāmaṁ-lasate lapitañjase

89
Asse’va laṅkissarassa-niyoga’manugā tadā
Baṭuvantuḍāvanāma-gāmajāto suvissuto

[SL Page 218] [\x 218/]

90
Visārado sirideva-rakkhito ca mahāsayo
Sirisumaṅgalakhyāto-kaviketu yatissaro

91
Niruttiyā’gataṁ māga-dhikāya etihāsikaṁ mahāvaṁsa’mubho santā-sabhāsāya visodhiya

92
Parivattayiṁsu mahā-parissamena sampati
Pākaṭo so’vi’tihāsa-vedinaṁ moda’māvaho

93
Koḷambanagare vāyu-balena paṭhamaṁ tadā
Dīpālokaṁ kārayiṁsu-divā’ca ratti dissate

94
Perādoṇipurā yāva-nāvalapiṭidesakaṁ
Tathā koḷambapurato-āpāṇadurato tadā

95
Parakkamena mahatā-sammā dhūmarathāyanaṁ
Kārāpayitthā’yata’mpi-laṅkikahitakāmato

96
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-ādo jalanalañjasā
Pāṇīyaṁ pāṇinaṁ pūta-’madāpayittha sātadaṁ

97
Kāle’ssa vṚlsnāmakhyāto-mahārājiniyā’trajo
Kumāro laṅka’māgañchi-laṅkikaccanabhājano

98
Koḷambatitthe taraṇī-rakkhāpākāra’muttaraṁ
Kattu’micchaṁ mūlasīlaṁ-kumārena ṭhapāpayī

99
Sadā daṭṭhu’va laṅkindaṁ-kotukāgārasammukhe
Paṭibimbaṁ ṭhapāpesuṁ-tassa tagguṇadipakaṁ

100
Samattajanatā sādhu-guṇasālini nasundaraṁ
Laṅkindabimbaṁ passanti-guṇaṁ gāyī piyaṅkaraṁ

101
Jagatividitalaṅkāvāpipaṅkeruhābha-
Jananikaravikāsa grugiralaṅkesayuro
Tatavisadasilokābhāvitāno pavīṇo
Iha vihari virājo so guṇī sogato’va

Bhāṇavārameka paññāsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse pañcalaṅkesa dīpano nāmeka
Paññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 219] [\x 219/]

Dvāpaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Grugarisuvissutalaṅkadhipasmiṁ
Janaghaṭapīnana kiccaniyutte
Varatararajja’mimaṁ paripāla-
Yati satataṁ vidure pihayante

2
Tikhiṇamatī tatakittininādā
Caturatarā vividhe pana satthe
Vidunikarā paribhāvitacittā
Suvisadasatthatapaṁ tanayiṁsu

3
Suviditasakkatabhāsiyasattho
Madhuragiro caturo vinayasmiṁ
SutakahavṚ siriñāṇadinando
Yatipati viddasu saṁvilasittha

4
Sirighanasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Vinayavinicchayabyākhya’makāsī
Sa’viditadhīradinandabhidhāno
Yatipati dhīdhitimā viharittha

5
Vihari’va tāragaṇāvutacando
Kavikavi sāsanadevavirājo
Viracayi sāsanavaṁsadidīpaṁ
Sa’vimalasārabhidho garunetā

6
Vinayanaye nipuṇo suvinīto
Vinayamahādikanissayakattā
Thiramatimā siri paññadisīha
Yatipavaro viharī saraṇesī

7
Apagatasatthatape sati vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavaraṁ’rabhi bhaddaṁ
Suvitatadhammasusatthalatagga-
Pabhavabhave’ha’dhipaccupago’si

[SL Page 220] [\x 220/]

8
Sa’sirisumaṅgalanetuvarābhā-
Karavidito ghanamohatamoghaṁ
Apahara’māsu hi pātubhavitvā
Jinavarasāsanavuddhi’makāsī

9
Iha’riva patthakitti videse
Sa’hi satimā matimā munivutyaṁ
Aticaturo vividhe’pi ca satthe
Vihari mudā bhuvanatthavaho’va

10
Yatipatisantika’māgamiya’ggo
Satisasivijjadibhūsaṇasavho
Kaci ciradhītabhidhammapasattho
Puna gami bhāratadesanivāsī

11
Yatipavare tidiva’ṅgatavante
Taha’matha’dhissarataṁ pana patvā
Nisitamatī sudhiketu sa’ñāṇī-
Ssarayatipatyu’da sādhu vasittha

12
Suviditasatthaghare vara’majjha-
Kkhakadhura’māga naye munino so
Thirahadayo siridevadimitta-
Yatipavaro viduro viharittha

13
Adhipatitaṁ gatavā vasi vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavare kaviseṭṭho
Paricitasakkatamāgadhisattho
Ratanadisārabhidhānayatindo

14
Gatavati netari devasabhaṁ hi
Sa’hi gami tappariveṇadhipaccaṁ
Piyaratanavhayanāyakathero
Vilasati sampati viddasu seṭṭho

15
Aparasamāya tato janarāsī
Dasabalasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Suviditavijjadilaṅkativijjā-
Layapavaraṁ rabhu’muggatanandi

[SL Page 221] [\x 221/]
16
Atinipuṇo varatepiṭakasmiṁ
Yatipati dhammadilokasamañño
Adhipati tappariveṇavarā’do
Vihari’ha vuddhividhiṁ kurumāno

17
Taha’madhipo puna desavidese
Tatayasasaṁhati sakkatasatthe
Suvinipuṇo siridhammadirāma-
Yatipati viddasu sāmi vihāsi

18
Atisayavissutatappariveṇā-
Dhipati yatissaradhammadinando
Suviditapāvacano matimā so
Pamudamano taha’majja vibhāti

19
Viditagabhīrabhidhammavibhāgo
Aticaturo’riyasatthavayasmiṁ
Suvilasi nandarirāmabhidhāno
Yatipati sābhijanaṁ paritāyaṁ

20
Paṭutarasissabhabhassarabhāvo
Piyaratanavhayanāyakavando
Bhaviya doḍandūva saṁvasathasmiṁ
Akari’ha satthatapaṁ subhadīpe

21
Jinavarabhāratipaddhatidakkho
Kavijanavaṇṇitavutti variṭṭho
Suviditadhammadilaṅkatinetā
Vasi’riha viddasu vitthatakitti

22
Avatamāgadhisakkatasattho
Pulinatalavhayarāmadhivāsī
Sa’sirisumaṅgalaneturavindo
Apagatamohatama’ṅkari laṅkaṁ

23
Ciraparibhāvitanussaticitto
Varatarakoggala gāmabhavo so
Yatipati sagguṇavissūta dhamma-
Tilakabhidho iha saṁviharittha

[SL Page 222] [\x 222/]

24
Paricitatannivaco vividhagga janagaṇasevitako mudaceto
Gaṇapati viddasu seṭṭhasubhuti-
Thaviravaro mitabhāṇi vihāsī

25
Upagamiya’ntika’massa siyāma-
Mahipakumāravaro saraṇesī
Yatinikaṭe lahu pabbaji saddho
Iha vasi’dhītamunindagiro so

26
Jinatanayo tatasuddhasiloko
Bhavi vanavāsavihāradhivāsī
Sa’hi siri dhammadirāmayatindo
Suvilasi lokahitaṁ kurumāno

27
Nipuṇataro muni bhāratimagge
Tikhiṇagiro sutavādibhasīho
Subhadipaduttamarāmadhivāsī
Yati guṇanandabhidhānapasiddho

28
Ihaparadassana kaṇṭakarāsī
Tada’bhavu’māsa girāvudhato te
Atiparisodhiya gotamaladdhiṁ
Suthira’makā paravādavibhedī

29
Suviditatantikabhāsiyasattho
Supaṭitaguttilakabbakavyākhyaṁ
Rucira’makā’sabhatissabhidhāno
Yatipati viddasu sādhu lasittha

30
Yatiguṇasampadabhūsanasajjo
Tapasiri mānitavutti sudhīhi
Ciraparibhāvitametti sa’indā-
Sabhayatināyakasāmi vihāsī

31
Matamunivutti saratthalagāmu-
Bbhava sutapuññadisārabhidhāno
Yatipati kuñjara sāsanabhāraṁ
Vahi matimā dhitimā piyasilī

[SL Page 223] [\x 223/]

32
Vilasi’ha modamano nijavutyā
Janagaṇamānasahāri vibhāvī
Sa’sugatapālabhidho yatinetā
Yatinikaraṁ paripālaya’maggaṁ

33
Migapati’vā ‘hitavādibhagumbe
Bèdigama vissutasaṁvasathasmiṁ
Bhavi sudhisevitavutti vihāsī
Sa’ratanapālabhidhānayatindo

34
Sucimati vitthatakittininādo
Suviditasakkatamāgadhibhāso
Sudhi vilasī baṭuvannatuḍāva-
Ssutasiridevadirakkhitanāmo

35
Viditasusīhalaiṁgirasibhāso
Visadayasokiraṇo saciveso
Vidusabhatiṁ vilasī luvisl̥sā-
Vijayadisekharavissutasañño

36
Caturataro narasīhabhidhamme
Nisitamatī vinaye ca’tisūro
Kavipavaro yasavā vasi dhamma-
Ratanabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho

37
Bahuvidhabhāsavidū sa’vihārā-
Dhivacanagāmabhavo thirabuddhi
Vasi’riha khuddakabaṇḍaranāma-
Ssuviditamantivaro hadayālu

38
Visadayaso paradukkhapatiṭṭho
Jinavarasāsanasaṇṭhitikāmī
Dhanapati kāruṇiko lasi sèmpson-
Narapatipakkhabhidho mudalindo

39
Sakaparabhāsavidū puthubuddhi
Nayanipuṇo yasavā guṇavāso
Iha vidito kavi jṚmsdadialvis-
Adhivacano vasi mantivariṭṭho

[SL Page 224] [\x 224/]

40
Satatasudhīsabhabhassarakitti
Avagatasatthavayo viduro so
Luvīvijayādikasīhabhidhāno
Vilasī’ha sādhu suvissutamantī

41
Suvinipuṇo sakabhāsiyasatthe
Jananikaraṁ sagirāya pihento
Vasi’riha paṇḍitanāmapasiddho
Guṇi guṇavaḍḍhanamanti tuḍāve

42
Suviditagambhiratakkadisattho
Nayanipuṇo sudhivaṇṇitakitti
Suguṇagaṇo raṇasīhabhidhāno
Vilasi’ha sajjanasaṅgamamajjhe

43
Viha’riha sajjanavuttinivāso
Puthudhaninaṁ pavaro yasanādo
Thirahadayo karuṇo emo silvā-
Viditabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho

44
Suviditasatthavidū tatakitti
Viracayi laṅkatihāsiyaganthaṁ
Sa’hi sayiman suta silvabhidhāno
Vilasi’va tāmarasaṁ mudalindo

45
Subhataravaralaṅkākāsabhāsosadhīso
Viya muduguṇajātā santataṁ pāṇipūgaṁ
Grugarividitalaṅkādhissaro pañcavassaṁ
Suvilasi sakadese pīnayitva’sma’peto

46
Iha paṭutaradhīrā dīpitā’smi’ñca kāle
Babhucutadavidūre dīpavāsīna’matthaṁ
Vividhapacurasatthālokadittiṁ kariṁsu
Tathari’va vidurā bho satthaloka’ṅkarotha

Bhāṇavāraṁ dvāpaññāsatimaṁ
-------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse lokasāsanuddīpaka dīpanonāma
Dvāpaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 225] [\x 225/]

Tepaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Muninde dvisahasseka-vīsatime catussate
Roborṭlonḍannāmakhyāto-laṅkindo’si ihā’gato

2
Cirassaṁ dhaññarogānaṁ-bāhullaṁ’rabbha sabbaso
Parihānipathāpannā-’bhavuṁ samiddhiyo idha

3
Kāle’ssa laṅkāpatino-nānādhaññaggavappanā
Kiñcimattaṁ samiddhatta-’magañchi viya khāyati

4
Devāna’mpiyatissena-raññā kārāpitāyi’dha
Dutiyaṇṇavasaṅkāsa-tissāya vāpiyā bhusaṁ
5
Nīraniggamane magge-sodhetvā vāpibandhanaṁ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhinnaṁ-rajjadhanaparibbayā

6
Karnall̥lkl̥ṭnāmakhyāto-samaye’smiṁ mahāsayo
Blavèskināmikāyā’tra-lalanāyā’gami samaṁ

7
So kho amarikādesī-èḍvarḍprṚrābhidhāninā
Nītiññunā iṅgirisi-bhāsāya parivattitaṁ

8
Mohoṭṭivattapaññāta-gāmubbhavassa dhīmato
Guṇānandassa yatino-vādaṁ pāṇadurabbhavaṁva

9
Passitvo’paparikkhitvā-sammā gotamasāsane
Pasīditvā’gamane’ha-saraṇaṁ ratanattayaṁ

10
Gato vuddhiṁ sāsanassa-munino patthayaṁ tadā
Saṅgamitvā sogatehi-padhānehi yathāvidhi

11

Paramaviññāṇatthavhaṁ-patiṭṭhāpesi saṁsadaṁ
Tatoppabhuti dīpe’smiṁ-nānādisāsu’nekadhā

12
Tahiṁ tahiṁ tassamiti-maggena jananāyakā
Pacurā pāṭhasālāyo-bhattiyā susamārabhuṁ

13
Visesato sogatānaṁ-vissutā sā sabhā subhā
Yāvajja vattate sādhu-hitatthasādhikā bhusaṁ

14
Yathāpurā tathe’vā’smiṁ-kāle’pi laṅkike jane
Gaṇāpayittha laṅkeso-pamāṇaṁ jānituṁ viya

15
Tadā sattavīsalakkhe-kūnasaṭṭhisahassakā
Sattasataṭṭhatiṁsati-janarāsī bhavuṁ iha

[SL Page 226] [\x 226/]

16
Eṅgalantasabhāya’ñca-prusbiṭṚriyasaṁsade
Daduṁ rajjā pūjakānaṁ-nibbese taṁ nivāritaṁ

17
Paccatthikehi’maṁ laṅkaṁ-rakkhituṁ bhaṭavāhiniṁ
Volanṭiyarnāmakhyātaṁ-paṭṭhapittha yathāvidhi

18
Dhūrarathañjasaṁ laṅkā-patino’ssa’ddhanā’yataṁ
Yāvahèṭankāḷatittha-mātulappurato’karuṁ

19
Çlbarṭvikṭarnāmadheyyo-jl̥rjsamañño ca vissutā
Dve kumārā ihā yātā-kāle’smiṁ bhāgadheyyakā

20
Hèrīḍayasnāmamantī-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe tadā
Vinicchayakkāradhuraṁ-pattā’do sīhalo sudhī

21
Suvikhyāto dhammapāla-nāmena thiramānaso
Sūravīro ñātadhammo-ratanattayamāmako

22
Patvā desantaraṁ suddha-Buddhadhammaṁ tahiṁ tahiṁ
Saññāpayī mahussāho-sāsanodayakāmato

23
Apetasaddhammasaññaṁ-jātagotamasāsanaṁ
Jambudīpaṁ gamma Buddha-laddhiṁ vyatanayī tadā

24
Kalkaṭānagare ramme-vihāraṁ dhammarājikaṁ
Bārāṇasyaṁ mūlagandha-kuṭi’ṅkārapayī mudā

25
So kho’tisaddho laddhāna-pabbajja’ñco’pasampadaṁ
Nibbhītiko’va sūjū’si-kittisesopago tahiṁ

26
Laṅkissaro roborṭlonḍan-nāmakhyāto chahāyanaṁ
Timāsādhikakālaṁ so-vasitvā gā sadesakaṁ

27
Dvisahasse catusate-sattavīsatime jine
Patvā laṅkesataṁ gl̥rḍan-nāmo laṅka’mapāpuṇi

28
Sappaññassa dayālussa-ādo mantanasaṁsade
Kathe’va’massā’bhavittha-laṅkikahitakāmato

29
Laṅkārakkhaka saṅgāma-senaṅgaṁ pacca’nūsamaṁ
Kataṁ dhanabbaya’mūna-karaṇattaṁ nivedi so

30
Dhanāgāre oriyanṭal-nāme vatthupabhaṅgataṁ
Nissāya mahatībhīti-janatāyā’si dussahā

31
Taddhanāgārato tasmiṁ-kāle vissajjitā ci’ha
Mūlapattavayā rajjā-rūpimūle patiddade

[SL Page 227] [\x 227/]
32
Buddhimā icca’bhāsittha-laṅkindo janatā bhusaṁ
Pīti’māvedayuṁ tasmiṁ-bhayabyākulamānasā

33
Tatopaṭṭhāya rajjā’pi-pacurā mūlapattakā
Vissajjitāni tasmā’va-rajjaṁ vuddhi’magā tadā

34
Vihāradevālayānaṁ-dhanadhaññassa yuttito
Pavattanaṁ pihentānaṁ-viññūna’ñca mahehayā

35
Vihāradevālayāṇā-khyātā nīti visesikā
Paññattā’si tato kiñci-sāphalyaṁ nā’bhavī iha

36
Nāthabhattimataṁ seṭṭhaṁ-vesākhussavacāsaraṁ
Sindhusaṁvaccharadinaṁ-sīhalapaṭigaṇhitaṁ

37
Māhammadussavaṁ hajji-perunālnāmikaṁ dinaṁ
Dinattaya’mimaṁ laṅkā-pativissāmika’ṅkari

38
Tadā badullanagaraṁ-katvā paṭhānaṭhāniyaṁ
Disaṁ ūvābhidhānena-vibhaji bhāgakovido

39
Koḷambapuravāsīnaṁ-jalaṁjalanaḷañjasā
Dātuṁ lābugāmanīrā-sayaṁ pūrayi vārino

40
Vikṭl̥riyārājiniyā-makuṭassa piḷandhanā
Vasse paññāsame puṇṇe-tadā’si’ha mahacchaṇo

41
Mahindatthalathūpo’smiṁ-kāle bhijjati bhītiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī tassa-cetiyassa’ddhakaṁ lahuṁ

42
Yāvannavaggāmahapu-talavhapurato tadā
Dhūmarathañjasaṁ dīgha-’makārayi yathāvidhi

43
Kāle’smiṁ nīranikkhanta-magge nagaravāpiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī rajje-mahaddhanaparibbayā
44
Rūpīnaṁ vissajitvāna-pañcavīsasahassakaṁ
Tadā pākatika’ṅkaṁsu-rajjato yodhadigghikaṁ

45
Mantanassabhatiṁ nīti-dāyikāyo’ddharaṭṭhake
Mantidhuraṁ sīhalāna-’mekaṁ ṭhapesi buddhimā

46
Tathe’va laṅkissaro so-māhammadikajātinaṁ
Pādāsye’kaṁ mantidhuraṁ-kāruññaparamo tadā

47
Majjhimāsāya sabara-ggāmāse’ti visuṁ disaṁ
Katvāna tassaṁ ratana-puraṁ mukhyapura’ṅkari

[SL Page 228] [\x 228/]

48
Tade’va devanagara-titthe dīpālaye subhe
Jotāpayittha paṭhamaṁ-pajjotaṁ kittijotimā

49
Laṅkeso kasiyā vuddhi-’mapekkhe’so’mhi dīpake
Vivarittha kasikamma-vijjāgāraṁ guṇālayo

50
Naṭṭhāvasiṭṭhe kammante-porāṇe rakkhituṁ idha
Purāvijjārakkhakā’ti-ṭhapesi kārakaṁ sabhaṁ

51
Mahesino sāsanavuddhisambhavaṁ
Samicchamānā janatā suvissutā
Samecca bhatyā sugatādisāsano-
Dayābhidhānaṁ pariveṇa’mārabhuṁ

52
Tahaṁ’dhipaccūpagato’dimo dhiyā
Kavi ssutejena ravī muduttayā
Sasi tthira’ddi vimalādisāradhi-
Patī virocitthi’ha satthabhāsato

53
Sadesadesantarasamphuṭāriya
Ssilokanādo kaviketuvissuto
Mahāgaṇī tappariveṇamaggato
Mahatthasiddhi’ṅkari sādhu pāṇinaṁ

54
Vasi’ha paramaviññāṇatthanāmassabhāya’
Madhipati bhaviya’tthaṁ vīsavassappamāṇaṁ
Sumariya parisāyaṁ tāya ārṚmiranda-
Viditadhivacano so buddhimā vuddhikāmo

55
Suvisadatatakittī ñātasatthāgamādi
Viracayi varasīmālakkhaṇaddīpatiṁ yo
Varakavitilako so vissuto’sse’va kāle
Paravavimalasārattheranetā diva’ṅgā

56
Iha janahitakārī santataṁ sattajāta-
Manakamalavanaṁ yo bodhayī laṅkadhīso
Gaditayasaninādo khyātagl̥rḍansamañño
Sudhi gami sakadesaṁ sattavassaṁ vasitvā

Bhāṇavāraṁ tipaññāsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse laṅkesattaya dīpano nāma
Tepaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 229] [\x 229/]

Catupaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Atha vigatavatī’to tamhi laṅkāpatismiṁ
Catusatacatutiṁsādhikyake dvissahasse
Naravarasaradasmiṁ mañjulaṅkaṁ hi hèvlok
Viditadhivacano’pāgañchi laṅkissare’so

2
Dayamuduhadayo so desatāṇakkamasmiṁ
Paṭutaramatimā’smiṁ dīpake vattamānaṁ
Janagaṇaparimāṇaṁ tassa kāle’pi pubbe
Yatha’riva pariñātuṁ saṅgaṇāpesi dhīmā

3
Narapatisamayasmiṁ vattitaṁ vīhisuṅka-
Gahaṇa’manucita’nti manti jl̥rjvl̥l samañño
Sumariya varamedho dunnayaṁ ta’ñhi nītiṁ
Apanayi janaphāti’ṅkāmi laṅkissarena

4
Tada’pi’riha janānaṁ vuddhi’mākaṅkhamānā’
Rabhi suvidita’maggaṁ ṭèknikalsatthasālaṁ
Pavaraparamaviññāṇatthasaññasabhāto
Sanika’makari’rambhaṁ’nandavijjālayaggā
5
Surasuravaravāṇīccantacheko sa’ñāṇa-
Tilakayatipatī’so bhāratīyā vibhāvī
Iha suviditavijjobhāsasatthālayaggaṁ
Janagaṇahitakāmī sārabhi tamhi kāle

6
Janahitanirate ‘so kantakaḷyāṇinajjaṁ
Atisayaputhusetuṁ khyātavikṭl̥riyavhaṁ
Tatha’riva sakanāmiṁ’nāmayāgāra’muccā
Yata’matirucihèvlokpākaṭa’ṅkārayittha

7
Sudhivaraguṇasālī laṅkadhīso sa’dhūma-
Rathapatha’matidīghaṁ kārayī’hā’su sammā
Vasiyi’ha sarade so pañca hèvloksamañño
Apagami sakadesaṁ pīnayaṁ pāṇipūgaṁ

[SL Page 230] [\x 230/]

8
Atisayasutalaṅkādhissarasmiṁ payāte
Suvisada yasanādo rijvenāmo sirīmā
Ima’mupagami laṅkaṁ patva laṅkissarattaṁ caturatarakathī so buddhimā suddhabuddhyā

9
Subhataravaralaṅkaṁ phātikattuṁ’bhilāso
Vividhapacuradhaññuppattihetukirayāto
Bahutaradhanavuddhi sādhuvassāpayanto
Iha jananikaraṁ santosayī santataṁ’va

10
Tadi’ha pabhujanā sambhattiyā sogatābya-
Suvi suta pariveṇaṁ saddhikā sārabhiṁsu
Suviditasirisādimaṅgalavhe’rugāme
Taha’madhi pati’rāsā’disaṁ’netā vibhāvī

11
Tidiva’mupagatasmiṁ tamhi’dhīse kavīse
Viditasamayasattho ganthakattā pavīṇo
Taha’madhipatibhāvaṁ patva dhīmā sa’ñāṇa-
Vimalasutayatindo satthalokaṁ karittha

12
Tada’pi’ha matasattho sikkhito Buddhadhamme
Sunisitamati seṭṭho indajotī yatīnaṁ
Labhiya janagaṇānaṁ’jjhesanaṁ kovido pā-
Vacanudayasamaññaṁ satthasālaṁ’rabhittha

13
Visadayasaninādo tassa kālamhi dhamma-
Ratana yatipatindo dhammasatthappavīṇo
Suvidita pariveṇaṁ’nandanāmaṁ’rabhitvā
Pavarataramatīyā’kāsi lokatthasiddhiṁ

14
Iha suviditakaḷyāṇīrudesamhi kante
Tatha’riva sutayāpāpaṭṭanaṭṭhāniyamhi
Avitaruciralaṅkassa’ssa kālamhi dhūma-
Rathapathakaraṇa’ñcā’suṁ’rabhiṁsū’dha rajjā

15
Pacurapavaravīthipaṇyasālābhi citre
Ruciratarapurasmiṁ khyātakoḷambasaññe
Nikhilajanasukhatthaṁ kārayī sādhu vijju-
Rathagamana’mudā’yaṁ sā bavusṭarḍsamajjā

[SL Page 231] [\x 231/]

16 Vividhajanapapuṇṇe kantakoḷambanāme
Viditapuravarasmiṁ hārititthe padhāne
Varataraṇitaḷākaṁ kātave maññamāno
Nikhani paṭhamapaṁsūpuñjakaṁ laṅkadhiso
17
Vipuladharaṇibhāraṁ sārahāraṁ vahantī
Tatasuvisadakittīvalli’vi’ndussa lekhā
Nikhilahadayahārī khyātavikṭl̥riyavhā
Upagami samaye’smiṁ rājinī maccurājaṁ

18
Itu’pagatavatīyā nāmasesaṁ hi tāyaṁ
Pavaravidhiniyogā’hā’dhirajje ca tassā
Pamukhapavarasūnu sattamo’ḍvarḍsamañño
Thiramatiguṇavāso so mahābhūpatī’si

19
Labhiya varaniyogaṁ tātarañño vidhīmā
Piyataravaralaṅkaṁ daṭṭhukāmo’mhi kāle
Upagami dhitimā’smiṁ vṚlskumāro variṭṭho
Sapadi’ha paṭigaṇhī sādhukaṁ pāṇirāsī

20
Tadi’ha janagaṇānaṁ satthapāguññakāmā’
Rabhu’muda sutanl̥rmannāmavijjālayaggaṁ
Nayanagadavināsāya’ggavikṭl̥riyavhaṁ
hapayī ta’dapi kātuṁ’rogya sālaṁ’dimasmiṁ

21
Amarapuranivāsī saddhikā vittasāmī
Sukhacitamaṇimuttābhāsuraṁ sundaraṁ’va
Kanakamayakaraṇḍaṁ’dāya laṅkaṁ gamitvā
Munivararadadhātuṁ pūjayuṁ tena bhatyā

22
Viditasamayasattho sīlanandābhidhāno
Yatipati’riha saddhammākarākhyaṁpasiddhaṁ
Varamati pariveṇaṁ sādhubhāvā’rabhitvā
Akari sucirakālaṁ sāsanapphātimaggaṁ

23
Naravaravarapāṇī saṅgamitvā tadāni
Samudaya’mabhilāsī sāsana’ṅgī rasassa
Paramataruṇabuddhassaṁsadaṁ sārabhiṁsu
Sa’hi janahitasāraṁ sādhayatya’jja yāva

[SL Page 232] [\x 232/]

24
Ya’makari varacetyaṁ kākavaṇṇāditissaviditadharaṇipālo sādhu tissorurāme
Atisayaviri’yeko sāmaṇero hi sabbhi
Saha kira paṭisaṅkhārāpaya’ppaṁ vinaṭṭhaṁ

25
Puna’rapi apare’smiṁ maccuvāsaṁ payāte
hapiya samiti’maggaṁ cetyavuddhiṁ padhānā
Labhiya sadupakāraṁ sogatānaṁ pahūtaṁ
Puthutaradhitiyā taṁ sādhu niṭṭhāpayiṁsu

26
Samudaya’miha pācīnaggabhāsāna’micchaṁ
Varamati samaye’smiṁ’jjhāpanajjhakkhakohi
Vidurajanacayaṁ so’netva mantetva sammā
Rabhi vara samitiṁ pācīnabhāsopakāraṁ

27
Taha’madhipatitaṁ es em barl̥snāmakhyāto
Matisacivavaro’pāgamma so lekhakattaṁ
Dadiya sutaguṇādivaḍḍhanākhyassudhissa
Saradamanu parikkhaṁ sārabhī māgadhādiṁ

28
Tatha’riva sudhi hārvarḍnāmamantissaro ca
Matisacivavariṭṭho khyātaḍenhemsamañño
Sacivadhipati mèkrenāmiko’jjhakkhakā te
Sabhati’madhipatittaṁ patva vuddhi’ṅkariṁsu

29
Vidurajanavirāje saṁsade’smiṁ tato hi
Para’matimatimā Ṛ em guṇassekharākhyo
Guṇaratanabhidhāno so hèraḍpubbiko’va
Sudhitasutamudalindā pālayuṁ lekhakattaṁ

30
Taha’madhipati’dāni sorobinsansamañño
Matisacivavaro tabbuddhisiddhi’ṅkareyya
Thiramatiguṇavā ī Ṛ’bhayassekharākhyo
Vahati sa’mudalindo lekhakattaṁ hi tassaṁ

31
Varakavicayarājikārakākhyassabhāya
Sahitasutasamajjā satthakāmīna’matthaṁ
Satata’manibha’maggaṁ sādhayantī’timattaṁ
Vilasati’riha dīpe’nītikā yāvaajja

[SL Page 233] [\x 233/]

32
Munisamayabhivuddhiṁ’pekkhamānā tade’vā’
Rabhu’muda sutavijjānandavijjālayaggaṁ
Taha’madhipatibhāvaṁ patva dhammādirāmā-
Dhivacanathavireso satthaloka’ṅkarittha

33
Vividhavidhividhānā dīpa’maggaṁ samiddhaṁ
Kari’yidha dhuvasāraṇīyavutti pajāhi
Sudhiguṇanīdhibhūto rijvenāmo sa’laṅkā-
Dhipati gami sadesaṁ ettha vasse’ṭṭha ṭhitvā

34 Atha piyaguṇayutto blṚksamañño hi laṅkā-
Dhipatita’mupagantvā pāpuṇī dvissahasse
Sa’catusatachatāḷīsādhike Buddhavasse
Parama’miha’bhivuddhiṁ cintayanto’timattaṁ

35
Pabhujanagaṇa’mānetvāna bhatyā sa’mukhyo
Kasikiriyasabhaṁ sammā’rabhī’nuddayālū
hapitakasisamajjāmaggato’smiṁ hi dīpe
Pacuratarasadattho sambhavī bhāvamāno

36
Sa’hi nagaravarasmiṁ seṭṭhatitthe manuññaṁ
Varataraṇitaḷākaṁ cā’yatā tuṅga’maggaṁ
Atisaya piyanettārogyasālaṁ visālaṁ
Vivari manujajāte pīti’māvedayante

37
Bhuvi tatarucikittī buddhimā suddhaceto
Suviditavaracūḷālaṅkatisyāmarājā
Samupagamiya laṅkaṁ desacāro tade’va
Iha’dhipatipadhānā sesasammānito’va

38
Sakamudupadadhūlīpūtalokesasakka-
Narapatimakuṭassa’ggaññadhammassuphassaṁ
Alabhi dasanadhātu yā munindassa taṁ’va
Namitu’mahitukāmo’gā mahāṭhāniyaggaṁ

39
Taha’mavanipatindo’diccabandhussa tibba-
Suvisadaradadhātuṁ disva natvā mahitvā
Pavarasuthirabhatyā phassituṁ pāṇinā taṁ
Asamayasa’mayācī tāyake taṁ pasanno

[SL Page 234] [\x 234/]

40
Api ca vidita vārīvaḍḍhanakhyātamantī
Nadadi kamavirodha’ntī’ha vatva’kkamaññū
Atha narapatiseṭṭho rosavessānarena
Atisayajalamāno’pāgamī dhātugehā

41
Rucirapavaralaṅkāmātupāmokkhasūnu
Sajanahitabhilāsī sūravīro nibhīto
Iha jananayanehī mocayaṁ’sū tadā jl̥n-
Kotalāvalabhidhāno pañcataṁ manti yāto

42
Munivacanapathasmiṁ sikkhito satthavedī-
Riha suvidita dhammārāma thero yatindo
Varamati pariveṇaṁ taṁ hi vijjādibandhuṁ
Rabhiya’dhipati tasmiṁ sādhayaṁ bhāsiyatthaṁ

43
Sirimati sirilaṅkādhissare blṚksamaññe
Gatavati catuvassaṁ ṭhitvi’to sassa desaṁ
Samacatusatapaññāsādhike dvisahasse
Sirighasaradasmiṁ henrimèklamsamavho

44
Upagami sirilaṅkādhissaro bhūya dhīmā
Idha janasamavuttī mantanassaṁsadaṁ so
Mahipavaraniyogā’kā’dhirajje visesaṁ
Tada’pi pavaradīpe vāsinaṁ vuddhiyā’si

45
Dasasu viditamantisve’ttha vāsīna’chandā
Supaṭitacatumantī uccinetuṁ’vakāsaṁ
hapayī catusu tesvi’ṁgīrasinaṁ dve ca mantī
Tatha’riva apare’ko’landiyāna’ñca manti

46
Nivasata’miha dosaññūna’meko ca mantī
Bhavu’miti catumantī channa’maññesa’meko
Uparimavijitamhā mantiko heṭṭharaṭṭhā
Aparapavaramantī dve sudaṁ sīhalānaṁ
47
Tatha’riva damiḷānaṁ dve ca mantī’dha muslim
Iti viditajanānaṁ ce’kamantī’tiche’te
Tadi’ha matimatā laṅkādhinā pāpitā’suṁ
Pavaradhuradadhāne’kārasā’suṁ ca mantī

[SL Page 2354] [\x 354/]

48
Vasumatiparakittīpatthivāsannikāsa-
Dayavisadasiloko buddhimā sāmakāmo
Mahipati sutaèḍvarḍsavhayo sattamo so
Gami’riha samayasmiṁ kittisesattanaṁhi

49
Puna sutagarurajje rājino tassa seṭṭha-
Piyataratanayo so pañcamo jl̥rj samañño
Sudhivaraguṇasaṅgo muttikittī samāno
Vidhiniyamavasā sīhāsanāsīnako’sī

50
Valahagoḍasamañño devavāso’si gaṅgā-
Sirinagaravarasmiṁ tatu devālayasmiṁ
Patisama’managha’mpyā’sāḷhikaṁ pāṭihīraṁ
Pacurajanasametā sīhalaṁ vattayanti

51
Tatha’riva ciravāsī yonakā tamhi gaṅgā-
Siripurapavarasmiṁ kārayuṁ palli’mekaṁ
Taha’matha samaye’smiṁ dibbavāse purā’va
Hanati turiyabherī palliñattā manuññā

52
Vajati nadisakāsaṁ pāṭihīre manāpe
Mahamadikajanā tappallisāmantakasmiṁ
Turiyahanana’māsuṁ vāraṇīya’ntya’vocuṁ
Taha’matisamitattā sogatā vimbhitā’va

53
Akariya kalahaṁ taṁ majjhimāsāpatissa
Surasadanadhikārī vedayī abbhutatthaṁ
Sa’himahamadikānaṁ pakkhapātī bhavitvā
Taha’matha turiyānaṁ vādanaṁ vārayittha

54
Puna siranilayādhikāri mantī ta’matthaṁ
Anaya’dhikaraṇaṁ seṅkhaṇḍaselappurasmiṁ
Sunisitanayavedī nicchayakkāraseṭṭho
Samanugamiya pubbiṁ taṁ paṭiñña’ñca pattaṁ

55
Ta’madhīkaraṇa’maggaṁ samparikkhitva sīghaṁ
Nayamanu’da disādhīsassa kāmaṁ vipakkhaṁ
Puthumativaramantī pl̥l i pīris samañño
Visada’makari seṭṭhaṁ nicchayaṁ nītidakkho

[SL Page 236] [\x 236/]
56
Tada’pi asahamāno majjhimāsādhipo so
Pavaradhikaraṇaṁtaṁ netva tamhā sapakkhaṁ
Katha’mpi labhi tuṇṇaṁ tiraṇaṁ aññadāni
Samatha’manayi bādhaṁ laṅkadhīso’nukampo

57
Suviditasurabhāso māgadhādo pavīṇo
Kavi siririyavaṁsakhyātanetā’mhi kāle
Pabhujananikarenā’rādhito maṅgalākhyaṁ
Rabhi’riha pariveṇaṁ’dhissaro bhūya bhāti

58
Jinajanasamudāyo yaṁ parakkantibāhuṁ’
Rabhi sutapariveṇaṁ’dhissaro tamhi netā
Sirijinaratanavho therasīho yasassī
Vipulatarasadattha’ṅkāsi tammaggato’va

59
Puna’riha sirilaṅkeso surāsuṅkanītiṁ
hapayī pahari setūsuṅkagāhaṁ tadāni
Adhika’makari nāvānītadabbāna’suṅkaṁ
Tada’pi nikhilalaṅkādassana’ñcā’bhavittha

60
Kati’riti samaye’smiṁ pāṇayo laṅkadhīso
Avagamitu’mapekko saṅgaṇāpesi satte
Tada’pi kiriya’māsuṁ niṭṭhapetvāna dhūma-
Rathagamana’makāresā’madhuggāma’mādo

61
Viditapuravarasmiṁ kantakoḷambanāme
Sukhanita’parakāle bṚrenāme taḷāke
Atisayaviriya’ṁsaṁ pūrayī paṁsunā’jja
Varagharavisikhāyo dissare mālinī’va

62
Munisamayudayesi sādhu muddā-
Payitu’muda’ṭṭhakathā rabhittha tantyaṁ
Sakavipuladhanabbayā sa’hṚvā-
Vitaraṇiyo sayimansamaññamanti

63
Ghanatimisavidhaṁsi raṁsimālī-
Ravisadiso tanayittha satthalokaṁ
Suvitatavarakitti desadese
Sa’sirisumaṅgalanetusāmipādo

[SL Page 237] [\x 237/]
64
Viditapavarasatthabhāvavijjo-
Dayapariveṇadhipo mahāvibhāvī
Gami diva’mamarāna’sāsituṁ’va dharaṇitalaṁ timiraṁ tato’bhavittha
65
Anunaya’manisaṁ hi pālya laṅkaṁ
Jananikaraṁ pihayaṁ hi pañcavassaṁ
Sahadhika’miha ṭhitva’gañchi mèklam-
Viditabhidho vijitaṁ’sa laṅkadhīso

66
Varakavivisarā patitakittī
Garumahipā dhanino’khile’va kāmaṁ
Sakasakatanuyo pahāya’gañchūṁ
Kimuta paresa’manantada’ṅkuruvho

Bhāṇavāraṁ catupaññāsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse catulaṅkesa dīpano nāma
Catupaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 238] [\x 238/]

Pañcapaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Dvisahassaccatusata-chapaññāsamite jine laṅkissaro roborṭcāmars-samañño’si idhā’gato

2
So kho munindasamayaṁ-bhāsaṁ māgadhikaṁ tathā
Pākaṭo’si vijaññā’ti-bhāsantaravisārado

3
Tene’va sogatā sabbe-tasse’hā’gamanaṁ pati
Bhīyyo pasannā sammoda-vāca’mavedayuṁ tadā

4
Tasse’va laṅkāpatino-kāle koḷambaṭhāniye vicarittha cāmarsdhaññā-gāraṁ sammodamānaso

5
Purā laṅkāya’māraddho-yāvasindhupadesakaṁ
Sādhetvāna dhūmaratha-maggo niṭṭhāpito tadā

6
Vyatto so pālibhāsāya-tabbuddhikāmato bhusaṁ
Majjhimaṭṭhakathaṁ seṭṭhaṁ-papañcasūdanissutaṁ

7
Pariveṇe’dhipatinā-vijjālaṅkāravissute
Dhammasatthappavīṇena-bhāsantara vijānatā

8
Dhammārāmasamaññena-yatindena vipassinā
Sodhāpetvāna sahasā-muddāpayi yathākkamaṁ

9
Tathe’va kāle’parasmiṁ-jātakaṭṭhakathaṁ’riyaṁ
Iṁgīrasibhāsāya mudā-parivattiya so budho

10
Eṅgalantamahādīpe-mahaddhanaparibbayā
Muddāpetvāna sambhatyā-tanayittha sadāsayo

11
Byatto’si ce’pi kusalo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Tasse’va kāle loko’pi-vipattimukha’māgami

12
Jarmanpraṁsaitikhyāta-vaṁsikesu mahāhavo
Sudussaho bhūrisatta-ghātako cā’si sabbaso

13
Vattamāne raṇe tamhi-rajja’meṁglantanāmikaṁ
Samaggahī pransapakkhaṁ-sāhāyyena lahuṁ tadā
14
Saṅkulasse’va yuddhassa-laṅkātova mahaddhanaṁ
Tathe’va raṇasūre ca-pesayu’ṁglantarajjakaṁ

15
Dhanahāniṁ janahāniṁ-raṭṭhahāniṁ savāhini
Anapekkhiya yujjhiṁsu-samūpabbūḷhakā bhusaṁ

[SL Page 239] [\x 239/]

16
Pavattite catuvassaṁ-tasmiṁ saṅkula saṁyuge
Jarmannāmā jātikā te-parājiṁsva’tha taṁ samī

17
Mahāsaṁyugakālamhi-laṅkāya’ñca bhayānakaṁ
Bhaṇḍanaṁ’si sīhalīya-yonakānaṁ’napekkhitaṁ

18
Sabbattha sabbadā sabbe-sogatā pativaccharaṁ
Vesākhussava’maccantaṁ-pavattentī’ha pītiyā

19
Dvisahasse catusate-kūnasaṭṭhimahāyane
Vesākhapuṇṇamadine-sogatānaṁ mahāmahe

20
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-vattamāne tadussave
Tato tato chaṇaṁ daṭṭhuṁ-janakāyā samosaṭā

21
Sambuddhamāmakā sesā-radadhātuṁ namassiya
Pūjetvā’nekavidhinā-munindaguṇadīpakaṁ
22
Pītigītiṁ pavedentā-vattentā turiyaddhanaṁ
Tāsu tāsu visikhāsu-sañcariṁsu mudā nisaṁ

23
Pītiyā caramānesu-sogatesu sugītiyā
Gāyamānesu santesu-māhammadikajantavo

24
Tadakkhamā tappalli-nikaṭe rāsibhūya ca
Visūkaṁ dassayuṁ tasmiṁ-sogatānaṁ sudussahaṁ

25
Sakkharādīhi ca’ññehi-pahāra’madduṁ bhusaṁ
Taṅkhaṇaṁ sogatā bhīyyo-kupitā nibbhayā tahiṁ

26
Akaruṁ kalahaṁ bhīmaṁ-sīghaṁ laṅkātale bhusaṁ
Dāvaggi viya saṁvaḍḍhi-kalahaggi tahiṁ tahiṁ

27
Sambuddhajanasambhūtaṁ-kalahaṁ jātikattato
Maññamānā kittubhattā-sīhalā sogatānugā

28
Yahiṁ yahiṁ yonakā hi-nivasanti tadā bahū
Tahiṁ tahiṁ ca gāmesu-nigamesu puresu ca

29
Tappalliyo paṇyasālā-sadumāni bahūni ca
Bhindiṁsu atha jhāpesuṁ-māresuṁ pacure jane

30
Asmiṁ kalakale bhīyyo-vuttantā vitathā rayā
Patthaṭā’suṁ tato saccaṁ-ñātuṁ kocā’pinā’sabhi

31
Bhaṇḍane vaḍḍhamānasmiṁ-mārsalll̥itivissutaṁ
Yuddhanītiṁ pakāsesi-janānaṁ bhaya’māvahaṁ

[SL Page 240] [\x 240/]

32
Pubbuttarāsā vajjetvā-tassā saṅgāmanītiyā
Tadāni laṅkā nikhilā-sigha’mantogadhā’bhavi

33
Yāva vattati sā nīti-tāva rattiṁ sagehato
Paṭikkhipī nikkhamanaṁ-janānaṁ sabbaso bahi

34
Ekattha sattaṭṭhajanā-sīhalā hi samosaṭā
Divā tiṭṭhanti ta’ñcā’pi-paṭikkhittaṁ’si sabbathā
35
Yassa kassaci gehasmiṁ-nettiṁsachūrikādayo
Yekecā’suṁ’yudhā sabbe-’panītā kalaho samī

36
Taha’miṁgīrasirajjassa-virodhaṁ kañci sīhalā
Kattha cā’pi nadassesuṁ-tathā’pi’ṁgīrasimānusā

37
Kumantana’nti maññantā-sīhalānaṁ visesato
Kārāgāraṁ nivesesuṁ-sīhalajananāyake

38
Rajje niyoga’māgamma-apare pabhusīhale
Sāmaññe pacure jīve-haniṁsu rāja porisā

39
Samite kalahe’kacce-pamukhe’ti sasaṁsaye
Yuddhādhikaraṇaṁ netvā-vinicchiya yathāruci

40
Niyāmitā māraṇāye-’kacce’pya’naparādhakā
Kārāgārāya niyamā-yāvajīvaṁ’bhavuṁ tadā

41
Tadā kāragāragate-mocetuṁ pabhusīhale
Ārḍlinl̥rṭannāmakhyāto-bèvansaññāsuvissuto

42
[F]prunsisdasoyisānāma-paññāto nītikovidā
Buddhimantā tathāca’ññe-yatayuṁ’nuddayāparā

43
Kalahe’smiṁ yonakāna-’malābho bhavi yattako
Sīhalānaṁ dhanaṁ’dāya-tesaṁ’dhika’maduṁ tadā

44
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-mantīso caturo kathī
Sīhalāna’madosattaṁ-mantanassabhatiṁ iha

45
Accantabyattakathayā-dīpetvāna tato’paraṁ
Eṅgalanta’magā seṭṭha-maccāna’ñca nivedituṁ

46
Sirimā jṚmspīrisnāmo-mantīso nayakovido
Sirimā jayatilaka-khyāto mantissaro sudhī

47
Tathā ca’ññe seṭṭhamantī-nītiyā caturā bhusaṁ
Subyattā te desapāla-kkamadhammavisāradā

[SL Page 241] [\x 241/]
48
Nimujje sīhale dukkha-sindhusmi’mativegasā
Gantve’ṅgalantādhirajjaṁ-mocetuṁ yatayuṁ tadā

49
Laṅkāto gatamantīna-’madhirajjaṁ vibhāvinaṁ
Yatanaṁ nā’phalaṁ āsi-sabbathe’va tadāni taṁ

50
Sudussahā yuddhanīti-bhayadā pāṇinaṁ bhusaṁ
Māsattayaṁ pavattā sā-laṅkākantaṁ nipīḷayī

51
Tivassamitakālaṁ taṁ-vutthaṁ cāmars samavhayaṁ
Laṅkesa’mavhita’metto-dese vāsāpayī sake

52
Laṅkese’pagate cāmars-nāmena vidite ito
Dvisahassaccatusate-kūnasaṭṭhimite jine

53
Çnḍarsannāmapaññāto-laṅkissaro dayāparo
Mahārājaniyogā’ga-puññapiṇḍūpamo iha

54
Daṇḍanītyā tāḷitāya-laṅkākāminiyā bhusaṁ
Vilapantiyā sa’laṅkeso-samassāsayi’dhā’gato

55
Sīhalīyayonakānaṁ-kalahaṁ’rabbha sīhalā
Yuddhādhikaraṇā kārā-gāra’ṅgamu’madosakā

56
Tasse’va laṅkissarassa-dayāpayadditā janā
Muttā’suṁ dukkhito bhūrī-nānāvyasanapīḷitā

57
Yāvajīvaṁ kāraghare-vasituṁ ye’pi sīhalā
Niyāmitā’suṁ bahavo-mocesi karuṇāparo

58
Jātaṁ kalakalaṁ paccā-’yācanappattake tadā
Laṅkesassa daduṁ sabbe-sādaro’paparikkhiya

59
Paripākañāṇo santa-bhāvo laṅkissaro sudhī
Tesaṁ tesaṁ patthanā tā-sādhayittha yathābalaṁ

60
Daṇḍakammavasā laṅkā-vāsīnaṁ gahitaṁ tadā
Dhanarāsiṁ dāpayittha-puna tesaṁ yathāvidhi

61
Vividhabbidhinā laṅkā-jane tāto sute viya
Vuddhiṁ pāpetu’manisaṁ-’sā’pekkho pūtamānaso

62
Ito’dhikatare ṭhāna-ntarādīni visesato
Sīhalānaṁ padāpetuṁ-sabhā’raddhā’si sādhukaṁ

63
Kalahassi’massa hetu-bhūtaṁ bhava’mito purā
Yathāvuttaṁ purāṇamhi-valahāgoḍavissute

[SL Page 242] [\x 242/]

64
Devālaye pāṭihīra-vutiyābādha’mittaraṁ
Vīmaṁsitvā tappamukhe-sīhale yonake’khile

65
Patiṭṭhāpiya sāmaggi-dhamme vatvā guṇaṁ tahiṁ
Itopaṭṭhāya cāritta-vidhinā pāṭihāriyaṁ

66
Yathā purā tathā sammā-pavattetuṁ yathāvidhi
Niyojesi sa’laṅkeso-yuttidhammaparāyano

67
Ñāṇī dhanī janā bhūrī-saṅgamitvā’smi’maddhani
Sabhaṁ’rabhuṁ jātikākhyaṁ-laṅkāvuddhi’mapekkhakā

68
Vijjālaṅkāravikhyāta-pariveṇādhipaccago
Siridhammārāmanāmo-yatīso kavipuṅgavo

69
Samussāpiya saṁsuddha-kittiketuṁ visārado
Vimhāpayaṁ diva’ṅgañchi-laṅkikajanataṁ bhusaṁ

70
Laṅkāya vuddhiṁ sampekkha-māne’raddhe sukiccake
Sīhalāna’mabhāgyena-karuṇāguṇabhūsito

71
Laṅkeso’darārogena-phuṭṭho so subhasādhako
Anapekkho’va laṅkāya-’magā maccumukhaṁ dukhā

72
Dvivassaṁ yo’nusāsittha-laṅkāyaṁ pīnayaṁ jane
Tasse’va ènḍarsannāmaṁ-vattate’jja janammukhe

73
Dhamme pavīṇo vinaye ca bimbā-
Rāmādhipo’ssa’ddhani santavutti
Dhīrādinando garunetupādo’
Bhidhānasesattana’māga dhīmā

74
Iti’riha’vanipālopammacitto janesu’
Mitasubhaguṇapīno’nuddayodaddabhāvo
Janavisara’manantassakirayāhā’timattaṁ
Tatavisadasiloko tosayī yo pite’va

75
Iha jananikarā taṁ ènḍrasannāmakhyātaṁ
Dhuvamanasi kareyyuṁ sādhu laṅkissaraṁ hi
Tatha’riva guṇavantā vyattajivhājiresu
Suviditavarakittīnāṭikā naccayantu

Bhāṇavāraṁpañcapaññāsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvegajanake dīpavaṁse sīhalayonakānaṁ
Viggahadīpano nāmapañcapaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 243] [\x 243/]

Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Tasmiṁ paraṁ loka’mupāgate sati
Laṅkissaro henrimèniṁsamavhayo
So dvissahasse sarade catussate
Dvāsaṭṭhime laṅka’mupāgamī jine

2
Laṅkāya’micchaṁ vipulaṁ samiddhataṁ
Kammaṁ kasiṁ’jjhāpanaka’ñca santataṁ
Samphātikāretu’manantakaddhitiṁ
Sandhārayaṁ pāṇimanāni gaṇhi so

3
Laṅkāya sabbattha tadā sudāruṇo
Rogo jaro dussahako samuṭṭhahiva
Dhaññāna’maccantavipattihetuto
Dubbhikkhako sambhavi pīḷadāyako

4
Khīṇāsavo seṭṭhamahāmahindako
Laṅkāya thero yadahe mahesino
Ropesi sammā’riyasāsanaṅkuraṁ
Jeṭṭhamhi taṁ puṇṇamahaṁ sanantanāva

5
Bhūpā sariṁsu’ssavavesato mudā
Taṁ nāsaruṁ gacchati gacchatī’ddhani
Koḷambakoṭṭhe kusumappadāyikā
Sammā sabhā taṁ’rabhi pāṭihāriyaṁ

6
Kāle’mhi dīpe’tra nivāsinaṁ bhusaṁ
Porāṇikammantanasaṁsadassa tu
Kāmaṁ paṭissaṅkharaṇe manorathaṁ
Ñatvāna so’dā’nubalaṁ balesinaṁ

7
Saṅgāmanītyādihi sampabodhitā
Sabbe tadatthaṁ satataṁ sughosayuṁ
Mukhyājanā jātika saṁsadānugā
Āyācanāpatta’masesakāmato

[SL Page 244] [\x 244/]

8
Eṅgalantarajjamhi videsabhārake
Pāmokkhamaccamhi padāpayuṁ lahuṁ
Laṅkissarassaddutiye’ssa hāyane
Laddhuṁ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṁ hitāvahaṁ

9
Ec.JṚ.Sī.PrṚrākhyakathissaroca jṚms-
Pīrissamañño nayadhammakovido
Ḍī.Bī.Jayāditilako visārado
Yācuṁ ta’meṅgalanta’mupecca te sudhī

10
[F]pèḍrikricaḍsenadhibhū dhanissaro
Vittaṁ tadatthaṁ vipula’mpi vissajī
Te vāyamuṁ vyatta ruṇācalamsuto
Vācissaro vissūtacandasāgaro

11
Taṁ sādhukaṁ so sacivādhipo tadā
Kāruññaceto paṭigayha bhattiyā
Laṅkissaraṁ henrimèniṁsamavhayaṁ
Āhūya lanḍannagaraṁ puruttamaṁ

12
Mantetva tenā’pi samaṁ visesato
Vīmaṁsayitvāna dadittha kiñci yaṁ
Laṅkājanā tena ca titti’mappakaṁ
Nā’gamma khippaṁ apanetu’mussahuṁ

13
Laṅkissaro ṭhānucitaggabuddhimā
Mukhye jane’vhāya ca tassa vajjane
Dassetva dosaṁ puna vacchare’paraṁ
Dāsyaṁ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṁ hitatthadaṁ

14
Tāve’dame’vaṁ paṭiyādadera’laṁ
Iccā’ha taṁ mukhyajanaccayo’yatiṁ
Sampekkhamāno paṭigaṇhi sādhukaṁ
Tassaṁ sabhāyaṁ paṭisaṅkhatāya tu

15
Mantī dhurī coddasa mantino’ddhurī
Tevīsatā’suṁ paṭhamaṁ hi sossavaṁ
Taṁ dvissahassamhi catussate catu-
Saṭṭhimmite māraji hāyane’rabhuṁ

[SL Page 245] [\x 245/]

16
Laṅkissaro so’disi yaṁ paṭissavaṁ
Dātuṁ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṁ yadā subhaṁ
Tasmiṁ’payāte samayamhi laṅkikā
Sammā paṭissaṅkharaṇāya ghosayuṁ

17
Vīmaṁsiyu’gghosana’matravāsinaṁ
Ñatvā paṭissaṅkharaṇe manorathaṁ
Seṭṭho’dipādo hi videsabhārako
Dātuṁ samicchi sa’paratthakāmato

18
Rañño’dhirajje’numati’ñca mantinaṁ
Laddhāna laṅkānavamantanassabhaṁ
Katvā thiraṁ sādhu tayo vinā’va
Mantī’pare uccinituṁ mahājane

19
Thāmaṁ ṭhapetvo’pasabhāpati’ñca
Mantīna’mekaṁ adhurīna’muttariṁ
Pāpetu’mitthaṁ’cinituṁ balaṁ paraṁ
Datvāna laṅkājanataṁ supīnayī

20
Tassaṁ navīnāya sahāya bārasava
Mantī dhure’vaṁ adhurī ca mantino
Te sattatiṁsā’su’masesato tadā
Ekūnapaññāsa bhaviṁsu mantino

21
Taṁ dvissahasse sarade catussate
Aṭṭhādhike saṭṭhimite tathāgate
Pītiggirā vattayatī janaccaye
Sammodamāno vivarittha saṁsadaṁ

22
Kāle’ssa laṅkādhipatissi’ha jjanā
Tussiṁsu laddhā mahatiṁ sabhaṁ yathā
Dhīmā sa’bhūyo’pasabhāpatī’ha jṚms-
Pīrissamañño’tra jane sutosayī
23
Kāle’mhi so sṭabsvidito’ggalekhako
Hoṁkoṁdhipaccaṁ sudhi patva’gā tahiṁ
Patvā mahālekhakataṁ nayaññū grem-
Tomsansamaññāvidito’si’hā’gato

[SL Page 246] [\x 246/]

24 Byatto vipassī pariveṇakuñjara-
Byuhe dayo kāraṇiko’dimo tadā
Byato’si ènḍrūsamarādisekharo
Satthodayesī lasate mahāsayo

25
Laṅkāya’majjhāpanadhissaro dayo
Vāyāma’maggaṁ vidadhī tadatthikaṁ
Ḍenhemsamañño sa’murīsiyassuto
Dīpe mahālekhakataṁ hi patva’gā

26
Siddhatthavijjālaya’masmi’maddhani
Sammā’rabhitvā bhuvanābhivuddhide
Kicce mahante sa’roborṭḍsoyisā-
Mantī’karī patthaṭakitti buddhimā

27
Dīpe’tra kāle’mhi visiṭṭhasatthiyaṁ
Taṁ vissavijjālaya’mārabhuṁ subhaṁ
Perādidoṇīnagare vare kasī-
Vijjālayaṁ saṁvivarittha so pabhū

28
Pubbe’va laṅkāya’midāni pāṇinaṁ
Saṅkhya’ṅgaṇāpesi vijānituṁ mitaṁ
Desantarānītapadhānadhaññato
Nāvā’suṅkaṁ diguṇa’ṅkarī tadā

29
So rājakicce niratāna’vattane’
Dhikye ākasī puna sobhane ghare
Tesaṁ hi koḷambapuramhi kārayī
Mèniṁṭavunnāma’si bhūpadesako

30
Devātidevena suphassitaṁ purā
Laṅkaṁ manuññaṁ pana daḍhukāmato
Byāto japanavaṁsakumārapuṅgavo
Kāle’smi’māgā’tra kirīṭasāmiko

31
Jl̥rjkhyātaraññoddhani pañcamassi’ha
Jeṭṭho suto vṚlsvidito kumārako
Laṅkaṁ samāgā’tisayaṁ samādaro
Pāṇīgaṇo taṁ paṭigaṇhi gāravā

[SL Page 247] [\x 247/]

32
Laṅkāya gantvāna patīcisaṁyuge
Maccu’ṅgatānaṁ saraṇattha’mucchitaṁ
Thambhaṁ patiṭṭhāpayi nīpaṭhāniye
Gālū pathadvāra samīpa bhūmiyaṁ

33
Koḷambapaññātapure puthuṁ bhusaṁ
Telāsayaṁ paṭṭhapi gāmapañcake
LṚḍīmèniṁnāma’manāmayālayaṁ
Laṅkissaro saṁvivarittha’nuddayo

34
Laṅkāvisiṭṭhodayakāmato tadā
Nīrabbalā vijjutapaṁ visesato
Nipphādituṁ vaṭṭavanappadesake
Kammanta’maggaṁ’rabhu’māsu rajjato

35
Rajje niyogā’tra visesañāṇino
Tasmiṁ pavīṇo vimalassurindako
Lūkaskulādītilako visārado
Mantī ca te dve pamukhā’bhavuṁ tahiṁ

36
Pāmokkhanīticcaturo sadāsayo
Çl.Çl.Ḍyupādhiṁ paṭhamaṁ dharitva yo
Ettho’pagañchī lalitābhayādiko
So rājapakkho sutamanti rājate

37
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthamandire’
Dhīso yasassī nayamaggavattako
Tejassi ñāṇissaranetupuṅgavo
Kāle’mhi’gā dibbapuraṁ kavissaro

38
Ārādhito sādhujanehi bhattiyā
Vidvānuyāto vimalādikitti so
Thero vinīto sugatādisāsano-
Dayākhyasatthālaya’mārabhiṁ puna

39
Henrīmèniṁlaṅkadhipo chavassato
Dhikya’mpi kālaṁ janataṁ visesato
Vuddhiṁ sa’pāpetva sutosayitvi’to
Desaṁ sakaṁ pāpuṇi sātakāmato

[SL Page 248] [\x 248/]

40
Tasmiṁ’payāte’tra visiṭṭhalekhako
Laṅkādhipacca’ṅgami tāvakālikaṁ
So kho klamènṭīvidito dayāparo
Hoṁkoṁpadesādhipatī bhavitva’gā

41
Laṅkāya’tho sāsitu’mittaraṁ èlak-
Sènḍarḍ samañño samayaṁ niyāmito
Āsī tadā vissuta bèljiyanmahā-
Bhūpo tadā’gañchi’ha desacārako

42
So dvissahassamhi catussate navā-
Dhikyamhi saṭṭhippamite jine sudhī
Patvāna laṅkissarataṁ hiyukli[f]rḍ-
Saññā sucinnaiṁ varalaṅka’māgato

43
Daṭṭhuṁ’va laṅkaṁ tatakittisaṁhati
Rèmsādiko sikkhitamèkḍonalsuto
Mantissaro sammatadesapālana-
Ñāyo sadhītūhi samaṁ ihā’gami

44
Bondussa suṅkaṁ gahitaṁ ito purā
Yaṁ taṁ nihīnaṁ vinivāritaṁ tadā
Dantāna’mārogyagharaṁ manoharaṁ
Lokatthikaṁ saṁvivaṭaṁ tadaddhani

45
Sabbattha laṅkāya’visesabhāvato
Jīvāna’matthaṁ sadhanabbayā’nisaṁ
Bhūrikirayā yo’kari seṭṭhanuddayo
Pèḍrkrcaḍsenadināyako sudhī

46
Buddho yahiṁ bodhi’mabujjhi bodhagaṁ
Nattu’ñca pūjetu’pasannamānaso
Taṁ jambudīpaṁ samupecca gāravā
Pūjāvidhiṁ sādhu’makāsi vandiya

47
Tasmi’ṅkhaṇe jātarujāya tamhi so
Loke pabhūjīvanugāmiko viya
Sāsuṁ jahāsa’ssa mataṁ vapuṁ ihā’
Netvāna laṅkāsuhadaṁ hi jhāpayuṁ

[SL Page 249] [\x 249/]

48
Tasse’va nāmaṁ saramānakā janā
Bimbaṁ’sa lohammaya’māsu kāriya
Vikṭl̥riyoyyānavare puruttame
Daṭṭhu’mpatiṭṭhāpayu’mattamānasā

49
Laṅkissaro satthudaya’mpi’hā’yatiṁ
Maññaṁ tadāvassika’magga’matthikaṁ
So saddakosaṁ’khilasīhaliṁgirasi-
Vācatthasāliṁ garu’matra rajjato

50
Kāretukāmo vibhajī mahaddhanaṁ
Ñāṇī guṇī satthavaye visārado
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sajīvako
Pāmokkhakattā’bhavi saddakosake

51
Ṛ.Em.Guṇassekharavissuto casaṁ
Ḍabliv.E[f]pèdi guṇavaḍḍhanassuto
Saṁsuddhabuddhī sacivā supesalā
Dve’tū’pakattuppadaviṁ dadhuṁ tahiṁ

52
Laṅkādhipo’dāni tikoṇamālikaṁ
Niṭṭhāpitaṁ dhūmarathañjasaṁ bhusaṁ
Santosaghose sati vattamānake
Accantamodo vivarī janappiyo

53
Ñāye ṭhapetuṁ iha gāmabhojake
Tesa’mpi vuttī suniyāmitā tadā
So pāṭhasālācariyāna’vetane’
Dhikye akā satthudayābhilāsato

54
Rajje yathā satthagharesva’dhārito
Sabbhāsapāṭhālayasañcaye tathā
Vissāma vuttī pana dātu’muttariṁ
Sādhuṁ garūnaṁ niyamova’bhavī tadā

55
Sammāguṇassālijanehi sannaya-
Bbedīhi pīnaṁ sumanoharaṁ sadā
Sampālituṁ laṅka’mimaṁ subhakkamaṁva
Yutta’nti yojetu’saraṁ sadāsayo

[SL Page 250] [\x 250/]

56
Lanḍanpuresassa sakaṁ manogataṁ
Tacchaṁ niveditvi’ha pālanakkame
Tattaṁ gavesetu’parikkhakaṁ sabhaṁ
Pesetu’metthā’su nivedayī tadā

57
Kāle’mhi pohaddaramullagāmajo
Ñāṇādinandoyatisaṅghanāyako
So dīpavaṁse paṭhamaṁsakaṁ mudā
Muddāpayitvā tanayittha sāsayaṁ

58
Mādampagāmubbhavako varassiri-
Saddhammavaṁsākhyanikāyanāyako
Dhīmā’ sa’dhammattilakavhavissuto
Kāle’mhi nāka’ṅgami therapuṅgavo

59
Jarman kulabbhūta higins samaññikā
Kantā visiṭṭhā pamadāna’matthikaṁ
Satthālayaṁ sādhu miyūsiyassutaṁ
Pubbe ito’kāsi’rabhitva yā hitaṁ

60
Suddhāsayā’smiṁ’dhani komalā piyā
Sā indavaṁsā viya sādhuvāṇini
Kantā yasosesupagā yasolatā
Tappāṭhasālā’si mahatthasādhikā

61
Laṅkissaro’tra janataṁ satataṁ pihento
Dhīmā kli[f]parḍ suvidito sirimā yasassī
Sāddhaṁ samaṁ iha vasitva naresakāmā
Laddhā’dhipacca’mupagā malayaddhadīpe

Bhāṇavāraṁ chapaññāsatimaṁ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse rajjapaṭisaṅkharaṇādi dīpanonāma
Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo

[SL Page 251] [\x 251/]

Sattapaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Tato timāsappamitaṁ-kālaṁ plècarsamavhayo
Laṅkeso dutiyo laṅkaṁ-pālayittha yathāvidhi

2
Tamhi kāle vissavijjā-layaṁ koḷambaṭhāniye
Athavā seṅkhaṇḍasela-purapuṅgavasantike

3
Kāretu’nti kuhaṁ vādo-āsi mantanasaṁsade
Vinicchetuṁ samesitvā-akbārnāmikakārakaṁ
4
Maṇḍalaṁ’cini sabbesaṁ-’numatyā tamhi maṇḍale
Yogga’nti tīraṇaṁ’hosi-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniye

5
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattatimitasogate
Paññāto sṭènlināmena-patvā laṅkesataṁ sudhī

6
Pappuyya laṅkaṁ sadaye-’rogyasālā tathā’pare
Daṭṭhukāmo kāraghare-sañcarittha paratthiko

7
Samattaloke vidite-muttimā kittimā sudhī
Kāruñño gandhipaññāto-seṭṭhaposo tadāni’ha

8
Sampatto khantiparamo-khadārkammantikaṁ bhusaṁ
Dhanaṁ sañcinituṁ āsi-laṅkikā mahatā’darā

9
Cirassuta’madiṭṭha’ntaṁ-janakāyā tahiṁ tahiṁ
Samosaṭā vimbhitā’va-passantā vīraporisaṁ

10
Sādhukaṁ paṭigaṇhiṁsu-janasambhamasambhavo
Tahaṁ tahaṁ sañcaranto-sañcinittha mahaddhanaṁ

11
Salamonkirasṭl̥palnāmo-’bhayasekharavissuto
Mantissaro tadā vyatto-yasosesattanaṁ gato

12
Kli[f]parḍlaṅkesasamaye-rājakīyaṁ parikkhakaṁ
Niyāmitaṁ sabhaṁ nesu-’mihe’ṅgalantadīpato

13
Ḍonoml̥rsāmipamukhā-tassaṁ sabbhā catujjanā
Kāle’mhi laṅka’māgañchuṁ-buddhimantā visāradā

14
Sukhyattā te suppasiddha-nagarāni tahiṁ tahiṁ
Gantve’ha rajje pāmokkha-dhurandharajane tathā

15
Paññāsatamitīseṭṭha-niyojite ca porise
Nānākulikapāmokkha-bhūrī jane ca sabbaso

[SL Page 252] [\x 252/]

16
Sampucchitvā kāraṇāni-vīmaṁsitvāna sādhukaṁ
Laṅkikāna’masāmaggiṁ-hīnabhāve ca vācato
17
Ñatvā vasitvā dvemāsaṁ-sātirekacatuddinaṁ
Gantve’ṅgalantadīpaṁ te-desapālanakovidā

18
Videsabhāramaccassa-buddhimantassa sabbathā
Laṅkātattaṁ nivedentā-daduṁ vāttaṁ susaṅkhaṭaṁ

19
Samaye’smiṁ nāḷatittha-sakāsamhi bhayānakaṁ
Dhūmarathaghaṭṭanaṁ’si-matā tasmiṁ bahujjanā
20
l̥rmsbigl̥rnāmavikhyāto-tadā videsabhārako
Mahāmacco idhā’gañchi-seṭṭhavijjālaye tathā

21
Samolokiya rajjasmiṁ-kiccālaye parikkhiya
Kañcikālaṁ vasitve’ha-pūna lanḍanpuraṁ gato

22
Tadā’nāgariko dhamma-pālo sāsanamāmako
Pavāretuṁ Buddha dhammaṁ-buddhimante yatī tayo

23
Eṅgalantamahādīpaṁ-pesayittha dhanabbayā
Dvivassamitakālaṁ te-vasiṁsu yatayo tahiṁ

24
Rajje’smiṁ matimā tesu-pariveṇa parikkhako
Thero vajirañāṇo’si-paravāhèra gāmajo
25
Bl̥rḍlannāmiko laṅkā-mahālekhakataṁ sudhī patvā tadāni’hā’gañchi-desapālanakovido

26
Loke pasiddho kāveyyo-pavīṇo sabbhi vaṇṇito
Vissavijjālaye’dīso-santiniketanābhidhe

27
Ravindanātho so tāgl̥r-paññāto dātakittimā
Mānuññalaṅkopagato-āse’tarahi buddhimā

28
Suddhānurādhanagare-porāṇe’si manorame
Dumānaṁ’nuttaro bodhi-sogatānaṁ sironibho

29
Tassa bodhidumindassa-sākhaṁ nihīnajātiko
Asikkhite’ko puriso-chettuṁ’rabhi vidummano

30
Ñatvā janā taṁ pavattiṁ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṁ
Bubhitā ta’mupāgañchuṁ-hitvā jīvitadohaḷaṁ
31
Taṅkhaṇaṁ kaṭhinaṁ jātaṁ-kalahaṁ sunivattiya
Rajje padhānā dhurino-te samassāsayuṁ tahiṁ

[SL Page 253] [\x 253/]

32
Ponnambalamkhyātaruṇā-calamnāmo’tra vāsinaṁ
Hitesī buddhime’dāni-nidhana’ṅgā thirāsayo

33
Tassa sagguṇasaṅghātaṁ-maññamānā kataññuno
Kārāpayuṁ paṭibimbaṁ-vissajitvā mahaddhanaṁ

34
Divāgataṁ vyambhanibhaṁ-garumantisabhālayaṁ
Kārāpitaṁ navaṁ sṭènli-laṅkeso vivarī mudā

35
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṁ-yatīsānaṁ vipassīnaṁ
Mahāvivādo’paṭṭhāsi-aññamañññavibhedako

36
Vattamāne tamhi vāde-samathatta’manāgate
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇādhipo sato

37
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo’nanda-dhammadassī’ti vissuto
Netā mahākavī dhamma-vinayamhi visārado

38
Sakantevāsike sammo-’pasampādetukāmato
Syāmaraṭṭhā yatī’netuṁ-sikkhākāme bahussute

39
Tahiṁ mahānikāyasmiṁ-yatipāmokkhasantikaṁ
Parisaṁ pesayī datvā-sandesaṁ’cantagāravā

40
Yatissarā tato syāma-desikā sabbhi vaṇṇitā
Sabhāge pariyesitvā-bhikkhū ta’mupasampadaṁ

41
Kātu’mpya’tha bhave’vassa-’mupasampattipekkhake
Tahaṁ’netuṁ nivedesuṁ-saddhābhattipurassarā

42
Tada’nuññaṁ paṭiggayha-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇantike tadā

43
Udakukkhepasīmāyaṁ-sindhuyaṁ sāmaṇerake
Mahatā gāraveno’pa-sampādesuṁ yathāvidhi
44
Tato paṭṭhāya tatre’va-yāvajja pativaccharaṁ
Pavattetū’pasampattiṁ-Buddhasāsanamāmako

45
Paṇasatthalagāmasmiṁ-gaṇṚgoḍèllavissute
Vijayassirivaddhanā-rāme’raddhe munelaye

46
Daṭṭhuṁ laṅka’mupāyāto-vaṇṇavejjasamavhayo
Syāmakumāro vikhyāto-ṭhapesi maṅgalaṁ silaṁ

47
Laṅkābhivuddhi’micchanto-niccaṁ nītivisārado
JṚmispīrisnāmakhyāto-sīhalajananāyako

[SL Page 254] [\x 254/]

48
Akāmakāmo laṅkāya-janānaṁ sādhusammato
Ḍonoml̥rsāmino vāttaṁ-kathañci paṭigaṇhituṁ

49
Anicchanto viya kitti-deha’mettha nidhāpiya
Paraṁ lokaṁ gato mantī-sabhāyo’pasabhāpati
50
Tato mantisabhāyo’pa-sabhāpatidhuraṁ sudhī
Sarbāronjayatilaka-mantīso patva vissuto

51
Tatodātayasojāto-sadā sambhamahājano
Alaṅkarittha mantinda-saṁsadaṁ vāṇibhūsano

52
Japanpaññātavijite-takāmatsusamavhayo
Disampatikumāro’si-tadā laṅka’mupāgato

53
Sèssanīvisayādhīso-[f]peḍriknāma suvissuto
Bhūpo’gammi’ha ṭhitvāna-katipāha’magā tadā

54
Vipattimukha’māpannaṁ-laṅkikajanataṁ purā
Mocetuṁ yatayī yo hi-vādībhakesaropamo

55
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-nāmo mantissaro sudhī
Soṭṭho variṭṭho jl̥rjraññā-saṁladdhāgāravappado

56
Visadaṁ yasasogandha-sāraṁ disebhamuddhani
Limpetvā nāmasesattaṁ-samaye’smi’mapāpuṇī
57
Laṅkeso rajjato loka-hitāya’rabhitaṁ iha
Sammadā’yubbedavijjā-layaṁ saṁvivarī tadā

58
HarbarṭsṭŚnlipaññāto-laṅkeso tisamaṁ sudhī
Sāddhaṁ rakkhiyi’maṁ dīpaṁ-laddhā ṭhānantaraṁ’pagā

59
Yāte sṭŚnlināme’to-bl̥rḍlansavhavissuto
Dvimāsa’mupalaṅkeso-rajjaṁ pālesi sundaraṁ

60
Sucinnalaṅko laṅkeso-gremtomsannāmavissuto
Tisattatādhike vasse-dvisahassecatussate

61
Idhā’gato surūpo so-karuṇāguṇabhūsito
Sammā pālayituṁ rajjaṁ-’rabhi pālanakovido

62
Pavattitā’riha purā-vavatthādāyikā sabhā
Vissajjitā’tha ḍonoml̥r-sāminā paṭisaṅkhaṭaṁ

63
Vāttamanugataṁ rajja-mantanasamitiṁ paraṁ
Dvisahassaccatusata-catusattatisammite

[SL Page 255] [\x 255/]

64
Munindasarade’raddhaṁ-’cinituṁ janachandato
Mantī dhurī tayo āsu-’maṭṭha laṅkesakāmato

65
Pāpitā mantino sabba-janakāmavasānugā
Bhaviṁsu paññāsa mantī-sabhā puṇeṇa’kasaṭṭhiyā

66
Sabbe vetanikā mantī-maṇḍalo’ccanitā tato
Sabhāpatī co’pasabhā-pati satta’ssu’maccakā

67
Tadā mahālekhako’si-ṭiralnāmo vicakkhaṇo
Seṭṭho’dhikaraṇe jèksan-samañño nītikovido

68
Vahi bhaṇḍāgāradhuraṁ-vil[f]praḍvuḍsnāmavissuto
Tayo’me dhurino’maccā-āsu’maccantasikkhitā

69
Sabhāpatī taha’māsi-vyatto nītivisārado
[F]prunsismolamurṚnāma-khyāto cheko kathissaro
70
Yasassī guṇavā dakkho-buddhimo’pasabhāpati
Bhavī [f]porèsṭarubhaya-sekharassutanāmavā

71
Sattasū’pasabhāpaccaṁ-kārakasamitīsu hi
Patto’si subramaniyam-samaññāvissuto sudhī

72
Mahāraññū sirime’ti-padā nāmo salaṅkato
Bhāsāsatthavidū suddha-siloko’nuddayāparo

73
Ḍī.Bī. Jayatilakākhyo-sabhānāyakataṁ kavī
Sakadesakiccabhārā-maccatta’ñca vahī tahiṁ

74
Puññavā kittimā sṭīvan-senānāyakavissuto
Manti seṭṭho kasikamma-macco’sya’ḍḍho’nukampiko

75
Vācissaro nītivedī-janappiyakatho sadā
Laṅkāmba pīnayaṁ seṭṭho-suto setayaso budho

76
Si.Ḍabliv.Ḍabliv. Vikhyāto-kannaṅgarasamavhayo
Dayāparo seṭṭhamantīva-’jjhāpanasacivo’bhavi

77
Ñāṇī guṇī sī.Baṭuvan-tuḍāvanāmapākaṭo
Disārakkhāsabhābhāra-sacivattaṁ vahī dayo

78
PānabokkṚtipaññāto-mantīso sukhakāmato
Sukhārakakhākiccabhāra-sajīvo’si guṇālayo

79
Janappiyo manti perī-sundaramnāmiko bhavī
Kammakārādivāṇijja-bhārāmaccudhurandharo

[SL Page 256] [\x 256/]

80
Maggāmaggavidū mākan-marikkārnāmavissuto
Pasiddhamaggakammanta-bhāramaccattanaṁ vahi

81
Pavittakitti jl̥n henrī-mīdeṇiyeti pākaṭo
Dhatvā mantidhuraṁ’gañchi-maccuvasa’matoparaṁ

82
Tassa dhītā molamurṚ-sabhāpatipajāpati
Pattā’si taṁ mantidhuraṁ-paṭhamā sā’si mantinī
83
NṚsamsaravanamuttu-vissutā kāminī piyā
Mantinyā’su’ttarāsāya-koḷambapurapuṅgave

84
Laṅkāya’jjhāpanavuddhi-’micchaṁ niccaṁ sadā bhusaṁ
Taṅkiccapassuto yo’si-so kho daḷhaparakkamo

85
Vyāpārakusalo dhīmā-tatodātayasocayo
Roborṭ ḍi. Soyisā nāma-vikhyāto thiramānaso

86
Balapiṭṭhipadesasmiṁ-dhatvā mantidhuraṁ varaṁ
Satataṁ tamhi visaye-vuddhiyā’nekadhā bahū

87
Kirayānipphādayaṁ’sesa-mane pīnesi sabbaso
Sabbalaṅkāsamādāna-vinicchayassakārako

88
Pīḷito’ccantagelaññaṁ-diṭṭheni’ha’khile jane
Nimujjayanto’tisayaṁ-tadā kasirasāgare
89
Mantissaro so pañcatta-’mupago’sā’napekkhako
Taṅkhaṇaṁ kaṇṇakaṭukaṁ-rāvaṁ sutvāna vimbhitā

90
Kinvi’daṁ kinvi’daṁ sacca-’metaṁ nū’ti lapuṁ janā
Nidhāya vilapuṁ sīsa-matthakesu kare dukhā

91
Samosaṭā’nekajāti-janā saṅkhyāpathātigā dassesuṁ seṭṭhamantissa-carimaṁ gāravaṁ bhusaṁ

92
Sūravīraguṇassāliṁ-laṅkāmātā kirayakkhamaṁ
Piyaṅkarekatanaya-’mapassantī rurodati

93
Kākavaṇṇatissaraññā-kāritaṁ sṚruvāpiyaṁ
Maṅgalavhaṁ mahācetyaṁ-vattittha cirajiṇṇakaṁ

94
Pañcasaṁvaccharā pubbe-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Vīrasīhamudalinda-pamukhā sogatā janā

95
Sabhaṁ’rabhitvā maṅgala-mahācetiyavaḍḍhatiṁ
Paṭisaṅkhārayuṁ sīghaṁ-laddhādhārā’va sabbaso

[SL Page 257] [\x 257/]

96
Suniṭṭhāpitakammante-cetiyasmiṁ mahussavā
hapesuṁ thūpikaṁ moda-mānasā’gga’miha’ddhani

97
Jinasāsanasaṁvuddhiṁ-’pekkhamānā mahāsayā
Saddhike’dāni sugata-sāsanodayavissute

98
Pariveṇe dassaneyyaṁ-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṁ
Dvibhumakaṁ mandiraṁ yaṁ-kārayiṁsu mahehayā

99
Gremtomsannāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso tejavāyaso
Pamodanādamajjhasmiṁ-vivarī taṁ mudā’layaṁ

100
Laṅkissare pālayante-laṅkaṁ sammā mudā bhusaṁ
Jl̥rjmahāmahipo seṭṭha-sesabhūpasikhāmaṇi

101
Videsabhāropamahā-lekhakapadaviṁ garuṁ
Pādāsi tassa mudito-kassa cā’pya’nivediya

102
Nāva’māruyha gacchanto-laṅkinde’ṅgalantadesakaṁ
Tariyaṁ taṅkhaṇaṁ bāḷha-gilāno’danapuruttamaṁva

103
Avaruyhā’rogyasālaṁ-pattu’ssannāmayo bhusaṁ
Taha’maccayataṁ pāpa-kathañcana’napekkhitaṁ

104
Taṁ pavattiṁ suṇitvāna-socanīyaṁ sudussahaṁ
Accantadukkhitā āsuṁ-laṅkikā katavedino

105
Vapussa tassa carimaṁ-gāravaṁ dassayuṁ tahiṁ
Maraṇaṁ’sa’dhirajjassa-āsi hāni sirīmato

106
Vassadvayaṁ visadakitti sa’sādhikaṁ grem-
Tomsansamaññavidito matime’dha ṭhitvā
Laṅkissaro jahi tanuṁ viya vāmalaṅkaṁ
Sādhusva’sādhusu na pāpimato viseso

107
Evaṁ hi bho’navarataṁ kasirubbhavasmi’
Mādīnava’mpya’namataggabhave vibhāvī
Disvāna jātimaraṇaṁ vinihacca saccaṁ
Pattuṁ cinātha kusalaṁ’nalasā pahūtaṁ

Bhāṇavāraṁ sattapaññāsatimaṁ
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dipavaṁse rajjamantana sabhādi
Dīpanonāma sattapaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 258] [\x 258/]

Aṭṭhapaññāsatimo paricchedo

1
Laṅkissare tamhi gate pavīṇe
iralsamañño dutiyo’tra’dhīso
Sato yathāsatti vicakkhaṇo so
Māsattayaṁ rakkhi manuññalaṅkaṁ

2
Satthussa vasse dvisahassakamhi
Catussate chādhikasattatīme
Laṅkesataṁ patva sutikkhañāṇo
Ihā’gato sṭabsviditābhidhāno

3
Ciraṁ pariññātavisiṭṭhalaṅko
Dayaddaceto’vitabhūriraṭṭho
Sambhāvito sabbhi visuddhakitti
Sambhattiye’maṁ’rabhi sāsituṁ so

4
So rajjamantīsabhatiṁ patindo
Tadā’padā kenaci gāravīyā
hānantarāto’pagato’si cheko
Aho’bbhutaṁ kammabalaṁ viloka

5
Sabhādhipaccaṁ puna nītibyatto
Patto [f]porèsṭl̥bhayasekharākhyo
Tato nayaññū’pasabhāpatittaṁ
Yāto’si mantī vijayammaṇī so

6
Suvaṇṇamālīvarathūparañño
Gabbhamhi dhātvagganidhiṁ tadāni
Mahāmudā cetiyavaḍḍhanākhyā
Kāresi sammā viditā sabhā sā

7
Nānādisāto’gatabhūripāṇi-
Gaṇākulaṁ suddhapuraṁ’nurādhaṁ
Harīmayānekavidhāni pūjā-
Vatthūni muttāmaṇibhāsurāni

[SL Page 259] [\x 259/]

8
Sambhattiyā Buddhajanā pahaṭṭhā
Tandhātugabbhe nidahiṁsu sammā
Punappaṭissaṅkharaṇe nidhāna-
Vatthuna’maggha’mpi kathā katheyya

9
Pācīnaraṭṭhesu bhusaṁ visālaṁ
Samiddhataṁ pāpuṇi yaṁ pasiddhaṁ
Japansamañño vijite manuññe
Susaṅgamo’dāni’si sogatānaṁ

10
Byātehi nānāvijitehi tasmiṁ
Samosaruṁ mukhyajanā pavīṇā
Kantāya laṅkāya niyojitaggā
Tahiṁ samajjā pahitā pasiddhā

11
Vyatto kathīso matanīti harbaṭ-
Nissaṅkanāmo piyarūpaputto
Tassaṁ samajjāya niyojitāya
Padhānataṁ kāruṇiko vahittha

12
Gate’ṁgirasīnaṁ vasa’mettha rañño
Paramparāyā’gata sīhalīyaṁ
Purā sirīvikkamarājasīhā-
Sīnaṁ harīmuttamaṇīvirājaṁka

13
Sīhāsanaṁ’nagghavasūvisesā
Pabhassaraṁ hemamayaṁ kirīṭaṁ
Pesesu’meṅgalantanarādhipassa
Pālesi so tāni cira’ntibhatyā

14
Ñatvāna vuttanta’mimaṁ ca mattaṁ
Vatthudvayaṁ taṁ pavaraṁ vicitraṁ
Laddhu’ñca daṭṭhuṁ pihamānasā te
Laṅkājanā sīhalavaṁsabhūtā

15
Yasassīnaṁ pañcamajl̥rjmahīpaṁ
Yāciṁsva’nekajjha’matho dayālū
Disampatī vatthudukaṁ’sa kāle
Sasūnuno datvi’dha pesayī taṁ

[SL Page 260] [\x 260/]

16
Tasse’va raññño garusampadassa
Suto vinīto tatiyo yasassī
Henrībhidhānassutaglosṭarādi-
Pādo’pagañchā’diya ta’mpi laṅkaṁ

17
Tadāni koḷambapuraṁ mahinda-
Puraṁ parājetu’vivā’tibhaddaṁ
Salaṅkaritvā mahatā’darena
Kumāraseṭṭhaṁ supaṭiggahesuṁ

18
Ānandanando sukumārakhatto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselākhyapuraṁ vicitraṁ
Gantvā subhe maṅgalamaṇḍapasmiṁ
Laṅkesapāmokkhakasīhalānaṁ

19
Sīhāsanaṁ seṭṭhakirīṭaka’ñca
Pādāsi bhūpālaniyogapubbo
Disvāna pāmojjamanā janā ne
Vaṇṇiṁsu jl̥rjbhūpatino guṇoghaṁ

20
Kāle’mhi laṅkādharaṇītalasmiṁ
Jarāmayo āsi sudāruṇo’va
Puresu gāmannīgamesu tasmiṁ
Tasmiṁ janā tāya rujāya phuṭṭhā

21
Mahā ahesuṁ bahavo sahassa-
Saṅkhā tadānī yatayo’ññabhattā
Tahaṁ tahaṁ gamma dayāpapuṇṇa-
Manā’turānaṁ parisaṅgahesuṁ

22
Suvaṇṇamālīvaracetiyassa
Sabhā paṭissaṅkharaṇe niyuttā
Ādevatākoṭṭha’masesa’māsuṁ
Bandhāpayitvā puna dibbakoṭṭhe

23
Saṅgamma saddhehi janehi saddhiṁ
Cinitva pūjārahavatthujātaṁ
Mahussavenā’tipamodapubbaṁ
Yathā purā dhātunidhi’ṅkarittha

[SL Page 261] [\x 261/]

24
Kāle’ssa jl̥rjbhūpatino’bhisekā
Saṁvaccharā’suṁ pana pañcavīsā
Sabbe’va laṅkāya tato kataññū
Mahacchaṇaṁ sādhu pavattayiṁsu
25
Viññātapubbāparabhāsasattho pavittakittissuti tassa kāle
Ārtarḍènīyelvijayādisekha-
Rākhyo diva’ṅgañchi mahāsayo so

26
Pahūtabhāsānipuṇā sumedhā
Kathissarā’maccagaṇā ca mantī
Te rajjamantīsabhatiṁ nisinnā
Lokatthasiddhiṁ akaruṁ’nurūpaṁ

27
So dvissahassamhi catussatasmi’
Maṭṭhādhike sattatime muninde
Vassamhi cārittavasā’tra rajja-
Mantīsabhaṁ vissaji laṅkanetā

28
Tato timāsaṁ pana’tikkamitvā
Samuccinitvā puna seṭṭhamantī
Taṁ rajjamantissamitiṁ navaṁ hi
Laṅkissaro saṁvivarittha pītyā

29
Navīnamantīsabhatiṁ matīmā
Ḍabliv. DorṚsāmi saphāpatī’siva
Susantabhāvo vidadhe susantā-
[F]pl̥nsṚkanāmo’pasabhāpatittaṁ

30
Janappiyo santavaco sato ār-
Es. Tennakl̥n nāmasuto vinīto
Tadā tathā sattasu kārikāsu
Sabhāsu tāsū’pasabhāpatī’si

31
Sataṁ pasattho vahatī yasassī
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sirīmā
Kavī sabhānāyakataṁ sadesa-
Kattabbahāraṁ sacivattana’ñca

[SL Page 32] [\x 32/]

32 So bhāgyavā vikkamasālivyatta-
Kittī purā vaṇṇitanāmadheyyo
Kannaṅgaro mantivaro idāni
Ajjhāpanāmaccadhuraṁ dadhāti

33
Dhanī guṇī vissūtakitti ḍī.Es.-
Senādinetā janatā hitesi
Pubbe’va seṭṭho kasikammamacca-
Dhurandharo’sī kasiyā pavīṇo
34
Khyāto kulīno yasavā sa’es.Ḍab-
Liv.Ār. Ḍayasbaṇḍaranāyakākhyo
Sudhī disāpālakamaccaṭhāna-
Ntaraṁ dadhāti susucheka mantī

35
Kirayāpavīṇo sudhi kammakāra-
Vāṇijjamaccappadaviṁ pasiddho
Ji.Sī. Esādī korayā bhidhāno
Dadhāti mantī taruṇo surūpo

36
Sade’va jātyāgamabhattiyutto
Cirantanabbuttivido vidhiññū
Ārtar da silvādhivaco yasassī
Manti sukhārakkhasajīvako’si

37
Samicchi laṅkājanatābhivuddhiṁ
Subuddhi jṚ.El. Kotalāvalākhyo
Mantī sa’maggassutakammabhārā-
Maccappadaṁ saṁvidadhe vidhiññū

38
Ciraṁ pasiddho satimā nayaññū
iralsamañño sacivo matīmā
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṁ vahitvā
Vissāmataṁ patva agā sadesaṁ

39
Tato tatodātayasovitāno
Dayaddaceto paricinnalaṅko
Em.Em. Vèḍarbanvidito sajīvo
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṁ dadhāti

[SL Page 263] [\x 263/]

40
Pāmokkhako’dhīkaraṇamhi jṚ.Sī.-
Hl̥varḍsamañño sacivo’si dhīmā
Hakshèmsamavho satimā sa’bhaṇḍā-
Gārīyamaccappadaviṁ dadhāti

41
Tayo ci’me’maccavarā pasiddhā
Dhurandharā chekatarā bhaviṁsu
Yathāpurā vuttasabhā tathe’va
Sabbaṅgapuṇṇā vitathā na’se’sā

42
Samattavanyaṁ visadekakitti
Ppabhāva’maggaṁ tanayittha yo so
Bhūmissaro pañcamajl̥rjsamañño
Mahādayo sassa pajāsu daḷhaṁ

43
Kāle’ssa laṅkāpatino sakīye
Santāpayaṁ suddhayasottabhāvaṁ
Nidhāya seṭṭhaṁ navarajjabhāraṁ
Dhattuṁ’va’gañchi bhuvanaṁ para’mpi

44
Tato’va lanḍanpuriyā pajā ca
Sabandhavo dukkhamanā yathā’suṁ
Sasāmibhattā katavedino’tra
Dīpe janā’ccantadukhā rudiṁsu

45
Tato sato jl̥rjmahipassa jeṭṭha-
Suto patīto piyavṚlskumāro
Dayodapūtaggamano’ṭṭhameḍvarḍ-
Nāmena sīhāsanasīnako’si

46
Navodayaṁ vatrabhuno dhajassa
Viya’ssa bhūpassa sato vipassī
Samattasatto’nnayanā sakīyā
Nandiṁsu hīyyo taguṇe vadantā

47
Eḍvarḍmahābhūpatisattajātaṁ
Samonavassaṁ paritosayitvā
Pakāsayaṁ bhāgasabhāva’magga-
Rajjassa bhāraṁ jahi kenacī’va

[SL Page 264] [\x 264/]

48
Atho sagabbho mahipassa tassa
Yl̥kādipādo vidhinā sunīto
Chaṭṭhena jl̥rjkhyātabhidhena sīhā-
Sanamhi’sīno janatā hitāya

49
Patiṭṭhitaṁ taṁ puna ādipādaṁ
Rajje nisamma’ññadisampatīnaṁ
Purā bhusaṁ cetasi dhūmito’va
Hutāvaho’sī’va samuṭṭhito hi

50
Patāpavā suddhayaso’dhirajje
Mahāmahīpo’si yathe’va kante
Laṅkaggarajje’pi disampatī so
Rājā’khilānaṁ lasataṁ hitāya

51
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthasālo-
Dayācalabbhūtasusattharaṁsī
Hatandhakāro ratanādisāra-
Netaṁsumālī’gami’dāni’yatthaṁ

52
Visiṭṭhadhamme nipuṇo marūnaṁ’
Bhidhamma’māsuṁ vadituṁ’va dhīmā
Devādinando garusaṅghaneto’
Pasaṅgarājā gami devalokaṁ

53
Vibhāti pañcammaṇagāmajāto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṁ
Pupphādirāmādhipatī yasassī
Sumaṅgalavho garunetupādo

54
Ramme vihāre hayaselasañño’
Dhīso purasmiṁ sirivaḍḍhanākhye
Guṇī guṇādīratano sa’mullṚ-
Gāmubbhavo netuvaro vibhāti

55
Saddhammasatthe paṭu saṅgharāja-
Satthālayasmiṁ’dhipatī’nunetā
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro matīmā
Virājate sāsanavuddhikāmī

[SL Page 265] [\x 265/]

56
Virājate sampati yuttiyutto
Saddhammavaṁsādhivace nikāye
Netuttamo kāruṇiko sa’sīla-
Kkhandhavhathero satimā vinīto

57
Vibhāti vaṁse sumanavhanetu-
Pādassa’dānī garusaṅghanetā
Saṅgepayaṁ sābhijanaṁ hi medhā-
Nandābhidhāno thaviro dhitīmā

58
Yo sakkatādo nipuṇo’si satthe
So gotamīkhyātavihāradhīso
Sudhī yatindo’maravaṁsathero
Virājate viddasu matthakasmiṁ

59
Viññātasatthāgamako’si’noma-
Dassī mahānetuvaro vibhāvī
Parakkamabbāhusamaññasatthā-
Layādhipo bhāsati sampatī’ha

60
Satthe ca dhamme vinaye pavīṇo
PāḷŚṇagāmamhi bhavo vibhāvī
Susaṅkatho so vajirādiñāṇa-
Ssuto mahānetuvaro’jja bhāti

61
Satthāgame chekataro susīlo’-
Pasenathero matimā yatīso
Vikhyātasaddhammudayākhyavijjā
Layamhi’dhīso lasate’jja sammā

62
Sataṁ pasattho pulinattalavhā-
Rāmādhipo netuvaro dayālū
Sirīnivāsatthaviro sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo matimā’jja bhāti
63 Sambhāvito sabbhi pasiddhavijjānandākhyavijjālayadhissaro hi
Ñātāgamo sampati dhammasiddhi-
Yatissaro saṁlasate vibhāvī

[SL Page 266] [\x 266/]

64
Virājate so vidurūpolākhya-
Gāmamhi jāto piyatissanāmo
Satthabbidū netuvaro’ddharaṭṭha-
Mrammanvaye paṇḍitupādhikhyāto

65
Desantarappatthaṭakittisaṁhati
Bhūmissarādīhi katādaro bhusaṁ
Baṇḍāranetā salamon ḍayassuto
Bhātī’ha dīpe mudalindasattamo

66
Sambhāti jī.Pī. Malalādisekhara-
Khyāto vinīto dhitiyā visodhiya
īkaṁ mahāvaṁsika’maggarajjato
Muddāpayī iṁgirasivaṇṇato sudhī

67
Laṅkāya’yattā tatiyassa jl̥rjmahā-
Bhūpassa āpañcamajl̥rjjanādhipaṁ
Vuttanta’masmiṁ itihāsikaṁ mahā-
Vaṁsamhi antogadhaka’ṅkarittha yo

68
Dhamme ca satthe caturo’tihāsiye’
Dhīso sudhammākarasatthamandire
Paññādinando kavi saṅghanāyako
Virājate so vidurāna’mantare

69
Dharaṇipatipadhānā lokapālā patāpī
Suvisadatatakittī sāsanabbhāradhārī
Viparinatasabhāvaṁ dassayiṁsū bhavasmiṁ
Tatha’riva mahataṁ konū’taresaṁ janānaṁ

70
Iti viditajanā bho patthayantā hitatthaṁ
Garukasiravighātaṁ niccasātaṁ paṇītaṁ
Gamitu’malasabhāvaṁ hitva tumhe’ppamattā
Cinutha cinutha puññā santataṁ santada’mpi

Bhāṇavāramaṭṭha paññāsatimaṁ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṁvega janake dīpavaṁse punarajjamantana
Sabhoccinanādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhapaññāsatimo paricchedo.

[SL Page 267] [\x 267/]

Ekūnasaṭṭhitamo paricchedo

1
Duṭṭhagāmiṇiabhaya-raññā vikkamasālinā
Tatodātasilokena-sambuddhamāmakena hi

2
Kārāpitaṁ purā soṇṇa-mālicetyaṁ pabhinnakaṁ
Katādhārā sogatehi-saddhehi ca mahehayā

3
Cetiyavaḍḍhanīkhyātā-sabhā sajjanasaññutā
Bandhāpetvāna kammantaṁ-mahaddhanaparibbayā

4
Niṭṭhāpesī thūparājā-kelāso dutiyo viya
Rājate’jja pajācakkhū-mukhe mokkhamudāvaho

5
Kadā hessati thūpassa-thūpikārohaṇaṁ sivaṁ
Mahituṁ namituṁ kāmā-’pekkhanti pāṇisañcayā

6
Dvisahasse catusate-’sitime munihāyane
Vesākhamāse dutiye-budhāhani site subhe

7
Lokekodātayasayo-mahābhāgassa dhīmato
Chaṭṭhassa jl̥rjsamaññassa-mahipassa sirīmato

8
Piḷandhanaṁ kirīṭassa-āsi janamudāvahaṁ
Mahacchero chaṇo tasmiṁ-divase abbhuto bhavi

9
Laṅkikā sakalā sādhu-guṇabhūsanabhūsitaṁ
Bhūpaṁ sarājato mañña-mānā idha tahiṁ tahiṁ

10
Tadussavaṁ gāravena-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṁ
Pavattayiṁsu ruciraṁ-sāmibhattipurassarā

11
Tadāni koḷambapure-purā kumbhasamubbhave
Isismiṁ gahite sindhu-nīraṁ pāṇipuṭena tu

12
Ratanānaṁ yathāloko-nānāvijjutapo tathā
Nettacittaharo āsi-tattha tattha virocanā

13
Bhūpassa tassa niyatiṁ-daṭṭhu’meke’dhirajjakaṁ
Gamiṁsu koḷambapuraṁ-janatāyo samosaruṁ

14
Samaye’smiṁ mrammaraṭṭhe-saṅgharājapadhānako
Vyatto bahussuto saṅgho-karuṇāpuṇṇamānaso

[SL Page 268] [\x 268/]

15
Vālutātitthagāmasmiṁ-sambhūtassa sivesino
Sudassanābhidhānassa-yatindassa vibhāvino

16
Upasaṅgharājapadaṁ-’dāsi sambhamapubbako
So’pamahāsāmi’riha-rājate hitasādhako

17
Laṅkeso rejinl̥lḍeḍvaḍ-vikhyāto sṭabs samavhayo
Yasassi buddhimā laṅkā-vuddhimaggaṁ visodhiya

18
Pīnetvā laṅkike laddhā-vissāmattaṁ yathāvidhi
Sadesa’ṅgā vasitvāna-sāddhaṁ tisaradaṁ iha

19
Em.Em. Vèḍarbanpaññāto-’palaṅkeso tato sudhī
Sāddhaṁ timāsaṁ pālesi-laṅkaṁ laṅkodaye rato

20
Dvisahassaccatusate-kāsītisammite jine
Hāyane sirimā enḍrū-kèlḍikoṭnāmavissuto
21
Laṅkissaro ihā’yāto-desapālanakovido
Appamatto laṅka’mimaṁ-sāsituṁ’rabhi sādhukaṁ

[SL Page 269] [\x 269/]

Dīpavaṁsa dutiyaṁsa kattuvaṁso.
-------------------
1
Sirighanamunino tilokakantā-
Riyatilakassakhilābhivanditena
Varacaraṇayugena phassitaṁ hi
Vipulabhivuddhimihicchato pasatthaṁ

2
Dharaṇipatisikhāmaṇīsarikkhā-
Vanitatasuddhasilokasaṁhatissa
Nikhilajanapamodasambhavassa-
Trajapavaro sutadhammasokarañño

3
Suviditavisayesu lokanātha-
Varasamayaṭṭhitimicchatova sisso
Suvihatakhilapāpamānasassa
Munisutamoggaliputtatissanetu

4
Sakavaragaruno niyogamaggaṁ
Labhiyucitaddhamavecca seṭṭhabuddhi
Vitatayasamahāmahindakhīṇā-
Savathaviro subhalaṅkadīpamāga

5
Naravarasaradamhi sattatiṁsā-
Dhikadvisate sahi sāsanaggamatra
Adhipatipiyatissabhūpatissa
Patiṭhapayī labhiya ggametthasakhyaṁ

6
Gatavatiha mahāmahindasekkha--
Bbhavasuvisuddhamahāvihāravaṁse
Atisayamudayaṁ marammaramme
Sutavijite sirikhettaṭhāniyambhā

7
Jinasamayabhivuddhipekkhamāno
Varamatimā mahasāmināmathero
Iha sahaparisova pāpuṇitvā
Parivajiya ppaṭhama ṭṭhitaṁ hi sikkhaṁ

[SL Page 270] [\x 270/]

8
Ativisadamahāvihāravaṁsā-
Gatamalabhittha navaṁ pasatthasikkhaṁ
Pamuditamanaso tato maramma-
Purapavaraṁ samupecca suddhasīlo

9
Tahamariyamahāmahindavaṁsaṁ
Sunidahi tassa nirākulamhi vaṁse
Guṇasirithavi sutassiloko
Bhavi dasamo nipuṇo hi dhammasatthe

10
Tipiṭakamunibhāratīpavīṇo
Yatipavarassa hi tassa seṭṭhasisso
Tahamabhavi pasatthadhammasenā-
Patimukhañāṇabhivaṁsasaṅgharājā

11
Gaṇajagatipatissa tassa sisso
Marapuranāmamahāvihāravaṁsaṁ
Iha patiṭhapayittha seṭṭhañāṇa-
Vimalabhidhānamahāyatissareso

12
Vipulamati tadantavāsiko so
Atha sanikāyapasatthaseṭṭhabhāraṁ
Suviditamunivutti dhammadhāra-
Garuyatisāmivaro vahittha sammā

13
Sutasakagaruno hi tassa bhāvā-
Nugatamano piṭakattayamhi satthe
Atisayanipuṇova sakkatādo
Vasi yatikuñjara ñāṇanandathero

14
Tikhiṇamatiyatissarassa tassa
Lasi caturo sahitamhi seṭṭhasisso
Ariyabhijanalaṅkatippasiṭṭho
Savimalasārabhidho mahāyatīso

15
Yatipatisiriñāṇanandasissa-
Ssutapavaro vinaye timattadakkho
Vasi marapuramūlavaṁsa saṅgha-
Garusutabuddhasirissuto yatindo

[SL Page 271] [\x 271/]

16 Pavaravimalasāranetusissa-
Trajaviditagamamañjudhammapuñjo
Vasi siririyavaṁsalaṅkatī hi
Savimaladhīrasuto mahāyatindo

17
Viduragaṇanisevitaggabuddha-
Sirivimalādikadhīrasīhasisso
Viditasugatasāsanodayākhye
Adhipatitaṅgami satthamandirasmiṁ

18
Atisayarucirāsanopalākhya-
Ssutavaragāmabhavo pasatthavutti
Munidharaṇipatissuto samāno
Savimalakittisamaññātathero

19
Sasigajayuganettasammitasmiṁ
Munisaradessayujamhi puṇṇamāyaṁ
Sudhimatamanugova dīpavaṁse
Itidutiyaṁsa makāsi sānuvādaṁ

20
Vidurajanagaṇā pasatthabuddhī
Anagatibhāvamupecca niccamasmiṁ
Mama vipulaparissamamhi saccaṁ
Yathariva sammuditā bhavantu santā

Puññavathusmiṁgāme saddhammākara pariveṇa majdhāvuthassa sugata sāsana kavidhaja
vinayācariyassa

Siri sīlānadābhidhānassa

Padhāna saṅghanāyakathera pādassa padhāna sissubhūtena
Idāni tameva pariveṇa majdhāvasatāyasmatā
Pohaddaramulla itikkhyāta gāmajena siri visuddhācariya

Ñāṇānadābhidhāna therapādetā
Bhisaṅkhato.
------Pānadurābhidhāna purāsanne
Egoḍa uyanetikkhyāta gāmajena kolambanagare
Ḍisṭirakkl̥ṭ nāmikāyādhikaraṇa sālāya
Lekhakadhuradharena

Çm. Nl̥man pīris nāmikena mantissarena

Lokasāsanābhivuddhimicchatā

Pāsāṇadūra nagare sṭārnāma yantālaye muddāpito.
-------------------------------------
Seṭṭhapantisusissānamiti bhāsajdhāpanāya sādhūti
Rājakīyajdhāpana maṇḍalena paṭiggahīto.
---------------------------
Sambuddha parinibbāṇato 2470.

[DEEPAWANSA]
[With]
[A PARAPHRASIS IN SINHALESE]
[BY]
[Sri Visuddhachariya]
[REV. P. NANANANDA THERO]
[The managing Director of Saddharmakara Pirivena and chief pupil of the late Sugata
Sasana Kavidhaja Vinayachariya]
[P. SRI SEELANANDA THERO,]
[Chief high priest and founder and principal of]
[Saddharmakara Pirivena,]
[PINWATTE PANADURA.]
-----------------
[Published by]
[MR. M.N. PEIRIS]
[Of]
[EGODA UYANA PANADURA]
--------------------
[Approved and recommended by the Department of Education for the use of advanced
students of History.]
-----------------------------------
[Printed at]
[THE STAR PRESS, PANADURA.]

[B, c, 2470]
----
[A, D, 1927]

"[DIPAWANSA]"
===========
[Sir,]
[I have the honour to inform you that the above book is reccommended for the use of
advanced students of History.]
[I am Sir,]
[Your Obedient Servant,]
[Signed.] [L.Mc.D. ROBISON,]
[For Director of Education.]
--------------------------
Dīpavaṁśa namèti
Atipurāṇa praśaṁsanīya mema etihosīya grantharatnaya
Usas paṅktivala śiṣyayanṭa itihāsaya piḷibanda igènvīmaṭa sudusuyayi
LaṅkāṇḍuvṚ garu addhyāpanādhyaṣaka
Mètitumāṇan pramukha adhyāpanamaṇḍalaya
Visin
Piḷigannāladī.

[PREFACE.]

[We have been fortunate enough to have preserved to the present day the valuable
chroniclessuch as Mahawansa and Rajaratnakara recording the various customs, manners,
laws, principal works and achivements of our kings and subjects Of the chronicles relating
to this Island it is the opinion of scholars that the Dipawansa holds the most original place
in antiquity.]

[Mahawansa, both in brief and in detail, records events of the life of Buddha and the
accounts of our Island from primitive times, and similarly the Dipawansa chronicles matters
relating to the arrival of Buddha in this Island and other religious events of historic
importance, and also the succession of royalty in this Island.]

[Lord Buddha, who arrived this Island in the ninth month of his attainment of Buddhahood,
preached to the yakkhas and Rakshas that dwelt in the area where now stands the
Mahiyangana Chaitya and snbdued them. Subsequently He founded an abode for them in
Giri Diwayina and thus protected the Island. In the 5th year of his attainment of
Buddhahood due to a difference between the snake kings Chulodera and Mahodara, over a
gemmed throne, which nearly terminated in warfare and bloodshed, Hemade his
reappearance in Lanka, and, having performed many miracles from above, struck terror into
their hearts and pacified both parties. This throne was subsequently offered by them to the
Holy one, who occupied it and expounded the Dharma to them with a view to promoting
their unity, and left for Jetha Vanarama.]

[Thus writes Vedeha Thera with reference to this incident, "Sarwaggna,] [The Omniscient
One], [having descended from the heavens, was seated on the throne like the sun in the
zenith of his splendour. Thereupon the multitude of snakes, having mustered round him
and served him with ambrosial food and drinks, hearkened to His teachings. He having
imparted the Sila] [morals] [and Sarana] [refuge] [to the innumerable Nagas living on land
and water, who had assembled to engage in conflict, caused them to bestow many offerings
in the name of The Holy One.]

[After the 8 th year of His attainment of Buddhahood, upon the invitation of Maniakhkika,
the Naga KIng, He made his third appearance in Lanka at the spot where now stands the
Kelani Chaitya on Wesak day, and, seated on a throne bedecked with jewels of various
hues, expounded the Dharma to the countless Nagas assembled there.]

[Thereupon at the invitation of God Sumana of Samankula] [Adam’s Peak] [He proceeded
there and left His left foot print on the Peak and rested a while in Divaguha, a cave forming
a part of this rock.]

[Thence he arrived at Anuradhapura and engaged himself in deep meditation at the nine
sacred places and thus made them sacred by his short sojourn. Subsequently He made His
way to Jumbudipa.]

[The Dipawansa thus affords ample testimony to the truth or the popular belief that Lord
Buddha visited this Island. It may not be out of place here to give a short account of the
mighty kings who reigned in Dambadiva] [India] [during this Kalpaya] [a period of 432
million years measuring the duration of the world.]

[In Jambuddwipa at the very commencement of this Kalpa there reigned a mighty king
called Maha Sammata who had gained this name since he was elected by the unanimous
vote of the people. This Maha Sammata dynasty was later on maintained by his illustrious
successors Roja, Wararoja and others.]

[In the city of Kapilawattu, which was named after the Rhisi Kapila who dewelt there,
reigned Jayasena and many other kings. Prince Siddartha, the noble prince, who after his
renunciation and attainment of Buddhahood ultimately attained Nirvana, was the son of
Suddhodana, the lineal descendant of the Dynasty of Maha Sammata.]

[Having performed everything necessary for the salvation of mankind He departed this life
in the grove of the Mallawa Princes at Kusinara. Thereupon with the assistance of king
Ajasat a convocation of 500 Arahat priests headed by Maha Kasyapa was held. One hundred
years later followed a second convocation of 700 Arahat priests headed by Yasasthawira
under the patronage of that great king, Kalasoka, to suppress the heretical doctrines which
were being promulgated by the heretics at the time.]

[In the 235th year after Lord Buddha attained Nirvana that illustrious Emperor,
Dharmasoka, succeeded to the throne at Jambuddwipa. His piety and devotion to Buddha
Sasana was such that he entered his son, Prince Mahinda,to the Order of Priesthood under
the guardianship of Moggali Putta Tissa Isthawira.]

[The power of the heretics having now become increased, Moggalli Puttha Tissa Isthwira,
Who foresaw that the teachings of Buddha would spread far and wide and Buddhisn would
be permanently established in foreign countries in time to come, held for the third time a
convocation of 1000 Arahat priests headed by him under the patronage of the great
Emperor, Dharmasoka. As a result of this missionaries were sent to different countries to
propagate Buddhism. Of these missionary priests Arahat Mahinda accompanied by Ittiya.
Uttiya, Sambala, Bhaddasala and the ascetic, Bhanduka, came over to Ceylon during the
region of Dewanampiyatissa. This great monarch having been greatly enlightened by the
teachings of Arahat Mahinda soon embraced Buddhism. His example was followed by
thousands of his subjects who embraced this religion within a short time and began to
practise its manifold virtues.]

[It is a matter for genuine regret and dissappointment that this valuable chronicle does not
afford us any clue to fix the exact date of its compilation and authorship with any degree of
certainty. Nevertheless a careful consideration of the facts chronicled herein, such as the
visits of Lord Buddha, the establishment of Buddhism and other events relating to the reigns
of various kings who ruled over this Island, and also of the free allusions made to the
stanzas contained in this chronicle in Samantapasadika, the great commentary on Vinaya]
[discipline] [compiled by that famous commentator on Thripitaka, Buddhagosa, who landed
in Ceylon in the year 954 B.C. During the region of king Mahanama, leads us to conclude
that the probable time of the compilation of Dipawansa is somewhere in the 4th or 5th
century.]

[Thus says Buddhagosa in Samanthapasadika-]
"[Wuttampi chetan Deepawanse]

[Jata Pubbata Padamhi wenu Yathita yo ahu]
[Seta rajata yatthicha Latha Kanchana Sannibha]
[Neela diya disan pubban Pappha yattimhi tha disan]
[Sakuna Sakuna yathimhi-Sarupe neva santhitha.]"

[Likewise in other books written by scholars of old such as Sarasangraha and Rasawahini
the stanzas contained in Deepawansa have been freely quoted as examples. Space forbids us
to mention them all here.]

[P. Nanananda.]
[Saddharmakara College,]
[Pinwatta,]
[Panadura.]

Viññatti

Dīpassa dīpasmiṁ vā vaṁso paveṇī pavatti (sadassīyate ethāti) dīpavaṁso tyevaṁ saṁ
lakkhiyamāna vākyathavasena paññāyamāṇoyaṁ gathavaro porāṇikese sīhalika naridesu
kassa naridassa rajjasamaye kena paṇḍitena viracitoti nakkhāyatevemināgathena sabbaso.

Apicetha sadassīyamāna sambuddhāgamana sāsanappavatyādīnica sirilaṅkissarānaṁ
rājārājamahāmaccādīnaṁ rajjasamayappavatyādīni ca samupaparikkhivā saṁlakkhiyamāne
kho sammāsambuddhaparinibbānato catupaññāsādhike navasata me vasse siri
laṅkārajjasirimanuppattassa mahānāmarañño rajjasamaye sirijambudīpā gatenāyasmatānu
Buddha Buddhaghosābhidhānena tepiṭakaṭṭhakathācariyena mahāpaṇḍitavarena
samantapāsādikāya nāma vinayaṭṭhakathāya katipayaṭṭhānesu nidassanavasena
dīpavaṁsassāpi nāmaṁ sadassevā tathāgatānaṁ gāthānampi sadassitattā tato pubbe
porāṇikena yena kenaci paṇḍitācariyena yassakassaci sīhalikassa laṅkissarassa rajjasamaye
dīpavaṁso viracito’ti kāraṇāpariyāyeneva gamyate

Tadeva māha’ṭṭhakathācariyo nubuddha Buddhaghosābhidhāno mahā paṇḍitatherapādo
samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya bāhira nidānavaṇṇanāya-

Tena ca samayena devānampiyatissa mahārājāca asoka dhammarājā ca adiṭṭha sahāyakā
honti devānampiyatissa mahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena chātaka pabbatapāde ekamhi
veṇugumbe tisso veṇuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṁsu ekālatāyaṭṭhi nāma ekā
pupphayaṭṭhināma ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma tāsulatāyaṭṭhi sayaṁ rajatavaṇṇā hoti.
Tamalaṅkarivā uppannālatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati. Pupphayaṭṭhiyaṁ pana nīlapīta lohito
dātakālavaṇṇāni. Pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭa pattakiñjakkhāni huvā khāyanti,
sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṁ haṁsakukkuṭaṁ jīvaṁ jīvakādayo sakuṇā-pe-khāyanti.

Vuttampicetaṁ dīpavaṁse-

Chāta pabbata pādamhi veṇuyaṭṭhitayo ahū
Setā rajja yaṭṭhīca latākañcana sannibhā.
Nīlādi yādisaṁ pubbaṁ pupphayaṭṭhimhi tādisaṁ
Sakuṇā sakuṇa yaṭṭhimhi sarūpeneva saṇṭhitā tica

Tathevāññesupi gacesu porāṇikānamācariyānaṁ nānā nidassanasadassanavasenāpi nidassitā
gāthāyo bahuso cetha dissante-

Sirighana sugata tathāgata sārīrika pāribhogikādi dhātūhi samalaṅkate sirilaṅkādīpe
rājappavattyādi sadīpakāni mahāvaṁsa rājaratanākarādīni pasathataretihāsīya gathavarāni
yāvajjatanā saṁvijjanti - tathāpi porāṇa kataretihāsīya gatho nāma dīpavaṁsotyetihāsīya
kathāppasutehi paṇḍita varehi ñātapubbovahoti - mahataṁ vaṁso paveṇitiladdhanāme
mahāvaṁse dīpavaṁsassāpināmaṁ sadassitameva, mahāvaṁsopana sambuddhacaritappakāya
pubbaṅgamo dīpuppatyādyanekavidhappavatti visayānuyāyinī pavattiyo kathaci
vithāratoca kathaci saṁkkhittatoca pakāsento taññātukāmānaṁ manorathaṁ pūrento vattati.

Ayamihasadassiyamāno dīpavaṁsopana sirighana sakya munino tilokanāthassa
sirilaṅkādīpāgamanādīhi sambuddha sāsanappavatti sadīpakehi bahūhikāraṇehi
samalaṅkatoti viññāyate.

Sambuddhāgamanappavatyādi sadassanā.

hānaṁ pallaṅka māsabhaṁ patto purisuttamo viddhastamāraseno samāno sammāsambodhiṁ
samadhigato sabbaññètañānappattiyā navamemāse(phussamāsa) paṇṇarasiyaṁ
dīpametamāgato- mayhaṅganacetiyaṭṭhāne samitisamāgata yakkharakkhasādīnaṁ
dhammaṁ desento te damevā giridīpe paniṭṭhāpevā tathāgata paribhogena samārakkhaṁ
kurumāno dīpametaṁ nirupaddavatta mupanesi.

Tato pañcamevasse amāvasiyaṁ cūlodara mahodaranāmikānaṁ dvinnaṁnāgarājunaṁ
maṇipallaṅka mārabbhasañjāta mahānasevattamāne sammāsambuddho sirilaṅkādīpa
māgamma (maṇi) nāgadīpe ākāsakucchiyaṁ sanni sinno samāno nānāvidha pāṭihāriyaṁ
sadassanāya ceva, saddhammadesanāyaca te, sāmaggiyaṁ suppatiṭṭhāpesi.

Athatehi dinne’ maṇipallaṅkavare sannisinno chabbaṇṇa Buddharaṁsiyo nicchārento
sappāṭihāriyo dhammamuttamaṁ catusacca pariyosānaṁ visesato sāmaggirasānisaṁ
saṁcaparidīpayaṁ desevā tenāgekho saraṇesuca sīlesuca patiṭṭhāpevā jetavana
mahāvihārameva magamāsi.

Vuttaṁ hetaṁ vedehatherenāpi.

Athamuni gaganambho ruyha bhūmippadesaṁ
Taruṇa ravivatasmiṁ āsane āsibhāsaṁ
Athabhujaga gaṇāte dibba khajjā dikehi
Parivisiya munidaṁ sādhudhammaṁ suṇiṁsu.
Athajala thala jānaṁ tatha yuddhāgatānaṁ
Agaṇita bhujagānaṁ sītikoṭī bhujaṅgā
Vimala saraṇa sīle suppatiṭṭhā sutuṭṭhā
Akarumuni mulāraṁ sathupūjā vidhānanti.

Apicasammā sambodhito aṭṭhamevasse vesākha puṇṇamāya majdhesanampati
maṇyakkhikassa nāgarañño dīpametamāgatokila sammāsambuddho-kalyāṇi
mahācetiyaṭṭhānemaṇimaṇḍapasmiṁ nānāratanālaṅkate sannisinno samāno ratanaghareva
devehi sunimmite bahunnaṁ nāgānaṁ saddhammamadesesī, tato tesu nāgesu saraṇasīlesu
patiṭṭhitesu sumanadyadhi vāsinā sumanābhidhānena devena sumanā rañjita gārava
bhattiyā samārādhito sathā sumanaddikūṭa mupaganavā tasmiṁpabbata mathake
vāmapādalañchanaṁ kavā tasmiṁ ññevamhāpabbata passe divāguhāyaṁ divāviha renābhi
vihāsi athānurādhapuraṁ sampatto sammāsambuddho tatha tatha
cetiyādippatiṭṭhānaṭṭhānesu dhānasamāpattiyāca nisīdivā paribhogikaṭṭhānakaraṇena tāno
pasohevā jambudīpameva magamāsi.

Honticetha.

Tato kāruṇiko nātho bodhito aṭṭhamesame
Vesākha puṇṇamāsimhi sannipātiya sāvake

Ethajjahikkhavolaṅkaṁ nāgānaṁ nuggahāya bho
Maṇiakkhi ko nimantesi pasanno Buddhasāsane
Desesevaṁ jinodhamma manilā sanakādinaṁ
Pītipāmojja jananaṁ nibbāna matamāvahaṁ

Nāgādhirāje sumanābhidhāne
Vasaṁsumedho sumanābhidhāno
Devo tadāgamma supārisajjo
Kalyāṇiyaṁ tatha phaṇīhi saddhi,nti.
Porāṇika vasumatippaveṇi-pubbā saṁgītittaya sadassanā athaca panimasmiṁ
mahābhaddakappe jambudīpikānaṁ mahā rājunaṁ pavatyā panimasmiṁ mahābhaddakappe
jambudīpikānaṁ mahā rājunaṁ pavatyā dyatisaṅkhepato vagantabbocetha hoti kathanti?

Suphullitāneka nāgapunnāgādī tarusaṇḍa maṇḍite ārāmarāmaṇeyyake nānā paduma
sañchanna pokkharaṇīsata saṅkule jambudīpe kappassādimhi mahajana sammatattā
mahāsammato’ti laddhanāmo dhañña puññopasobhi to mahārājā rajjamakāresi.

Tatoppabhūti mahāsammata rājavaṁsāgatehi rojavararojādīhi asaṅkhyāyukehi dhañña
puññopasobhitehi mahātejavanta naridehi sakarājavaṁso sanāthikato ca hosi tathāpi
kapilassesino nivāsabhūtattā kapilavathūti laddhavohāre anekassiri sāra virājite
kapilavathusmiṁ nagare jayasenappabhūtinopi rājāno dhammena samena rajjamakāresuṁ.

Tato’tiparisuddha mahāsammata rājavaṁsābhijātassa suddhodanassa mahārañño tanujavaro
siddhathappadānato siddhathoti patītāvathanāmo pacchimabhaviko mahāsatto’bhijāto
samāno yatharahaṁ sabbathābhivuddhippatto ututtayānucchavikesu rammādīsu tīsu
pāsādavaresu sakko’va devarājā nekassiri vibhavamanubhavanto yathākkakamaṁ
mahābhinikkhamanādiṁ kavā anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhi manuppatto dhammiko dhamma
rājā saṁkhyāpathātikkanta veneyya janabadhavāna mamata mahānibbānappadānena
saṅgahamakāsi.

Sabbathevaṁ pariniṭṭhāpita sakala Buddhakicce pana Bhagavati sammā sambuddhe
parinibbute paṭhamavasseva-ajātasattunā mahārājenārādhitehi mahākassapathera
pamukhehi sampatta jalabhiññehi pabhinna paṭisambhidehi pañcasata mahākhīṇāsavehi
paṭhama mahāsaṁgīti saṁgitā, pāsaṁsiyehi theravādehi samullasitācāhosi,
Evaṁ kāle gacchente vajjiputtakehi pāpabhikkhuhi siṁgiloṇakappādīsu dasasu
adhammavathu su samuṭṭhāpitesu sirijambudīpe kālāsokassa mahārañño
samupathamhaṁpaṭicca yasathera pamukhehi samadhigata chaḷabhiññehi sampatta
catupaṭisambhidehi satta sata mahā khīṇā savatherehi sambuddha paribba ṇato vassa satā
tikkante dutiya saṁgīti saṁṅgītācā hosi tesamadhammikānaṁ pāpa bhikkhunaṁ niggaha
pubbaṅgamaṁ

Tatheva sambuddha parinibbāṇā aṭṭhārasādhike dvisata mitevasse dhammāsokamahārājā
jambudīpe rajjābhisekasampatto sambuddha sā netīvappasanno moggalī putta tissathera
santike attano piyatanu javaraṁ mahida kumāraṁ pabbājesi, socakcāyasmāmahido sampatta
jalabhiññe catupaṭi sambhīdo katakicco samāno maha khīṇāsavocāhosi

Tasmiṁkhopana samaye theravādato nikkaḍḍhitānaṁ pāpabhikkhunaṁ balamatīva
vaḍiḍhitañcāhosi tadākhopana moggalīputtatissatherenā nāgate
sambuddhasāsanappatiṭṭhānaṭṭhānānaṁdibbena cakkhunā sudiṭṭhattā so
tadathappasutocāhosi, tatoparaṁteneva dhammāsoka mahā naride no pathambhitā samānā
teca kho moggaliputta tissa thereppamukhā sahassa mattā mahārahanto dhammā sokassa
rajja vassato satta rasa mevasse tatiya saṁgīti makaṁsu.

Athaso moggali putta tissa thero panatesu tesu dīpesu sāsanassa patiṭṭhāpanathaṁ bhikkhu
niyo je sī, tato tathā pakkantesu, theresvā yasmā mahā mahidathero laṅkādīpamapāpuṇi,
iṭṭhiyuttiya sambala bhaddasāla saṁkhātehi saddhivihārikehi ceva bhaṇḍuka nāmikeno
pāsakena casaddhiṁ tena khopana samayena laṅkāya manurādhapure devānampiya tissa
mahārājā rajjamakāresi tepana dīpappa sādaka mahida therappamukhā bhikkhavo tamenaṁ
rājānaṁ sathu sāsane tīvappasannaṁ ratanattaya parāyaṇañcākāresuṁ, tathā nekasahasseca
mahājane saddhamma desanādinā suppa sādevā saraṇasīlamagga phalesuca suppa
tiṭṭhāpayiṁsu, ṭhānaṁkho panetaṁ khalitaṁ vedāni katipayeti bhāsīya gathesu, dissate
samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭha kathāya mahāvaṁsa dīpavaṁsesvā gatanayeca
saṁlakkhiyamāne-sammā sambuddha parinibbānato dvipaññāsādhike dvisata mitevasse
tatiyā saṅgīti saṅgītāti paññāyateva-tatovuttaṁ-tatha asoka dhamma rājassa sattarasa
mevasse idhamuṭasīva rājā kālamakāsi-devānampiya tisso rajja mapāpuṇi-parinibbuteca
pana sambuddhe ajāta sattu catuvīsativassāni rajjaṁkāresi-udaya bhaddo soḷasa,
anuruddhoca muṇḍo ca aṭha-nāgadāsakocatuvīsati su sunāgo aṭṭhārasa tasseva puttā
asoko aṭṭhavīsati, asokassa puttā dasabhātuka rājāno dvevīsativassāni rajjaṁkāresuṁ,
tesaṁpacchato nadā dvevīsati meva, cada gutto-catuvīsati-bidusāro
aṭṭhavīsaṁ-tassāvasāne-asoko rajjaṁ pāpuṇi-

(Abhisekato pubbe cattāri rajjavassāni cethamilitabbāni) (dhammā sokassa) abhisekato
aṭṭhārasa mevasse imasmiṁdīpe mahida thero patiṭṭhito

Sammā sambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṁ vassasatāna
muparijattiṁsatimevasse(mahidathero) imasmiṁ dīpe patiṭṭhitoti (ṭhānaṁ panetaṁ paṇḍitehi
samūpa parikkhanīya meva hoti)

Ganthasabhāva sadassanā.

Dīpavaṁso panāyaṁ jarmanī tikkhyāta raṭṭha samubbhavena harmènl̥lḍanbag nāmikena
paṇḍitena, sadesīya videsīyānaṁ mahā paṇḍitavarā namupadesa manugamma
kirastūtikkhyāta vassato sahassādhikāṭṭha sata navasattatimṚ vasse, āṅgalīkākkharehi
muddā pevā pakāsitocāhosi,

Tathāpyanekesu ṭhānesu nānappakārā punaruttādikā dosā bahu so dissante’ tathāpi tassa
ganthassa mahāpaṇḍitavarehi paṭigga hītattā cevetarahi sabbesaṁsīhalikānaṁ
paṇḍitavarānaṁ hathappatta kāle tassa samūpa parikkhanī yattāca paṭhama muddāpane
panimasmiṁ tedose sabbasomayaṁ nanirākarimhā, athacapana mhehi dutiyavāre tedose
bahusocāpanīya sabbapiṭṭhesu gāthāheṭṭhato sīhalīyānu vādaṁca yojevā
muddāpanathamāraddhovattateva,

Tato cethā gatābhi nava suddhimpatī masmiṁ paṭhama vārepi sīhalīyānu vādo likhite ti
daṭṭhabbo, paṭhamavāre muddā pitassimassa ganthassa suddhipaṇṇampi tadantogadhaṁ
karissāma,

Imasmiṁ khopana paṭhama vāre muddā pitasmiṁ dīpavaṁse gātha heṭṭhato
aṅkitaṭṭhānesu, ṚṚ, l̥ti, iminālakkhaṇena l̥lḍanbag nāmikena muddāpita dīpavaṁse
āganayaṁca-pa,du,ta cetīmehi lakkhaṇe nimassa paṭisaṅkharaṇasso pakārabhūtesu paṭhama
dutiyatatiya catutha pothakesvā gatanayañca, sī, pā iccanena, sīhala pāli
ganthosvāgatanayañca nidassetīti, visesate ñātabbaṁ
Saddhammākara parivenedāni padhānacariya dhuradharo vihāvī bi. Aggasirithero ceva
tathevo’pācariya bhūto’kṚ. Ñāṇavimalatheroca imassa sīhalīyānu vādassa nipphādanathaṁ
panamhākaṁ bahupakārabhūtā hesuṁ, tatotesampilokasāsanābhivuddhi
hetussimassagathassa paṭisaṅkharaṇathaṁ pothakānuppadāne nambhāka manuggahīta naṁ
hitesinampi kataññutā guṇasamanussaraṁ visesato pasaṁsāmi

Kolambanagare ḍirasṭirakkl̥ṭ nāmikāyādhikaraṇa sālāya lekhaka dhuradharena,
egoḍauyane tikkhyāta gāma jena sirimatā èm. Nl̥man pīris nāmikena loka
sāsanābhivuddhimicchante muddāpitoyaṁ dīpa vaṁso,

Ācariyā dippa saṁsā

1
Suramanuja gaṇehi santataṁ pūjanīyaṁ
Jagatitaya muḷāraṁ kittiyā vipphurantaṁ
Guṇamaṇi nikarānaṁ sidhu tulyaṁ atulyaṁ
Ratanataya manaṅghaṁ santidaṁtaṁ namehaṁ
2
Yatigaṇa mahito yo santavuttī sukittī
Sujana mudita saddhā sīlavā sodayālū
Paṭhama midha vihāre khettarāme patīte
Abhavi jayatu pālathera pādo nametaṁ
3
Tassā’tinimma la yasassa yatissa sisso
Thero bhavī guṇa dhano viditāgamoyo
Pācera bhāvamu pagaṁ sumanādi tissa
Theraṁ sarāmi satataṁ abhivuddhi yāhaṁ
4
Janagaṇa mahitatto dhammavutyā pareto
Suhita nirata vitto cittavākyo rutejo
Abhavi vidita dhammakkhadha nāmagga thero
Tamaha miha sarāmi rāmaneyyaṁ guṇehi
5
Neruttikā cariya rāja garūvihāvī
Saṅghehidatta garunāma varoti pujjo
Sathāgamādi nipuṇo viduro si seṭṭho
Theraṁ subhūti viditaṁ tamahaṁ sarāmi
6
Sadesa desantara vissute sad
Dhammākarākhye pariveni masmiṁ
Padhānabhūto yati saṅghanātho
Piteva maṁ pā vacane vinesī
7
Vibudha jananisevī saddasathappa vīṇo
Guṇamani nikarehi sajjito vajjabhīrū
Thiramati sirisīlā nadanā mosithero
Satata tamabhi vade cerapādaṁ subhatyā
8
Vidita pavara vijjā madiraṁ sudaraṁ maṁ
Dhavala vimala kityā laṁkarīyo sudhīmā
Suhita vimala kittī nāmavāsanta vutti
Sugata samayavedī saggagaṁ taṁ sarāmī
9
Sathanta resu nipuṇo suhadoya èm èn-
Pīris itivhayayuto saparatha kāmo
Muddāpayiva panimaṁ varadīpa vaṁ saṁ
Khyātaṁ ākāsi matimā satataṁ vibhātaṁ
10
Saddhammākara vikkhyāta pariveṇādhi povasaṁ
Sirīvisuddhā cariyo ñāṇānadoti vissuto
11
Therohaṁ akariṁ sammā lokasāsana vuddhiyā
Parisaṅkharaṇaṁ etaṁ dīpavaṁsassa sudaranti

[P. Nanananda]

Namo tassa Bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Dīpavaṁso

(Paṭhamo paricchedo)

1
Dīpāgamanaṁ Buddhassa dhātūnaṁ 1 bodhiyā’gamaṁ,
Saṅgahāceravādañca 2 dīpamhi sāsanā’gamaṁ,
Naridāgamanā vāsaṁ 3 kittiyissaṁ suṇātha me.
2
Pītipāmojjajananaṁ pasādeyyaṁ manoramaṁ,
Anekākārasampannaṁ cittikavā suṇātha me.
3
Udaggacittā sumanā pahaṭṭhā tuṭṭhamānasā,
Niddosaṁ bhadravacanaṁ sakkaccaṁ sampaṭicchatha.
4
Suṇātha sabbe paṇidhāya mānasaṁ
Vaṁsaṁ pavakkhāmi paramparāgataṁ,
Atippasathaṁ 4 bahunābhivaṇṇitaṁ
Etaṁ hi nānākusumaṁ’va gathitaṁ.
5
Anūpamaṁ vaṁsavaraggavādinaṁ 5
Sabbaṁ anaññaṁ 6 tatha suppakāsitaṁ,
Ariyāgataṁ uttamasabbhi vaṇṇitaṁ
Suṇantu 7 dīpathuti sādhu sakkataṁ.
6
Āsabhaṁ ṭhānapallaṅkaṁ acalaṁ daḷha ‘makampitaṁ,8
Caturaṅge patiṭṭhāya nisīdi purisuttamo.

1. Ṛc.l̥:dhātuva pa:dhātuñca: 2. Ṛc.l̥.Saṁgahācariyavādaṁ ca. 3. Ṛc.l̥. Vaṁsaṁ. 4. Ṛc.l̥.
Thūtippasathaṁ. 5. Ṛc.l̥: vāsinaṁ. 6. Ṛc.l̥:pa:ta: apubbaṁ. 7. Ṛc.l̥: du: sunātha. 8. Ṛc.l̥: daḷhaṁ
akampitaṁ.

[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]

7
Nisajja pallaṅkavare narāsabho
Dumidamūle dipadāna’muttamo,
Na chambhati vītabhayo’va kesarī
Disvāna māraṁ saha sena māgataṁ.1
8
Māravādaṁ bhidivāna citra sevā sasenakaṁ,
Jayo attamano dhīro santacitto samāhito.
9
Vipassanā kammaṭṭhānaṁ manasikārañca yoniso,
Sammasī bahuvīdhaṁ dhammaṁ anekākāranissitaṁ.
10
Pubbenivāsañāṇañca dibbacakkhuñca cakkhumā,
Sammasanto mahāñāṇī tayo yāme atikkami
11
Tato pacchimayāmamhi paccayākāraṁ vivaṭṭayi,
Anulomaṁ paṭilomañca manasā’kā sirīghano.
12
Ñavā dhammaṁ pariññāya pahānaṁ maggabhāvanaṁ,
Anussari 2 mahāñāṇī vimutto’paṭisaṅkhaye.3
13
Sabbaññatañāṇavaraṁ abhisambuddho mahāmuni,
Buddho Buddho’ti taṁ nāmaṁ samaññā paṭhamaṁ ahu.
14
Bujdhivā sabbadhammānaṁ udānaṁ kavā pabhaṅkaro,
Ta’deva pallaṅkavare sattāhaṁ vītināmayī.
15
Samītasabbasantāso katakicco anāsavo,
Udaggo sumano haṭṭho vicintesi bahuṁ hitaṁ.
16
Khaṇe khaṇe laye Buddho sabbalokamavekkhati,
Pañcacakkhu vivarivā olokesi bahujjane.
17
Anāvaraṇañāṇaṁ taṁ pesesi dipaduttamo,
Addasa vīrajo sathā laṅkādīpaṁ varuttamaṁ.
18
Sudesaṁ utusampannaṁ subhikkhaṁ ratanākaraṁ,
Pubbabuddha ma’nuciṇṇaṁ ariyagaṇanisevitaṁ.4
19
Laṅkādīpavaraṁ disvā sukhettaṁ ariyālayaṁ,
Ñavā kālamakālañca vīcintesi anuggaho.

1. Ṛc.l̥: vāhanaṁ. 2. Du:Ṛc.l̥: anusāsi. 3. Ṛc. Upadhisaṁkhayo. 4. Pa: ariyaganasevitaṁ.

[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]
20
Laṅkādīpe imaṁ kālaṁ yakkhabhūtā ca rakkhasā,
Sabbe Buddhapatikuṭṭhā sakkā uddharituṁ balaṁ.
21
Nīharivā yakkhagaṇe pisāce avaruddhake,
Khemaṁ kavāna taṁ dīpaṁ vasāpessāmi mānuse.
22
Tiṭṭhantesu 1 ime pāpe yāvatāyuṁ asesato,
Sāsanantaraṁ bhavissati laṅkādīpavare tahiṁ.
23
Uddharivāna’haṁ satte pasādevā bahujjane,
Ācikkhivāna taṁ maggaṁ accutaṁ 2 ariyāpathaṁ.
24
Anupādā parinibbāmī 3 suriyo athaṁ gato yathā,
Parinibbute catumāse hessati paṭhamasaṅgaho.*
25
Tato paraṁ vassasate vassāna’ṭṭhārasāni ca,
Tatiyo saṅgaho hoti pavattathāya sāsanaṁ.
26
Imasmiṁ jambudīpamhi bhavissati mahīpati,
Mahāpuñño tejavanto dhammāsoko’ti 4 vissuto.
27
Tassa rañño asokassa putto hessati paṇḍito
Mahido sutasampanno laṅkādīpaṁ pasādaye.5
28
Buddho ñavā imaṁ hetuṁ bahuṁ athupasaṁhitaṁ
Kālākālaṁ imaṁ dīpaṁ ārakkhaṁ sugato kari.
29
Pallaṅkaṁ animisaṁ ca caṅkamaṁ ratanāgharaṁ,
Ajapālamucalido khīrapālena sattamaṁ.
30
Sattasattāhakaraṇīyaṁ kavāna vividhaṁ jino,
Bārāṇasiṁ gato vīro dhammacakkaṁ pavattituṁ,
31
Dhammacakkaṁ pavattento pakāsento dhamma’muttamaṁ
Aṭṭhārasannaṁ koṭīnaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahu.

1. Ṛc.l̥:ca. 2. Ṛc.l̥: añjasaṁ. 3. Ta:pa:du:Ṛc.l̥. Parinibbāyī. 4. Ṛc.l̥: asokadhammoti. 5. Ṛc.l̥:
pasādayaṁ.
* Dutiyasaṅgiti.
"Atīte dasame vasse kālāsokassa rājino,
Sambuddhaparinibbāṇā evaṁ vassa sataṁ ahu.-Pe-

Te sabbevālukārāme kālāsokena rakkhitā,
Revatatherapāmokkhā akaruṁ dhammasaṅgahaṁ" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]

32
Koṇḍañño bhaddiyo vappo mahānāmo ca assajī,
Ete pañcamahātherā vimuttā 1 ‘nattalakkhaṇe
33
Yasa sahāyā cattāri puna paññāsa dārake,
Bārāṇasi isipatane vasanto uddhari jino.
34
Bārāṇasiṁ vasivāna vuthavasso tathāgato,
Kappāsike vanasaṇḍe uddhari bhaddavaggiye.
35
Anupubbaṁ caramāno uruvela’mavassari,
Addasa virajo sathā uruvelakassapaṁ jaṭiṁ.
36
Agyāgāre 2 ahināgaṁ damesi purisuttamo,
Disvā acchariyaṁ sabbe nimantiṁsu tathāgataṁ.
37
Hemantaṁ cātumāsamhi idha viharatu 3 gotama,
Mayaṁ taṁ niccabhattena sadā upaṭṭhahāmase.
38
Uruvelāyaṁ hemante vasamāno tathāgato,
Jaṭile sapārisajje vinesi purisāsabho.
39
Mahāyaññaṁ pakappiṁsu aṅgā ca magadhā ubho,
Disvā yaññe mahālābhaṁ vicintesi ayoniso.
40
Mahiddhiko mahāsamaṇo ānubhāvaṁ ca taṁ mahā,
Sace mahājanakāye vikubbeyya katheyya vā.
41
Parihāyissati me lābho gotamassa bhavissati,
Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo nāgaccheyya samāgamaṁ
42
Caritaṁ adhimuttiṁ 4 ca āsayaṁ ca anūsayaṁ,
Cittassa soḷasākāre vijānāti tathāgato.
43
Jaṭilassa cintitaṁ ñavā paracittavidū muni,
Piṇḍapātaṁ kurudīpaṁ ganvāna mahātiddhiyā 5
44
Anotattadahe Buddho paribhuñjivāna bhojanaṁ,
Tatha dhānasamāpattiṁ samāpajji bahuṁ hitaṁ.
45
Buddhacakkhuhi lokaggo sabbalokaṁ vilokayī,
Addasa virajo sathā laṅkādīpavaruttamaṁ.
46
Mahāvanaṁ mahābhīmaṁ ahū laṅkātalaṁ tadā,
Nānāyakkhā mahāghorā luddā lohitabhakkhasā.

1. Pa: vimuttā anatta 2. Ta: agyāgāre 3. Ṛc.l̥:du: vihara. 4. Ṛc.l̥: muttaṁ, 5. Ṛc.l̥. Mahāiddhiyā:

[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]

47
Caṇḍā ruddā ca rabhasā 1 nānārūpavihesikā,
Nānādhimuttikā sabbe sannipāte samāgate. 2
48
Tatha ganvāna tammajdhe vihiṁsevāna rakkhase,
Nīharite pisācete 3 manussā honti issarā.
49
Imama’thaṁ mahāvīro cintayivā bahuṁ hitaṁ,
Nabhaṁ ababhuggamīvāna jambudīpā idhāgato
50
Yakkhasamāgame majdhe upari siramathake,
Nisīdanaṁ gahevāna dissamāno nabhe ṭhito
51
hitaṁ passanti sambuddhaṁ yakkhasenā samāgatā,
Buddho’ti taṁ namaññanti yakkho aññataro iti
52
Gaṅgātīre mahiyāsu pokkhalesu
Patiṭṭhite thūpaṭṭhāne subhaṅgaṇe,
Tasmiṁ padesamhi 4 ṭhito naruttamo
Samappito dhānasamādhi’muttamaṁ.
53
Dhānaṁ lahuṁ khīppanisantikāro muni samāpajjati cittakkhaṇe,
Sahasā samuṭṭhāti dhānakkhaṇiyā
Samāpayi sucitte pāramīgato.
54
hito nabhe iddhivikubbamāno
Yakkho mahiddhica mahānubhāvo,
Khaṇiyaṁ ghanā meghasahassadhārā
Pavassati sītalavāta duddīni.
55
Ahaṁ karomi te uṇhaṁ mama detha nisīdituṁ,
Athi tejabalaṁ mayhaṁ parissaya vinodanaṁ.
56
Sace vinodituṁ sakkā nisīdāhi yathicchitaṁ,
Sabbehi samanuññātaṁ tava tejabalaṁ kara.
57
Uṇhaṁ yācatha maṁ sabbe bhiyyo tejaṁ mahātapaṁ
Khippaṁ karoma accuṇhaṁ tumhehi abhipathitaṁ.
58
hite majdhantike kāle gimhāna suriyo yathā,
Evaṁ yakkhāna’mā tāpo kāye ṭhapitadāruṇaṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥: pisācā: 2 du, Ṛc.l̥: samāgatā: 3. Ṛc.l̥: padesasmi 4. Pa:dū: ta: Ṛc.l̥: yakkhānaṁ. [Dipa02]
[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]

59
Yathā kappaparivaṭṭe catu 1 sūriyaātapo,
Evaṁ nisīdane sathu tejo hoti tatuttari.
60
Yathā sūriyaṁ udentaṁ nasakkā 2 carituṁ nabhe, 3
Evaṁ nisīdanaṁ cammaṁ nathi āvaraṇaṁ nabhe.
61
Nisīdanaṁ kappajālaṁ’va teraṁ suriyaṁ’va pathari,4
Mahātapaṁ vikirati aggijālaṁva ‘nappakaṁ.
62
Aṅgārarāsījalitātapaṁ tahiṁ,
Nisīdanaṁ abbhasamaṁ 5 padissati,
Dīpesu uṇhaṁ nidasseti dussahaṁ
Dhuvaṁ nipakkaṁ ayapabbatūpamaṁ
63
Purathimaṁ pacchima dakkhiṇu’ttaraṁ,
Uddhaṁ adho dasadisā imāyo
Sace ayaṁ yakkho mahānubhāvo,
Tejo samāpajjati pajjalāyati,
64
Kathaṁ gamissāma sukhī arogā
Kadā pamuñcāma imaṁ subheravaṁ,
Sabbeva yakkhā vilayā bhavissare,
Bhusaṁva muṭṭhirajaṁ vātakhittaṁ.
65
Buddho isīnaṁ 6 nisabho sukhāvaho
Disvāna yakkhe dukkhite bhayaṭṭite, 7.
Anukampako kāruṇiko mahesi
Vicintayī athasukhaṁ amānuse.
66
Atha’ññadīpaṁ patirūpakaṁ imaṁ
Ninnaṁ thalaṁ sabbaṭhāne 8 kasādisaṁ,
Nadipabbataṁ talākasunimmalaṁ,
Dīpaṁ giriṁ laṅkatalaṁ 9 samūpamaṁ
67
Sunibbhayaṁ sobhitasāgarantakaṁ
Pahūtabhakkhaṁ bahudhañña ‘mākulaṁ,
Utusamathaṁ bharisaddalaṁ mahiṁ
Varaṁ giridīpa mi’massa uttariṁ

1. Pa: cattāri. 2. Pa:du: Ṛc.l̥: ācarituṁ 3. Pa.Naro. 4. Pathavi: 5. Ṛc.l̥: abbhasanaṁ, 6. Ṛc.l̥:
buddhoca boisinisabho, 7. Ṛc.l̥: hayaṭṭhite. 8. Ṛc.l̥: sabbathāneka, 9. Ṛc.l̥: laṁkātala.
[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]

68
Rammaṁ manuññaṁ haritaṁ susītalaṁ
Ārāmavanarāmaṇeyyakaṁ varaṁ,
Santī’dha phulla phaladhārinodumā
Suññaṁ vicittaṁ naca koci issaro.
69
Mahaṇṇave sāgaravārimajdhe
Sugambhīre ūmi sadā pabhijjare,
Suduggame pabbatajāla mussite
Sudukkaraṁ atha ‘maniṭṭha ‘mantaraṁ.
70
Paramānarosā parapiṭṭhimaṁsikā
Akāruṇikā paraheṭṭhane ratā,
Caṇḍā ca ruddā rabhasā ca niddayā
Vidappanīkā sapathe ime idha 1
71
Atha rakkhasā yakkhagaṇā ca duṭṭhā
Dīpaṁ imaṁ laṅkāciranivā sīnaṁ,
Dadāmi sabbaṁ giridīpaporāṇaṁ
Nivasantu 2 sabbe supajā anīghā.
72
Imaṁ ca laṅkātalaṁ mānusānaṁ
Porāṇakappaṭṭhitavuthavāsaṁ,
Vasantu laṅkātale mānusā bahu
Pubbe’va ojavaramaṇḍa sādise
73
Etehi aññehi guṇehyupeto
Manussavāso api nekabhaddako,
Dīpesu dīpissati sāsanā’gate 3
Supuṇṇacado’va nabhe uposathe.
74
Dīpaṁ ubho mānusā rakkhasā ca
Ubho ubhinnaṁ tulayaṁ sukhaṁ muni,
Bhiyyo sukhaṁ lokavidū ubhinnaṁ
Parivattayi goṇayugaṁ’ca phāsukaṁ.
75
Saṅkaḍḍhayi gotamo dīpa’middhiyā
Badhaṁ’va goṇaṁ daḷharajjuvakaḍḍhitaṁ,
Dīpena dīpaṁ upanāmayī muni
Yugaṁ’ca nāvaṁ daḷhadhammaveditaṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥:ta. Idha ime, 2. Pa:ta: Ṛc. l̥: vasantu, 3. Pa. Du: ta: dīpassadīpā sadisā anāgate.

[SL Page 008] [\x 8/]

76
Dīpena dīpaṁ yugalaṁ tathāgato
Kavā’nuḷāraṁ viparīta 1 rakkhase,
Vasantu sabbe giridīparakkhasā
Sapakkamāsā vasanaṁ vavathitaṁ.
77
Gaṅgaṁ gimhamhī yathā pipāsitā
Dhāvanti yakkhā giridīpa ‘mathikā,
Paviṭṭhā sabbe anivattane puna
Pamuñca dīpaṁ yathā bhūmiyaṁ muni.
78
Yakkhā sutuṭṭhā supahaṭṭharakkhasā
Laddhā sudīpaṁ manasā’bhi pathitaṁ,
Nahāyiṁsu 2 sabbe atippamoditā
Otariṁsu sabbe chane nakkhattamahaṁ
79
Ñavāna Buddho sukhite amānuse
havāna mettaṁ parittaṁ bhaṇi jino,
Kavāna dīpaṁ tividhaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ
Sadā rakkhaṁ yakkhagaṇa vinodanaṁ
80
Santappayivāna bhave amānuse
Rakkhaṁ ca kavā daḷha mettābhāvanaṁ,
Upaddavaṁ dīpe su vinodayivā
Agoruvelaṁ punapi tathāgato’ti.

Paṭhamo paricchedo

Bhāṇavāraṁ paṭhamaṁ yakkhadamanaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥. Viparīca, 2. Ṛc.l̥. Abhāyiṁsu:

[SL Page 009] [\x 9/]

Dīvavaṁse-dutiyo paricchedo

1.
Arahaṁ pana sambuddho kosalānaṁ puruttamaṁ,
Upanissāya vihāsī sudattārāme sirīghano.
2
Tasmiṁ jetavane Buddho dhammarājā pabhaṅkaro,
Sabbaloka’mavekkhanto tambapaṇṇivara’ddasa.
3
Atikkante pañcavassamhi tambapaṇṇitalaṁ agā,
Avaruddhake vinodevā suññaṁ dīpaṁ akā sayaṁ.
4
Uragā ajja dīpamhi pabbateyyā samuṭṭhitā,
Ubho viyūḷhasaṅgāmaṁ yuddhaṁ karonti dāruṇaṁ.
5
Sabbe mahiddhikā nāgā sabbe ghoravisā ahu,
Sabbe’va kibbisā caṇḍā madamānā avassitā.
6
Khippakāpi mahātejā paduṭṭhā kakkhalā kharā,
Ujdhānasaññī sukopā uragā viralathikā.
7
Mahodaro mahātejo cūḷodaro ca tejavā,1
Ubhopi balasampannā ubhopi vaṇṇātisayā.
8
Na passati koci samaṁ samuttari
Mahodaro mānamattena tejasā,
Dīpaṁ vināsesi saselakānanaṁ
Ghātemi sabbe paṭipakkhapannage.
9
Cūḷodaro gajjati mānanissito
Āgacchantu nāga sahassakoṭiyo,
Hanāmi sabbe raṇamajdha ‘māgate
Thalaṁ karomi satayojanaṁ 2 dīpaṁ.
10
Padūsayanti visavegadussabhā
Sampajjalanti uragā mahiddhikā,
Parosadhammā 3 bhujagidamucchitā
Samussahanti 4 raṇasattu maddituṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥: tejaso, 2. "Ekūnasatayojane tambapaṇṇidīpe"ti mahāvaṁsaṭīkāya 380. Piṭṭhe disti.
3. Ṛc.l̥. Rosadhammā 4. Ṛc.l̥. Ussahanti.

[SL Page 10] [\x 10/]

11
Disvāna Buddho uragidakuppanaṁ
Dīpaṁ vinassanti nivattahetukaṁ,
Lokathacārī 1 sugato bahuṁ hitaṁ
Vicintayi aggasukhaṁ sadevake.
12
Sace na gaccheyyaṁ na pannagā sukhī
Dīpaṁ vināsaṁ naca sādhu’nāgate,
Nāge anukampamāno sukhathiko
Gacchā’mahaṁ dīpavuddhiṁ samikkhituṁ. 2
13
Laṅkādīpe guṇaṁ disvā pubbe yakkhavinoditaṁ,
Mama sādhukataṁ dīpaṁ mā vināsentu pannagā.
14
Idaṁ vavāna sambuddho uṭṭhahivāna āsanā,
Gadhakuṭito nikkhamma vāre aṭṭhāsi cakkhumā
15
Yāvatā jetavane ca ārāme vanadevatā,
Sabbe’va upaṭṭhahiṁsu sayaṁ 3 ganvāna cakkhumā.
16
Alaṁ sabbepi tiṭṭhantu samiddhi ye’ko’va gacchatu,
Āgaccha saha rukkho ca dhārayivāna piṭṭhito
17
Buddhassa vacanaṁ suvā samiddhīsumano ahu,
Samūlaṁ rukkha ‘mādāya saha gacchi tathāgataṁ
18
Naruttamaṁ taṁ sambuddhaṁ devarājā mahiddhiko,
Chāyaṁ kavāna dhāresi Buddhaseṭṭhassa piṭṭhito.
19
Yatha nāgānaṁ saṅgāmaṁ tatha ganvā naruttamo,
Ubho nāgavaramajdhe ṭhito sathā’nukampako.
20
Nabhā ganvāna sambuddho ubho nāgānamantare,
Adhakāratamaṁ ghoraṁ akāsi lokanāyako.
21
Adhaṁ tamaṁ tadā hoti lokanāthassa 4 iddhiyā,
Adhakārena onaddho vihitāya rukkho ahu
22
Añña’maññaṁ na passanti tasitā nāgā bhayaṭṭitā,
Jayampi tena passanti kuto saṅgāma kārituṁ.
23
Sabbe saṅgāmaṁ bhidivā pamuñcivāna āvudhaṁ,
Namassamānaṁ sambuddhaṁ sabbe ṭhitā katañjalī

1. Ta: Ṛc.l̥. Lokassa, 2. Ṛc.l̥. Dīpasukhaṁsamicchituṁ. 3. Du:Ṛc.l̥:mayaṁ pa: mayaṁgacchāma.
4. Pa: Ṛc.l̥. Kesaramaya.

[SL Page 011] [\x 11/]

24
Salomahaṭṭhe ñavāna disvā nāge bhayaṭṭite,
Mettacittena pharivā uṇharaṁsiṁ pamuñcayī.
25
Āloko’va mahā āsī abbhuto lomahaṁsano,
Sabbe passanti sambuddhaṁ nabhe cadaṁ’ca nimmalaṁ.
26
Chahi vaṇṇehi upeto jalanto nabhamantare,
Dasadisā virocanto ṭhito nāge abhāsatha.
27
Kimathiyaṁ mahārāja nāgānaṁ vivādo ahu,
Tumhe’va anukampāya javā gacchiṁ tato ahaṁ
28
Ayaṁ cūḷodaro nāgo ayaṁ nāgo mahodaro,
Mātulo bhāgineyyo ca vivadanto dhanathiko.
29
Anuddayaṁ 1 caṇḍanāgānaṁ sambuddho ajja bhāsatha,
Appo huvā mahā hoti kodho bālassa āgamo.
30
Ki muddisasa 2 bahunāgaṁ mahādukkhaṁ nigacchatha,
Imaṁ parittaṁ pallaṅkaṁ mā tumhe nāsayissatha.
31
Aññamaññama vināsetha akataṁ jīvitakkhayaṁ,
Saṁvejesi tadā nāge nirayadukkhena cakkhumā.
32
Manussayoniṁ dibbaṁ ca nibbānaṁ ca pakittayī,
Pakāsayantaṁ saddhammaṁ sambuddho dīpaduttamo.3.
33
Sabbe nāgā nipativā khamāpesuṁ tathāgataṁ,
Sabbe nāgā samāganvā samaggā huvāna pannagā.
34
Upesuṁ saraṇaṁ sabbe asītipāṇakoṭiyo,
Sabbe nāgā vinassāma imaṁ pallaṅkahetukaṁ.
35
Ādāya pallaṅkavaraṁ ubho nāgā samaggikā,4
Paṭigaṇhatha pallaṅkhaṁ anukampāya cakkhuma 36
Adhivāsesi sambuddho tuṇhībhāvena cakkhumā,
Adhivāsanaṁ vidivāna tuṭṭhā mahoragā ubho.
37
Nisīdatu ‘maṁ sugato pallaṅke 5 vephariyamaye,
Pabhassare jātivante nāgānaṁ abhipathite.
38
Patiṭṭhapiṁsu pallaṅkaṁ nāgā dīpāna mantare,
Nisīdi tatha pallaṅke dhammarājā pabhaṅkaro.

1. Ṛc.l̥.Anudayaṁ. 2. Pa:Ṛc.l̥: kimdisvā. 3. Ṛc.l̥: sambuddhaṁ. 4. Ṛc.l̥. Samathikā. 5. Ṛc.l̥.
Pallaṅkaṁ.

[SL Page 012] [\x 12/]

39
Pasādevāna sambuddho 1 asīti nāgakoṭiyo,
Tatha nāgā paricisuṁ aṇṇapāṇañca bhojanaṁ.
40
Onītapattapāṇiṁ taṁ asīti nāgakoṭiyo,
Parivārevā nisīdiṁsu Buddhaseṭṭhassa santike
41
Kalyāṇike gaṅgāmukhe nāgo ahu saputtako,
Mahānāgaparivāro nāmenā’si 2 maṇiakkhiko.
42
Saddho saraṇasampanno sammādiṭṭhi ca sīlavā,
Nāgasamāgamaṁ ganvā bhiyyo abhipasādiya 3.
43
Disvā Buddhabalaṁ nāgo anukampaṁ eṇimayaṁ,
Abhivādevā nisīdi āyācesi tathāgataṁ
44
Imaṁ dīpānukampāya paṭhamaṁ yakkhavinoditaṁ,
Idaṁ nāgānaṁ ‘nuggahaṁ dutiyaṁ dīpānukampanaṁ.
45
Punapi Bhagavā amhaṁ anukampa 5 mahāmuni,
Ahaṁ cu’paṭṭhahissāmi veyyāvaccaṁ karoma’haṁ.
46
Nāgassa bhāsitaṁ suvā Buddho sattānukampako,
Laṅkādīpahitathāya adhivāsevā 6 nisīdiya.
47
Paribhuñjivā pallaṅkaṁ vuṭṭhahivā pabhaṅkaro,
Divāvihāraṁ akāsi tatha dīpantare muni
48
Dīpantare dīpadāna’ggo 7 divasaṁ vītināmayi,
Samāpatti samāpajji brahmavihārena cakkhumā.
49
Sāyaṇhakālasamaye nāge āmantayī jino,
Idhe’va hotu pallaṅko khīrapālo idhacchatu 8.
Nāgā sabbe imaṁ rukkhaṁ pallaṅkaṁ ca namassatha.
50
Idaṁ vavāna sambuddho anusāsevāna pannage,
Paribhogacetiyaṁ davā puna jetavanaṁ gato.

Nāgadamanaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

51
Aparampi aṭṭhame vasse nāgarājā maṇikkhiko,
Nimattayi mahāvīraṁ pañcabhikkhusate saha.

1. Ṛc.l̥: sambuddhaṁ. 2 Ṛc.l̥. Nāmenāpi. 3. Ṛc.l̥. Pasīdati. 4. Ṛc.l̥.Imaṁ. 5. Ṛc.l̥: anukampaṁ. 6.
Ṛc.l̥. Adhivāsesi sugato. 7. Ṛc.l̥. Dīpānaggo. 8. Idhāgacchatu.

[SL Page 013] [\x 13/]

52
Parivārevāna sambuddhaṁ vasibhūtā mahiddhikā,
Uppativā jetavane kamamāno nabhe muni.
53
Laṅkādīpaṁ anuppatto gaṅgaṁ kalyāṇisammukhaṁ, sabbe ratanamaṇḍapaṁ uragā kavā
mahātale.
Nānāraṅgehi vathehi dibbadussehi chādayuṁ
54
Nānāratanalaṅkārā nānāpuppha 1 vicittakā,
Nānāraṅgadhajā nekā maṇḍapaṁ nānālaṅkataṁ.
55
Sabbasathataṁ satharivā paññāpevāna āsanaṁ,
Buddhapamukhasaṅghañca 2 pavesevā nisīdayuṁ.
56
Nisīdivāna sambuddho pañcahibhikkhusate saha,
Samāpatti samāpajji mettaṁ sabbadisaṁ phari.
57
Sattakkhattuṁ samāpajji Buddhodhānaṁsasāvako,
Tasmiṁ ṭhāne mahāthūpo patiṭṭhatīti addasa.
58
Mahādānaṁ pavattesi nāgarājā maṇikkhiko,
Paṭiggahevā sambuddho nāgadānaṁ sasāvako.
59
Bhuvāna anumodivā nabhū’ggacchi sasāvako,
Orohivā nabhaṁ 3 Buddho ṭhāne dīghavāpi cetiye
60
Samāpajji samāpattiṁ dhānaṁ lokānukampako,
Vuṭṭhahivā samāpajji tamhi ṭhāne pabhaṅkaro.
61
Vebhāsayaṁ kamamāno dhammarājā sasāvako,
Mahāmeghavane tatha bodhiṭṭhānaṁ upāgami
62
Purimā tīṇi mahābodhi patiṭṭhiṁsu mahītale,
Taṁ ṭhānaṁ upaganvāna tatha dhānaṁ sama 4 ppayi.
63
Tisso bodhi imaṁ ṭhāne tayo Buddhāna sāsane,
Mamaṁ ca bodhi idhe’ca patiṭṭhissati ‘nāgate. 5.
64
Sasāvako samāpattivuṭṭhahivā naruttamo,
Yatha meghavanārammaṁ agamāsi narāsabho.
65
Tathā’pi so samāpattiṁ samāpajji sasāvako,
Vuṭṭhahivā samāpattiṁ byākarī so 6 pabhaṅkaro

1. Ṛc.l̥: phulla. 2. Ṛc.l̥: saṅghassa. Nisīdiṁsu 3. Ṛc. l̥. Nabhe. 4. Ṛc. l̥: samāpayī. 5.
Pa:mamañcabodhi patiṭṭhānaṁ idhevahoti anāgate. 6. Ṛc.l̥. Byākarosi.

[SL Page 014] [\x 14/]

66
Imaṁ padesaṁ paṭhamaṁ kakusadho lokanāyako,
Imaṁ pallaṅkaṭhānamhi nisīdivā paṭiggahi.
67
Imaṁ padesaṁ dutiyaṁ konāgamano narāsabho,
Imaṁ pallaṅkaṭhānamhi nisīdivā paṭiggahī.
68
Imaṁ padesaṁ tatiyaṁ kassapo lokanāyako,
Imaṁ pallaṅkaṭhānamhi nisīdivā paṭiggahi.
69
Ahaṁ gotamasambuddho sakyaputto narāsabho,
Imaṁ pallaṅkaṭhānamhi nisīdivā samappito. Ti.

Kalyāṇagamanaṁ-dutiyo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ dutiyaṁ

1
Atītakappe rājāno ṭhapevāna bhavābhave,
Imamhi kappe rājāno pakāsissāmi sabbaso.
2
Jātiñca nāmagottañca āyuñca anupālanaṁ,
Sabbantaṁ kittayissāmi taṁ suṇātha yathākathaṁ.
3
Paṭhamābhisitto rājā bhūmipālo jutidharo,
Mahāsammata nāmena 1 rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
4
Tassa putto rojo nāma vararojo nāma khattiyo,
Kalyāṇa varakalyāṇā uposatho mahissaro.
5
Madhātā sattamo tesaṁ catudīpamhi issaro,
Caro upacaro rājā cetiyo ca mahissaro.
6
Mucalo mahāmucalo mucalido sagaro pica,
Sāgaradevo bharato ca aṅgīso 2 nāma khattiyo.
7
Rucī mahārucī ce’va 3 patāpo mahāpatopo pica,
Panādo mahāpanādo ca sudassano nāma khattiyo.
8
Mahāsudassano nāma duve nerū ca accimā,
Aṭṭhavīsati rājāno āyu tesaṁ asaṁkhiyā.
9
Kusāvatī rājagahe mithilāyaṁ puruttame,
Rajjaṁ kāriṁsu rājāno tesaṁ āyu asaṅkhiyā.

1. Ṛc.l̥. Mahāsammato nāma nāmena. 2. Bhagīratho. Mahāvaṁse. 3. Ṛc. l̥: nāma.

[SL Page 015] [\x 15/]

10
Dasadasakaṁ sataṁca 1 sataṁ dasa sahassiyo,
Dasa sahassaṁ nahutaṁ dasa nahutaṁ satasahassiyo,
Dasasatasahassaṁ koṭi dasa koṭi pakoṭiyo,
11
Tathā koṭippakoṭī ca nahutaṁ ninnahutaṁ pica,
Akkhohiṇī bidūca abbudo ca nirabbudo.
12
Abhabhaṁ ababaṁ ce’va aṭaṭaṁ sogadhi kuppalaṁ, 2
Kumudaṁ puṇḍarīkañca padumaṁ kathānadvayaṁ.
13
Ettakā gaṇitā saṅkhya gaṇanāgaṇitā 3 tahiṁ,
Tato uparimabhūmi asaṁkheyyā’ti vuccati.
14
Ekasataṁ ca rājāno accimassā’si atrajā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ nagare kapilavhaye.
15
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā aridamo nāma khattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa chapaññāsaṁ ca khattiyā.
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ ayujdhanagare pure.
16
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā duppasabho mahissaro,
Puttā paputtakā tassa saṭṭhi te bhūmipālakā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ bārāṇasi puruttame.
17
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā abhītatto 3 nāmakhattiyo,
Caturāsīti sahassāni tassa puttapaputtakā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ kapilavhanagare 5 pure.
18
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā brahmadatto mahissaro,
Puttā paputtakā tassa chattiṁsā pica khattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ hathipuravaruttame.
19
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā kambalavasano ahū,
Puttā paputtakā tassa khattiṁsā pica khattiyā,
Nagare ekacakkhumhi rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te tadā 6.
20
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā puridado 7 devapūjito,
Puttāpaputtakā tassa aṭṭhavīsati khattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ vajirāyaṁ puruttame.

1. Ṛc.l̥. Dasa dasa sataṁceva, 2. Ṛc.l̥: uppalako 3. Ṛc.l̥. Gaṇikā. 4. Mahāvaṁsaṭīkāyaṁ
ajitajino. 5. Ṛc.l̥. Kapilanagare. 6. Ṛc.l̥. Idha. 7. Ma:ṭī: munidadevo.

[SL Page 016] [\x 16/]

21
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā sādhino nāmakhattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa dvāvīsarājakhattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ madhurāyaṁ puruttame. 22
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā dhammagutto mahabbalo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa aṭṭhārasa ca khattiyā,
Nagare ariṭṭhapure rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te tadā.
23
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā narido siṭṭhi 1 nāmako,
Puttā paputtakā tassa sattarasa ca khattiyā,
Nagare idapattamhi rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te tadā.
24
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā brahmadevo mahīpati,
Puttā paputtakā tassa paṇṇarasa ca khattiyā,
Nagare ekacakkhumhi rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te idha
25
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā baladatto mahipati,
Puttā paputtakā tassa cuddasarājakhattiyā.
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ kosambi 2 nagare pure.
26
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā bhaddadevo 3’ti vissuto,
Puttā paputtakā tassa nava rājā ca khattiyā,
Nagare kaṇṇagocchamhi rajjaṁ kāresuṁ te idha.
27
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā naradevo’ti vissuto.
Puttā paputtakā tassa satta ca rājakhattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ rojana nagare pure.
28
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā mahido nāma khattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa dvādasa rājakhattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ akāresuṁ campāya nagare pure.
29
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā nāgadevo mahīpati,
Puttā paputtakā tassa pañcavīsā 4 ca khattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu mithilā nagare pure,
30
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā Buddhadatto 5 mahabbalo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa pañcavīsati 6 khattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu rājagahapuruttame.

1. Ma:ṭī: sippi. 2 Ṛc.l̥. Kosambimhi. 3. Mahāvaṁsaṭīkāyaṁ "hathidevo" 4. Ṛc.l̥. Vīsa. 5.
Ma:ṭī: "samuddadatte" 6. Ṛc.l̥. Vīsaca.

[SL Page 017] [\x 17/]

31
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā dīpaṅkaro 1 nāma khattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa dvādasa rājakhattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu takkasīlā puruttame.
32
Tesaṁ pacachimako rājā tālissaronāmakhattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa dvādasa rājakhattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu kusinārā puruttame.
33
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā sudinno nāma khattiyo,
Puttā paputtakā tassa nava rāja ca khattiyā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu nagare tāmalithiye.
34
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā sāgaradevo mahissaro,
Tassa putto makhādevo mahādānapati ahū.
35
Caturāsīti sahassāni tassa puttapaputtakā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu mithilāyaṁ puruttame.
36
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā nemiyo devapūjito,
Balacakkavatti rājā sāgaranta mahīpati
37
Nemiyaputto kalārajanako tassa putto samaṅkaro,
Asoco nāma so rājā muddhāvasittakhattiyo.
38
Caturāsīti sahassāni tassa puttapaputtakā,
Mahārajjaṁ kārayiṁsu bārāṇasi puruttame.
39
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā vijayo 2 nāma mahissaro
Tassa putto vijitaseno abhijātajutidharo.
40
Dhammaseno nāgaseno samatho ca disampati,
Reṇu kuso mahākuso navaratho 3 dasaratho pica.
41
Rāmo bilāratho nāma cittadassi 4 athadassi,
Sujāto okkāko ce’va okkāmukho ca nipuṇe.
42
Cadimā cadamuko ca 5 sivirājā ca sañjayo,
Vessantaro janapatī jāli ca 6 sīhavāsano.
43
Sihassaro ca yo dhīro paveṇipālo khattiyo,
Dve asīti sahassāni tassa puttapaputtakā.

1. Ma:ṭī: "divaṅkaro" 2. Ma:ṭī: "vihāsavo" 3. Ma:ṭī: "harato" ti dissati. 4. Ma:ṭī:
"cittaraṁsi-ambaraṁsi" 5. Mahāvaṁse "sirisañjayo" 6. "Cāmīca" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 018] [\x 18/]

44
Rajjaṁ kāresuṁ rājāno nagare kapilavhaye,
Tesaṁ pacchimako rājā jayaseno 1 mahīpati.
45
Tassa putto sīhahanu abhijātajutidharo,
Sīhahanussa ye puttā yassa te pañcabhātaro.
46
Suddhodano ca dhoto ca sakkodano ca khattiyo,
Sukkodano ca so rājā rājā ca amitodano,
Ete pañca pi rājāno sabbe odana nāmakā.
47
Suddhodanassā’yaṁ putto siddhatho lokanāyako,
Janevā rāhulabhaddaṁ bodhāya abhinikkhami.
48
Sabbe te satasahassāni cattāri nahutāni ca,
Apare tīṇi satarājāno mahesakkhā siyāya ca,
Ettakā paṭhavīpālā bodhisattakule jātā
49
"Aniccā vata saṅkhārā uppādavayadhammino,
Uppajjivā nirujdhanti tesaṁ vūpasamo sukho"ti

Mahārājavaṁso niṭṭhito.

50
Suddhodano nāma rājā nagare kapilavhaye, 2
Sīhahanussā’yaṁ putto rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
51
Pañcannaṁ pabbatamajdhe rājagahe puruttame,
Bodhiso? Nāma so rājā rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
52
Sahāyā aññamaññā te suddhodano ca bhātiyo,
Imamhi paṭhame kappe paveṇipā janādhipā.
53
Jātiyā aṭṭhavassamhi uppannā pañca āsayā,
Pitā maṁ anusāseyya atho rajjena khattiyo.
54
Yo mayhaṁ vijite Buddho uppajjeyya narāsabho
Dassanaṁ paṭhamaṁ mayhaṁ upasaṅkamma 3 tathāgato,
55
Deseyya amataṁ dhammaṁ paṭivijdheyya ‘muttamaṁ,
Uppannā bimbisārassa pañca āsayakā ime.

1. Ma:ṭī: uttaravihāra vāsīnaṁ pana mahāvaṁse "sīhassara rañño puttapaputtakā
dvāsītisahassāni rājāno ahesuṁ tesaṁ kaṇiṭṭhako bhagu sakkonāma rājā tassa
puttapaputtakā dvāsītisahassāni rājāno ahesuṁ tesaṁ kaṇiṭṭhako jayaseno"ti vuttaṁ. 2. Ṛc.l̥.
Savhaye. 3. Upasaṅkame.

[SL Page 019] [\x 19/]

56.
Jātiyā paṇṇarase vasse ‘bhisitto pituaccaye,
So tassa vijite ramme uppanno lokanāyako,
Dassanaṁ paṭhamaṁ tassa upasaṁkami tathāgato.
57
Desesi 1 amataṁ dhammaṁ abbhaññāsi mahīpati,
Jātivassaṁ mahāvīraṁ pañcatiṁsa anūnakaṁ.
58
Bimbisāra samatiṁsā jātavasso mahīpati,
Viseso pañcahi vassehi bimbisārassa gotamo.
59
Paññāsaṁ ca dvevassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Sattatiṁsampi 2 vassāni saha Buddhehi kārayi,
60
Ajātasattu khattiṁsa rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
Aṭṭhavassābhisittassa sambuddho parinibbuto,
61
Parinibbute ca sambuddhe lokajeṭṭhe narāsabhe,
Catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.

Tatiyo paricchedo

Bhāṇavāraṁ tatiyaṁ

Dīpavaṁse-catutho paricchedo

1
Parinibbutamhi sambuddhe kusinārāyaṁ naruttamo
Sattasata sahassāni jinaputtā samāgatā.
2
Etasmiṁ sannipātamhi thero kassapasavhayo,
Sathukappo mahānāgo paṭhavyā nathi īdiso.
3
Arahantānaṁ pañcasataṁ uccinivāna kassapo,
Varaṁ varaṁ gahevāna akāsi dhammasaṅgahaṁ.
4
Pāṇīnaṁ anukampāya sāsanaṁ dīghakālikaṁ,
Akāsi dhammasaṅgahaṁ tiṇṇaṁ māsānaṁ accaye.
5
Sampatte catuthe māse dutiye vassūpanāyike,
Sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre māgadhānaṁ giribbaje,
Sattamāsehi niṭṭhāsi paṭhamo saṅgaho ayaṁ.

1. Pa: Ṛc.l̥: desitaṁ 2 pa: tiṁsāni
"Saṅkhyāpathamatikkantā bhikkhu tatha samāgatā,
Khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā devā tathevaca" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 020] [\x 20/]

6
Etasmiṁ saṅgahe bhikkhu agganikkhittakā bahū,
Sabbepi pāramippattā lokanāthassa sāsane.
7
Dhutavādānaṁ aggo so kassapo jinasāsane,
Bahussutānaṁ ānado vinaye upālipaṇḍito.
8
Dibbacakkhumhi anuruddho vaṅgīso paṭibhānavā,
Puṇṇo ca dhammakathikānaṁ citrakathi kumārakassapo.
9
Vibhajjanamhi kaccāno koṭṭhito paṭisambhidā,
Aññe’pa’thi mahāthero agganikkhittakā bahu.
10
Tehi ca’ññehi therehi katakiccehi sādhuhi
Pañcasatehi therehi dhammavinayasaṅgaho.
11
Therehi katasaṅgaho theravādo’ti vuccati,
Upāliṁ vinayaṁ pucchivā dhamma ‘mānadasavhayaṁ.
12
Akaṁsu dhammasaṅgahaṁ vinayañcāpi bhikkhavo,
Mahākassapathero ca anuruddho mahāgaṇi.
13
Upālithero satimā ānado ca bahussuto,
Aññe bahu abhiññatā sāvakā sathuvaṇṇitā
14
Pattapaṭisambhidā dhīrā chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā,
Samādhidhāna ‘manuciṇṇā saddhamme pāramīgatā.
15
Sabbe pañcasatā therā navaṅgaṁ jinasāsanaṁ,
Uggahevāna dhāresuṁ Buddhaseṭṭhassa santike.
16
Bhagavato sammukhā sutā paṭiggahītā ca sammukhā,
Dhammañca vinayañcāpi kevalaṁ Buddhadesitaṁ.
17
Dhammadharā vinayadharā sabbepi āgatāgamā,
Asaṁhīrā asaṅkuppā sathukappā sadā garu.
18
Aggasantike gahevā aggadhammā kathāgatā,
Agganikkhittakā therā aggaṁ akaṁsu saṅgahaṁ,
Sabbopi so theravādo aggavādo’ti vuccati.
19
Sattapaṇṇiguhe ramme therā pañcasatā gaṇi,
Nisinnā pavibhajjiṁsu navaṅgaṁ sathusāsanaṁ.
20
Sutta geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthū’dānī’tivuttakaṁ,
Jātaka’bbhutavedallaṁ navaṅgaṁ sathusāsanaṁ.

[SL Page 021] [\x 21/]

21
Pavibhattā imaṁ therā saddhammaṁ avināsasaṁ,
Vaggapaṇṇāsakaṁ nāma saṁyuttaṁ ca nipātakaṁ,
Āgama piṭakaṁ nāma akaṁsu suttasammataṁ
22
Pariyāyadesitañcāpi atho nippariyāya desitaṁ,
Nītathaññeva neyyathaṁ dīpiṁsu suttakovidā.
23
Yāva tiṭṭhanti saddhammā saṅgahaṁ na vinassati,
Tāvatā sāsana’ddhānaṁ ciraṁ tiṭṭhati sathuno.
24
Katadhammaṁ ca vinayaṁ saṅgahaṁ sāsanārahaṁ,
Saṅkampi 1 acalaṁ bhūmi daḷhaṁ appaṭivattiyaṁ.
25
Yo koci samaṇo cāpi brāhmaṇo ca bahussuto,
Parappavādakusalo cāḷavedhi samāgato.
26
Nasakkā paṭi vattetuṁ sineruca suppatiṭṭhito,
Devo māro vā brahmā ca yekeci paṭhaviṭṭhitā 2
27
Na passanti aṇumattaṁ kiñci dubbhāsitaṁ padaṁ,
Evaṁ sabbaṅgasampannaṁ dhammavinayasaṅgahaṁ
28
Suvibhattaṁ supaṭicchannaṁ sathu sabbaññètāya ca,
Mahākassapapāmokkhā therā pañcasatā ca te.
29
Kataṁ dhammañca vinaya saṅgahaṁ avināsanaṁ,
Sammāsambuddhasadisaṁ dhammakāyasabhāvanaṁ.
30
Ganvā 3 janassa sadehā akaṁsu dhammasaṅgahaṁ,
Anaññavādo sāratho saddhamma ‘manurakkhaṇo.
31
hitisāsanaaddhānaṁ theravādo sahetuko,
Yāvatā ariyā athi sāsane Buddhasāvakā,
Sabbepi samanuññanti paṭhamaṁ dhammasaṅgahaṁ.
32
Mūla nidānaṁ paṭhamaṁ ādipubbaṅgamaṁ dhuraṁ,
Tasmā hi so theravādo aggavādo’ti vuccati.
33
Visuddho apagatadoso theravādāna ‘muttatamo,
Pavattitha cirakālaṁ vassānaṁ dasadhā dasā’ti.

Mahākassapasaṅgahaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
Paṭhamadhammasaṅgiti nāma catutho paricchedo.

1. Ṛc.l̥: asaṅkampi. 2. Pa:du: paṭhavinissitā. 3. Ṛc.l̥: ñavā.

[SL Page 022] [\x 22/]

34
Nibbute lokanāthasmiṁ vassāni soḷasaṁ tadā,
Ajātasattu catuvīsaṁ vijayassa soḷasaṁ ahu.
35
Samasaṭṭhi tadā hoti vassaṁ upālipaṇḍitaṁ,
Dāsako upasampanno upālitherasantike.
36
Yāvatā Buddhaseṭṭhassa dhammappatti pakāsitā,
Sabbaṁ upāli vācesī navaṅgaṁ jinabhāsitaṁ
37
Paripuṇṇaṁ kevalaṁ sabbaṁ navaṅgaṁ suttamāgataṁ,
Uggahevāna vācesi upāli Buddhasantike.
38
Saṅghamajdhe viyākāsi Buddho upālipaṇḍitaṁ,
Aggo vinayapāmokkho upāli mayhasāsane.
39
Evaṁ upanīto santo saṅghamajdhe mahāgaṇi,
Sahassaṁ dāsakapāmokkhaṁ vācesi piṭake tayo.
40
Khīṇāsavānaṁ vimalānaṁ santānaṁ athavādinaṁ,
Therānaṁ pañcasatānaṁ upāli vācesi dāsakaṁ.
41
Parinibbutamhi sambuddhe upālithero mahāgaṇī,
Vinayaṁ tāva vācesī tiṁsavassaṁ anūnakaṁ
42
Caturāsītisahassāni navaṅgaṁ sathusāsanaṁ,
Vācesi upāli sabbaṁ dāsakaṁ nāma paṇḍitaṁ.
43
Dāsako piṭakaṁ sabbaṁ upālitherasantike,
Uggahevāna vācesi upajdhāyo ca sāsane.
44
Saddhivihārikaṁ theraṁ dāsakaṁ nāma paṇḍitaṁ,
Vinayaṁ sabbaṁ ṭhapevāna nibbuto so mahāgaṇī.
45
Udayo soḷasavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Chabbasse udayabhaddamhi upālithero sanibbuto.
46
Soṇako mānasampanno vāṇijo kāsimāgato,* giribbaje vephavane pabbaji sathusānane.
47
Dāsako gaṇapāmokkho magadhānaṁ giribbaje,
Vihāsi sattatiṁsamhi pabbājesi ca soṇakaṁ.
48
Pañcatāḷīsavasso so dāsako nāma paṇḍito,
Nāgadāsa dasavassaṁ paṇḍurājassa vīsati.

* "Kāsisu soṇako nāma sathavāhasuto ahu,
Giribbajaṁ vaṇijjāya gato mātāpitūhi so" mahāvaṁse. [Dipa03]
[SL Page 023] [\x 23/]

49
Upasampanno soṇako thero dāsakasantike,
Vācesi dāsako thero navaṅgaṁ soṇakassapi.
50
Uggahevāna vācesi upajdhāyassa santike,
Dāsako soṇakaṁ theraṁ saddhivihāri anupubbakaṁ.
51
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ catusaṭṭhimhi nibbuto,
Cattāriseva vasso so thero soṇakavhayo.
52
Kālāsokassa dasavasse aḍḍhamāsañca sesake,
Sattarasannaṁ vassānaṁ thero āsi pagūṇako.
53
Atikkante’kādasavassaṁ chamāsaṁ cā’vasesake,
Tasmiṁ ca samaye thero soṇako gaṇapuṅgavo.
*Siggavaṁ cadavajjiṁ ca akāsi upasampadaṁ,
54
Dasa dasakavassamhi sambuddhe parinibbute
Mahābhedo ajāyitha theravādāna’muttamo,
Vesāliyaṁ vajjiputtā dīpenti dasavathuke. +
55
Siṅgiloṇavaṅgulakappaṁ gāmantarāvāsanumatiṁ,
Tathā āciṇṇāmathitaṁ jalohiṁ cāpi rūpiyaṁ.
56
Nisīdanaṁ adasakaṁ dīpiṁsu Buddhasāsane,
Uddhammaṁ ubbinayañca apagataṁ sathusāsane.
57
Athaṁ dhammañca bhidivā vilomāni dīpayiṁsu te,
Tesaṁ niggahanathāya bahubuddhassa sāvakā.

Mahāvaṁse pana:-
* "Ahosi siggavo nāma pure pāṭalināmake,
Paññavā ‘maccatanayo aṭṭhārasasamotu so.

Pāsādesu vasaṁ tīsu chalaḍḍhautusādhusu,
Amaccaputtaṁ ādāya caṇḍavajjiṁ sahāyakaṁ.

Purisānaṁ dasaddhehi satehi parivārito,
Ganvāna kukkuṭārāmaṁ soṇakathera’maddasuṁ."

+ Tena kho pana samayena vassasatamhi parinibbute Bhagavati vesālikā vajjiputtakā
vesāliyaṁ dasavathūni dīpenti 1 kappati siṅgiloṇakappo 2 kappati vaṅgulakappo 3 kappati
gāmantarakappo 4 kappati āvāsakappo 5 kappati anumatikappo 6 kappati āciṇṇakappo 7
kappati amathitakappo 8 kappati jalohiṁ pātuṁ 9 kappati adasakaṁ nisīdanaṁ 10 kappati
jātarūparajatan"ti. Ç. Ka.

[SL Page 024] [\x 24/]

58
Dvādasasatasahassā jinaputtā samāgatā,
Etasmiṁ sannipātasmiṁ pāmokkhā aṭṭhabhikkhavo.
59
Sathukappā mahānāgā durāsadā mahāgaṇī,
Sabbakāmī ca sāḷho ca revato khujjasobhito
60
Vāsabhagāmī sumano ca sāṇavāsī ca sambhuto,
Yaso kākaṇḍaputto jinena thomito isi.
61
Pāpānaṁ niggahathāya vesāliyaṁ samāgatā.
Vāsabhagāmī ca sumano anuruddhassā’nuvattakā.
62
Avasesā therā’nadassa diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṁ,
Ete sattasatā bhikkhu vesāliyaṁ samāgatā.
63
Vinayaṁ paṭigaṇhanti ṭhapitaṁ Buddhasāsane,
Sabbepi visuddhacakkhu samāpattamhi kovidā
64
Pannabhārā visaññutā sannipāte samāgatā,
Susunāgassa putto so kālāsoko mahīpati.
65
Pāṭaliputte nagaramhi rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Tañca pakkhaṁ labhivāna aṭṭhatherā mahiddhikā.
66
Dasavathūni bhidivā pāpe niddhamayiṁsu te,
Niddhamevā pāpabhikkhu maddivā vādapāpakaṁ.
67
Sakavādasodhanathāya aṭṭhatherā mahiddhikā,
Arahantānaṁ sattasataṁ uccinivāna bhikkhavo,
Varaṁ varaṁ gahevāna akaṁsu dhammasaṅgahaṁ.
68
Kūṭāgārasālāye’ca vesāliyaṁ puruttame,
Aṭṭhamāsehi niṭṭhāsi dutiyo saṅgaho aya’nti 1

Dutiyasaṅgahaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

69
Nikkaḍḍhitā pāpabhikkhu therehi vajjiputtakā,
Aññaṁ pakkhaṁ labhivāna adhammavādī bahujjanā.
70
Dasasahassā samāganvā akaṁsu dhammasaṅgahaṁ,
Tasmā’yaṁ dhammasaṅgīti mahāsaṅgīti vuccati.

1 "Sabbe sattasatā bhikkhu anusāsevāna sāsanaṁ,
Dasavathūni bhidivā therā te parinimbutā." Pa: dissati.

[SL Page 025] [\x 25/]

71
Mahāsaṅgītikā bhikkhu vilomaṁ akaṁsu sāsanaṁ,
Bhidivā mūlasaṅgahaṁ aññaṁ akaṁsu saṅgahaṁ.
72
Aññatha saṅgahitaṁ suttaṁ aññatha akariṁsu te,
Athaṁ dhammañca bhidiṁsu vinaye nikāyesu pañcasu.
73
Pariyāya desitaṁ cāpi atho nippariyāya desitaṁ,
Nītathaṁ ce’va neyyathaṁ ajānivāna bhikkhavo.
74
Aññaṁ sadhāya bhaṇitaṁ aññathaṁ ṭhapayiṁsu te,
Byañjanacchāyāya te bhikkhū bahuṁ athaṁ vināsayuṁ.
75
Chaḍḍevāna ekadesaṁ suttaṁ vinaya gambhīraṁ,
Patirūpaṁ suttavinayaṁ tañca aññaṁ kariṁsu te.
76
Parivāraṁ athuddhāraṁ abhidhammaṁ chappakaraṇaṁ,
Paṭisambhidañca niddesaṁ ekadesañca jātakaṁ,
Ettakaṁ vissajjevāna aññāni akariṁsu te.
77
Nāmaṁ liṅgaṁ parikkhāraṁ ākappakaraṇīyāni ca,
Pakatibhāvaṁ jahevā tañca aññaṁ akaṁsu te
78
Pubbaṅgamā bhinnavādā mahāsaṅgīti kārakā,
Tesañca anukāraṇe bhinnavādā bahū ahū.
79
Tato aparakālamhi tasmiṁ bhedo ajāsatha,
Gokulikā ekabyohāri dvidhā bhajjitha bhikkhavo.
80
Gokūlikānaṁ dve bhedā aparakālamhi jāyatha,
Bahussutikā ca paññatti dvidhā bhijjitha bhikkhavo.
81
Cetiyā ca punavādī mahāsaṅgīti bhedakā,
Pañca vādā ime sabbe mahāsaṅgīti mūlakā.
82
Athaṁ dhammañca bhidiṁsu ekadesañca saṅgahaṁ,
Gathañca ekadesañhi chaḍḍevā aññaṁ akaṁsu te
83
Nāma liṅgaṁ parikkhāraṁ ākappakaraṇiyāni ca,
Pakatibhāvaṁ jahevā tañca aññaṁ akaṁsu te.
84
Visuddhatheravādamhi puna bhedo ajāyatha,
Mahiṁsāsakā vajjiputtakā dvidhā bhijjitha bhikkhavo.
85
Vajjiputtakavādamhi catudhā bhedo ajāyatha,
Dhammuttarikā bhaddayānikā channāgārikā ca sammiti.

[SL Page 026] [\x 26/]

86
Mahiṁsāsakānaṁ dve bhedā aparakālamhi jāyatha,
Sabbathivādā dhammaguttā dvidhā bhijjitha bhikkhavo.
87
Sabbathivādānaṁ kassapikā saṅkantikassapikena ca,
Suttavādā tato aññā anupubbena bhijjatha.
88
Ime ekādasavādā pabhinnā theravādato,
Athaṁ dhammañca bhidiṁsu ekadesañca saṅgahaṁ,
Gathañca ekadesañhi chaḍḍevāna akaṁsu te.
89
Nāmaṁ liṅgaṁ parikkhāraṁ ākappakaraṇīyāni ca,
Pakatibhāvaṁ jahivā tañca aññaṁ akaṁsu te.
90
Sattarasa bhinnavādā ekavādo abhinnako,
Sabbeva’ṭṭhārasa honti ‘bhinnavādena te saha,
Nigrodhova mahārukkho theravādāna muttamo
91
Anūnama’nadhikaṁ ce’va kevalaṁ jinasāsanaṁ,
Kaṇṭakā ciya rukkhamhi nibbattā vādasesakā.
92
Paṭhame vassasate nathi dutiye vassasatantare,
Bhinnā sattarasavādā uppannā jinasāsane
93
Hemavatikā rājagirikā siddhathā pubbāparaselikā,
Aparo rājagiriko chaṭṭhā uppannā aparāparā*

Ācariyakulabhedaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

* "Vājiriyā cha etehi jambudīpamhi bhinnakā,
Dhammarucī sāgaliyā laṅkādīpamhi bhinnakā" mahāvaṁse
[SL Page 027] [\x 27/]

1
Anāgate vassasate vassāna’ṭṭhārasāni ca,
Uppajjissati so bhikkhu samaṇo paṭirūpako. *
2
Brahmalokā cavivāna uppajjissati mānuse,
Jacco brāhmaṇagottena sabbamantāna pāragū.
3
Tisso’tināma nāmena putto moggalisavhayo,
Siggavo caṇḍavajjo ca pabbājessanti dārakaṁ.
4
Pabbajito tadā tisso pariyattiṁ ca pāpuṇe,1
Bhidivā tithiyavādaṁ patiṭṭhapessati sāsanaṁ.
5
Pāṭaliputte tadā rājā asoko nāma nāyako,
Asusāsati so rajjaṁ dhammiko raṭṭhavaḍḍhano.
6
Brahmalokā cavivāna uppanno mānuse bhave,
Jātiyā soḷasavasso sabbamantāna pāragū.
7
Pucchāmi samaṇaṁ pañhaṁ ime pañhe viyākara,
Iruvedaṁ yajuvedaṁ sāmavedaṁ nighaṇḍupi,
Itihāsapañcamaṁ vedaṁ uggaṇhi so visārado

* "Dutiye saṅgahe therā pekkhantā nāgataṁ hi te,
Sāsanopaddavaṁ tassa rañño kālamhi addasuṁ.

Pekkhantā sakale loke tadupaddavaghātakaṁ,
Tissabrāhmaṇa madakkhuṁ aciraṭṭhāyi jīvitaṁ.

Te taṁ samupasaṅkamma āyāciṁsu mahāmatiṁ,
Manussesūpapajjivā tadupaddavaghātakaṁ.

Adā paṭiññaṁ tesaṁ so sāsanujjotanathiko,
Siggavaṁ caṇḍavajjiñca avocuṁ dahare yatī.

Aṭṭhārasādhikā vassasatā upari hessati,
Upaddavo sāsanassa nasamhossāma taṁ mayaṁ

Imaṁ tumhādhikaraṇaṁ nopagacchitha bhikkhavo,
Daṇḍakammārahā tasmā daṇḍakamma midaṁ hi vo.

Sāsanujjotanathāya tissabrahmā mahāmatī,
Moggalibrāhmaṇaghare paṭisadhiṁ gahessati.

Kāle tumhesu eko taṁ pabbājetu kumārakaṁ,
Eko sambuddhavacanaṁ uggaṇhāpetusādhukaṁ" mahāvaṁse

1. Ṛc.l̥: du: ta: pāpuṇi.

[SL Page 028] [\x 28/]

8
Therena ca katokāso pañhaṁ pucchi anantaraṁ,1.
Paripakkañāṇaṁ manvāna 2 siggavo etadabravī.
9
Ahampi māṇava pañhaṁ pucchāmi Buddhadesitaṁ,
Yadipi kusalo pañhaṁ byākarohi yathātathaṁ +
10
Bhāsitena saha pañhe na me diṭṭhaṁ na me sutaṁ,
Pariyāpuṇāmi taṁ mantaṁ pabbajjā mama ruccati
11
Sambādhāya gharāvāsā nikkamivāna māṇavo,
Anagāriyaṁ santibhāvaṁ pabbaji jinasāsane.
12
Sikkhākāmaṁ garucittaṁ caṇḍavajjo bahussuto,
Anusāsitha sāmaṇeraṁ navaṅgaṁ sathusāsanaṁ.
13
Siggavo nīharivāna pabbajjāpesi dārakaṁ.
Susikkhitaṁ mantadharaṁ caṇḍavajjo bahussuto,
Navaṅgaṁ anusāsevā therā te parinibbutā’ti.
14
Cadaguttassa dvevasse catusaṭṭhica siggavo tadā,
Aṭṭhapaññāsa vassāni pakuṇḍakassa rājino
Upasampanno moggaliputto siggavatherasantike,
15
Tisso moggaliputto ca caṇḍavajjassa santike.
Vinayaṁ uggahevāna vimutto padhisaṅkhaye,
16
Siggavo caṇḍavajjoca moggaliputtaṁ mahājutiṁ
Vācesuṁ piṭakaṁ sabbaṁ ubhato saṅgahapuṇṇakaṁ,
17
Siggavo ñāṇasampanno moggaliputtaṁ mahājutiṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ nibbuto so chasattati
18
Cadagutto rajjaṁ kāresi vassāni catuvīsati,
Tasmiṁ cuddasavassamhi siggavo parinibbuto

1. Ṛc.l̥:pa:du: anantaro 2 Ṛc.l̥:ñāṇaṁ māṇavaṁ pa:ta: mavāya.

+ "Yassa cittaṁ uppajjati na nirujdhati, tassa cittaṁ nirujdhissati nuppajjissati, yassa cāpana
cittaṁ nirujdhassati nuppajjissati, tassa cittaṁ uppajjati na nirujdhatī’ti māṇavo uddhaṁ vā
adho vā sarituṁ asakkonto kiṁ nāma bho pabbajita idanti, ābhā"ti. Vinayaṭṭhakathāya bāhira
nidāne dissati.

[SL Page 029] [\x 29/]

19
Āraññako dhutavādo appiccho kānane rato,
Sabbaso sorato danto saddhamme pāramī gato
20
Pantasenāsane ramme ogāhevā mahāvanaṁ,
Eko adutiyo sūro sīho’va girigabbhare.
21
Dhammāsokassa chavasse chasaṭṭhi moggaliputto ahu,
Aṭṭhacattārisa vassāni muṭasīvassa rājino.
22
Mahido upasampanno moggaliputtassa santike,
Uggahesi vinayaṁ ca upāli Buddha santike.
23
Dāsako vinayaṁ sabbaṁ upālitherasantike,
Uggahevāna vācesī upajdhāyo ca sāsane.
24
Vācesi dāsako thero vinayaṁ soṇakassapi,
Pariyāpuṇivā vācesi upajdhāyassa santike.
25
Soṇako buddhisampanno dhammavinayakovido,
Vācesi vinayaṁ sabbaṁ siggavassa anuppadaṁ.
26
Siggavo caṇḍavajjo ca soṇakasaddhivihārikā,
Vācesi vinayaṁ thero ubho saddhivihārike.
27
Tisso moggaliputto ca caṇḍavajjassa santike,
Vinayaṁ uggahevāna vimutto upadhisaṅkhaye.
28
Moggaliputto upajdhāyo mahidaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ,
Vācesi vinayaṁ sabbaṁ theravādaṁ anūnakaṁ.
29
Parinibbute sambuddhe upālithero mahājuti,
Vinayaṁ tāva vācesi tiṁsavassaṁ anūnakaṁ.
30
Saddhivihārikaṁ theraṁ dāsakaṁ nāma paṇḍitā,
Vinayaṭṭhāne ṭhapevāna nibbuto so mahāmati.
31
Dāsako soṇakaṁ theraṁ saddhivihāriṁ anuppadaṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ catusaṭṭhimhi nibbuto.
32
Soṇako chaḷabhiññāṇo siggavaṁ ariyatrajaṁ,
Vinayaṭṭhāne ṭhapevāna chasaṭṭhimhi ca nibbuto.
33
Siggavo ñāṇasampanno moggaliputtaṁ ca dārakaṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ nibbuto so chasattati.
34
Tisso moggaliputto ca mahidaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ chāsīti vassamhi nibbuto.

[SL Page 030] [\x 30/]

35
Catusattati upāli ca catusaṭṭhi ca dāsako,
Chasaṭṭhi soṇako thero siggavo tu chasattati,
Asīti moggaliputto sabbesaṁ upasampadā.
36
Sabbakālamhi pāmokkho vinaye upālipaṇḍito,
Paññāsaṁ dasako thero catucattārīsaṁ ca soṇako.
37
Pañcapaññāsavassaṁ siggavassa aṭṭhasaṭṭhimoggaliputtavhayo,
Udayo soḷasavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
38
Chavasse udayabhaddamhi upālithero nibbuto,
Susunāgo dasavassaṁ rajjaṁ kāresi issaro.
39
Aṭṭhavasse susunāgamhi dāsako parinibbuto,
Susunāgassaccayena honti te dasa bhātaro.
40
Sabbe bāvīsatī vassaṁ rajjaṁ kāresuṁ caṁsato,
Imesaṁ chaṭṭhe vassānaṁ soṇako parinibbuto
41
Cadagutto rajjaṁ kāresi vassāni catuvīsati,
Tasmiṁ cuddasavassamhi siggavo parinibbuto.
42
Bidusārassa yo putto dhammāsoko mahāyaso,
Vassāni sattatiṁsampi rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
43
Asokassa chavīsativasse moggaliputtasavhayo,
Sāsanaṁ jotayivāna nibbuto āyusaṅkhaye
44
Catusattati vassamhi thero upālipaṇḍito,
Saddhivihārikaṁ theraṁ dāsakaṁ nāma paṇḍitaṁ.
45
Vinayaṭṭhāne ṭhapevāna nibbuto so mahāgaṇī,
Dāsako soṇakaṁ theraṁ saddhivihāriṁ anuppadaṁ.
46
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ catusaṭṭhimhi nibbuto,
Soṇako chaḷabhiññāṇo siggavaṁ ariyatrajaṁ.
47
Vinayaṭṭhāne ṭhapevāna chasaṭṭhimhi parinibbuto,
Siggavo ñāṇasampanno moggaliputtaṁ ca dārakaṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ nibbuto so chasattati.
48
Tisso moggaliputto so mahidaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ,
Kavā vinayapāmokkhaṁ asītivassamhi nibbuto.

Pañcamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavaraṁ pañcamaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.

[SL Page 031] [\x 31/]

Dīpavaṁse-chaṭṭho paricchedo

1
Dve satāni ca vassāni aṭṭhārasādhikāni ca, 1
Sambuddhe parinibbute abhisitto piyadassano
2
Āgatā rājaiddhiyo abhisitte piyadassane,
Pharati puññatejaṁ ca uddhaṁ adho ca yojanaṁ.
3
Jambudīpe mahārajje balacakke pavattati,
Vaso anotatto daho 2 himavā pabbatamuddhati.
4
Sabbosadhena saṁyuttā soḷasa mpi kumbhiyo,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devā abhiharanti te
5
Nāgalatā dantakaṭṭhaṁ sugadhaṁ pabbateyyakaṁ,
Mudusiniddhaṁ madhuraṁ rasavantaṁ manoramaṁ,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devatā’bhiharanti te
6
Āmalakaṁ osadhaṁ ca sugadhaṁ pabbateyyakaṁ,
Mudusiniddhaṁ rasavantaṁ mahābhūtesu paṭṭhitā,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devatā’bhiharanti te
7
Dibbapānaṁ ambapakkañca rasavantaṁ sugadhakaṁ,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devatā’bhiharanti te
8
Chaddantadahā 3 pañcavaṇṇaṁ pāpuraṇanivāsanaṁ,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devatā’bhiharanti te
9
Sisanāhāṇagadhacuṇṇaṁ 4 tathā cā’nuvilepanaṁ,
Mudukaṁ pārupathāya sumanadussaṁ asuttakaṁ.
10
Mahārahaṁ añjanañca sabbaṁ taṁ nāgalokato,
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ nāgarājā haranti te.
11
Ucchuyaṭṭhi pugamattaṁ pītakaṁ hathapuñchanaṁ,+
Tadā devasikaṁ niccaṁ devatā’bhiharanti te.
12
Navavāhasahassāni suvā haranti sāliyo,5
Te sāli nithusakaṇe udurehi visodhitā,
Makkhitā madhukaṁ karuṁ acchā kūṭamhi koṭayuṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥:pa:du: aṭṭhārasavassāni ca 2. Pa:du:ta: anotattodakaṁ yeva. 3. Pa:dahato. 4. Ṛc.l̥:
sīsaṁhāna. 5. Ṛc.l̥:pa: sāliyo udurehi visodhitā.

+ "Marantā nagare tasmiṁ migasūkarapakkhino,
Āganvā mahānasaṁ sayameva maranti ca’ mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 032] [\x 32/]
13
Sakuṇā suvaggajātā karavīkā madhurassarā,
Asokapuññatejena sadā sāventi mānuse.
14
Kappāyuko mahānāgo catubuddha paricārako,
Suvaṇṇasaṅkhalikābaddho puññatejena āgato.
15
Pūjesi rattamālehi piyadassi mahāyaso,
Vipāko piṇḍapātassa paṭiladdho sudassano.
16
Cadaguttassā’yaṁ nattā bidusārassa atrajo,
Rājaputto tadā āsi ujjenikaramolino.
17
Anupubbena gacchanto vedissa nagaraṁ gato,
Tatrāpi ca seṭṭhidhītā devī nāmā’ti vissutā,
Tassa saṁvāsamavāya ajāyi puttamuttamaṁ.
18
Mahido saṅghamittā ca pabbajjaṁ samarocayuṁ,
Ubhopi pabbajivāna bhidiṁsu bhavabadhanaṁ.
19
Asoko rajjaṁ kāresi pāṭaliputte puruttame
Abhisitto tīṇi vassāni pasanno Buddhasāsane
20
Yadā ca parinibbāyi sambuddho upavattane,
Yadā ca mahido jāto moriyakulasambhavo,
Ethantare yaṁ gaṇitaṁ vassaṁ bhavati kittakaṁ.
21
Dve vassasatāni honti catuvassaṁ panu’ttari,
Samantaramhi so jāto mahido asokatrajo.
22
Mahidadasavassamhi pitā bhāte aghātayi,
Jambudīpaṁ’nusāsento catuvassaṁ atikkami.
23
Hanvā ekasate bhāte vaṁsaṁ kavāna ekato,
Mahidacuddasame vasse asokaṁ abhisiñcayuṁ.
24
Asokadhammo ‘bhisitto paṭiladdhā ca iddhayo,
Mahātejo puññavanto dīpekacakkavatti so
25
Paripuṇṇavīsavassamhi piyadassā ‘bhisiñcayuṁ,
Pāsaṇḍaṁ parigaṇhanto tīṇi vassaṁ atikkami.
26
Dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatikā pāsaṇḍā channavutikā,
Sassataucchedamūlā sabbe dvīhi patiṭṭhitā
27
Nigaṇṭhā ‘celakā ceti itarā paribbājakā,
Itarā brāhmaṇā’ti ca aññe ca puthuladdhikā.

1.Ṛc.l̥: cakkapavattako. 2.Ṛc.l̥: dvasaṭṭhi.
3.Ṛc.l̥: ceva, 4. Ekūṇasate. Mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]
28
Nīyanti sassatucchede sammuḷhe hīnadiṭṭhike,
Ito bahiddhā pāsaṇḍe tithiye nānādiṭṭhike.
29
Sārāsāraṁ gavesanto puthuladdhi nimantayi,
Tithigaṇe 1 nimantivā pavesevā nivesanaṁ,
Mahādānaṁ padavāna pañhaṁ pucchi anuttaraṁ.
30
Pañhaṁ puṭṭhā nasakkonti vissajjetu sakābalaṁ,
Ambaṁ puṭṭho labujaṁ vā byākariṁsu apaññakā.
31
Anumattampi sabbesaṁ alaṁ 2 te puna desanaṁ,
Bhidivā sabbapāsaṇḍe harivā puthuladdhike.
32
Iti rājā vicintesi aññepi ke labhāmase,
Ye loke arahanto ca arahattamaggañca passanti,
33
Saṁvijjanti ime loke na yimaṁ lokaṁ asuññataṁ.
Kadāhaṁ sappurisānaṁ dassanaṁ upasaṅkame.
34
Tassa subhāsitaṁ suvā rajjaṁ demi sajīvitaṁ,
Iti rājā vicintento dakkhiṇeyye napassati
35
Niccaṁ gavesati rājā sīlavante supesale,
Caṅkamantamhi pāsāde pekkhamāno bahujjane,
Rathiyā piṇḍāya carantaṁ nigrodhaṁ samaṇa maddasa.
36
Pāsādikaṁ abhikkantaṁ paṭikkantaṁ vilokitaṁ,
Okkhittacakkhusampannaṁ 3 arahantaṁ santamānasaṁ.
37
Uttamadamathappattaṁ dantaṁ guttaṁ surakkhitaṁ,
Kulagaṇe asaṁsaṭṭhaṁ nabhe cadava nimmalaṁ.
38
Kesarīva asantāsaṁ aggikkhadhaṁva tejitaṁ,
Garuṁ durāsadaṁ dhīraṁ santacittaṁ samāhitaṁ,
39
Khīṇāsavaṁ sabbaklesasodhitaṁ purisuttamaṁ,
Cāravihārasampannaṁ sampassi 4 samaṇuttamaṁ.
40
Sabbaguṇāgataṁ nigrodhaṁ pubbasahāyaṁ vicintayi,
Pubbe suciṇṇakusalaṁ ariyamaggaphale ṭhitaṁ
Rathiyā piṇḍāya carantaṁ 5 passivā so vicintayī.

1. Pa:ta: tithiya 2. Ṛc.l̥: ahaṁ. 3. Ṛc.l̥: du: ta: ukkhitta. 4. Ṛc.l̥. Sampassaṁ. 5. Ṛc.l̥: "muniṁ
moneyya vussati jigiṁsamāno sadhīro cintayī"ti dissati.

[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]
41
Buddho loke arahā jinasāvako
Lokuttaramaggaphale patiṭṭhito,
Mokkhañca nibbānagato asaṁsayaṁ
Aññataro esa thero guruttamo.
42 So pañcapitipasādaṁ paṭi labhi
Uḷāraṁ pāmojja manappasādito,
Nidhiṁva laddhā adhano pamodito
Iddho mano icchitaṁva sakkopamo
43
Āmantayī aññatareka maccaṁ
Hada bhikkhantaṁ taramānarūpaṁ,
Nayehi pāsādikaṁ santavuttiṁ
Nāgova yantaṁ rathiyā kumāraṁ.
44
Rājā pasādavipulaṁ paṭi labhi
Udaggahaṭṭho manasā’bhicintayi,
Nissaṁsayaṁ kho uttamadhammapatto
Adiṭṭhapubbo ayaṁ purisuttamo.
45
Vīmaṁsamāno punadeva mabravī
Supaññattaṁ āsana metha sathataṁ,
Nisīdasi pabbajita va māsane
Mayā anuññātaṁ tayā 1 bhipathitaṁ.
46
Ādāya rañño vacanaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ
Hathe gahevā abhiruyha āsanaṁ,
Nisīdi pallaṅkavare asantāso
Sakkova devarājā paṇḍukambale.
47
Vicintayī rājā yamaggadārako
Niccalo asantāsi ca athinu taṁ,
Disvā rājā taṁ taruṇaṁ kumārakaṁ
Ariyavatta parihārakaṁ varaṁ.
48
Susikkhitaṁ dhammavinayakovidaṁ
Asantasaṁ santaguṇādhivāsitaṁ,
Supārutākappadharaṁ jinatrajaṁ
Pasannacitto punadeva mabravī.

1. Ṛc.l̥: tassābhi.

[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]
49
Desehi dhammaṁ tava sikkhitaṁ mama
Vameva sathā anusāsitaṁ tayā,
Karomi tuyhaṁ vacanaṁ mahāmuni
Anusāsatu desanaṁ maṁ suṇoma.
50
Suvāna rañño vacanaṁ sutejitaṁ
Navaṅgasathe paṭisambhidhaṭṭhite,
Viloḷayī tepiṭakaṁ mahārahaṁ
Ta maddasa appamādasudesanaṁ.*
51
"Appamādo amatapadaṁ pamādo maccuno padaṁ,
Appamattā na mīyanti ye pamattā yathā matā"
52
Nigrodhadhīraṁ anumodayantaṁ
Rājā vijānīya tamaggahetuṁ,
Ye keci sabbaññèbuddhadesitā
Sabbesaṁ dhammānaṁ imassa mūlakā.
53 Ajjeva tumhe saraṇaṁ upemi
Buddhañca dhammaṁ saraṇaṁ ca saṅghaṁ,
Saputtadāro sahañātakajjano
Upāsakattaṁ paṭi vedayāmi taṁ.
54
Saputtadāro saraṇe patiṭṭhito
Nigrodhakalyāṇamittassa 1 āgamā,
Pūjemi caturo satasahassarūpiyaṁ
Aṭṭhaṭṭhakaṁ niccabhattañca theraṁ.
55
Tevijjā iddhipattā ca cetopariyakovidā,
Khīṇāsavā arahanto bahū Buddhassa sāvakā
56
Theraṁ avoca punade’va rājā 2
Icchāmi saṅgharatanassa dassanaṁ,
Samāgamaṁ 3 sannipatanti yāvatā
Abhivādayāmetha suṇāmi dhammaṁ
57
Samāgatā saṭṭhisahassa bhikkhū
Dūtā ca rañño paṭivedayiṁsu,
Saṅgho mahāsannipāte sutuṭṭho
Gacchāhi vaṁ icchasi saṅghadassanaṁ.

* "Tassa’ppamādavaggaṁ so sāmaṇero abhāsatha,
Taṁ suvā bhūmipālo so pasanno jinasāsane" mahāvaṁse.
1. Ṛc.l̥: kalyāṇimitassa. 2. Pa:ta: nimittaāgami,
3. Ṛc.l̥: samāgamaṁ. Ṛc.l̥: nagaramhī

[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]
58
Dūtassa vacanaṁ suvā asokadhammo mahīpati,
Āmantayī ñātisaṅghamittāmacce ca badhave.
59
Dakkhiṇadānaṁ dassāma mahāsaṅghasamāgame,
Karoma veyyāvatikaṁ yathāsattiṁ yathābalaṁ.
60
Maṇḍapaṁ āsanaṁ udakaṁ upaṭṭhānaṁ dānabhojanaṁ,
Paṭiyādentu me khippaṁ dānārahaṁ anucchaviṁ.
61
Sūpeyyabhattakārā ca suci yāgu susaṅkhatā,
Paṭiyādentu me khippaṁ manuññaṁ bhojanaṁ suciṁ
62
Mahādānañca dassāmi bhikkhusaṅghe guṇuttame,
Nagare bheriyo vajjantu vīthiyo samajjantu te.
63
Vikirantu vālukaṁ setaṁ pupphañca pañcavaṇṇakaṁ,
Mālagghiyaṁ toraṇañca kadalī puṇṇaghaṭaṁ subhaṁ.
64
Utukkamaparaṁ thūpaṁ 1 ṭhapayantu tahiṁ tahiṁ,
Vathehi ca dhajaṁ kavā badhayantu tahiṁ tahiṁ
65
Mālādāmasamāyuttā sobhayantu imaṁ puraṁ,
Khattiyā brāhmaṇā vessā suddā aññakulāsu ca
66
Vathaṁ ābharaṇaṁ pupphaṁ nānālaṅkārabhūsitā,
Ādāya dīpaṁ jalamānaṁ gacchantu saṅghadassanaṁ.
67
Sabbañca tālāvacaraṁ 2 nānākulāca sikkhitā,
Vajjantu vaggusavanīyā 3 susirā maddalāni ca.
68
Laṅkārakāmadā ce’va sothiyā naṭanāṭakā,
Sabbe saṅghaṁ upayantu bhāsayantu samāgataṁ.
69
Pupphañca anekavidhaṁ puṇṇaghaṭañca anekadhā,
Vaṇṇakaṁ ce’va karontu pūjaṁ anekarāsiyo.
70
Nagarassa paṭihāra mantare
Dānaṁ sabbaṁ paṭiyantu pathitaṁ,
Pūjaṁ samādāya raṭṭhavāsikā
Rattiṁdivaṁ tiyāma asesato.

1. Pa:du:ta: ussāpitadhajaṁ thūpaṁ. Ussāpetu tahiṁ tahiṁ. 2. Ṛc.l̥: gadhabbā. 3. Ṛc.l̥:
sussarāgacchantu aggavaraṁ saṅghadassanaṁ.

[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]
71
Taṁ rattiyā accayena bhattaṁ sakasivesane,
Paṇītarasasampannaṁ paṭiyādevāna khattiyo.
72
Sāmacce saparivāre āṇāpesi mahāyaso,
Gadhamālā pupphakūṭaṁ pupphachattadhajaṁ bahuṁ.
73
Divā dīpaṁ jalamānaṁ abhiharantu mahājanā,
Yāvatā mayā āṇattā tāvatā abhiharantu te.
74
Imamhi nagare sabbe negamā ca catuddisā,
Sabbeva rājaparisā sayoggabalavāhanā.
75
Sabbe maṁ anugacchantu bhikkhusaṅghassa dassanaṁ,
Mahatā rājānubhāvena nīyyāsi rājakuñjaro.
76
Sakkova nadanuyyānaṁ evaṁ sobhi mahīpati,
Ganvā rājā taramāno 1 bhikkhusaṅghassa santike.
77
Abhivādevāna sammodi vedajāto katañjali,
Ārocayī bhikkhusaṅghaṁ mama’thā yānukampatu.2
78
Yāva bhikkhū anuppatte sabbe anto nivesane,
Saṅghassa pitaraṁ theraṁ pattaṁ ādāya khattiyo.
79
Pūjamāno bahu pupphehi pāvisi nagaraṁ varaṁ,
Nivesanaṁ pavesevā nisīdāpevāna āsane.
80
Yāguṁ nānāvidhaṁ khajjaṁ bhojanaṁ ca mahārahaṁ,
Adāsi payatapāṇi yāvadathaṁ yadicchakaṁ.
81
Bhuttāvī bhikkhusaṅghassa onītapattapāṇino,
Ekamekassa bhikkhuno adāsi yugasāṭakaṁ.
82
Pādasambhañjanaṁ telaṁ chattaṁ cāpi upāhanaṁ,
Sabbaṁ samaṇaparikkhāraṁ adāsi phāṇitaṁ madhuṁ.
83
Parivārevāna nisīdi dhammāsoko mahīpati,
Nisajja rājā pavāresi bhikkhusaṅghassa paccayaṁ.
84
Yāvatā bhikkhu icchanti tāva demi yadicchakaṁ,
Santappevāna 3 sakkaccaṁ sampavārevāna paccaye.
85
Tato pucchiṁ sugambhīraṁ dhammakkhadhaṁ sudesitaṁ,
Athi bhante paricchedo desitā’diccabadhunā.

1. Ṛc:l̥: ganvāna rājā taramānarūpo 2. Ṛc.l̥: mamathaṁ. 3. Ṛc.l̥: parikkhārena.

[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]
86
Nāmaṁ liṅgaṁ vibhattiñca koṭṭhāsañcā’pi saṅkhataṁ,
Ettakaṁ’va dhammakkhadhānaṁ 1 gaṇanaṁ athi pavediya.
87
Athi rājā gaṇivāna desitā’diccabadhunā,
Suvibhattaṁ supaññattaṁ suniddiṭṭhaṁ sudesitaṁ.
88
Sahetuṁ athasampannaṁ khalitaṁ nathi subhāsitaṁ,
Satipaṭṭhānaṁ sammappadhānaṁ iddhipādañca idirayaṁ.
89
Balaṁ bojdhaṅgaṁ maggaṅgaṁ suvibhattaṁ sudesitaṁ,
Evaṁ sattappabhedañca bodhipakkhiya muttamaṁ.
90
Lokuttaraṁ dhammavaraṁ navaṅgaṁ sathusāsanaṁ,
Vithāritaṁ suvibhattaṁ desesi dīpaduttamo.
91
Caturāsītisahassāni dhammakkhadhaṁ anūnakaṁ,
Pāṇinaṁ anukampāya desitā ‘diccabadhunā
92
Amatuttamaṁ varadhammaṁ saṁsāraparimocanaṁ,
Sabbadukkhakkhayaṁ maggaṁ desesi amatogadhaṁ.
93 Suvāna vacanaṁ rājā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhāsitaṁ,
Pāmojjahāsabahulo vedajāto narāsabho.
Sarājikā 2 parisāya imaṁ vākyaṁ udāhari
94
Caturāsīti sahassāni paripuṇṇaṁ anūnakaṁ,
Desitaṁ Buddhaseṭṭhassa dhammakkhadhaṁ mahārahaṁ.
95
Caturāsīti sahassāni ārāmaṁ kārayāmahaṁ,3
Ekekadhammakkhadhassa ekekārāmaṁ pūjayaṁ.
96
Channavutikoṭidhanaṁ vissajjevāna khattiyo,
Tameva divasaṁ rājā āṇāpesi 4 ca tāvade.
97
Tasmiṁ kāle jambudīpe nagaraṁ caturāsītiyo,
Ekekanagaraṭṭhāne paccekā’rāmaṁ kārayī.
98
Anto tīṇi ca vassāni vihāraṁ kavāna khattiyo,
Pariniṭṭhite ārāme pūjaṁ sattāha kārayi.

Chaṭṭhamo paricchedo.
Bhāṇavāraṁ chaṭṭhamaṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥: dhammakkhadhānaṁ. 2. Pa:ta: sarājikāya 3. Ṛc.l̥: kārayiṁ ahaṁ. 4.Pa:du: mahājane 5.Ṛc.l̥: pariniṭṭhitamhi. 6. Ṛc.l̥: samaye.

[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]

1
Mahāsamāgame hoti jambudīpasamantato,
Bhikkhū asītikoṭiyo bhikkhunīchannavutisahassiyo.
2
Bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca chalabhiññā bahutarā,
Bhikkhū iddhānubhāvena samaṁ kavā mahītalaṁ.
3
Lokavivaraṇaṁ kavā dassesuṁ pūjiye mahe,
Asokārāme ṭhito rājā jambudīpaṁ avekkhati.
4
Bhikkhū iddhānubhāvena asoko sabbatha passati,
Addasa vihāraṁ sabbaṁ sabbatha mahiyaṁ kataṁ.
5
Dhajaṁ ussāpitaṁ pupphaṁ toraṇañca mālagghiyaṁ,
Kadalīpuṇṇaghaṭañceva nānāpupphasamohitaṁ.
6
Addasa dīpamaṇḍalaṁ vibhūsantaṁ catuddisaṁ,
Pamodito haṭṭhamanopekkhantovattate mahe
7
Samāgate bhikkhusaṅghe bhikkhunī ca samāgate,
Mahādānañca paññattaṁ diyamāne vanibbake
8
Caturāsīti sahassāni vihāre disvāna pūjite,
Asoko’pi attamano bhikkhusaṅghaṁ pavedayi.
9
Ahañca bhante dāyādo sathubuddhassa sāsane,
Bahu mayhaṁ pariccāgo sāsane sāravādino
10
Channavutikoṭiyo ca vissajjevā mahādhanaṁ,
Caturāsīti sahassāni ārāmaṁ kāritā mayā.
11
Pūjāya dhammakkhadhassa Buddhaseṭṭhassa desite,
Cattāri satasahassāni devasikaṁ pavattayi.
12 Ekañca cetiyaṁ pūjaṁ ekaṁ nigrodhasavhayaṁ,
Ekañca dhammakathikānaṁ ekaṁ gilānapaccayaṁ.
13
Dīyati devasikaṁ niccaṁ mahāgaṅgāva odanaṁ,
Añño koci pariccāgo bhiyyo mayhaṁ navijjati.
14
Saddhā mayhaṁ daḷhatarā tasmā dāyādo sāsane,
Suvāna vacanaṁ rañño dhammāsokassa bhāsitaṁ.
15
Paṇḍito sutasampanno nipuṇathavinicchayo,
Saṅghassa tesu vihāraṁ anuggahathāya sāsanaṁ.
16
Anāgate ca addhāne pavattiṁ ñavā vicakkhaṇo,
Byākāsi moggalīputto dhammāsokena pucchitaṁ.

[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]
17
Paccayadāyako nāma sāsane paribāhiro, 1
Yassa puttaṁ vā dhītaraṁ vā urasmiṁ jātamavayaṁ
18
Pabbājesi cajevāna sove dāyādo sāsane,
Suvāna vacanaṁ rājā dhammāsoko mahīpati.
19
Mahidakumāraṁ puttaṁ saṅghamittañca dhitaraṁ,
Ubho āmantayī rājā dāyādo homi sāsane.
20
Suvāna pituno vākyaṁ ubho puttādhivāsayuṁ,
Suṭṭhu deva sampaṭicchāma karoma vacanaṁ tava.
21
Pabbājehi 2 ca no khippaṁ dāyādo hohi sāsane,
Paripuṇṇavīsativasso mahido asokatrajo
22
Saṅghamittā ca jātiyā vassaṁ aṭṭhārasaṁ bhave,
Chavassamhi asokassa ubho pabbajitā pajā.
23
Tathe’va upasampanno mahido dīpajotako,
Saṅghamittā tadāyeva sikkhāyo’va samādiyi.
24
Ahu moggaliputto’va theravādo mahāgaṇī,
Catupaññāsavassamhi dhammāsoko abhisitto
25
Asokassābhisittato chasaṭṭhi moggalisavhayo,
Tato mahido pabbajito moggaliputtassa santike,
Pabbājesi mahādevo majdhanto upasampade.
26
Ime te nāyakā tīṇi mahidassā’nukampakā,
Moggaliputto upajdhāyo mahidaṁ dīpajotakaṁ.
27
Vācesi piṭakaṁ sabbaṁ athaṁ dhammañca kevalaṁ,
Asokassa dasavassamhi mahido catuvassiko
28
Sabbaṁ sutapariyattiṁ gaṇū pācariyo 3 ahū,
Sudesitaṁ suvibhattaṁ ubho saṅgahasuttakaṁ
29
Mahido theravādakaṁ uggahevāna dhārayi,
Vinīto moggaliputto mahidaṁ asokatrajaṁ
30
Tisso vijjā chaḷabhiññā caturo paṭisambhidā,
Tisso moggaliputto ca mahidaṁ saddhivihārikaṁ.

1. Ṛc.l̥. Paṭibāhiro. 2. Pa:du: pabbājesi. 3. Ṛc.l̥: gaṇīpācariyo.

[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]

Āgamapiṭakaṁ sabbaṁ sikkhāpesi nirantaraṁ.

31
Tīṇi vassamhi nigrodho catuvassamhi bhātaro,
Chavassamhi pabbajito mahido asokatrajo.
32
Kontiputtā ubho therā tisso cā’pi sumittako,
Aṭṭhavassamhi sokassa parinibbiṁsu mahiddhikā.*
33
Ime kumārā pabbajitā ubho therā ca nibbutā,
Upāsakattaṁ desiṁsu khattiyā brāhmaṇā bahū.
34
Mahālābho ca sakkāro uppajji Buddhasāsane,
Pahīṇalābhasakkārā tithiyā puthuladdhikā.
35
Paṇḍaraṅgā jaṭilā ca nigaṇṭhā’celakādikā,
Aṭṭhaṁsu sattavassāni ahosi vagguposatho.
36
Ariyā pesalā lajji na pavisanti uposathaṁ,
Sampatte ca vassasate vassaṁ chattiṁsa satāni ca.
37
Saṭṭhibhikkhūsahassāni asokārāme vasiṁsu te,
Ājīvakā aññaladdhikā nānā dūsenti sāsanaṁ.
38
Sabbe kāsāvavasanā dūsenti jinasāsanaṁ,
Bhikkhusahassaparivuto chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko.

* "Pure pāṭaliputtamhā vane vanacaro caraṁ."

"Kuntakinnariyā saddhiṁ saṁvāsaṁ kappayī kira,
Tena saṁvāsamavāya sā putte janayī duve.

Tisso jeṭṭho kaṇiṭṭhotu sumitto nāma nāmato,
Mahāvaruṇatherassa kāle pabbajjasantike.

Arahattaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu chaḷabhiññā guṇaṁ ubho,
Pāde kīṭavisenā’si phuṭṭho jeṭṭho savedano,

Āha puṭṭho kaṇiṭṭhona bhesajjaṁ pasataṁ ghataṁ,
Rañño nivedanaṁ thero gilānavattato’pi so.

Sappiyathañca caraṇaṁ pacchābhattaṁ paṭikkhipi,
Piṇḍāya ce caraṁ sappiṁ labhase vaṁ tamāhara.

Iccāha tissathero so sumittaṁ theramuttamaṁ,
Piṇḍāya caratā tena na laddhaṁ pasataṁ ghataṁ.

Sappīkumhasatenāpi vyādhijāto asādhiyo,
Teneva vyādhinā thero patto āyukkhayantikaṁ.

[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]
39
Moggaliputto mahāpañño paravādappamaddano,1
Theravādaṁ daḷhaṁ kavā saṅgahaṁ tatiyaṁ kato.
40
Maddivā nānāvādāni nīharivā alajjino 2,
Sāsanaṁ jotayivāna kathāvathuṁ pakāsayi
41
Tassa moggaliputtassa mahido saddhivihāriko,
Upajdhāyassa santike saddhammaṁ pariyāpuṇī.
42
Nikāye pañca vācesi sattace’va pakaraṇe,
Ubhato vibhaṅgaṁ vinayaṁ parivāraṁ ca khadhakaṁ
Uggahi vīro nipuṇo upajdhāyassa santike’ti.
43
Nikkhante dutiye vassasate vassāni chattiṁsati,
Puna bhedo ajāyitha theravādāna’muttamo
44
Pāṭaliputtanagaramhi rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Dhammāsoko mahārājā pasanno Buddhasāsane.
45
Mahādānaṁ pavattesi saṅghe guṇavaruttame,
Cattāri satasahassāni ekāhene’va nissaji.
46
Cetiyassa yajā ekaṁ dhammassa savanassa ca,
Gilānānañca paccayaṁ ekaṁ saṅghassa nissaji.
47
Tithiyā lābhaṁ disvāna sakkārañca mahārahaṁ,
Saṭṭhimattasahassāni theyyasaṁvāsakā ahū.
48
Asokārāmavihāramhi pātimokkho paricchiji,
Kārāpento pātimokkhaṁ amacco ariyeghātayi. 3
49
Tithiye niggahathāya bahū Buddhassa sāvakā,
Saṭṭhimattasahassāni jinaputtā samāgatā

Ovadivappamādena nibbātuṁ mānasaṁ akā,
Ākāsamhi nisīdivā tejodhātuvasena so.

Yathāruci adhiṭṭhāya-pe-tenāpi ca mahājano,
Kuntiputtā duve therā te lokahitakārino.

Nibbāyiṁsu asokassa raññovassa’mhi aṭṭhame,
Tatoppabhūti saṅghassa lābhotīva mahā ahū" mahāvaṁse.

1. Ṛc.l̥:ta: "moggaliputto gaṇapāmokkho akāsi dhammasaṅgahaṁ" 2. Pa:ta:pa:Ṛc.l̥:bahū. 3. Du
Ṛc.l̥: ariyānaṁ aghātayi

[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]
50
Etasmiṁ sannipātamhi thero moggaliatrajo,
Sathukappo mahānāgo paṭhavyā nathi īdiso.
51
Ariyānaṁ ghātitaṁ kammaṁ rājā theraṁ apucchatha,
Pāṭihīraṁ karivāna rañño kaṅkhaṁvinodayi.
52
Therassa santike rājā uggahevāna sāsanaṁ,
Theyyasaṁvāsabhikkhuno nāseti liṅganāsanaṁ.
53
Tithiyāsakavādena pabbajivā anādarā,
Buddhavacanaṁ bhidiṁsu visuddhakañcanaṁ iva.
54
Sabbe’pi te bhinnavādā vilomā theravādato,
Tesañca niggahathāya sakavādavibodhanaṁ 1
55
Desesi thero abhidhammaṁ kathāvathuppakaraṇaṁ,
Niggaho īdiso nathi paravādappamaddanaṁ
56
Desevā thero abhidhammaṁ kathāvathuppakaraṇaṁ,
Sakavādasodhanathāya sāsanaṁ dīghakālikaṁ.
57
Arahantānaṁ sahassaṁ uccinivāna nāyako,
Varaṁ varaṁ gahevāna akāsi dhammasaṅgahaṁ.
58
Asokārāmavihāramhi dhammarājena kārite,
Navamāsehi niṭṭhāsi tatiyo saṅgaho ayanti.

Tatiyasaddhammasaṅgahaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
Sattamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ sattamaṁ

1
Moggaliputto dīghadassī sāsanassa anāgate,
Paccantamhi patiṭṭhānaṁ disvā dibbena cakkhunā.
2
Majdhantikādayo there pāhesi attapañcame,
Sāsanassa patiṭṭhāya paccante sattavuddhiyā.
3
Paccattakānaṁ desānaṁ anukampāya pāṇinaṁ,
Pabhātukā balappattā desetha dhammamuttamaṁ.

Ṛc.l̥: virocanaṁ.

[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]
4
Ganvā gadhāra visayaṁ majdhantiko mahāisi,
Kupitaṁ nāgaṁ pasādevā mocesi badhanā bahu
5
Ganvāna raṭṭhaṁ mahisaṁ mahādevo mahiddhiko,
Codivā nirayadukkhena mocesi badhanā bahu.
6
Athāparo’pi rakkhito vikubbaṇesu kovido,
Vehāsaṁ abbhugganvāna desesi anamataggiyaṁ.
7
Yonakadhammarakkhitathero nāma mahāmati,
Aggikkhadhopamasutta-kathāya aparantakaṁ,
Mahādhammarakkhitathero mahāraṭṭhaṁ pasādayi.
8
Nāradakassapajātakakathāya ca mahiddhiko,
Mahārakkhitatheropi yonakalokaṁ pasādayi.
9
Kālakārāmasuttanta-kathāya 1 ca mahiddhiko,
Kassapagotto 2 yo thero majdhimo 3 ca durāsado
10
Sahadevo mūlakadevo 4 yakkhagaṇaṁ pasādayuṁ,
Kathesuṁ tatha suttantaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ
11
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṁ ganvāna soṇuttaro 5 mahiddhiko,
Niddhamevā pisācepi 6 mocesi badhanā bahu.
12
Laṅkādīpavaraṁ ganvā mahido attapañcamo,
Sāsanaṁ thāvaraṁ kavā mocesi badhanā bahu.*

Nānādesa pasādo nāma
Aṭṭhamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ aṭṭhamaṁ

1. Du:ta: kālakārāmasuttantaṁ kathāpesimahiddhiko. 2. Ṛc.l̥: gottoca. 3. Ṛc. l̥: durabhisaro. 4.
Ṛc.l̥: himavante 5. Sonuttarā. Ṛc.l̥. Pisācagaṇe.

* "Mahāmahidatherantaṁ theraṁ iṭṭhiya muttiyaṁ,
Sambalaṁ bhaddasālañca sake saddhivihārike.

Laṅkādīpe manuññamhi manuññaṁ jinasāsanaṁ,
Patiṭṭhāpetha tumhe’ti pañca there apesayī

Tadā kasmīragadhāre pakkaṁ sassaṁ mahiddhiko,
Āravālonāgarājā vassaṁ karakasaññitaṁ. [Dipa04]
[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]

Vassāpevā samuddasmiṁ sabbaṁ khipati dāruṇo,
Tatra majdhantikathero khippaṁ ganvā vihāsayā.

Āravāladahe vāri-piṭṭhe caṅkamaṇādike,
Akāsi disvā taṁ nāgā ruṭṭhā rañño nivedayuṁ.

Nāgarājātha ruṭṭho so vividhā bhiṁsikā kari,
Vātā mahantā vāyanti megho gajjati vassatī.

Phalantya saniyo vijju niccharanti tato tato,
Mahīruhā pabbatānaṁ kūṭāni papatanti ca.

Virūparūpā nāgā ca bhiṁsā penti samantato,
Sayaṁ dhupāyati jalatyakkosanto anekadhā.

Sabbaṁ taṁ iddhiyā thero paṭibāhiya bhiṁsanaṁ,
Avoca nāgarājantaṁ dassento balamuttamaṁ.

Sadevako’pi ce loko āganvā tāsaseyya maṁ,
Name paṭibalo assa janetuṁ bhayabheravaṁ

Sacepi vaṁ mahiṁ sabbaṁ sasamuddaṁ sapabbataṁ,
Ukkhipivā mahānāga! Khipeyyāsi mamopari.

Neva me sakkuṇeyyāsi janetuṁ bhayabheravaṁ,
Aññadathu tavevassa vighāto uragādhipa.

Taṁ suvā nimmadassassa thero dhammadesayi,
Tato saraṇasīlesu nāgarājā patiṭṭhahi,

Tatheva caturāsīti sahassāni bhujaṅgamā,
Himavante ca gadhabbā yakkhā kumbhaṇḍakā bahu.

Pañcako nāma sakkho tu saddhiṁ hārītayakkhiyā,
Pañcasatehi puttehi phalaṁ pāpuṇi ādikaṁ.
Mādāni kodhaṁ janayī ito uddhaṁ yathāpure,
Sassaghātañca mākatha sukhakāmā hi pāṇino.

Karotha mettaṁ sattesu vasantu manujā sukhaṁ,
Iti tenānusiṭṭhā te tatheva paṭipajjisuṁ.

Tato ratanapallaṅke theraṁ so uragādhipo,
Nisīdāpiya aṭṭhāsi vijamāno tadantike.

Tadā kasmīragadhāravāsīno manujā gatā,
Nāgarājassa pūjathaṁ ganvā theraṁ mahiddhikaṁ,

[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]

Theramevābhivādevā ekamantaṁ nisīdisuṁ,
Tesaṁ dhammamadesesī thero āsivisopamaṁ.

Asītiyā sahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū,
Satasahassa purisā pabbajuṁ therasantike

Tatoppabhūti kasmīragadhārā te idānipi,
Āsuṁ kāsāvapajjotā vathuttayaparāyanā.

Ganvā mahādevathero desaṁ mahisamaṇḍalaṁ,
Suttantaṁ devadūtaṁ so kathesi janamajdhago

Cattāḷīsasahassāni dhammacakkhuṁ visodhayuṁ,
Cattāḷīsasahassāni pabbajiṁsu tadantike.

Ganvātha rakkhitathero vanavāsaṁ nabhe ṭhito,
Saññèttamanamataggaṁ kathesi janamajdhago.

Saṭṭhinnarasahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū,
Sattatiṁsasahassāni pabbajiṁsu tadantike.

Vihārānaṁ pañcasataṁ tasmiṁ dese patiṭṭhahi,
Patiṭṭhāpesi tatheva thero so jinasāsanaṁ.

Ganvā parantakaṁ thero yonako dhammarakkhito,
Aggikkhadhopamaṁ suttaṁ kathevā janamajdhago.

Sattatiṁsasahassāni pāṇe tatha samāgate,
Dhammāmatamapāyesi dhammādhammesu kovido.

Purisānaṁ sahassañca ithiyo ca tato’dhikā,
Khattiyānaṁ kulā yeva nikkhamivāna pabbajuṁ.

Mahāraṭṭhamisī ganvā so mahādhammarakkhito,
Mahānāradakassapavhaṁ jātakaṁ kathayī tahiṁ.

Maggaphalaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu caturāsīti sahassakā,
Terasantu sahassāni pabbajiṁsu tadantike.

Ganvāna yonavisayaṁ so mahārakkhito isī,
Kālākārāmasuttantaṁ kathesi janamajdhago.

[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]

Pāṇasatasahassāni sahassāni ca sattati,
Maggaphalaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu dasasahassāni pabbajuṁ

Ganvā catuhi therehi desesī majdhimo isī,
Himavantapadesasmiṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ.

Maggaphalaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu asītipāṇakoṭiyo,
Vīsuṁ te pañcavhayaṁ pañcatherā pasādayuṁ

Purisā satasahassāni ekekasseva santike,
Pabbajiṁsu pasādena sammāsambuddhasāsane

Saddhiṁ uttaratherena soṇathero mahiddhiko,
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṁ agamā tasmintu samaye pana.

Jāte jāte rājagehe dārakerudarakkhasī,
Samuddato nikkhamivā bhakkhivā pana gacchati

Tasmiṁ khaṇe rājagehe jāto hoti kumārako,
There manussā passivā "rakkhasānaṁ sahāyakā"

Iti cintiya māretuṁ sāyudhā upasaṅkamuṁ,
"Kimetanti" ca pucchivā therā te evamāhu ne.

"Samaṇā mayaṁ sīlavantā na rakkhasi sahāyakā",
Rakkhasī sā saparisā nikkhantā hoti sāgarā.

Taṁ disvā na mahārāvaṁ viraviṁsu mahājanā,
Diguṇe rakkhase thero māpayivā bhayānake

Taṁ rakkhasīṁ saparisaṁ parikkhipi samantato,
"Idaṁ imehi laddhanti" manvā bhītā palāyi sā

Tassa desassa ārakkhaṁ ṭhapevāna samantato,
Tasmiṁ samāgame thero brahmajālamadesayī.

Saraṇesu ca sīlesu aṭṭhaṁsu bahavo janā,
Saṭṭhiyā tu sahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū

Aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajuṁ kuladārakā,
Pabbajiṁsu diyaḍḍhantu sahassaṁ kuladhītaro

Tatoppabhūti sañjāte rājagehe kumārake,
Nāmaṁ kariṁsu rājāno soṇuttarasamānake" mahāvaṁse

[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]
1
Laṅkādīpo ayaṁ ahu sīhena sīhalā iti,
Dīpuppattiṁ imaṁ vaṁsaṁ suṇātha vacanaṁ mama.*
2
Vaṅgarājassāyaṁ dhītā araññe vanagocarā,
Sīhasaṁvāsamavāya bhātaro janayī duve.
3
Sīhabāhu ca sīvalī kumārā cāru dassanā,
Mātā ca susimā nāma pitā ca sīhasavhayo
4
Atikkante soḷasavasse nikkhamivā śuhantarā,
Māpesi nagaraṁ tatha sīhapuraṁ varuttamaṁ
5
Lāḷaraṭṭhe tahiṁ rājā sīhaputto mahabbalo,
Anusāsi mahārajjaṁ sīhapuravaruttame.

* "Vaṅgesu vaṅganagare vaṅgarājā ahū pure,
Kāliṅgarañño dhītā’si mahesi tassa rājino

So rājā deviyā tassā ekaṁ alabhi dhītaraṁ,
Nemīttā vyākaruṁ tassā saṁvāsaṁ migarājinā.

Atīva rūpinī āsi atīva kāmagiddhinī,
Devena deviyā cāpi lajjāyāsi jigucchitā

Ekākinī sā nikkhamma sericārasukhathinī,
Sathena saha aññātā agā magadhagāminā

Āālaraṭṭhe aṭavīyā sīho satha mahiddhavi,
Aññatha sesā dhāviṁsu sīhāgatadisantu sā.

Gaṇhivā gocaraṁ sīho gacchaṁ disvā tamārakā,
Ratto upāga lāḷento laṅgulaṁ pattakaṇṇako.

Sā taṁ disvā sarivāna nemittavacanaṁ sutaṁ,
Abhītā tassa aṅgāni rañjayanti parāmasi.

Tassā phassenātiratto piṭṭhiṁ āropiyā’su taṁ,
Sīho sakaṁ guhaṁ nevā tāya saṁvāsa mācarī.

Tena saṁvāsa mavāya kālena yamake duve,
Putatañca dhītarañcāti rājadhītā janesi sā.

Puttassa hathapādāsuṁ sīhākārā tato akā,
Nāmena sīhabāhuṁ taṁ dhitaraṁ sīhasīvaliṁ.

Putto soḷasavasso so mātaraṁ pucchi saṁsayaṁ,
Tuvaṁ pitā ca no amma kasmā visadisā iti." Mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 049] [\x 49/]
6
Khattiṁsa bhātaro honti sīhaputtassa atrajā,
Vijayo ca sumitto ca subhajeṭṭhabhātarā ahuṁ.
7
Vijayo so kumārotu pagabbho cāsikakkhalo,
Karoti vilopakammaṁ atikicchaṁ sudāruṇaṁ
8
Samāgatā jānapadā negamā ca samāgatā,
Upasaṅkamma rājānaṁ vijayadosaṁ pakāsayuṁ.
9
Tesaṁ taṁ vacanaṁ ‘suvā rājā kupitamānaso,
Āṇāpesi amaccānaṁ kumāraṁ nīharatha imaṁ.
10
Paricārikā ime sabbe puttadārā ca badhavā,
Dāsidāsakammakare nīharantu janappadā.
11
Tato taṁ nīharivāna visuṁ kavāna badhave,
Āropevāna te nāvaṁ vuyhitha aṇṇave tadā.
12
Pakkamantu yathā kāmaṁ hontī sabbe adassanaṁ,
Raṭṭhe janapade vāsaṁ mā puna āgamicchati.
13
Kumāro 2 ārūḷhanāvā gatā dīpaṁ adassanaṁ,3
Nāmadheyyaṁ tadā āsī naggadīpanti vuccati.
14
Mahilānaṁ ārūḷhanāvā gatā dīpaṁ avassakaṁ,
Nāmadheyyaṁ tadā āsi mahilāraṭṭhanti vuccati.
15
Purisānaṁ ārūḷhanāvā uplavantā ca sāgaraṁ,
Vippanaṭṭhā disāmūḷhā gatā suppārapaṭṭanaṁ.
16
Orohivāna suppāraṁ sattasatañca te tadā,
Vipulaṁ sakkārasammānaṁ akaṁsu te suppārakā.
17
Tesu sakkariyamānesu vijayo ca sahāyakā,
Sabbe luddāni kammāni kurumānā na bujdhakā.
18
Pāṇaṁ adinnaṁ paradāraṁ musāvādañca pesuṇaṁ,
Anācārañca dussilyaṁ ācaranti sudāruṇaṁ.
19
Kakkhalaṁ pharusaṁ ghoraṁ kammaṁ kavā sudāruṇaṁ,
Ujdhāyevāna mantiṁsu khippaṁ ghātema dhuttake.
20
Ojadīpo varadīpo maṇḍadīpo’ti vā ahu,
Laṅkādīpo ca paṇṇatti tambapaṇṇi’ti ñāyati.
21
Parinibbānasamaye sambuddho dīpaduttamo, 4
Sīhabāhussā’yaṁ putto vijayo nāma khattiyo.

1. Ṛc.l̥: vacanaṁ suvāna. 2. Ṛc.l̥: kumārānaṁ. 3. Ṛc.l̥:pa:ta: avassakaṁ. 4. Ṛc.l̥: sambuddhe
dipaduttame.

[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]
22
Laṅkādīpaṁ anuppatto jahevā jambudīpakaṁ. 1
Byākāsī Buddhaseṭṭho so rājā hessati khattiyo.
23
Tato āmantayī sathā sakkaṁ devānamissaraṁ, 2
Laṅkādīpassa ussukkaṁ mā pamajjatha kosiya.
24
Sambuddhassa vaco suvā devarājā sujampati,
Uppalavaṇṇassa ācikkhi dīpaṁ ārakkhakāraṇaṁ.
25
Sakkassa vacanaṁ suvā devaputto mahiddhiko,
Laṅkādīpassa ārakkhaṁ sapariso paccupaṭṭhāti.
26
Tayo māse vasivāna vijayo bhārukacchake,
Ujdhāyevā janakāyaṁ tameva nāva māruhī.
27
Ārohivā sakaṁ nāvaṁ uplavantāva 3 sāgaraṁ,
Ukkhittāvātavegena nadīmūḷhā mahājanā.
28
Laṅkādīpa mupāgamma orohivā thale ṭhitā,
Patiṭṭhitā dharaṇitale atijigacchitā have.
29
Pipāsitā kilantāca padasā gamanaṁ akā. 4
Ubho pāṇīhi jannūhi yogaṁ kavā na bhūmiyaṁ.
30
Majdhe vuṭṭhāya ṭhavāna pāṇī passanti sobhaṇā,
Surattaṁ paṁsubhūmibhāge hathapāṇimhi makkhite.
31
Nāmadheyyaṁ tadā āsi tambapaṇṇi’ti taṁ ahu,*
Paṭhamaṁ nagaraṁ tambapaṇṇi laṅkādīpavaruttame.
32
Vijayo tahiṁ vassanto issariyaṁ anusāsi so,
Vijayo vijito cāpi sa nāmaṁ anurakena ca.

1. Ṛc.l̥: dīpavhayaṁ. 2. Ṛc.l̥: devānam issaram.
3. Ṛc.l̥: uppilavantā, 4. Jāyati.

* "Nāvāya bhūmi motiṇṇavijayappamukhā tadā,
Kilantāpāṇinā bhūmiṁ ālambiya nisīdisuṁ.

Tambabhūmirajo phuṭṭho tambapaṇṇi yato ahū,
So deso ceva dīpo ca tena tannāmako ahū.

Sīhabahunarido so sīhamā’dinnavā iti,
Sīhalo tena sambadhā ete sabbepi sīhalā." Mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 051] [\x 51/]
33
Accutagāmi upatisso paṭhamaṁso idhāgato,
Ākiṇṇānaranārīhi khattiyā ca 1 samāgatā.
34
Tahiṁ tahiṁ disābhāge nagaraṁ māpesi khattiyo,
Tambapaṇṇi dakkhiṇato nadītīre caruttame.
35
Vijayena māpitaṁ nagaraṁ samantā puṭabhedanaṁ,
Vijito vijitaṁ māpesi so urucelaṁ māpayī,
Nakkhattanāmako macco māpesi anurādhapuraṁ.*
36
Accutagāmiyo nāma ujjeniṁ tatha māpayi,
Upatisso upatissaṁ (nagaraṁ) sucibhattantarāpaṇaṁ.
37
Iddhaṁ phitaṁ suvithāraṁ ramaṇīyaṁ manoramaṁ,
Laṅkādīpavhaye ramme tambapaṇṇimhi issaro
38
Vijayo nāma nāmena paṭhamaṁ rajjama kārayī,
Āgate sattavassamhi ākiṇṇo janapado ahu.
39
Aṭṭhatiṁsati vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Sambuddhe navame māse yakkhasenaṁ vidhaṁsitaṁ.
40
Sambuddhe pañcame vasse nāgānaṁ damayī jino,
Sambuddhe aṭṭhame vasse samāpatti samappayī.
41
Imāni tīṇi ṭhānāni idhā’gami tathāgato,
Sambuddhe pacchime vasse vijayo idhamāgato
42
Manussāvāsaṁ akārayī sambuddho dipaduttamo,
Anupādisesāya Buddho nibbuto upadhisaṅkhaye.
43
Parinibbutamhi sambuddhe dhammarāje pabhaṅkare,
Aṭṭhatiṁsati vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo.
44
Dūtaṁ pāhesi sihapuraṁ sumittavhassa santike,
Lahuṁ āgaccha tumhe’ko laṅkādīpavaruttamaṁ.
45
Na’thi koci mamaccaye imaṁ rajjānusāsako,
Niyyādemi imaṁ dīpaṁ mamaṁ kataparakkamaṁ.

Navamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ navamaṁ

1. Ṛc.l̥. Paṭhamanto. 2. Ṛc.l̥:ta. Bahusabbe.
* "Anurādhagāmaṁ tannāmo kadambanadiyantike" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]
1
Paṇḍusakkassā’yaṁ dhītākaccānā nāma khattiyā,
Vaṁsānurakkhanathāya 1 jambudīpā idhāgatā
2
Abhisittā khattiyābhisekena paṇḍuvāsamahesiyā,
Tassā saṁvāsamavāya jāyiṁsu ekadasatrajā.
3
Abhayo tisso ca uttī ca tisso aselapañcamo,
Vibhāto rāmo ca sivo ca matto mattakalena ca.
4
Tesaṁ kaṇiṭṭhadhītā tu cittā nāmā’ti vissutā,
Rañjayati jane diṭṭhe ummādacittā’ti vuccati.
5
Saṅkhābhisekavassena āgami upatissagāmake,
Paripuṇṇatiṁsavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo,
Amitodanassa nattā te ahesuṁ satta sākiyā.
6
Rāmo tisso anurādho ca mahālidīghāvurohiṇī,
Gāmanī sattamo tesaṁ lokanāthassa vaṁsajā.
7
Paṇḍuvāsassa atrajo abhayo nāma khattiyo,
Vīsatice’va vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi tāvade.
8
Dīghāvussa’trajo dhīro gāmanī paṇḍito ca yo,
Paṇḍuvāsaṁ upaṭṭhanno cittakaññāya saṁvasi.
9
Tassa saṁvāsamavāya ajāyi paṇḍusavhayo,
Attānaṁ anurakkhanto avasi dvāramaṇḍale.

Dasamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ dasamaṁ.

1. Pa:du:Ṛc.l̥: kulavaṁsānukkhanathāya.

[SL Page 053] [\x 53/]
1
Abhayassa vīsativasse pakuṇḍassa vīsati ahu,
Sattatiṁsavasso jātiyā abhisitto pakuṇḍako.
2
Abhayassa vīsativasse coro āsi pakuṇḍako.
3
Yattarasamhi vassamhi hanvāna satta mātule,
Abhisitto rājābhisekena nagare anurādhapure.
4
Atikkante dasavassamhi saṭṭhivassa manāgate,
hapesi gāmasīmāyo abhayāni gāḷhaṁ kārayī.
5
Ubhato paribhuñjivā yakkhamānusakāni ca,
Anūnāni sattativassāni pakuṇḍo rajjamakārayī.
6
Pakuṇḍassa ca atrajo atha’ññe muṭasīvo nāma khattiyo,
Issaro tambapaṇṇimhi saṭṭhivassaṁ akārayi.
7
Muṭasīvassa atrajā atha’ññe dasabhātukā,
Abhayo tisso nāgo ca uttimuttābhayena ca.
8
Mitto sivo aselo ca tisso kirena tedasa,
Anulādevī sīvalī ca muṭasīvassa dhītaro.
9
Ajātasattu aṭṭhame vasse vijayo idha māgato,
Udayassa cuddasavassamhi vijayo kālaṁ kato tadā.
10
Udayassa soḷase vasse paṇḍuvāsa mabhisiñcayī,
Vijayassa paṇḍuvāsassa ubho rājānama’ntare,
11
Saṁvaccharaṁ tadā āsi tambapaṇṇi arājikā,
Nāgadāsassekavīse paṇḍuvāso tadāgato *
12
Nāgadāseṭhiteyeva abhayopyabhi siñcayī,
......Sattarase’va vassāni catuvīsati.
13
Cadagutte cuddase vasse gato paṇḍukasavhayo,
Cadaguttassa cuddasavasse muṭasīva mabhisiñcayī
14
Asokobhisittato sattarasavasse upāgate,
Muṭasīvo’ccayaṁ patto tasmiñce va ca hāyane.

* 11. 12. 14. 23. 24. 30. Ekāṅkā gāthāyo bahūsupothakesu ākulavyākulībhūtā dissanti.

[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]
15
Hemante dutiye māse sāḷhinakkhattamuttamo,
Devānampiyo bhisiñci tambapaṇṇimhi issaro.
16
Chātapabbatapādamhi vephayaṭṭhi tayo ahu,
Setā rajatayaṭṭhī ca latā kañcanasannibhā.
17
Nīlaṁ pītaṁ lohitakaṁ odātaṁ ca pabhassareṁ,
Kālakaṁ hoti sassirīkaṁ pupphasaṇṭhānatādisaṁ,
18
Tathāpi pupphayaṭṭhi sā dījayaṭṭhi tatheva te,
Dijā yatha yathāvaṇṇe evaṁ tatha vanappade.
19
Hayagajarathāpattā āmalakacalayamuddikā,
Kakudhasadisā nāma ete aṭṭha tadā muttā.
20
Uppanne devānampiye tassābhisekatejasā,
Tayo maṇī āhariṁsu malayā ca janappadā.
21
Tayo yaṭṭhi chātapādā aṭṭhamuttā samuddakā,
Maṇayo 1 malayā jātā rājārahā mahājanā.
Devānampiyapuññena anto sattāha māharuṁ.
22
Disvāna rājā ratanaṁ mahagghaṁ ca mahārahaṁ,
Asamaṁ atulaṁ ratanaṁ acchariyampi dullabhaṁ.
23
Pasanna citto girabbhadīrayī
Ahaṁ sujāto kuliko narissaro,
Suciṇṇakammassa mame disaṁ phalaṁ
Bahūsahassādhikasampadāgamu
24
Mayāsuladdhaṁ katapuññasampadaṁ
Bhavesamatho labhituṁcakonukho,
Bhavappatiṭṭhaṁ ratanattayaṁ vinā
Najīvituṁ me manasānubadhanaṁ.
25
Mātāpitā ca bhātā vā ñātimittā sakhā ca me,
Iti rājā vicintento asokaṁ khattiyaṁ sarī.

1. Pa:Ṛc.l̥: maṇiyo. 2. Ṛc.l̥: adhovimaṁ.

[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]
26
Devānampiyatisso ca dhammāsoko narādhibhū,
Adiṭṭhasahāyā ubho kalyāṇā daḷhabhattikā.
27
Athi me piyasahāyo jambudīpassa issaro,
Asokadhammo mahāpuñño sakhā pāṇasamo mama.
28
So rabhatī ratanānaṁ abhihāraṁ paṭicchituṁ,
Ahampi dātuṁ arahāmi aggaṁ sāsana sampadaṁ
29
Uṭṭhehi kattārataramāno ādāya ratanaṁ imaṁ,
Jambudīpavhayaṁ ganvā nagaraṁ pupphanāmakaṁ,
Aggaratanaṁ payacchehi asokaṁ mama sahāyakaṁ.
30
Mahāariṭṭho sālo ca brāhmaṇo parantapabbato,
Putto tisso ca gaṇako pāhesi caturo ime.
31
Pabhassaramaṇī tayo aṭṭhamuttācarāni ca,
Patodayaṭṭhittayañce’taṁ saṅkharatana muttamaṁ.
32
Bahuratanaṁ parivārena pāhesi devānampiyo,
Amaccaṁ senāpatiṁ ariṭṭhaṁ sālañca parañca pabbataṁ.
33
Puttaṁ tissagaṇakañca hathe pāhesi khattiyo,
Chattaṁ cāmarasaṅkhañca veṭhanaṁ kaṇṇabhūsanaṁ.
34
Gaṅgodakañca bhiṅkāraṁ saṅkhañca sivikena ca,
Nadiyāvaṭṭaṁ vaḍḍhamānaṁ rājābhiseke pesitā.
35
Adhopitaṁ vathayugaṁ aggañca hathapuñchanaṁ,
Haricadanaṁ mahagghaṁ aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṁ.
36
Harītakaṁ āmalakaṁ imaṁ sāsanampi pesayi,
Buddho dakkhiṇeyyāna’ggo dhammo aggo virāginaṁ.
37
Saṅgho ca puññakkhettaggo tīṇiaggā sadevake,
Imañcā’haṁ namassāmi uttamathāya khattiyo 38
Pañca māse vasivāna te dūtā caturo janā,
Ādāya te paṇṇākāraṁ dhammāsoko napesitaṁ.

[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]
39
Sokhamāse dvādasiyaṁ jambudīpā idhāgatā,
Abhisekaṁ saparivāraṁ dhammāsokena pesitaṁ
40
Dutiyaṁ abhisiñcitha rājānaṁ devānampiyaṁ,
Abhisatto dutiyābhiseko visākhamāse uposathe.
41
Tayo māse atikkamma jeṭṭhamāse uposathe,
Mahido sattamo huvā jambudīpā idhāgato.

Rājābhisekakaṇḍaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ
Ekādasamo paricchedo.

Bhāṇavāraṁ ekādasamaṁ.

[SL Page 057] [\x 57/]
1
Vālavijanimuṇahīsaṁ khaggaṁ chattaṁ ca pādukaṁ,
Veṭhanaṁ sārapāmaṅgaṁ bhiṅkāraṁ nadivaṭṭakaṁ.
2
Sivikaṁ gaṅgodakaṁ saṅkhaṁ vathakoṭiṁ adhovimaṁ,
Suvaṇṇapātiṁkaṭacchuṁcamahagghaṁ 1 hathapuñchaniṁ.
3
Anotattodakaṁ kājaṁ uttamaṁ haricadanaṁ,
Aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṁ añjanaṁ nāgamāhaṭaṁ.
4
Harītakaṁ āmalakaṁ mahagghaṁ amatosadhaṁ,
Saṭṭhivāhasataṁ sāliṁ sugadhaṁ sukamāhaṭaṁ.
Puññakammābhinibbattaṁ pāhesi sokasavhayo,
5
Ahaṁ Buddhaṁ ca dhammaṁ ca saṅghaṁ ca saraṇāgato.
Upāsakattaṁ desemi sakyaputtassa sāsane.
6
Imesu tīsu vathūsu uttame jinasāsane,
Vampi cittaṁ pasādehi saraṇaṁ upehi sathuno.
7
Imaṁ sambhāvanaṁ kavādhammā soko mahāyaso,
Pāhesi devānampiyassa: gatadūtena te saha.
8
Asokārāme pavare bahū therā mahiddhikā,
Laṅkātalānukampāya mahidaṁ etadabravuṁ:
9
Samayo laṅkādīpamhi patiṭṭhāpetu sāsanaṁ.
Gacchatu vaṁ mahāpuñña pasāda dīpalañjakaṁ.
10
Paṇḍito sutasampanno mahido dīpajotako,
Saṅghassa vacanaṁ suvā sampaṭicchi sahaggaṇo.
11
Ekaṁsaṁ cīvaraṁ kavā paggahevāna añjaliṁ,
Abhivādayivā sirasā: gacchāmi dīpalañjakaṁ.
12
Mahido nāma nāmena saṅghathero tadā ahū,
Iṭṭhiyo uttiyo thero baddhasālo ca sambalo.

1. Ṛc.l̥. Hathapuñchanaṁ.

[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]
13
Sāmaṇero ca sumano jaḷabhīñño mahiddhiko,
Ime pañca mahātherā jaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā.
14
Asokārāmamhā nikkhantā caramānā sahaggaṇā,
Anupubbena caramānā vedisagiriyaṁ gatā.
Vihāre vedissagire vasivā yāvadicchakaṁ.
15
Mātaraṁ anusāsevā saraṇa sīle uposathe, patiṭṭhapesi saddhamme sāsane dīpavāsinaṁ.
16
Sāyaṇhe paṭisallāna mahidathero mahāgaṇī
Samayaṁ vā asamayaṁ vā vicintesi raho gato.
17
Therasaṅkappamaññāya sakkodevānamissaro,
Pāturahū therasammukhe santike ajdhabhāsatha:
18
Kālo tehi mahāvīra laṅkādī pappasādanaṁ,
Khīppaṁ gacchavaradīpaṁ anukampāya pāṇinaṁ
19
Laṅkādīpavaraṁ gaccha dhammaṁ desehi pāṇinaṁ,
Pakāsāya catusaccaṁ satte mocehi badhanā.
20
Sāsanaṁ Buddhajeṭṭhassa laṅkādīpamhi jotaya,
Byākataṁca’ sīnāgassa bhikkhusaṅgho ca sammato.
21
Ahaṁ ca veyyāvatikaṁ laṅkādīpassa cāgame,
Karomi sabbakiccāni, samayo pakkamituṁ tayā.
22
Sakkassa vacanaṁ suvā mahido dīpajotako,
Bhagavatā sukhyākato bhikkhu saṅghena sammato.
23
Sakkoca maṁ samāyāci patiṭṭhissāmi sāsanaṁ,
Gacchāma’haṁ tambapaṇṇiṁ, nipuṇā tambapaṇṇikā.
24
Sabbadukkhakkhayaṁ maggaṁ na suṇanti subhāsitaṁ,
Tesaṁ pakāsayissāmi, gamissaṁ dīpalañjakaṁ
25
KālaññŚ samayaññŚca mahido asokatrajo,
Gamanaṁ laṅkātalaṁ ñavā āmantayi sahaggaṇe.

[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]
26
Mahido gaṇapāmokkho samānupajdhāyake catu,
Sāmaṇero ca sumaṇo bhaṇḍuko ca upāsako.
27
Channaṁ ca chaḷabhiññāṇaṁ pakāsesi mahiddhiko:
Āyāma bahulaṁ ajja laṅkādīpaṁ varuttamaṁ.
28
Pasādena bahūsatte, patiṭṭhāpessāma sāsanaṁ,
Sādhū’ti te paṭissuvā sabbe attamanā ahū:
29
Gacchāma bhante samayo nage missaka nāmake,
Rājā ca so nikkhamati kavā na migavā purā.
30
Sakko tuṭṭho vāsacido mahidatherassa santiko
Paṭisallānagatassa idaṁ vacana mabravi: *
31
Vedissagiriye ramme vasivā tiṁsa rattiyo:
Kālaṁ ca gamanaṁ dāni, gacchāma dīpamuttamaṁ.
32
Palinā jambudīpato haṁsarājāva ambare,
Emamuppatitā therā nipatiṁsu naguttame.
33
Purato puraseṭṭhassa pabbate meghasannibhe,
Patiṭṭhahiṁsu missakakūṭamhi haṁsāva nagamuddhani.
34
Mahido nāma nāmena saṅghathero tadā ahū,
Iṭṭhiyo uttiyo thero baddhasālo ca sambalo.
35
Sāmaṇero ca sumano bhaṇḍuko ca upāsako,
Sabbe mahiddhikā ete tambapaṇṇi pasādakā.
36
Tatha uppatito thero haṁsarājā ca ambare,
Purato puraseṭṭhassa pabbate meghasannibhe.
37
Patiṭṭhito missakakūṭamhi haṁsā ca nagamuddhani,
Tasmiṁ ca samaye rājā tambapaṇṇimhi issaro.
38
Devānampiyatisso so muṭasīvassa atrajo,
Asoko abhisitto ca vassaṁ aṭṭhārasaṁ ahū.

* Imaṁṭhānaṁ bahusupothakesu vākyakhaṇḍehi ākulī vyākulī bhūtā dissanti.

[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]
39
Tissassa ca abhisitte sattamāse anūnake
Mahido dvādasevasse jambudīpā idhāgato.
40
Gimhāne pacchimemāse jeṭṭha māse uposathe,
Mahido gaṇapāmokkho missakagirimāgato.
41
Migavaṁ nikkhamī rājā, missakagirimupāgami,
Devo gokaṇṇarūpena rājānaṁ abhidassayi.
42
Disvāna rājā gokaṇṇaṁ tararūpo’va pakkami,
Piṭṭhito anugacchanto pāvisi pabbatantaraṁ
43
Tathe’va antaradhāyi yakkho therassa samkhā,
Nisinnaṁ theraṁ addakkhi, bhīto rājā ahū tadā,
44
Mameva passatu rājā eko ekaṁ na bhāyati,
Samāgate balakāye atho passatu bhikkhunaṁ
45
Tatha’ddasaṁ khattiyabhūmipālaṁ, paduṭṭharūpaṁ migavaṁcarantaṁ, nāmena taṁ ālapi
khattiyassa: āgaccha tissā’ti tadā avoca.
46
Ko’yaṁ kāsāvavasano muṇḍo saṅghāṭi pāruto,
Eko adutiyo vācaṁ bhāsati maṁ amānusiṁ?
47
Samaṇā mayā mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā,
Tame va anukampāya jambudīpā idhāgatā,
48
Avudhaṁ nikkhipivāna ekamantaṁ upāvisi,
Nisajja rājā sammodi bahū athūpasaṁhitaṁ,
49
Suvā therassa vacanaṁ nikkhipivāna āvudhaṁ.
Tato theraṁ upaganvā sammodivā ca pāvisi,
50
Amaccabalakāyo ca anupubbaṁ samāgatā,
Parivārevāna aṭṭhaṁsu cattārīsa sahassiyo.
51
Disvā nisinnatherānaṁ balakāye samāgate:
Aññe athi bahū bhikkhū sammāsambuddhasāvakā?
52
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca cetopariyakovidā.
Khīṇāsavā arahanto bahū Buddhassa sāvakā,

[SL Page 061] [\x 61/]
53
Ambopamena jānivā 1 paṇḍito’ti aridamo
Desesi tatha suttantaṁ 2 cūḷahathipadopamaṁ,
54
Suvāna taṁ dhammacaraṁ saddhājātova buddhimā.
Cattārīsasahassāni saraṇaṁ te upāgamu,
55
Tato attamano rājā tuṭṭhahaṭṭho pamodito.
Āmantayi bhikkhu saṅghaṁ: gacchāma nagaraṁ puraṁ,
56
Devānavhayarājānaṁ subbataṁ sabalavāhanaṁ.
Paṇḍitaṁ buddhisampannaṁ khippame’va pasādayi,
57
Suvāna rañño vacanaṁ mahido etada’bravi:
Gacchasi vaṁ mahārāja, vasissāma mayaṁ idha,
58
Uyyojevāna rājānaṁ mahido dīpajotako.
Āmantayi bhikkhusaṅghaṁ: pabbājessāma bhaṇḍukaṁ.
59
Therassa vacanaṁ suvā sabbe turitamānasā.
Gāmasīmaṁ vicinivā pabbājevāna bhaṇḍukaṁ,
60
Upasampadañca tathe va arahattaṁ ca pāpuṇi.
Girimuddhani ṭhito thero sārathiṁ ajdhabhāsatha:
61
Alaṁ yānaṁ na kappati paṭikkhittaṁ tathāgataṁ
Uyyojevāna sārathiṁ thero vasī mahiddhiko,
62
Gagane haṁsarājā’va pakkamiṁsu 3 vihāyasā.
Orohevāna gaganā paṭhaviyaṁsuppatiṭṭhitā,
63 Nivāsanaṁ nivāsente 4 pārupantevacīvaraṁ.
Disvāna sārathi tuṭṭho rājānaṁ ca pavedayi,
64
Pesevā sārathiṁ rājā amacce 5 ajdhabhāsayi:
Maṇḍapaṁ paṭiyādetha pure antonivesane
65
Kumārā kumāriyo ca ithāgāraṁ ca deviyo
Dassanaṁ abhikaṅkhantā tharo passantu āgate,
66
Suvāna rañño vacanaṁ amaccā kulajātikā.
Antonivesanamajdhe akaṁsu dussamaṇḍapaṁ,
67
Vitānaṁ chāditaṁ vathaṁ suddhaṁ setaṁ sunimmalaṁ.
6 Dhajasaṅkhaparivāraṁ setavathehi’laṅkataṁ,
68
Vikiṇṇavālukā setā setapuppha susathitā.
Alaṅkatamaṇḍapā setā himagabbhasamupamā,

1. Ec.l̥. Paṇḍitāyaṁ, 2. Ec.l̥. Hathipadamanuttaraṁ, 3. Ṛc.l̥. Vehāyasā, 4. Ṛc.l̥. Pārupite, 5.
Ajdhabhāsathasī: 6. Dhajassaparivāraṁca.

[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]
69
Sabbasetehi vathebhi’ laṅkarivāna maṇḍapaṁ.
Abbhantaraṁ samaṁ kavā rājānaṁ paṭivedayu:
70
Pariniṭṭhitaṁ mahārāja maṇḍapaṁ sukataṁ subhaṁ.
Āsanaṁ deva jānāhi pabbajitānulomikaṁ,
71
Taṁkhaṇe sārathī rañño anuppatto pavedituṁ:
Yānaṁ deva na kappati bhikkhusaṅghassa nisīdituṁ,
72
Ayaṁ acchariyaṁ deva sabbe therā mahiddhikā.
Paṭhamaṁ uyyojevā maṁ pacchā huvā purā’gatā,
73
Uccāsayana mahāsayanaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ na ca kappati.
Bhummatharaṇaṁ jānātha therā āgacchanti. Te
Sārathissa vācosuvā rājāpi tuṭṭhamānaso
74
Paccugganvāna therānaṁ abhivādevā sammodayi,
Pattaṁ gahevā therānaṁ saha therehi khattiyo.
75
Pūjento gadhamālehi rājadvāre mupāgami,
Rañño antepuraṁ there pavisevāna maṇḍapaṁ.
76
1 Addasaṁ bhūmipaññattaṁ āsanaṁ dussalaṅkataṁ
Nisīdiṁsu paññatte āsane dussa 2 pasārite.
77
Nisinne udakaṁ davā yāguṁ davāna khajjakaṁ,
Paṇītaṁ bhojanaṁ 3 rājā sahathā sampavārayi.
78
Bhuttāvi bhojanaṁ theraṁ onītapattapāṇinaṁ,
Āmantayi anulādeviṁ saha antoghare jāne:
79
Okāsaṁ jānātha devī kālo te payirupāsituṁ,
Therānaṁ abhivādevā pūjevā yāvadicchakaṁ.
80
4 Anulānāma sādevī ithī pañcasatāvatā,
Upasaṅkamivā therānaṁ abhivādevā upāvisi.
81
Tesaṁ dhamma’ madesayi petavathuṁ bhayānakaṁ,
Vimāna saccasaṁyuttaṁ pakāsesi mahāgaṇī.
82
Suvāna taṁ dhammacaraṁ 5 saddhājātābhibuddhimā
6 Anulā mahesiyā saddhiṁ ithī pañcasatā tadā,
Sotāpattiphale’ṭṭhaṁsu, paṭhamābhisamayo ahū.

Dvadasamo paricchedo

Bhāṇavāraṁ dvādasamaṁ.

1. Ec.l̥. Addasa sathataṁ bhūmiṁ āsanaṁ dussācāritaṁ, 2. Ec.l̥. Dussacārite. 3. Ec.l̥. Rañño, 4.
Ec.l̥. Anulā nāma mahesi kaññā pañcasatāvatā 5. Ec.l̥. Saddhājātāvibuddhimā 6. Ṛc.l̥. Anulā
mahesi saha kaññā. [Dipa05]
[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]
1
Adiṭṭhapubbā 1 te sabbe janakāyā samāgatā,
Rājanivesanadvāre mahāsaddānu’sāvayuṁ.
2
Suvā rājā mahāsaddaṁ 2 upasaṁkammataṁjanaṁ.
Kimathāya puthū sabbe mahāsenā samāgatā?
3
Ayaṁ deva mahāsenā saṅghadassana māgatā,
Dassanaṁ alabhamānā mahāsaddaṁ akaṁsute.
4
Antepuraṁ susambādhaṁ janakāya patiṭṭhituṁ,
Hathisālaṁ asambādhaṁ, theraṁ passantu tejanā.
5
Bhuttāvi anumodevā uṭṭhahivāna āsanā,
Rājagharā nikkhamivā hathisālaṁ upāgami.
6
Hathisālamhi pallaṅkaṁ paññāpesuṁ mahārahaṁ,
Nisīdi pallaṅkavare mahido dīpajotako,
Nisinnapallaṅkavare mahantogaṇa puṅgavo *
7
Kathesi tatha suttantaṁ devadūtaṁ ca 3 sattakaṁ,
Suvāna 4 devadūtaṁ taṁ pubbakammaṁ sudāruṇaṁ
8
Bhītiṁ 5 satte pāpuniṁsu nirayabhayatajjitā,
Ñavā bhayaṭṭhite satte catusaccaṁ pakāsayi.
9
Pariyosāne sahassānaṁ dutiyābhisamayo ahū,
Hathi 6 sālāya nikkhamma mahājane purakkhato.
10
7 Tosayanto bahusatte Buddho rājagahe yathā,
Nagaramhī dakkhiṇadvārā nikkhamivā mahājanā
11 Mahānadanavanaṁ nāma uyyānaṁ dakkhiṇā pure,
Rājuyyānamhi pallaṅkaṁ paññāpesuṁ mahārahaṁ
12
Tatha thero nisīdivā 8 dhammā dhammesu kovido,
9 Kathesi tesaṁ suttantaṁ, bālapaṇḍitamuttamaṁ
13
Tatha pāṇasahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū,
Mahāsamāgamo āsi uyyāne nadane tadā.
14
Kulagharaṇī kumārīca kulasuṇhi kulaputtiyo,
Saṅghāritā tadā huvā theraṁ dassana māgatā.
15
Tehi saddhiṁ sammodento sāyaṇhasamayo ahū,
Idhe’va thera vasantu uyyāne mahanadane.

1. Ec.l̥. Gaṇāsabbe 2 ec.l̥. Upayuttamakaṁ puraṁ 3. Ec.l̥. Varuttamaṁ 4. Sī. Devasuttantaṁ
5 ec.l̥. Bhītasaṁvegaṁ āpāduṁ * navijjati idaṁgāthaddhaṁ ec.l̥. 6. Ec.l̥. Sālamhā
sīkosayantomahā satte Buddhovarājagahaṁgate. 8 Ec.l̥.Sī. Kathesi dhammamuttaṁ 9 ec.l̥.Sī.
Kathesi tatha.

[SL Page 064] [\x 64/]
16
Atīsāyaṁ gamīyantā itodūre giribbaje,
Accāsannaṁ ca gāmantaṁ vippakiṇṇa mahājanaṁ.
17
Rattiṁ saddo mahā hoti sakkasālūpamā imaṁ,
Paṭisallānasāruppaṁ alaṁ gacchāma pabbataṁ.
18
Mahāmeghavanaṁ nāma uyyānaṁ vicittaṁ mama
Gamanāgamana sampannaṁ nātidūre na santike.
19
Athikānaṁ manussānaṁ abhikkamana sukhāgamaṁ,
Appakiṇṇaṁ 1 divāsaddo rattiṁsaddo najāyati.
20
Paṭisallānasāruppaṁ pabbajitānulomikaṁ,
Dassanachāyāsampannaṁ pupphaphaladharaṁ subhaṁ.
21
Vatiyā suparikkhittaṁ dvāraṭṭāla sugopitaṁ,
Rājadvāraṁ suvībhattaṁ uyyāne me manorame.
22
Sucibhattā pokkharaṇī sañchannaṁ padumuppalaṁ,
2 Sītūdakaṁ supatiṭṭhaṁ 3 sādupuppha’bhigadhiyaṁ.
23
Evaṁ rammaṁ 4 mamu’yyānaṁ saha saṅghassa phāsukaṁ,
5 Āvasatu tahiṁ thero, mama’thaṁ anukampatu
24
Suvāna rañño vacanaṁ mahidathero sahaggaṇo,
Amaccasaṅghaparibbuḷho agamā meghavanaṁ tadā.
25
Āyācito naridena mahidathero mahāgaṇī,
Mahāmeghavanuyyānaṁ pāvisiyuttajātikaṁ.
26
Uyyāne rājavathu’mhi avasi thero mahāgaṇī,
Dutiye divase rājā therānaṁ samupāgami.
27
Abhivādevā sirasā rājā therānamabravi:
Kacci sukhaṁ asayitha, phāsuvāso 6 bhavissati,
28
Vicittaṁ utusampannaṁ manussarāhaseyyakaṁ,
Paṭisallānasāruppaṁ sappāyaṁ senāsanaṁ.
29
Tatoattamano rājā haṭṭho 7 daggamānaso.
Añjaliṁ paggahevāna idaṁ vacanamabravī,

1. Ec.l̥. Divāsaddena 2 sī, setodakaṁ 3 sī, sādhuka suppagadhiyaṁ 4 sī, vanuyyānaṁ 5 sī,
āsevatu 6 ec.l̥. Tuyhaṁidha 7. Ec.l̥.Sī. Saṁviggamānaso.

* Ārāmo kappatebhante saṁghassāti apucchiso,
Kappate itivavāna kappā kappesu kovido,
Thero vephavanārāma paṭiggahaṇa mabravi,
Taṁsuvā atihaṭṭho so tuṭṭha haṭṭho mahājano-pe-
Sādhūti vavā gaṇhivā rājābhiṅkāramuttamaṁ,
Mahāmeghavanuyyānaṁ dammisaṁghassimaṁ iti" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
30
Suvaṇṇabhiṅkāraṁ gahevā onojesī mahīpati,
Imā’haṁbhante uyyānaṁ mahāmeghavanaṁ subhaṁ.
31
Cātuddisassa saṅghassa dadāmi, paṭigaṇhatha,
Narida vacanaṁ suvā mahido dīpajotako.
32
Paṭiggahesi uyyānaṁ saṅghārāmassa kāraṇā,
Dadantaṁ paṭigaṇhantassa mahāmeghavanaṁ tadā.
33
1 Akampi paṭhavī tatha nānāgajjitakampanaṁ,
Patiṭṭhapesi saṅghassa narido tissasavhayo,
34
Mahāmeghavanuyyānaṁ tissārāmaṁ akāsubhaṁ,
Patiṭṭhapesi saṅghassa paṭhamaṁ devānampiyo.
35
Mahāmeghavanaṁ nāma ārāmaṁ sāsanārahaṁ,
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ.
36
Lomahaṭṭhā janā sabbe there pucchi sarājikā,
Imaṁ paṭhamaṁ vihāraṁ laṅkādīpe varuttame,
37
Sāsanarūhanathāya paṭhamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ,
Disvā acchariyaṁ sabbe abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ.
38
Celukkhepaṁ pavattiṁsu, nathi īdisakaṁ pure,
Tato attamano rājā vedajāto katañjalī.
39
Upanāmesi bahuṁ pupphaṁ mahidaṁ dīpajotakaṁ,
Pupphaṁ thero gahevāna ekokāse pamuñcayi,
40
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi dutiyaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ,
Idaṁ acchariyaṁ disvā rājasenā saraṭṭhakā.
41
Ukkuṭṭhisaddaṁ pavattiṁsu dutiyaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ,
Bhiyyo cittaṁ pasādevā rājāpi tuṭṭhamānaso:
42
Mama kaṅkhaṁ, 2 vinodehi dutiyaṁ paṭhavīkampanaṁ,
Saṅghakammaṁ karissanti akuppaṁ sāsanārahaṁ.

1. Ec.l̥. Kampitha 2 ec.l̥. Vitārahi

[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]
43
Idho’kāse mahārāja mālakaṁ taṁ bhavissati.
Bhiyyo attamanorājā pupphaṁ theraṁ 1 apūjayi
44
Thero pupphaṁ gahevāna aparokāse pamuñcayi,
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi tatiyaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ.
45
Kimathāya mahāvīra tatiyaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ?
Sabbe kaṅkhā vitārehi akkhāhi kusalo tuvaṁ.
46
Jantāgharapokkharaṇī idho’kāse bhavissati,
Bhikkhu jantāghare etha paripūressanti sabbadā
47
Uḷāraṁ pītipāmojjaṁ janevā devānampiyo,
Upanāmesi therassa jātipupphaṁ suphullitaṁ.
48
Thero ca pupphaṁ ādāya aparo’kāse pamuñcayī,
Tathāvi paṭhavī kampi catuthaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ.
49
Idaṁ acchariyaṁ disvā mahājanāsamāgatā,
Añjaliṁ paggahevāna namassanti mahiddhikaṁ.
50
Tato attamano rājā tuṭṭho pucchi anantaraṁ,
Kimathāya mahāvīra catuthaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ?
51
Sakyaputto mahāvīro assathaduma santike,
Sabbadhammaṁ paṭibujdhi Buddho āsi anuttaro.
52
So dumo idhamo’kāse patiṭṭhissati dīputtame,
Suvā attamano rājā tuṭṭho saṁviggamānaso.
53
Upanāmesi therassa jātipupphaṁ varuttamaṁ,
Thero ca pupphaṁ ādāya bhūmibhāge pamuñcayi
54
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi pañcamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ,
Tampi acchariyaṁ disvā rājāsenāsaraṭṭhakā.
55
Ukkuṭṭhisaddaṁ pavattiṁsu velukkhepaṁ pavattitha,
Kimathāya mahāpañña pañcamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ?
56
Etamathaṁ pavakkhāhi tañca chadavasānugaṁ,
Avaddhamāsaṁ pātimokkhaṁ uddisissanti te tadā.
57
Uposathagharaṁ nāma idho’kāse bhavissati.
Aparampi ca okāse theraṁ pupphavaraṁ adā.

1. Ec. l̥. Abhīhari.

[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]
58
Thero ca pupphaṁ ādāya 1 tamokāse pamuñcayi,
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi chaṭṭhaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ.
59
Idampi acchariyaṁ disvā mahājanā samāgatā,
Aññamaññaṁ pamodanti vihāro hessatī idha.
60
Bhiyyo cittaṁ pasādevā rājā therāna’mabravī, kimathāya mahāpañña chaṭṭhaṁ
paṭhavikampanaṁ?
61
Yāvatā saṅghikaṁ lābhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghā samāgatā,
Idho’kāse mahārāja labhissanti anāgate.
62
Suvā therassa vacanaṁ rājāpi tuṭṭhamānaso,
Upanāmesi therassa rājā pupphaṁ varuttamaṁ.
63
Thero ca pupphaṁ ādāya aparokāse pamuñcayi,
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi sattamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ.
64
Disvā acchariyaṁ sabbe rājasenā saraṭṭhikā,
Celukkhapaṁ pavattiṁsu kampite dharaṇītale.
65
Kimathāya mahāpañña sattamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ?
Byākarohi mahāpañña gaṇaṁ kaṅkhā vitāratha.
66
Yāvatā imasmiṁ vihāre āvasanti supesalā,
Bhattaggaṁ bhojanasālaṁ idho’kāse bhavissati.

Terasamo paricchedo

Bhāṇavāraṁ terasamaṁ.

1
Therassa vacanaṁ suvā rājā bhiyyo pasīdayī,
Aladdhā campakaṁ pupphaṁ therassa abhihārayi
2
Thero campakapupphāni pamuñcitha mahītale,
Tathāpi paṭhavī kampi aṭṭhamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ.
3
Imaṁ acchariyaṁ disvā rājasenā saraṭṭhakā,
2 Ukkuṭṭhisaddaṁ pavattiṁsu. Velukkhepaṁ pavattitha.

1. Pa. Tasmiṁkāse.
2. Sī. Vedukkhepepavattitha aggarāmo bhavissati.

[SL Page 68] [\x 68/]
4
Kimathāya mahāvīra aṭṭhamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ?
Byākarohi mahāpañña, suṇoma tava bhāsato.
5
Tathāgatassa dhātuyo aṭṭha doṇā sarīrinā,
Ekaṁ doṇaṁ mahārāja āharivā mahiddhikā
6
Idho’kāse nidhahivā thūpaṁ kārenti sobhanaṁ,
Saṁvegajananaṭṭhānaṁ bahujanapasādanaṁ
7
Samāgatā janā sabbe rājasenā saraṭṭhakā,
Ukkuṭṭhisaddaṁ pavattiṁsu mahāpaṭhavikampane
8
Tissārāme vasivāna vītivattāya rattiyā,
Nivāsanaṁ nivāsevā pārupivāna cīvaraṁ,
9
Tato pattaṁ gahevāna pāvisi 1 nagaraṁ varaṁ,
Piṇḍācāraṁ caramāno rājadvāraṁ upāgāmi.
10
Pāvisi nivesanaṁ rañño, nisīdivāna āsane,
Bhojanaṁ tatha bhuñjivā pattaṁ dhovivāna pāṇinā.
11
Bhuttāvi anumodevā nikkhamivā nivesanā,
Nagaramhā dakkhiṇadvāre uyyāne nadane tadā
12
2 Kathesi thero suttantaṁ aggikkhadhopamaṁvaraṁ,
Tatha pāṇasahassānaṁ dhammātisamayo ahū
13
Desayivāna saddhammaṁ uddharivāna pāṇayo.*
Uṭṭhāya āsanā thero tissārāme punāvasi
14
Tathā rattiṁ vasivāna vītivattāya rattiyā,
Nivāsanaṁ nivāsevā pārupivāna cīvaraṁ
15
Tato pattaṁ gahevāna pāvisi 3 nagaracaraṁ,
Piṇḍācāraṁ caramāno rājadvāraṁ upāgami
16
Pāvisi nivesanaṁ rañño, nisīdivāna āsane,
Bhojanaṁ tatha bhuñjivā pattaṁ dhovivāna pāṇinā
17
Bhuttāvi anumodivā nikkhami nagarā puna,
Divāvihāraṁ 1 kavānanadanuyyānamuttame.

1. Ec.l̥. Nagaraṁ puraṁ,
2. Ec.l̥. Kathesi tatha suttantaṁaggikkhadhaṁ varuttamaṁ,
* Katipayapothakesu catassotramāgāthāyo dvisupiṭhānesu dissanti amhehipi tatheva
ṭhapitaṁ.
3. Ec.l̥. Nagaraṁ puraṁ.

[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]
18
Kathesi tatha suttantaṁ āsivisūpamaṁ subhaṁ,
Pariyosāne sahassānaṁ 1 dhammābhisamayo ahū
19
Desayivāna saddhammaṁ bodhayivāna pāṇinaṁ,
Āsanā vuṭṭhahivāna tissārāmaṁ upāgami.
20
Bhiyyo rājā pasanno’si aṭṭhame paṭhavikampane,
Haṭṭho udagga sumano rājā therānamabravī,
21
Patiṭṭhito vihāro ca saṅghārāmaṁ mahārahaṁ,
Abhiññā pādakaṁ bhante mahāpaṭhavikampane.
22
Na kho rāja ettāvatā saṅghārāmo patiṭṭhito,
Sīmāsammannanaṁ nāma anuññātaṁ tathāgato.
23
Samānasaṁvāsakaṁsīmaṁ avippavāsaṁ ticīvaraṁ.
Aṭṭhahi sīmānimittehi kittayivā samantato.
24
Kammavācāya sāventi saṅghāsabbe samāgatā,
Evaṁ baddhāni sīmāni ekā vāso’ti vuccati:
25
Vihāraṁ thāvaraṁ hoti ārāmo suppatiṭṭhito,
Idaṁ vutteca therena rājāpi etadabravi *
26
Mama puttā ca dārā ca sāmaccā saparijjanā,
Sabbe upāsakā tuyhaṁ pāṇena saraṇaṁ gatā.
27
Yācāmi taṁ mahāvīra karohi vacanaṁ mama,
Antosīmamhi okāse āvasantu mahājanā:
28
Mettākaruṇā paretāya sadārakkho bhavissati,
Pariccāgaṁ cajaneti rājā tuyhaṁ yadicchakaṁ.
29
Saṅgho katapariccāgo sīmaṁ sammannayissati,
Mahāpadumo kuñjaroca ubho nāgā sumaṅgalā.
30
Sovaṇṇanaṅgaleyuttā paṭhame 2 kuntamālake,
Caturaṅginī mahāsenā saha therehi khattiyo
31
Suvaṇṇanaṅgalasītaṁ dassayanto aridamo,
Samalaṅkataṁ puṇṇaghaṭaṁ nānārāga ddhajaṁ subhaṁ.

1. Ec.l̥. Pañcamābhisamayo 2. Ec.l̥. Koṭṭhamālake ec.l̥. Navijjati idaṁgāthaddhaṁ.

[SL Page 070] [\x 70/]
32
Nānāpupphadhajākiṇṇaṁ toraṇaṁ ca 1 mahagghiyaṁ,
Bahucadijalamālā, suvaṇṇanaṅgalekasi.
33
Mahājanapasādāya saha therehi khattiyo,
Nagaraṁ padakkhiṇaṁ kavā nadītīraṁ upāgami.
34
2 Mahāsīmāparicchedā sītā suvaṇṇanaṅgale,
Yaṁ yaṁ paṭhaviyaṁ yatha agamā 3 kuntamālakaṁ
35
Sīmaṁ sīmena ghaṭite mahājana samāgame,
Akampi paṭhavī tatha paṭhamaṁ paṭhavikampanaṁ
36
Disvā acchariyaṁ sabbe rājasenā saraṭṭhakā,
Aññamaññaṁ pamodiṁsu: sīmārāmo bhavissati.
37
Yāvatā sīmāparicchede nimittaṁ badhiṁsu mālake,
Paṭivedesi therānaṁ devānampiyaissaro.
38
Kavā kattabbakiccāni sīmayamālakassaca,
Vihāraṁ thāvarathāya bhikkhusaṅghassa phāsukaṁ
39
Mamaṁ ca anukampāya thero sīmāni badhatu,
Suvānaraññe vacanaṁ mahidodīpajotako.
40
Āmantayī bhikkhusaṅghaṁ: sīmaṁ badhāma bhikkhavo,
Nakkhatte uttarāsāḷhe sabbe saṅghā samāgatā.
41
Samānasaṁvāsakaṁ nāma sīmaṁ badhitha cakkhumā,
Vihāraṁ thāvaraṁ kavā tissārāmaṁ varuttamaṁ.
42
Tissārāme vasivāna vītivattāya rattiyā,
Nivāsanaṁ nivāsevā pārupivāna cīvaraṁ.
43
Tato pattaṁ gahevāna pāvisi 5 nagaraṁ varaṁ,
Piṇḍacāraṁ caramāno rājadvāraṁ upāgami,
44
Ganvā nivesanaṁ rañño nisīdivāna āsane.
Bhojanaṁ tatha bhuñjivā pattaṁ dhovivāna pāṇinā,
45
Bhuttāvi anumodivā nikkhami nagarāpuna,
Divāvihāraṁ karivāna uyyāne nadane vane

1. Ec.l̥. Mahālaṅghiyā, 2 mahāsīmapariccāgā 3 ec.l̥. Koṭṭhakalakaṁ 4. Ec.l̥. Sīmassa, 5 ec.l̥.
Nagarāpurā-

[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]
46
Kathesi tatha suttantaṁ āsivisūpamaṁ tadā,
Anamataggiya suttaṁca cariyāpiṭakamanuttaraṁ.
47
Gomaya piṇḍaovādaṁ dhammacakkappavattanaṁ,
Mahānadanamhī tatheva pakāsesi punappunaṁ.
48
Iminā ca suttantena sattāhāni pakāsayi,
Aṭṭha ca saṅghasahassāni pañca 1 saṅghasatānica.
49
Mocesi badhanā thero mahido dīpajotako,
Ūnamāsaṁ vasivāna 2 tissārāme sahaggaṇo.
50
Āsāḷhiyā puṇṇamāse upakaṭṭhe ca vassake
3 Āmantayi sabba there vassakālo bhavissati.

Mahāvihārapaṭiggahaṇaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ.
51
Senāsanaṁ saṁsāmevā mahido dīpajotako,
Pattacīvaramādāya tissārāmābhi nikkhami.
52
Nivāsanaṁ nivāsevā pārupivāna cīvaraṁ,
Tato pattaṁ gahevāna pāvisi nagaraṁ 4 puna.
53
Piṇḍapātaṁ caramāno rājadvārā upāgami,
Pāvisi nivesanaṁ rañño, nisīdiṁsu yathāsane
54
Bhojanaṁ tatha bhuñjivā pattaṁ dhoviva pāṇinā,
Mahāsamayasuttantaṁ ovādathāya desayi.
55
Ovādivāna rājānaṁ mahido dīpajotako,
Āsanāvuṭṭhahivāna anāpucchāapakkami
56
Nagaramhā pācīnadvārā nikkhamivā mahāgaṇī,
Nivattevā jane sabbe agamā yena pabbataṁ

1 Ec.l̥. Jaṅghasatānica 2 sī tissārāmesabhāgato,
3 Ec.l̥. Āmantayī nagaresabbe 4 ec.l̥. Puraṁ

[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]
57
Rājānaṁ paṭivedesuṁ amaccā ubbiggamānasā,
Sabbe deva mahātherā gatā missakapabbataṁ.
58
Suvāna rājā ubbiggo sīghaṁ yojeva sadanaṁ,
Abhiruhivā rathaṁ khippaṁ saha devīhi khattiyo.
59
Ganvāna pabbatapādaṁ mahidathero mahāgaṇo,
Nagaraṁcatukkaṁ nāma rahadaṁ selanimmitaṁ.
60
Tatha nahāvā pivivāna ṭhito pāsāṇamuddhani,
Sīghaṁ vegena sedāni nippahevāna khattiyo.
61
Dūrato addasatheraṁ pabbatamuddhanī ṭhitaṁ,
Deviyo ca rathe ṭhavā rathā oruyha khattiyo
62
Upasaṅkamivā therānaṁ vadivā ida mabravī,
Rammaṁ raṭṭhā jahevāna mamaṁ co’hāya pāṇayo.
63
Kimathāya mahāvīra imaṁ āgami pabbataṁ?
Idha vassaṁ vasissāma tīṇi māsaṁ anūnakaṁ,
64
Purimaṁ pacchimakaṁ nāma anuññātaṁ mahesinā,
Karomi sabbakiccāni bhikkhusaṅghassa phāsukaṁ.
65
Anukampaṁ upādāya mama’thaṁ anusāsatu,
Gāmantaṁ vā araññaṁ vā bhikkhuvassupanāyiko
66
Senāsane saṁvutadvāre vāsaṁ Buddhena anūmataṁ,
Anuññātaṁ etaṁ vacanaṁ athaṁ sabbaṁ sahetukaṁ.
67
Ajjevā’haṁ karissāmi āvāsaṁ vasaphāsukaṁ,
Gahaṭṭhasiddhiṁ sodhevā olokevā mahāyaso.
68
Therānaṁ paṭipādesi: vasantu anukampakā,
Sādhu bhante imaṁ lenaṁ ārāmaṁ paṭipajjatu
69
Vihāraṁ thāvarathāya sīmaṁ badha mahāmuni *
Rañño bhaginiyā putto mahāriṭṭho tivissuto.
70
Pañcapaññāsa khatteca kulejātā mahāyasā,
Upasaṅkamivā rājānaṁ abhivādevā idamabravuṁ:

* "Vassū panāyikaṁ thero khadhakaṁ khadhakovido kathesirañño taṁsuvā
bhāgineyyocarājino" mahāvaṁse.

[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]
1
Gimhāne paṭhame māse puṇṇamāya uposathe
Āgatā jambudīpamhā vasimhā pabbatuttame.
2
Pañcamāse na vuṭṭhamhā tissārāme ca pabbate.
Gacchāma jambudīpānaṁ anujāna rathesabha.
3
Tappema annapānehi vathasenāsanehi ca,
Saraṇaṁ gato jano sabbo, kuto voanabhīratī?
4
2 Vadanaṁ paccupaṭṭhāna mañjaliṅga rudassanaṁ
Ciraṁ diṭṭho mahārāja sambuddhaṁ dīpaduttamaṁ.
5
Aññātaṁ vata’haṁ bhante, karomi thūpamuttamaṁ,
Vijānātha bhūmikammaṁ, thūpaṁ kāhāmi sathuno.
6
3 Ehivaṁ sumana ganvā pāṭaliputtapuruttamaṁ,
Asokaṁ dhammarājānaṁ evaṁ cā rocayāhitaṁ.
7
Sahāyo te mahārāja pasanno Buddhasāsane,
Dehidhātuvaraṁ tassa, thūpaṁ kāhati sathuno.
8
Bahussuto sutadharo subbavo vacanakkhamo,
Iddhiyā pāramippatto acalo suppatiṭṭhito.
9
Pattacīvaramādāya khaṇe pakkami pabbatā
Asokaṁ dhamma rājānaṁ ārocesi yathākathaṁ:
10
Upajdhāyassa merāja suṇohi vacanaṁ tuvaṁ,
Sahāyo te mahārāja pasanno Buddhasāsane,
Dehidhātuvaraṁ tassa, thūpaṁ kāhati sathuno.
11
Suvāna vacanaṁ rājā tuṭṭho saṁviggamānaso
Dhātu patta mapūresi: khippaṁ gacchāhi subbata.
12
Tato dhātuṁ gahevāna subbaco vacanakkhamo
Vehāsaṁ abbhugganvā gamā kosiya santike.
13
Subbaco upasaṅkamma kosiyaṁ etadabravī:
Upajdhāyassa merāja suṇehi vacanaṁ tuvaṁ,
14
Devānampiyo rājā pasanno Buddhasāsane,

1 Ec.l̥. Puṇṇamāse
2 Ec.l̥. Abhivādana paccupaṭṭhānaṁ
3 Ec.l̥. Ehivaṁ sumananāga pāṭaliputtapuraṁganvā.

[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]

Dehi dhātuvaraṁ tassa, kāhatiphūpamuttamaṁ.
15
Suvāna vacanaṁ tassa kosiyo tuṭṭhamānaso
Dakkhiṇakkhakaṁ pādāsi, khippaṁ gacchāhi subbata.
16
Sāmaṇero ca sumano ganvā kosiyasantike,
Dakkhiṇakkhaṁ gahevāna paṭṭhito pabbatuttame.
17
Sampannahirottappako garubhāvo ca paṇḍito,
Pesito therarājeno paṭṭhito pabbatuttame.
18
Sabhātuko mahāseno bhikkhusaṅghe puthuttame,
Paccuggami tadā rājā Buddhaseṭṭhassa dhātuyo.
19
Cātumāsaṁ komudiyaṁ divasaṁ puṇṇarattiyā,
Āgato ca mahāvīro gaja. Kumbhe patiṭṭhito.
20
Akāsi so kuñcanādaṁ kaṁsathālaggiyāhataṁ
Akampi tatha paṭhavī paccanta māgatemuni.
21
Saṅkhapanavaninnādo bherisaddo samāhato.
Khattiyo parivārevā pūjesi purisuttamaṁ.
22
Pacchāmukho hathināgo pakkami pattisammukhā,
Purathimena dvārena nagaraṁ pāvisi tadā.
23
Sabbagadhaṁ ca mālaṁ ca pūjenti naranāriyo,
Dakkhiṇena ca dvārena nikkhamivā gajuttamo.
24
Kakusadhe ca sathari konāgamane ca kassape,
Patiṭṭhite bhūmibhāge porāṇa isinaṁ pure.
25
1 Upāgato hathirājā bhūmisīsaṁ gajuttamo,
Dhātuyo sakyaputtassa patiṭṭhesi narāsabho.
26
Saha patiṭṭhite dhātu devā tatha pamoditā,
Akampi tatha paṭhavī abbhutaṁ lomahaṁsanaṁ.
27
Sabhātuke pasādevā mahāmacce saraṭṭhake,
Thūpiṭṭhikaṁ ca kāresi 2 sāmaṇero mahiddhiko.

1 Upaganvā-sī-pā
2 Sī.Pā. Sumanavhayo.

[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]
28
Paccekapūjañcākaṁsu khattiyā thūpamuttamaṁ,
Vararatana sañjannaṁ dhātudīpa mathuttamaṁ.
29
Setacchattaṁ ca paccekachattaṁ ñcānekakaṁyathā,
Tathārūpa malaṅkāraṁ vālacījani dassani.
30
Thūpaṭṭhāne catuddisā padīpehi vibhātakā,
Sataraṁsi udente vo pasobhanti samantato.
31
Patharitehi dussehi nānāraṅgehi cittiyo,
2 Ākāso vigatabbho ca uparūpari sobhati.
32
Ratanāmayāhi nikkhittañcā hosivālikāhi ca,
Kañcanavitānaṁ chattaṁ soṇṇamālīvicittakaṁ.
33
3 Imaṁ passati sambuddho kakusadho vināyako,
Cattālīsa sahassehi tādīhi parivārito.
34
Karuṇā vodito Buddho satte passati cakkhumā,
Ojadīpe bhayapure dukkhappatte ca mānuse.
35
Bodhesīte bahūsatte bodhaneyye mahājane,
Buddharaṁsānubhāvena ādicco padumaṁ yathā.
36
Cattālīsa sahassehi bhikkhūhi parivārito,
Abbhuṭṭhitova suriyo ojadīpe patiṭṭhito.
37
Kakusadho mahādevo devakūṭo ca pabbato,
Ojadīpe bhayapure abhayo nāma khattiyo.
38
Nagaraṁ kadambakokāse nadīto āsi māpitaṁ,
Suvibhattaṁ dassaneyyaṁ ramaṇīyaṁ manoharaṁ.
39
Puṇṇakanarako nāma pajjaro āsi kakkhalo,
Jano saṁsayamāpanno macchāva kumināmukhe.
40
Buddhassa ānubhāvena pakkanto pajjaro tadā,
Desite amate dhamme sāsane ca patiṭṭhite.
41
Caturāsīti sahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū,

1 Ec.l̥. Dvethanaveka.
2 Ec.l̥. Ākāsovi gatabbhohi uparivaparisobhati.
3 Sī.Pā. Ayaṁpassati.

[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]

Paṭiyārāmo tadā āsi dhammakarakacetiyaṁ.
42
Bhikkhusahassa parivuto mahādevo mahiddhiko,
Pakkanto’ca jino tamhā sayameva’gga puggalo’ti.
43
Imaṁ passati sambuddho konāgamano mahāmuni,
Tiṁsabhikkhūsahassehi samantā parivārito.
44
Dasasahasse sambuddho karuṇaṁ pharaticakkhumā,
Varadīpe mahāvīro dukkhite passati nare.
45
Tamhidīpe pabodhetuṁ bodhaneyyo mahājane,
Buddharaṁsānubhāvena ādicco padumaṁ yathā.
46
Tiṁsabhikkhusahassehi sambuddho parivārito,
Abbhuṭṭhitova suriyo varadīpe patiṭṭhito.
47
Konāgamano nāmajino samantakūṭa pabbate,
Dīpevāsī vaḍḍhamāno samiddho nāma khattiyo.
48
Dubbuṭṭhiyo tadā vāsuṁ’ 1 dumbhikkhe bhayapīḷite,
Dubbhikkhadukkhite satte macchā vappodake yathā.
49
Āgate lokanāthe ca devo sammābhivassati,
Khemo cāsī janapado, assāsesi bahujjane.
50
Tissatalākasāmante nagare dakkhiṇāmukhe,
Vihāro uttarārāmo kāyabadhana cetiyaṁ.
51
Caturāsītisahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū,
Desite amate dhamme suriyo udito yathā.
52
Bhikkhusahassaparivuto mahāsumano patiṭṭhito,
Pakkanto cāsi mahāvīro sayameva’ggapuggaloti.
53
Imaṁ passati sambuddho kassapo lokanāyako,
Visaṁbhikkhusahassehi samantā parivārito.
54
Kassapo ca lokavidū voloketi sadevakaṁ,
Buddhacavisukkhuddhena bodhaneyye ca passati.
55
Kassapo ca lokavidū āhutīnaṁ paṭiggaho,

1. Ec.l̥. Dumbhīkkhiāsiyonakā.

[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]

1 Pharaṁ mahākaruṇāya vivādena pakuppite.
56
Maṇḍadīpe bahū satte bodhaneyyo ca passati,
Buddharaṁsānubhāvena ādicco padumaṁ yathā.
57
Gacchissāmi maṇḍadīpaṁ 2 jotayissāmi sāsanaṁ,
Patiṭṭhapemi sammāhaṁ adhakāraṁva cadimā.
58
Bhikkhūgaṇa parivuto ākāse pakkamī jino,
Patiṭṭhito maṇḍadīpe suriyobbhuṭṭhito yathā
59
Kassapo sabbanado ca subhakūṭo ca pabbato,
Visālaṁ nāma nagaraṁ, jayanto nāma khattiyo.
60
Khematalākasāmante nagare pacchime mukhe,
Vihāro pācīnārāmo, cetiyaṁ dakasāṭakaṁ
61
Assāsevāna sambuddho kavā samagga bhātuke,
Desesi amataṁ dhammaṁ patiṭṭhapesi sāsanaṁ
62
Desite amate dhamme patiṭṭhite ca sāsane,
Caturāsītisahassānaṁ dhammābhisamayo ahū.
63
Bhikkhugaṇaparivuto sabbanado mahāyaso,
Patiṭṭhito maṇḍadīpe, pakkanto lokanāyako’ti.
64
Ayaṁhiloke Buddho uppanno lokanāyako
Sattānaṁ anukampāya desesidhammamuttamaṁ.
65
Se’taṁpassati sambuddho lokajeṭṭho narāsabho,
Nāgānamāsi 3 saṅgāmo mahāsenā samāgatā.
66
Dhumāyanti pajjalanti verāyanti carantitā,
Mahabbhayaṁsamuppannaṁ dīpaṁ nāsenti pannagā.
67
Agamā etibhūto’va, gacchāmi dipamuttaṁ,
Mātulaṁ bhāgineyyaṁ ca nibbāpessāmi pannage.
68
Ahaṁ gotamasambuddho, pabbate ceti nāmake,
Anurādhapure ramme tisso nāmāsi khattiyo.
69
Kusinārāyaṁ Bhagavā mallāna mupavattane,

1 Ec.l̥. Pharanto mahākarunāya vivādaṁ passati kuppitaṁ
2 Ec.l̥. Tārayissāmipāninaṁ.
3 Ec.l̥. Saṁgāmathāya.

[SL Page 078] [\x 78/]

Anupādisesā Buddho nibbuto upadhikkhaye.
70
Vassedvīsatā tīte chattiṁ savassake tathā,
Mahido nāma nāmena jotayissati sāsanaṁ.
71
Nagarassa dakkhiṇāto bhūmibhāge manorame,
Ārāmo ca ramaṇīyo thūpārāmo’ti suyyare.
72
Tambapaṇṇī ti nāmena dīpo cāyambhavissati,
Sārīrikā mama dhātu patiṭṭhissati sādhukaṁ
73
Buddhe pasannā dhamme ca saṅghe ca ujudiṭṭhikā,
Bhave cittaṁ virājeti anulā nāma khattiyā.
74
Deviyā vacanaṁ suvā rājā theraṁ ida’bravī:
Buddhe pasannā dhamme ca saṅghe ca ujudiṭṭhikā.
75
Bhave cittaṁ virājeti, pabbājetha anūlakaṁ,
Akappiyā mahārāja thīna pabbajjābhikkhuno
76
Āgamissati me rājā bhagiṇisaṅghamittakā,
Pabbājevāna moce tuṁ anulaṁ sabbabadhanā.
77
Saṅghamittā mahāpaññā uttarā ca vicakkhaṇā,
Hemā ca māsagallā ca aggimittā mitāvadā.
78
Tappā pabbatachinnā ca mallā ca dhammadāsikā,
Ettakā tā bhikkhuniyodhūtarāgā samāhitā.
79
Odātamanasaṅkappā saddhammavinayeratā,
Khīṇāsavā vasippattā tevijjā iddhikovidā.
80
Uttamatte ṭhitā tatha āgamissanti tā idha.
Mahāmaccaparivuto nisinno khattiyo tadā.
81
Mantikāmo nisīdivā maccānaṁ etadabravī.
Ariṭṭho nāma khattiyo suvā devassa bhāsitaṁ,
82
Therassa vacanaṁ suvā uggahevāna sāsanaṁ,
Dāyakaṁ anusāvevā pakkamī uttarāmukho.
83
Nagarasse kadesamhi gharaṁ kavāna khattiyā,
Dasasīlaṁ samādinnā anulā pamukhācatā.

[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]
84
Sabbā pañcasatā kaññā abhijātā jutidharā,
Anulaṁ parivārevā sāyaṁpāto upaṭṭhisuṁ.
85
Nāvā titha mupāganvā āropevāna 1 nāvakaṁ,
Sāgaraṁ samatikkanto thale pavā patiṭṭhito.
86
Viñdhāṭaviṁ atikkanto mahāmacco mahabbalo,
Pāṭaliputtānuppatto gato devassa santikaṁ.
87
Putto deva mahārāja ahūyo piyadassano,
Mahido nāma so thero pesito tava santikaṁ
88
Devānampiyo rājā sahāyo piyadassano,
Buddhe abhippasanno so pesito tava santikaṁ.
89
Bhātuko saṅghamittāya avacīdaṁ mahā isi.
Rājakaññā suppasannā anulā nāma khattiyā.
90
Sabbā taṁ apalokenti pabbajjāya purakkhakā.
Bhātuno sāsanaṁ suvā saṅghamittā vicakkhaṇā.
91
Turitā upasaṅkamma rājānaṁ idamabravi:
Anujāna mahārāja, gacchāmi dīpalañjakaṁ.
92
Bhātuno vacanaṁ mayhaṁ nasakkādevavārituṁ
Bhāgiṇeyyo ca sumano putto ca jeṭṭhabhātuko
93
Gatā tava piyodāni gamanaṁ vāremidhītuyā.
Bhāriyaṁ me mahārāja bhātuno vacanaṁ mama,
94
Rājakaññā mahārāja anulā nāma khattiyā,
Sabbā maṁ apalokenti pabbajjāya purakkhakā.

Bhāṇavāraṁ paṇṇarasamaṁ.

1 Ec.l̥. Mahānavaṁ.

[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]
1
Caturaṅginiṁ mahāsenaṁ sannayhivāna khattiyo,
Tathāgatassa sambodhiṁ ādāya pakkamī tadā.
2
Tīnirajjāni tikkanto viñdhāṭaviṁ ca khattiyo,
Atikkanto brahāraññaṁ anuppatto 1 mahaṇṇavaṁ
3
Caturaṅginī mahāsenā bhikkhunī saṅghasāvikā,
Mahāsamuddaṁ pakkantā ādāya bodhimuttamaṁ,
4
Upari dibbaṁ turiyaṁ heṭṭhato ca manussakaṁ,
Cātuddisaṁmānusikaṁ, pakkantaṁ jalasāgare.
5
Muddhani avalokevā khattiyo piyadassano,
Abhivādayivā bodhiṁ imamathaṁ abhāsatha: 6
Bahussuto iddhimanto sīlavā susamāhito, dassane kampiyaṁ mayhaṁ 2 atappeyyaṁ
mahājanaṁ.
7
Tatha kadivā rodivā olokevāna dassanā,
Khattiyo, thanivattivā agamā sakanivesanaṁ.
8
* Udake nimmitā nāgā devākāse ca nimmitā,
Rukkhe ca nimmitā devā nānānivesanampi ca.
9
Parivārayiṁsu te sabbe gacchantaṁ bodhimuttamaṁ,
Amanāpā pisācā ca bhūtakumbhaṇḍarakkhasā.
10
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ parivāriṁsu’ mānusā.
Tāvatiṁsā ca yāmā ca tusitāpi ca devatā.
11
Nimmānaratino devā ye devāvasavattino,
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā pamoditā.
12
Tettiṁsā ca devaputtā sabbe idapurakkhakā,
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ apphoṭhenti 3 bhujampi ca.
13
Kuvero dhataraṭṭho ca virūpakkho virūḷhako,
Cattāro te mahārājā samantā caturodisā.

1 Ec.l̥. Jalasāgaraṁ.
2 Ec.l̥. Akappiyaṁ.
3 Ec.l̥. Hasanti ca * vīmaṁsitabbā[dipa07]
[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]
14
Parivārayiṁsu sambodhiṁ gacchantaṁ dīpalaṅkataṁ,
Mahāmukhapaṭāhārā divillātata didimā.
15
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ sādhukīḷanti devatā,
Pāricchattaka pupphaṁ ca dibbaṁ madāravaṁpi ca,1
16
Dibba cadana cuṇṇaṁ ca antalikkhe pavassati.
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ pūjayanti ca devatā.
17
Campakā saraḷā nimbā nāgapunnāga ketakī,2
Jalaṇṇave3 mahābodhiṁ devā pūjenti sathuno.
18
Nāgarājā nāgakaññā nāgapotā bahujjanā.4
Bhavanato nikkhamivā pūjenti bodhimuttamaṁ.
19
Nānā virāga vasanā nānārāga vibhūsitā,
Sāgaretaṁ5 mahābodhiṁ nāgā pūjenti sathuno.
20
Uppalaṁ kumudaṁ nīlaṁ pupphaṁ ca satapattakaṁ,5
Kallahāraṁ kucalayā vimutta madhu gadhikaṁ.6
21
Takkārikaṁ koviḷāraṁ pāṭaliṁ bimbajālakaṁ,
Asokaṁ sālapupphaṁ ca missakaṁ ca piyaṅgukaṁ.
22
Nāgā pūjenti te bodhiṁ sobhati jalasāgare,
Āmoditā nāgakaññā nāgarājā pamoditā.
23
Bodhiṁ paccantamāyantaṁ nāgā kīḷanti sathuno,
Tatha maṇimayā bhūmi muttāphalika sathatā.
24
Ārāma pokkharaṇīyo nānā pupphehi vittitā,9
Sattāhakaṁ vasivāna sadevā mānusā tahiṁ.10
25
Bhavanato nikkhamivā11 pūjenti bodhimuttamaṁ,
Mālādāmakalāpā ca nāgakaññā ca devatā.
26
Āvijdhanti ca celāni sambodhiṁ paricāritā,
Bodhiṁ paccanta māyantaṁ sādhukīḷanti devatā.
27
Pāricchattakapupphaṁ ca dibbamadāravampi ca,12
Dibba cadana cuṇṇaṁ ca antalikkhe pavassati.

1 Dibba madāravāni ca-i. 2 Ketakā-i. 3 Jalasāgare-i. 4 Bahūjanā-i. 5 Jalasāgare-i. 6
Uppalā-padumā kumuda nīlāni satapattakaṁ-i. 7 Kuvalaya madhimuttamadhugadhikaṁ-i.
8 Sādhuno-i. 9 Vicittā-i. 10 Sadevā saha mānusā-i. 11 Nikkhamantaṁ-i. 12 Dibbamadāravāni
ca-i.

[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]
28
Nāgā yakkhā ca bhūtā ca sadevā atha mānusā,1
Jalasāgaramāyantaṁ sambodhiṁ paricāritā.
29
Tatha naccanti gāyanti vādayanti hasanti ca,
Bhujaṁ poṭhenti diguṇaṁ te bodhiparivāritā.
30
Nāgā yakkhā ca bhūtā ca sadevā atha mānusā,1
Kittenti maṅgalaṁ sothiṁ nīyante’ bodhi muttame.
31
Nāgā dhajapaggahitā nīlobhāsā manoramā,
Kittenti bodhiyā vaṇṇaṁ patiṭṭhā2 dīpalañjake.
32
Anurādhapurā rammā nikkhamivā bahūjanā,
Sambodhiṁ upasaṅkantā saha devehi khattiyā.3
33
Parivārayiṁsu sambodhiṁ sahaputtehi khattiyā.3
Gadhamālaṁ ca pūjesuṁ gadha gadhānamuttamaṁ.
34
Vīthiyo ca susammaṭṭhā agghiyo ca alaṅkatā,
Patiṭṭhite bodhirāje4 kampitha paṭhavī tadā’ti.
35
Dāpesi rājā aṭṭhaṭṭha khattiye ca5 pana’ṭṭhasu,
Sabbajeṭṭhaṁ bodhiguttaṁ rakkhituṁ bodhimuttamaṁ.
36
Adā6 sabbaparihāraṁ sabbālaṅkāra bhāsuraṁ,
Soḷasātha7 mahālekhā dharaṇī bodhigāravā
37
Tathā susiñcatharaṇaṁ mahālekhaṭṭhāne ṭhapi,
Kulaṁ sahassakaṁ8 kavā ketuchādivapālakaṁ.9
38
Suvaṇṇabheriyo aṭṭha abhisekādi maṅgale,
Ekaṁ janapadaṁ davā cadaguttaṁ ṭhapesi ca.
39
Devaguttañca pāsādaṁ10 bhūmiñcekaṁ yathārahaṁ,
Tesaṁ kulānamaññesaṁ11 gāmabhoge pariccaji.
40
Rañño pañcasatā kaññā aggajātā yasassinī,
Pabbājiṁsu ca tā sabbā vītarāgā samāhitā.
41
Kumārikā pañcasatā anulā paricāritā,
Pabbājiṁsu ca tā sabbā vītarāgā ahū tadā12

1 Sahamānusā-i. 2 Bodhi uttamaṁ patiṭṭhitaṁ-i. 3 Khattiyo-i. 4 Saha patiṭṭhite bodhi-i. 5
Khattiyesu-i. 6 Adāsi-i. 7 Soḷasā laṁkā-i. 8 So kulasahassakaṁ-i. 9 Pālanaṁ-i. 10
Devaguttapāsādaṁ-i. 11 Kulānaṁ tādaññesaṁ vā-i. 12 Samāhitā-i.

[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]
42
Ariṭṭho khattiyo nāma nikkhanto ca bhayaddito,1
Pañcasataparivāro pabbaji jinasāsane.
43
Sabbevārahappattā sampuṇṇā jinasāsane,
Hemante paṭhame māse pupphite2 dharaṇīruhe,
Āgato so mahābodhi patiṭṭho tambapaṇṇike’ti.
Bhāṇavāraṁ soḷasamaṁ.
Soḷasamo paricchedo

Sattarasamo paricchedo

1
Khattiṁsa yojanaṁ dīghaṁ aṭṭhārasahi vithataṁ,
Yojanānaṁ satāvaṭṭaṁ+ sāgarena parikkhitaṁ.
2
Laṅkādīpavaraṁ nāma sabbatha ratanākaraṁ,
Upetaṁ nadītaḷākehi3 pabbatehi vanehi ca.
3
Dīpaṁ puraṁ ca rājā ca uddesikañca4 dhātuyo,
Thūpaṁ dīpaṁ pabbatañca uyyānaṁ bodhi bhikkhunī.
4
Bhikkhū ca Buddhaseṭṭho ca terasa honti te tahiṁ,
Ekadese catunnāmaṁ5 suṇātha mama bhāsato.
5
Ojadīpaṁ varadīpaṁ maṇḍadīpanti vuccati,
Laṅkādīpa varaṁ nāma tambapaṇṇīti ñāyati.
6
Abhayaṁ6 vaḍḍhamānaṁ ca visālamanurādhakaṁ,7
Purassetaṁ catunnāmaṁ8 catubuddhāna sāsane.
7
Abhayo ca samiddho ca jayanto ca narādhipo,
Devānampiyatisso ca rājāno honti cāturo.
8
Rogadubbuṭṭhikaṁ ceva vivādo yakkha vāsatā,9
Caturo upaddutā10 ete catubuddha vinoditā,
Kakusadhassa Buddhassa dhāvāsi dhammakarako11

1 Bhayaduto-i. 2 Sapupphite-i. +Yojana sata āvaṭṭaṁ-i. 3 Nadītaḷākopetaṁsi-i. 4 Upaddutaṁ
ca-i. 5 Caturo nāmaṁ-i. 6 Abhayapuraṁ-i. 7 Anurādhapuraṁ-i. 8 Purassa caturo nāmaṁ-i. 9
Vivāda yakkhādhivāsanaṁ-i. 10 Upaddavā-i. 11 Kakusandhassa Bhagavato dhātu dhamma
kārako ahū-i.

[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]
9
Konāgamana Buddhassa dhāvāsi kāyabadhanaṁ,
Kassapassa munidassa dhāvāsi jalasāṭikā1.
10
Gotamassa sirīmato doṇā sārīrikā ahū,2
Abhaye3 paṭiyārāmo vaḍḍhamānassa uttaro.4
11
Visāle pācīnārāmo thūpārāmo’nurādhake,5
Dakkhiṇe caturothūpā catubuddhāna sāsane.
12
Kadambakassa sāmantā nagaraṁ abhayampuraṁ,
Tissa taḷāka sāmantā nagaraṁ vaḍḍhamānakaṁ.
13
Khema taḷāka sāmantā visālaṁ nagaraṁ ahū,
Anurādhapure tatha catuddīpa vicāraṇā,
14
Devakūṭo sīlakūṭo6 subhakūṭo’ti vuccati,
Sumanakūṭo7 cedāni catupaṇṇatti pabbate.
15
Mahātitha vanuyyānaṁ mahānāmaṁ ca sāgaraṁ,
Mahāmeghavanaṁ nāma vattetumiriyāpathaṁ.8
16
Catunnaṁ lokanāthānaṁ paṭhamāhu senāsanaṁ.
Kakusadhassa munino sirīsa bodhimuttamaṁ,
17
Ādāya dakkhiṇaṁ sākhaṁ rucinadā mahiddhikā,
Ojadīpe mahātithe ārāme tatha ropitā.
18
Konāgamana Buddhasso’dumbara bodhimuttamaṁ,
Ādāya dakkhiṇaṁ sākhaṁ kadanadā mahiddhikā.
19
Varadīpe mahānāme9 ārāme tha ropitā,
Kassapassa munidassa nigrodha bodhimuttamaṁ.
20
Ādāya dakkhiṇaṁ sākhaṁ sudhammā ca10 mahiddhikā,
Sāgare nāma ārāme11 ropitaṁ dumacetiyaṁ.
21
Gotamassa munidassa assatha bodhimuttamaṁ,
Ādāya dakkhiṇaṁ sākhaṁ saṅghamittā mahiddhikā,
Mahāmeghavane ramme ropitā dīpalañjake.

1 Kassapassa sambuddhassa dhātu udakasāṭakaṁ-i. 2 Doṇadhātu sārīrikā-i. 3 Abhayapure-i.
4 Uttarā-i. 5 Thūpārāmo’nurādhassa-i. 6 Sumanakūṭo-i. 7 Sīlakūṭo-i. 8 Vasantaṁ
ariyāpathaṁ-i. 9 Mahānāmamhi-i. 10 Sudhammānāma-i. 11 Sāgaramhi nāma ārāme-i.

[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]
22
Rucinadā 1 kadanadā 2 sudhammā ca mahiddhikā,
Bahussutā saṅghamittā chaḷabhiññā vicakkhaṇā.
23
Catasso tā bhikkhuniyo sabbā ca bodhimāharuṁ,
Sirīso ca mahātithe 3 mahānāme udumbaro.
24
Mahāsāgaramhi nigrodho assatho4 meghavane tadā,
Acale caturārāme catubodhi patiṭṭhitā.
25
Tatha5 senāsanaṁ rammaṁ catubuddhāna sāsane,
Mahādevo chaḷabhiñño sumano paṭisambhido.
26
Mahiddhiko sabbanado mahido ca bahussuto,
Ete therā mahāpaññā tambapaṇṇi pasādakā.
27
Kakusadho sa lokaggo6 pañcacakkhūhi cakkhumā,
Sabbalokaṁ avekkhanto ojadīpa vara’ddasa.
28
Puṇṇaka narako nāma ahū pajjarako tadā,
Dīpe tasmiṁ 7 manussānaṁ rogopajjarako ahū.*
29
Bahujjanā rogapuṭṭhā bhanta macchāthale yathā,
hitā socanti te sabbe dummanā dukkhitā narā.
30
Bhayaṭṭitā na labbhanti cittamhi sukha mattano,
Disvāna dukkhite satte rogābādhena pīḷite.8
31
Cattālīsa sahassehi kakusadho vināyako,
Rogānaṁ mocanathāya jambudīpā idhāgato.
32
Cattālīsa sahassā te chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā,
Parivārayiṁsu sambuddhaṁ nabhe cadaṁ va tārakā.
33
Kakusadho lokanātho 9 devakūṭamhi pabbate,
Obhāsevāna devañca patiṭṭhāsi sasāvako.
34
Ojadīpe devakūṭaṁ obhāsevā patiṭṭhitaṁ,
Sabbe maññanti devoca na jānanti tathāgataṁ.
35
Udentaṁ aruṇuggamhi puṇṇamāyaṁ uposathe,
Ujjālesi ca taṁ selaṁ lokanātho10 sa’kānanaṁ.

1 Rucānadā-i. 2 Kanakadattā-i. 3 Sirīsabodhi mahātithe-i. 4 Sāgaramhi ca nigrodhassatho-sī.
5 Acale-i. 6 Sabbalokaggo-i. 7 Tasmiṁ samaye-i. 8 Rogabadhena dūsite-i. 9 Lokapajjoto-i. 10
Ujjālevāna taṁ selaṁ jalamānaṁ-i. * Rogena phuṭṭhā bahujanā bhanta macchāva thalamhi
ṭhitā socanti dummanā-
Laṅkā puskoḷa potvala mṚ 28 vèni gāthāva venuvaṭa iṁgīrasi piṭapatehi tibennṚ ihata
sandahan vākya yayi.

[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]
36
Disvā1 selaṁ jalamānaṁ obhāsentaṁ catuddisaṁ,
Tuṭṭhahaṭṭhā janā sabbe sarājā abhaye pure.
37
Sasāvakaṁ mā passantu ojadīpaṭṭhitā ime,
Iti Buddho adhiṭṭhāsi kakusadho vināyako.
38
Sammato3 devakūṭoti manusse’ hyabhipathito,
Upaddave pajjarake manussā balavāhanā.
39 Nikkhamivā janā sabbe sarājā abhayāpurā,4
Tatha ganvā namassanti5 kakusadhaṁ naruttamaṁ.
40
Namassivāna sambuddhaṁ rājasenā saraṭṭhakā,
Devo’ti taṁ maññamānaṁ āgatā te mahājanā.
41
Upasaṅkamma sambuddhaṁ idaṁ vacanama’ bravuṁ.
Adhivāsetu me Bhagavā saddhiṁ bhikkhugaṇena tu.
42
Ajjatanāya kho bhattaṁ gacchāma nagaraṁ mayaṁ,
Adhivāsesi sambuddho tuṇhī rājassa bhāsitaṁ.
43
Saraṭṭhakā rājasenā vidivā adhivāsanaṁ,
Pūjāsakkāra pahūte kātuṁ pura’ mupāgamuṁ.
44
Mahā ayaṁ bhikkhusaṅgho janakāyo anappako,
Nagaraṁ atisambādhaṁ akatā bhūpurā mayā.
45
Athi mayhaṁ vanuyyānaṁ mahātithaṁ manoramaṁ,
Asambādhaṁ adūraṭṭhaṁ pabbajitā’nulomikaṁ.
46
Paṭisallāna sāruppaṁ paṭirūpaṁ mahesino,
Tathāhaṁ Buddhapamukhe saṅghe dessāmi dakkhiṇaṁ.
47
Sabbo jano supasseyya Buddhaṁ saṅghañca uttamaṁ,
Cattālīsa sahassehi bhikkhūhi saṁ purakkhato.
48
Kakusadho lokavidū mahātitha mapāpuṇī,
Patiṭṭhite mahātithe uyyāne dīpaduttame.
49
Sañchannakāla pupphehi madena calitā dumā,
Suvaṇṇamaya bhiṅkāraṁ samādāya mahīpatī.

1 Disvāna-i.
2 Passantu maṁ janā sabbe ojadīpagatā narā-i.
3 Isi sammato-i. 4 Nagarā purā-i. 5 Namokaṁsu-sī.

[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]
50
Onojevāna taṁ tatha jalaṁ hathe akārayi,
Imā’haṁ bhante uyyānaṁ dadāmi Buddha pamukhe
51
Phāsuvihāraṁ saṅghassa rammaṁ senāsanaṁ subhaṁ,
Paṭiggahesi uyyānaṁ kakusadho vināyako.
52
Pakampi dharaṇī tatha paṭhame senāsane tadā,
Disvā paṭhavī kampetaṁ ṭhito lokagga nāyako.
53
Aho nūna rucinadā bodhiṁ hareyya cintayī.1
Kakusadhassa Buddhassa cittamaññāya bhikkhunī.
54
Ganvā sirīsa sambodhi mūle ṭhavā mahiddhikā,
Buddho icchati bodhissa ojadīpamhi ropanaṁ.
55
Manussā2 cintayantā taṁ bodhiṁ haritumāgatā,
Buddhaseṭṭhenā’numataṁ anukampāya pāṇinaṁ.
56
Mama iddhānubhāvena sākhā dakkhiṇa muccatu,
Rucinadā ṭhitā vākyaṁ vuccamānā katañjalī.
57
Muñcivā dakkhiṇā sākhā patiṭṭhāsi kaṭāhake.
Gahevāna rucinadā bodhiṁ hema kaṭāhake.3
58
Pañcasatā bhikkhunīhi āgatā parivāritā,
Tadāpi paṭhavī kampi sa samuddaṁ sa pabbataṁ.
59
Āloko ca mahā āsi abbhuto lomahaṁsano,
Disvā attamanā sabbe rājasenā saraṭṭhakā.
60
Añjalimpaggahevāna namiṁsu4 bodhi muttamaṁ,
Āmoditā tadā sabbe devatā haṭṭhamānasā.
61
Ukkuṭṭhikaṁ5 pavattesuṁ disvā bodhitaruttamaṁ,
Cattāro ca mahārājā lokapālā yasassino.
62
Rakkhaṁ sirīsa bodhissa6 akaṁsu devatā tadā,
Tāvatiṁsā ca ye devā ye devā vasavattino.
63
Yāmo sakko suyāmo ca santusito sunimmito,
Sabbe te parivāresuṁ sirīsa bodhi muttamaṁ.

1 Bodhiṁ harivā idhāgatā-i. 2 Manusā-i. 3 Suvaṇṇa kaṭāhake-i. 4 Namassanti-i. 5 Ukkuṭṭhi
saddaṁ-i. 6 Ārakkhaṁ sirībodhissa-i.

[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]
64
Añjaliṁ paggahevāna devasaṅghā pamoditā,
Saheva rucinadāya1 pūjenti bodhi muttamaṁ.
65
Sirīsa bodhimādāya rucinadā mahiddhikā,
Bhikkhunīhi paribbūḷhā ojadīpavaraṁ gami.
66
Devā naccanti gāyanti2 poṭhenti diguṇaṁ bhujaṁ.
Ojadīpavaraṁ yantaṁ sirīsa bodhi muttamaṁ.
67
Devasaṅgha paribbūḷhā rucinadā3 mahiddhikā,
Sirīsa bodhimādāya kakusadha’mupāgami.
68
Tamhi kāle mahāvīro kakusadho vināyako,
Mahātithavanuyyāne4 bodhiṭṭhāne patiṭṭhito.
69
Rucinadā sayaṁ bodhiṁ obhāsentaṁ na ropayi,
Disvā munī kakusadho patharī5 dakkhiṇaṁ bhujaṁ.
70
Bodhiyā dakkhiṇaṁ sākhaṁ rucinadā mahiddhikā,
Buddhassa dakkhiṇe hathe ṭhapayivā’bhivādayi.
71
Parāmasivā lokaggo kakusadho narāsabho,
Rañño’bhayassa pādāsi idha ṭhānamhi ropaya.
72
Yamhi ṭhānamhi ācikkhi kakusadho narāsabho,
Tamhi ṭhānamhi ropesi abhayo raṭṭhavaḍḍhano.
73
hite6 sirīsa bodhimhi bhūmibhāge manorame,
Buddho dhamma’ madesesi catusaccappakāsato.
74
Satasahassañcosāne cattāḷīsa sahassakaṁ,7
Manussānaṁ hi samayo devānaṁ tiṁsa koṭiyo
75
Sirīso kakusadhassa konāgamanassu’dumbaro,
Kassapassāpi nigrodho8 tayo bodhi idhāharuṁ.
76
Sakyaputtassā’ samassa bodhi assathamuttamaṁ,
Āharivāna ropiṁsu mahāmegha vane tadā.
77
Muṭasīvassa atrajā atha’ññe dasa bhātaro,
Abhayo tisso nāgo ca utti mattābhayo’pi ca,
78
Mitto sīvo aselo ca tisso khīro ca honti’me,9
Sīvalī anulāceti10 muṭasīvassa dhītaro.

1 Rucānadāya saheva-i. 2 Bhāsanti-i. 3 Rucānadā-i. 4 Mahātithampi uyhate-i. 5 Paggahi-i. 6
Patiṭṭhite-i. 7 Sahassiyo-i. 8 Nigrodho-i. 9 Bhātaro-i. 10 Anudevī anulā ca-i.
[Dipa06]
[SL Page 089 7 [\x 89/] 9]
Tadāvāsuṁ duvececa laṅkādīpamhi uttame
Yadā abhisitorājā muṭasīvassa atrajo
80
Ethantare yaṁ gaṇitaṁ vassaṁbhavati kittakaṁ
Dvesatānica vassāni chattiṁsāca punāparā
81
2 Devānampi yatissova bhisitto nibbute jine
Tassābhisekena samaṁ āgatārāja iddhiyo
82
3 Phariṁsu puññatejāni tambapaṇṇimhi nekadhā
Ratanākaraṁ tadāāsi laṅkādīpa mathuttamaṁ
83
Tissassa puññatejena uggatā ratanānahuṁ
Disvāna ratanaṁrājā 4 haṭṭho daggamānaso
84
Paṇṇākāraṁ karivāna dhammāsokassa pāhiṇi
Disvānataṁ paṇṇākāraṁ asokotta manoahu
85
Abhisekāyapāhesi anekaṁ ratanaṁ puna
Devānampiyatissassa tambapaṇṇimhi uttame
86
Vālavījanimuṇhi saṁchattaṁ khaggaṁcapādukaṁ
Veṭhanaṁ sārapāmaṅgaṁ bhiṅkāraṁ nadivaṭṭakaṁ
87
Sivikaṁ saṅkhavataṁsaṁ dhovimaṁ vathakoṭikaṁ
Sovaṇṇa pātikaṭacchuṁ mahagghaṁ hathapuñjanaṁ
88
Anotattoda kaṁkājaṁ uttamaṁharicadanaṁ
Mattikārūṇa vaṇṇañca añjanaṁ pannāgāhaṭaṁ
89
Harītakaṁ āmalakaṁ mahagghaṁ amatosadhaṁ
Saṭṭhivāha sataṁsāliṁ sugadhaṁca suvāhaṭaṁ
90
Puññakammābhi nibbattaṁ paṇṇākāraṁ manoramaṁ
Laṅkābhiseke tissassa dhammāsokena pesitā
91
Punābhisitto sorājā tambapaṇṇimhi issaro
* Dutiyābhiseke tassatikkantā tiṁsarattiyo
92
Mahidogaṇa pāmokkho jambudīpā idhāgato
1 Ec.l̥. Anudevī anulāca muṭasīvassadhītaro, tadācabilayo agālaṅkādīpavaruttamaṁ.
2 Ec.l̥. Sambuddheparinibbute abhisitto devānaṁpiyo.
3 Ec.l̥. Pharatipuññatejāni 4 ec.l̥. Saṁviggamānaso
* Vesākhe narapati puṇṇamāyamevaṁ=devānampiya vacanopa guḷhanāmo’ laṁkāyaṁ
pavitatathita ussāvāyaṁ attānaṁ jana sukha dobhisecayī (mahāvaṁse)

[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]

Kārāpesi vihāraṁ so tissārāma manuttaraṁ
93
Patiṭṭhesi mahābodhiṁ mahāmeghavane tadā
Patiṭṭhapesi sothūpaṁ mahantaṁ rāmaṇeyyakaṁ
94
Devānampiyatissokārāmaṁ cetiyapabbate
Thūpārāmaṁca kāresi vihāraṁ missakavhayaṁ
95
Vessagiriṁ ca kāresi colakatissa nāmakaṁ
1 Yojane yojaneṭhāne ārāmo tenakārito
96
2 Patiṭṭhapesi sotatha dhātuyo ca yathārahaṁ
Cattārīsampi vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo’ti
97
Muṭasīvassa atrajā atha’ññe catubhātaro
Uttiyo dasadavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
98
Aṭṭhavassābhisittassa nibbuto dīpajotako
Akāsarīranikkhepeṁ tissārāma purathime
99
Paripuṇṇadvādavasso mahido ca idhāgato
Saṭṭhivasse paripuṇṇe nibbuto cetiyenage
100
Alaṁkarivāmaggaṁ mālagghito raṇārihi
Padīpejālayivāna nibbute dīpajotake
101
Rājā kho uttiyo nāma kūṭāgāraṁ ca uttamaṁ
Dassaneyyaṁ akāresi, pūjesi dīpajotakaṁ
102
Ubho devā manussā ca nāgā gadhabbadānavā
Sabbeva dukkhitā huvā pūjesuṁ dīpajotakaṁ
103
Sattāhaṁ pūjaṁ kavāna cetiye pabbatuttame
Ekacce evamāhaṁsu: gacchāma nagaraṁvaraṁ
104
3 Athe’tha vattatī saddo puthulo bheravo tadā
Idhe’va dhāpayissāma laṅkā dīpassajotakaṁ
105
Rājā suvāna vacanaṁ janakāyassa bhāsato
Mahācitakaṁ kārevā tissārāma purathime

1 Ec.l̥. Tatoyojanike ārāmo-sī-pā-tiyojaniko ārāmo.
2 Ec.l̥. Patiṭṭhapesi mahā dānaṁ mahāpelavaruttamaṁ,
3 Ec.l̥. Tumulo bheravo mahā.

[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]
106
Sakūṭāgāramādāya mahidaṁ dīpajotakaṁ
Purathimenanagaraṁ pavisiṁsu sarājakā
107
Majdhena nagaraṁ ganvā nikkhamivāna dakkhiṇā
Mahāvihāre sattāhaṁ mahāpūja makaṁsu te
108
Pavāna gadhacitakaṁ ubho devā ca mānusā
hapayivā rājuyyāne: pūjanathāya subbataṁ
109
Kūṭāgāraṁ gahevā na mahidaṁ dīpajotakaṁ
Thūpaṁpadakkhiṇaṁ kavā vadāpesu manuttamaṁ
110
Tadā purathimadvārā nikkhamivā mahājanā
Akaṁsu dehanikkhepaṁ bhūmibhāge 1 manorame
111
Āruḷhā citakaṁ sabbe rodamānā katañjalī
Abhivādevā sirasā citakaṁ 2 jālayiṁsute
112
Dhātusesaṁ gahevāna mahidassa sudhīmato
Akāthūvaparaṁ sabbe svārāmesu ca khattiyo
113
Kataṁ sarīranikkhepaṁ mahidassa tadāyahiṁ
Isibhūmī ti tassāyaṁ samaññā paṭhamaṁ ahū

Bhāṇavāraṁ sattarasamaṁ.

1 Sī-pā-ec.l̥. Bhūmibhāge samantato.
2 Ec.l̥. Dīpayiṁsute.

[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]
1
Idāni athi aññepi therā ca majdhimānavā
Vibhajjavādā vinaye 1 sāsanavaṁsa pālakā
2
Bahussutā sīlavantā obhāsenti mahiṁ imaṁ
Dhutaṅgācāparasampannā sobhenti dīlañjakaṁ
3
Sakyaputtā bahūce’tha saddhammavaṁsa kovidā
Bahunnaṁ vata athāya loke uppajji cakkhumā
4
Adhakāraṁ vidhamevā ālokaṁ dassayī jino
Yesaṁ tathāgate saddhā acalā suppatiṭṭhitā
5
Sabbāduggatiyo hivā sugatiṁ upapajjare
Ye ca bhāventi bojdhaṅge idirayāni balānica
6
Satisammappadhāne ca iddhipāde ca kevale
Ariyañcaṭṭhaṅgikaṁ maggaṁ dukkhūpasamagāminaṁ
7
Chevāna maccuno senaṁ te loke vijitāvino’ti
* Māyādevī kaṇiṭṭhā ca sahajātā ekamātukā
8
2 Pāyesithaññaṁ siddhathaṁ mātāva anukampikā
Kittitā agganikkhittā chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā
9
Mahāpajāpatī nāmā gotamī iti vissutā
Khemā uppalavaṇṇā ca ubho tā aggasāvikā
10
Paṭācārā dhammadinnā sobhitā isidāsikā
Visākhā soṇāsubalā saṅghadāsī vicakkhaṇā
11
Nadā ca dhammapālāca vinaye ca visāradā
Etāyo jambudīpamhi paññatā maggakovidā
12
Therikā saṅghamittā ca uttarā ca vicakkhaṇā
Hemāmasāragallā ca aggimittā ca dāsikā
13
Pheggu pabbatā mattā ca mallā ca dhammadāsiyā
Daharetābhikkhuniyo jambudīpā idhāgatā
14
Saddhammaṭṭhiti kāmāyo anurādhavhaye pure
Vinaye pañcavācesuṁ sattappakaraṇā nica

1 Ec.l̥. Sāsanepa veṇipālakā.
2 Ec.l̥. Bhagavantaṁ thanaṁpāyesi * gāthāyo panetā porāṇikesu sabbagathesu
dissanti-tathāpi mahāvaṁsā disvāgatanayehi visadisatā viruddhatā
cethapatiyate-vimaṁsitabbā.

[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]
15
1 Saddhammanadi somā ca giriddhipica dāsikā
Dhammā ca dhammapālā ca vinayamhi visāradā
Dhutavādā ca mahilā sobhaṇā dhammatāpasā
16
Naramittā mahāpaññā vinaye ca visāradā
Theriyovāda kusalā sātākālī ca uttarā
17
2 Etātadūpa sampannā ahesuṁ dīpalañjake
* (Abhiññātā ca sumanā saddhammavaṁsakovidā
18
Etā tadā bhikkhuniyo dhūtarāgā samāhitā
Sudhotamana saṅkappā saddhammavinaye ratā
19
Vīsati’yā sahassehi bhikkhunīhi ca uttarā
Sujāta kulaputtena abhayena yasassinā
20
Vinayaṁ tāva vācesuṁ anurādhapuravhaye
Nikāye pañcavācesuṁ sattappakaraṇānica
21
Abhiññātā ca mahilā saddhamma vaṁsakovidā
Samantā kākavaṇṇassa etā rājassa dhītaro
22
Purohitassa ddhītā ca girikālī bahussutā
Dāsī kālitu dhuttassa dhītaro subbapāpikā
23
Etā tadā bhikkhuniyo sabbapāli durāsadā
Odātamanasaṅkappā saddhammavinaye ratā
24
Vīsatiyā sahassehi rohanā ca tadāgatā
Pūjitā naradevena abhayena yasassinā
25
Vinayaṁ tathavācesuṁ anurādhapurevhaye
Mahādevī ca padumā hemāsā ca yasassinī
26
Etā tadā bhikkhuniyo chaḷabhiññā mahiddhikā
Devānampiyatissena pūjitāca yasassinā

1 Sī-pā-saddhammacada bhāsomā.
2 Ec.l̥. Etātadābhikkhuniyo upasampannā dīpalañjake

[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]
27
Vinayaṁ tāvācayiṁsu puramhi anurādhake
Mahāsoṇā ca dattā ca sīvalī ca vicakkhaṇā
28
Rūpasobhīṇippamattā devāmānusa pūjitā
Nāgā ca nāgamittā ca dhammabhūtā ca dāsikā
29
Cakkhubhūtā samuddā ca saddhammavaṁsa kovidā
1 Sapattā channā upālī revatā sādhusammatā
30
2 Aggāvinayavādīnaṁ somadevassa atrajā
Mālā khemā ca tissā ca dhammakathikamuttamā
31
Vinayaṁ tāvācayiṁsu paṭhamā pagate bhaye
Mahāruhā sīvalī ca saddhammavaṁsa kovidā
32
Pasādikā jambudīpe sāsanena bahūjane
Vīsatiyā sahassehi jambudīpā idhāgatā
33
Yācitā naradevena abhayena yasassinā
Vinayaṁtā vācayiṁsu puramhi anurādhake
34
Nikāye pañca vācesuṁ sattappakaraṇānica
3 Samuddānāvā devīca sīvalī rājadhītaro
35
Visāradā nāgapālī nāgamittā ca paṇḍitā
Mahilā bhikkhunīpālā vinaye ca visāradā
36
Nāgā ca nāgamittā ca saddhamma vaṁsakovidā
Etā tadūpasampannā ahesuṁ dīpalañjake
37
Sabbā’ca jātisampannā sāsane vissutā tadā
Soḷasannaṁ sahassānaṁ uttamā dhurasammatā
38
Pūjitā kuṭikaṇṇena abhayena yasassinā
Vinasaṁtāṁ vācayiṁsu puramhi anurādhake
39
Cūlanāgā ca dattā ca soṇā ca sādhusammatā
Abhiññātā ca saṇhā ca saddhamma vaṁsakovidā
40
Gamikadhītā mahāpaññā mahātissā visāradā

1 Sī-pā-sapattā chadā.
2 Ec.l̥. Sī-pā-etā venayagginaṁ aggā.
3 Ec.l̥. Sasamuddānāvādevī.

[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]

1 Mahāsumanā sumanā mahākālī ca paṇḍitā
41
Sambhāvita kule jātā lakkhadhammā mahāyasā
Dīpanayā mahāpaññā rohane sādhusammatā
42
Abhiññātā samuddā ca saddhamma vaṁsakovidā
Vibhajjavādī vinayaṁdharā tā saṅghasobhaṇā
43
2 Etātadūpasampannā ahesuṁ dīpalañjake
Odātamana saṅkappā saddhammavinaye ratā
44
Bahussutā sutadharā pāpabāhirakā ca tā
Jalivāggikkhadhāca nibbutā ca mahāyasā
45
Idāni athi aññāyo theriyo majdhimā navā
Vibhajjavādī vinayaṁdharā sāsana pālakā
46
Bahussutā sīlavantī 3 obhāsesuṁ mahiṁ ima’nti
Sīvo ca dasavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
47
Patiṭṭhapesi ārāmaṁ manuññaṁ nagaraṅgaṇaṁ
Dasavassaṁ sūratisso rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
48
Sopañca satārāmaṁva puññaṁ kāresinappakaṁ
Suratissaṁ gahevāna damilā senaguttikā
49
* Duve dvādasa vassāni rajjaṁ dhammena kārayuṁ
Atrajo muṭasīvassa aselo senaguttike
50
Hanvāna dasavassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
Elāro nāma nāmenā selaṁ hanvāna khattiyaṁ
51
Catuttālīsavassāni rajjaṁ dhammena kārayi
Chadāgatiṁ aganvāna nadosabhayamohago
52
Tulābhūto va huvāna dhammena anusāsiso
Divāhemanta gimhañca vassānampi navassati
53
Kākavaṇṇassa yo putto abhayo nāma khattiyo
Dasayodha parīvāro sahacāraṇa kaṇḍulo

1 Ec.l̥. Cūlasumanā mahāsumanā.
2 Ec.l̥. Vibhajjavādīvinayadharā-ubhotā saṅghasobhātā etā caññāva bhikkhuniyo
upasampannā dīpalañjake.
3 Ec.l̥. Obhāsenti mahiṁimanti.
* Mahāvaṁse duvevīsati vassāni-rajjaṁ dhammenakārayuṁ.

[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]
54
Hanvā eḷārarājānaṁ vaṁsaṁ kavāna ekato
Catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo

Bhāṇavāraṁ aṭṭhārasamaṁ.

Mahāvāro niṭṭhito.

1
Pāsādaṁ māpayīrājā ubbhedaṁ navabhūmikaṁ
Anagghikaṁ catumukhaṁ, cāgato tiṁsa koṭiyo
2
Sudhābhūmi thulaselaṁ mattikaṁ iṭṭhakāya ca
Visuddhabhūmikāve’ca ayojālaṁ marumbakaṁ
3
1 Īsasakkharapāsāṇā aṭṭha aṭṭhalikāsilā
Etāni bhūmikammāni kārapevāna khattiyo
4
Bhikkhusaṅghaṁ samodhāya 2 cetiyāvaṭṭasammiṇī
Idagutto dhammaseno piyadassī mahākathi
5
Buddharakkhita thero ca dhammarakkhitakopi ca
Saṁgharakkhita thero ca mittiṇṇo ca visārado
6
Uttinnotu mahādevo thero ca dhammarakkhito
Uttaro cittagutto ca cadagutto ca paṇḍito
7
Suriyaguttathero ca paṭibhāṇavisārado
Etekho cuddasatherā jambudīpā idhāgatā
8
Siddhatho maṅgalo sumano padumo cāpisīvalī
Cadagutto suriyagutto idagutto ca sāgaro
9
Mittaseno jayaseno acalena ca dvādasa
Supatiṭṭhito brahmā ca sumanā nadisenako
10
Putto mātā pitāce’va gihībhūtā tayo janā
Kārāpesi mahāthūpaṁ mahāvihāra uttame
11
Anagghaṁ vīsatī davā pariccāgo

1 Ec.l̥. Īsasakkara pāsāṇā aṭṭha aṭṭhalikāsilā phalikarajatenadvèdasa.
2 Ec.l̥. Cetiyāvatta sammati.

[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]
12
Gamikavattaṁ suṇivā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhāsato
Ādāsigamika bhesajjaṁ phāsuvihārasādhakaṁ
13
Bhikkhunīnaṁ vacosuvā yathākāle subhāsitaṁ
Adāsi bhikkhunīnañca yadicchaṁrāja issaro
14
Sīlākathūpaṁ kāresi rāmecetiya pabbate
Kāresi āsanasālaṁ jalakaṁ nāma uttamaṁ
15
Girināmanigaṇṭhassa phuṭṭhokāse tahikato
Abhagirīti paññatti 1 vihāro samajāyatha
16
Pulahatho bāhiyo ca panayopilaya dāṭhikā
Cuddasavassaṁ tesattamāsaṁ rajjamakārayuṁ
17
Saddhātissassa puttotu abhayonāma khattiyo
Dāṭhikaṁ damilaṁhanvā rajjaṁ kāresi sādhukaṁ
18
2 Abhayagiriṁ patiṭṭhapesi mahācetiya mantare
Dvādasavassaṁ pañcamāsāni rajjaṁkāresi khattiyo
19
Sattayodhā abhayassa ārāme pañcakārayuṁ
Uttiyoca sāliyoca mulotissoca pabbato
Devoca uttaroceva etekhosatta yodhino
20
Vihāraṁ dakkhinaṁ nāmauttiyo nāma kārayi
Sāliyo sāliyārāmaṁ mūloca mūlaāsayaṁ
21
Pabbato pabbatārāmaṁ tissokā tissarāmakaṁ
Devoca uttaroceva devāgāraṁ akaṁsute
22
Kākavaṇṇassa atrajo mahātisso mahīpati
Katikaṁkavā maccehi sālikkhettaṁ manoramaṁ
Adāsisummatherassa santacittassa dhāyino
23
Yantaṁ kathikaṁkavā na tivassañca anūnakaṁ
Mahādānaṁ pavattesi bhikkhu 3 nekasahassiye
24
Katapuñño mahāpañño abhayo duṭṭha gāmaṇī
Kāyassa bhedātusitaṁ kāyaṁ sosamupāgami

Bhāṇavāraṁ ekūna vīsatimaṁ

1 Ec.l̥. Vohāre samājāyatha
2 Ec.l̥. Abhayagiriṁ patiṭṭhapesi silāthupaṁ cetiyamantare
3 Ec.l̥. Bhikkhu koṭisahassiyo

[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]
25
Kākavaṇṇassayo putto tisso nāmā’ti vissuto
Kārāpesi mahāthūpe 1 chattakammādisesakaṁ
26
Dakkhiṇagirivihārañca kallakalleṇa kāritaṁ
Aññebahu vihārāca saddhātissena kāritā
27
Caturāsīti sahassāni 2 dhammakkhadhā nyanussaraṁ
Ekekadhammakkhadhassa pūjañcekeka kārayi
28
Pāsādañca sakāresi manuññaṁ sattabhūmakaṁ
Lohiṭṭhakena chādesi saddhātisso mahāyaso
Lohapāsādakaṁ nāma samaññā paṭhamaṁ ahu
29
Kārāpesi kañcukañca mahāthūpe panuttame
Kāresi hathipākāraṁ parivāriya 3 cetiyaṁ
30
Caturassaṁ ca kāresi taḷākaṁ tāvakālikaṁ
Aṭṭhārasāni vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
31
Kavā aññaṁ bahuṁpuññaṁ davā dānaṁ anappakaṁ
Kāyassabhedā sappañño tusitaṁ so samupāgamī
32
Saddhātissassa atrajo thullathanoti vissuto
Kārāpesi manorammaṁ vihāraṁ alakadaraṁ *
33
4 Dassāhaṁ ekamāsaṁ ca rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
Saddhātissassa atrajo lajjitisso ti vissuto
34
Navavassaṁ chamāsaṁcissariyaṁ anusāsito
+ Kārāpesi tilañjanaṁ mahāthūpe panuttame
35
Patiṭṭhapesi ārāmaṁ girikumhila nāmakaṁ
Kārāpesi dīghathūpaṁ thūpārāma purathito
36
Silākañcuka kāresi thūpārāme manorame
Mate lajjakatissamhi kaṇiṭṭho tassa kārayī
Rajjaṁ chaḷe’va vassāni khallāṭanāga nāmako
37
4 Taṁ mahāraṭṭhako nāma camunapati ca bhūpatiṁ
Hanvā rajjamakāresi dinekaṁ akataññèko

1 Ec.l̥. Mahāthūpaṁ tisso vihāra muttamo
2 Ec.l̥. Dhammakkhadhaṁ mahāragaṁ sī-pā-tathā
3 Ec.l̥. Parivāraṁ manoramaṁ
4 Sī-pā-taṁ mahā rattakonāma
* Mahāvaṁse kadaravhayaṁ + mahāvaṁse-pupphayānānitīniso

[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]
38
Tassa rañño kaṇiṭṭhotu vaṭṭagāmaṇi nāmako
Duṭṭhaṁ senāpatiṁ hanvā rajjaṁkā pañcamāsakaṁ
39
Pulahathotu damilo tīṇivassāni kārayi
Duve vassāni bāhīyo akārajjaṁ camūpati
40
Taṁ hanvā panayamāro sattavassāni kārayi
Taṁ hanvā pilayamāro sattamāsāni kārayī
41
Taṁ hanvā dāṭhiyo nāma duve vassāni kārayi
Eteca pañca damīlajātāntarīka bhūpati
Sattamāsāni cuddasa vassāni rajjakārayuṁ
42
Vaṭṭagāmani sorājā āganvāna mahāyaso
Dāṭhikaṁ damilaṁ hanvā sayaṁ rajjama kārayi
43
Vaṭṭagāmaṇi abhayo evaṁ dvādasa vassakaṁ
Pañca māsesu ādīto rājā rajjama kārayi
44
Piṭakattayapāliṁ ca tassā aṭṭhakathampi ca
Mukhapāṭhena ānesuṁ pubbe bhikkhu mahāmatī
45
Hāniṁ dinvāna santānaṁ tadābhikkhū samāgatā
Ciraṭṭhitithaṁ dhammassa pothakesu likhāpayuṁ
46
Tassa’ccaye mahācūli mahātisso akārayi
Rajjaṁ cuddasa vassāni dhamme ca samena ca
47
Saddhāsampanna sorājā kavā puññāni nekadhā
Catuddasannaṁ vassānaṁ accayena divaṁ agā
48
Vaṭṭagāmaṇino putto coranāgo’ti vissuto
1 Rajjaṁ dvādasa vassāni corohuvā akārayī
49
Mahā cūḷissayo putto tisso nāmāti vissuto
Rajjaṁ kāresi dīpamhi tīnivassāni khattitayo
50
Sīvo nāmayo rājā anulādeviyā vasi
Ekavassaṁ ca dvemāsaṁ issarīyaṁ nusāsiso
51
Vaṭuko nāma yorājā damilo aññadesiko
Ekavassaṁ ca dvemāsaṁ issariyaṁ nusāsiso

1 Ec.l̥. Rajjaṁ kāresi dīpamhi tīnivassāni khattiyo

[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]
52
Tisso nāmāsi yorājā 1 dārubhatika vissuto
Ekavasseka māsaṁca 2 purerajjama kārayi
53
Nilīyo nāma nāmena damilo brāhmaṇotiso
Kāresi rajjaṁ chammāsaṁ tambapaṇṇimhi issaro
54
Anulānāma sādevī hanvāna nīliyaṁtadā
Catumāsaṁ ca dīpasmiṁ issariyā nusāsisā
55
Palāyivā pabbajivā kālepatta baloidha
Āgato anulaṁhanvā deviṁtaṁ pāpamānasiṁ
56
Kuṭikaṇṇatisso nāma mahācūlissa atrajo
Kāresi’posathāgāraṁ vihāre cetiyenage
Rajjaṁ gahevā dīpasmiṁ dhammena anusāsiso
57
Purato tassa kāresi silāthūpaṁ manoramaṁ
Ropesi bodhiṁ tathe’va mahāvathuṁ akārayī
58
Bhikkhunīnañca athāya jantāgharama kārayi
Padumassare va ṇuyyāne pākāraṁ ca akārayī
59
Nagarassa gopanathāya parikhañca khanāpayī
Pākāraṁ ca akāresi sattahathema nūnakaṁ
60
Khemaduggañca kāresi 3 mahāvāpiṁ manoramaṁ
Setuppalādi vāpiñca vaṇṇakaṁ nāmamātikaṁ
Dvevīsati ca vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo

Bhāṇavāraṁ vīsatimaṁ.
1
Kuṭikaṇṇassa atrajo abhayo nāma khattiyo
Mahāthūpavaraṁ rammaṁ 4 sayaṁ vaditu māgami
2
Khīṇāsavā vasippattā vimalā suddhamānasā
Sajdhāyanti dhātugabbhe pūjanathaṁ muniṁtadā
3
Rājā suvāna sajdhāyaṁ dhātugabbhe manorame
Thūpaṁ padakkhiṇaṁ kavā catudvāresu nāddasa

1 Ec.l̥. Kaṭṭhabhatīti vissuto sī-pā-kaṭṭhahāroti
2 Ec.l̥. Rajjaṁ kāresi tāvade
3 Ec.l̥. Taḷākaṁvati kālikaṁ
4 Ec.l̥.Sayaṁ dassana māgami

[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]
4
Samantato namasivā 1 suvā sajdhāya muttamaṁ
Itirājā vicintesi sajdhāyaṁ tatha gaṇhati
5
Catudvāre na gaṇhāti, bahiddhā pi na gaṇhare
Antova dhātugabbhasmiṁ sajdhāyantīdha pesalā
6
Aha’mpi daṭṭhukāmo’mhi dhātugabbhaṁ panuttamaṁ
Sajdhāyampi suṇissāmi bhikkhusaṅghaṁ ca dassanaṁ
7
Rañño saṅkappamaññāya sakko devānamissaro
Dhātugabbhe pāturahu therānaṁ ajdhabhāsayi
8
Rājābhante daṭṭhukāmo dhātugabbhassa antaraṁ
Saddhānurakkhanathāya dhātugabbhaṁ nayiṁsute
9
Disvādhātugharaṁ rājā vedajāto katañjalī
Akāsi dhātusakkāraṁ pūjaṁ sattāhakampi ca
10
Madhubhaṇḍapūjaṁ kāsisattakkhattuṁ manoramaṁ
Akāsi sabbapūjaṁ ca sattakkhattuṁ anagghikaṁ
11
Aññaṁ pūjaṁ ca kāresi sattakkhattuṁ yathārahaṁ
Sattakkhattuṁ ca kāresi dīpapūjaṁ punappunaṁ
12
Pupphapūjaṁ akāresi sattakkhattuṁ manoramaṁ
Pūritajalapūjaṁ ca sattāhaṁ tathakārayi
13
Pavāḷamaya jālaṁca kārāpesi anagghikaṁ
Mahāthūpe paṭimukka cīvaramiva pārutaṁ
14
Daḷhaṁ kavā dīpadaṇḍaṁ thūpapādā samantato
Sappināliṁ ca pūrevā dīpaṁ jālesi sattadhā
15
Telanāliṁ ca pūrevā thūpapādā samantato
Teladīpāni jālesi cuddasakkhattu meva ca
16
Gadhodakena pūrevā 3 kaṭaṁkavāna mathake
Patharevoppalahathe sattakkhattuma kārayi
17
Thūpassa pacchimokāse 4 taḷāke tissanāmake

1 Ec.l̥. Narido sajdhāya muttamaṁ
2 Ec.l̥. Pāturahu dhātugabbhasmiṁ therehi ajdhabhāsatha
3 Ec.l̥. Kilañjaṁ kavāna yathake
4 Ec.l̥. Taḷāke khemanāmake

[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]

Yojevā yantakaṁtatho dakapūjama kārayi
18
Samantā yojanaṁ sabbaṁ kusumānāṁ ca ropayi
Akāsi pupphagumbaṁ ca mahāthūpe panuttame
19
Makuḷapupphitaṁ pupphaṁ samānevāna khattiyo
Akāresi pupphagumbaṁ cuddasakkhattu mevaca
20
Nānāpupphaṁ samocivā 1 lidapākārakaṁtahiṁ
Pupphathambhaṁ ca kārevā sattakkhattuṁ punappunaṁ
Nānārūpāni kāresi pūjanathāya khattiyo
21
Sudhākammañca kāresi mahāthūpavaretahiṁ
Abhisekaṁ karivāna akāsi thūpamaṅgalaṁ
22
Sakyaputto mahāvīro assathaduma santike
Sabbadhammapaṭivedhaṁ akāresi anuttaro
23
hito meghavane ramme yorukkhodīpa jotano
Taṁ bodhimpi abhisekaṁ khattiyo kāsibhūpati
24
Vassaṁ vutho pavāresuṁ bhikkhusaṅgha sukhāvahā
Pavāraṇānuggahāya 2 sodādāna pavāranaṁ
25
Adāsi cadanaṁ dānaṁ bhikkhusaṅghe panuttame
Balabheriṁ cādāsi mahāthūpavaretahi
26
Laṅkātalamadāce’va seṭṭhaka naṭa nāṭikā
Sabbaṁ saṅkharivāna mahāthūpe adāsiso
27
Vesākhe puṇṇamāyaṁ so sambuddho upapajjatha
Taṁ māsaṁ pūjanathāya 3 aṭṭhavīsati kārayi
28
Mahāmeghavane ramme thūpārāme mahīpati
Kāresi posathāgāraṁ ubho vihāramantare
29
Akā aññaṁ bahuṁ puññaṁ adādānama nappakaṁ
Aṭṭhavīsati vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
30
Kuṭkaṇṇassa yo putto nāganāmosi khattiyo

1 Ec.l̥. Sālidaṁ sahapākāraṁ
2 Ec.l̥. Pavāranadānaṁ akāsiyo
3 Sī.Pā. Athavīsati kārayi

[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]

Kāresi ratanamayaṁ iṭṭhakādiṁ panuttame
31
1Dhammāsanaṁ ca sabbatha ambathala varetahiṁ
2 Giribhaṇḍagahaṇaṁ nāma mahāpūjaṁ akārayi
32
Yāvatā laṅkādīpamhi bhikkhu santi supesalā
Sabbesaṁ cīvaraṁ dāsī bhikkhusaṅghe sagāravo
Dvādasāni ca vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
33
Mahādāṭhika puttoyo maṇḍagāmaṇi nāmako
Abhayo vissuto rājāāsidīpamhi issaro
34
Khanāpesi udapānaṁ gāmeṇḍi taḷākampi ca
Rajatalenaṁ kāresi, thūpassa rajatāmayaṁ
35
Chattātichattaṁ kāresi thūpārāme panuttame
Mahāvihāre ca thūpārāme bhohammiyaṁvaraṁ
36
Bhaṇḍāgāraṁ akāresi bhaṇḍalenaṁ ca sabbaso
3 Āṇāpesi aghātañca dīpamhi tambapaṇṇiye
Navavassaṭṭha māsāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
37
Tassakaṇiṭṭho kāṇīrājānu tissoti vissuto
Saṁpuṇṇatīṇi vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
38
Āmaṇḍagāmaṇī putto cūlābhayoti vissuto
Patiṭṭhāpesi so rājā gaggārārāma muttamaṁ
Rajjaṁ kāresi vasse’kaṁ cūlābhaya mahīpati
39
Sīvalī nāma sādevī revatī iti vissutā
Catumāsamakā rajjaṁ dhītāāmaṇḍa rājino
40
Āmaṇḍabhāgiṇeyyotu sīvaliṁ apanīyataṁ
Ilanāgo’ti nāmena rajjaṁ akārayī pure
41
Ilanāgo nāma rājā suṇivā kapi jātakaṁ
Tissadūrataḷāke ca khanāpesi aridamo
42
Chavassāni ca sorajjaṁ kāresi dīpalañjake
Sīvoti nāma nāmena cadamukho’ti vissuto
Akāsi manikārāmaṁ vihāre issaravhaye

1 Sī.Pā. Dhammadānañca sabbatha ambathala muttame
2 Sī.Pā. Giribhāṇḍikkha baṁnāma
3 Ec.l̥. Māghātañca akāresi

[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]
43
Tassa rañño mahesī ca damiladevīti vissuto
Taññeva gāme vaṭṭaṁca adārāmassa sātadā
Sattamāsaṭṭha vassāni rajjaṁ kāresi khattiyo
44
Tisso ca nāma sorājā yasalālo’ti vissuto
Māsaṭṭhasatta vassāni dīperajjama kārayi
45
Dvārapālassa atrajo subharājā’ti vissuto
Kārāpesi subhārāmaṁ villavihārakampi ca
46
1 Parivena makāresi attanāmena sotadā
Chavassāni ca dīpamhi rājārajjama kārayī

Bhāṇavāraṁ ekavīsatimaṁ
1
Vasabho nāma sorājā rāmecittala pabbate
Dasathūpāni kāresi pūjañcānekamuttamaṁ
2
Issariyanāmā rāme vihāraṁ ca manoramaṁ
Kāresi posathagāraṁ dassaneyyaṁ manoramaṁ
3
Balabheriṁ ca kāresī 2 pūjetuṁrāma muttamaṁ
Adāsi bhikkhusaṅghassa cīvarañca anappakaṁ
4
Sabbatha laṅkādīpasmiṁ ārāmā santijiṇṇakā
Kāresi sabbathāvāsaṁ dhammapūjaṁ mahārahaṁ
5 Cetiyagharaṁ kāresi thūpārāme panuttame
Tatheva pūjayīrājā catuttāḷīsa nūnakaṁ
6
Mahāvihāre ca thūpārāme cetiya pabbate
Paccekāni sahassāni teladī pānijālayi
7
Mayantiṁ rājuppalikaṁ vāpiṁ kolambanāmakaṁ
Mahānikkhavaṭṭivāpiṁ mahāgāmavhayaṁdvayaṁ

1 Ec.l̥.Parivenāni kāresi attanāmena samakaṁ
2 Ec.l̥.Mucelaṁ vihāramuttamaṁ
[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]
8
1 Kehālaṁ kālavāpiṁca, jambuṭṭiñcātha maṅganaṁ
Abhivaḍḍhamānakaṁ, ca iccekā dasavāpiyo
9
Dvādasamātikaṁceva, subhikkhathama kārayi
Puññaṁnā nāvidhaṁkavā, pākāraparikhaṁ pure
10
Dvāraṭṭālama kāresi, mahāmathuṁcakārayi
Tahiṁ tahiṁ pokkharaṇī, khanāpesi puruttame
11
Ummaggena pavesayi, udakaṁ rājakuñjaro
Catuttāḷīsa vassāni, rajjaṁ kāresi issaro
12
Vasabhassaccaye putto vaṅkanāsika tissako
Ārāmaṁ maṅgalaṁ nāmakārāpesi mahīpati
Kārāpesi mahāthūpaṁ bhayārāme manorame
14
Mātathaṁ gāmanīnāmaṁ talākaṁ kārayītadā
Kārāpesīva ārāmaṁrammakaṁ nāma issaro
Dīpebāvīsa vassāni rājā rajjama kārayī’ti
15
Mahallānā gonāmena tambapaṇṇimhi issaro
Sājilakadakārāmaṁ dakkhiṇe goṭhapabbataṁ
16
Dakapāsāna ārāmaṁ vihāraṁ sālipabbataṁ
Kārāpesi tenaveliṁ rohanenā gapabbataṁ
17
Tatheva girisāḷiṁca antoraṭṭhe akārayi
Chavassaṁ rajjaṁ kārevā gatoso āyusaṁṅkhayaṁti
18
Putto mahallānā hassabhātiya tissavissuto
Mahāmeghavanuyyānaṁ rakkhanathāya bhūpati
19
Kārāpesi parikkhepa pākāraṁdvāra badhanaṁ
Kārāpesica sorājā ārāmaṁ sakanāmakaṁ
20
2 Mahāgāmanikaṁcāpiṁ khaṇāpevā mahīpati

1 Kehālaṁ kelivāsaṁca cambuṭṭhiṁ vātamaṅgaṇaṁ (mahāvaṁse)
2 Ec.l̥. Gāmanināmataḷākaṁ khaṇapevā vināyako sī-pā-ramanīnāma taḷākaṁ

[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]

Pādāsi bhikkhusaṅghassa bhātiyatissa vissuto
21
Khaṇapesitaḷākaṁ taṁ radhakaṇḍaka nāmakaṁ
Kāresīposathāgāraṁ thūpārāme manorame
22
Mahādānaṁ pavattesi bhikkhusaṅghe mahīpati
Catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṁdīpe akārayīti
23
Tassakaṇiṭṭho nāmena tisseitisu vissuto
Kāresī posathāgāraṁ bhayārāme manorame
24
Mahāvihāre dvādasapāsādeca akārayī
Thūpassagehaṁ kāresī dakkhiṇārāma avhaye
25
Tatoaññaṁ bahuṁpuññaṁ ākāsibuddha sāsane
1 Aṭṭhavīsati vassāni rājārajjama kārayī
26
Tissaccayetassa puttārajjayoggā dvibhātukā
Rajjaṁkāresu dīpamhi tīṇivassāni bhūmipā
27
Vaṅkanāsika tissotu anurādha puruttame
Tīṇivassāni kārajjaṁ puññakammānu rūpavā
28
Vaṅkanāsika tissassa accayekārayī suto
Rajjaṁdvāvīsa vassāni gajabāhu kagāmani
29
Gajabāhussaccayena pasuro tassarājino
Rajjaṁ mahallakonāgo jabbassāni akārayī 30
Mahallanāga puttotu rājābhāti katissako
Catuvīsati vassāni laṅkārajjama kārayi
31
Tassabhātika tissassaccaye kaṇiṭṭhatissako
Aṭṭhavīsativassāni dīperajjama kārayi
32
Kaṇiṭṭhatissaccayena tassaputto akārayī
Rajjaṁdveyeca vassāni 2 khujjanāhoti vissuto
33
Khujjanāga kaṇiṭṭhotaṁ ghātevā sakabhātukaṁ
Ekavassaṁ 3 kuñjanā gorajjaṁ laṅkāya kārayīti

1 Ec.l̥. Aṭṭharasānivassāni-sī.Pā tatheva
2 Mahāvaṁse cūlanāgoti vissuto
3 Mahāvaṁse-kuḍḍanāgo

[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]
34
Sirināgo laddhajayo anurādhapurevare
Laṅkārajja makāresi vassāne kūnavīsati
35
Sirinā gotināmena mahāthūpaṁ panuttamaṁ
Pūjesīratnamālāya chattaṁthūpe akārayī
Kāresi posathāgāraṁ lohapāsāda mutta me’ti
36
Sirinā gassa atrajo abhayo nāma bhūpati
Dvīhisata sahassehi neka vathānigāhiya
Adāsī bhikkhu saṅghassa vathadānaṁ mahagghikaṁ
37
Pāsāṇavedīṁ cākāsi mahābodhi samantato
Kāresi nagare rajjaṁaṭṭha vassāni sotadā
38
1 Tassakaṇiṭṭho rājātutissako itivissuto
Mahāthūpe bhayārāme kāresi chatta muttamaṁ
39
Mahāmegha vaneramme bhayārāmema norame
Akāsirājāthūpaṁca ubhovihāra muttame
40
Suvāgilāna suttantaṁ devatherassa bhāsato
Adāgilāna bhesajjaṁ mahāāvāsa pañcakaṁ
Mahābodhi samīpamhi dīparukkhe akārayī
41
Tassaraññotu vijite dīpentya kappiyaṁ bahuṁ
Vitaṇḍavāde dīpevā dusesuṁ jinasāsanaṁ
Kapilāmacca mādāya akāsi pāpaniggahaṁ
42
Disvārājā pāpabhikkhu dusento jinasāsanaṁ
Kapilāmacca mādāya ākāsi pāpaniggahaṁ
Vitaṇḍavādaṁ maddivā jotayī jinasāsanaṁ
43
Sattipaṇhika pāsādaṁ akāmeghava netahiṁ
Dvevīsati tuvassāni rajjaṁ kāresi issaro’ti
44
Tissassa accaye putto sirināgoti vissuto
Rajjaṁ kāresi dīpamhi dvevassāni anūnakaṁ

1 Mahāvaṁse-abhayassaccaye bhātutissassa tassa atrajo

[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]
34
Mahābodhissa sāmantā pākāraṁcātha maṇḍapaṁ
Pāsādikama kāresi sirināgavhayo ayaṁ
35
Saṅghatisso’ti nāmena mahāthūpe panuttame
Sovaṇṇamaya chattāni kāresi thūpamathake
36
Maṇimayaṁ sikhāthūpaṁ mahāthūpe akārayī
Tassa kammassa nissade pūjākāresi tāvade
37
Adhakavida kaṁsuvā devatherassa bhāsato
Catudvāre dhuvayāguṁ paṭṭhapesi aridamo
38
Vijayakumārako nāma sirināgassa atrajo
Pituno accaye rajjaṁ ekavassaṁ akārayi
39
Rajjaṁ cattārivassāni saṅghatisso akārayi
Mahāthūpamhi chattaṁ so hemakammaṁ ca kārayi
40
Saṅghabodhīti nāmena rājā āsi susīlavā
Anurādhapure rajjaṁ dvevassāneva kārayī
41
Ramme meghavanuyyāne dhuvayāguṁ aridamo
Paṭṭhapesi salākaggaṁ mahāvihāra muttame
42
Abhayo nāma nāmena meghavaṇṇo’ti vissuto
Silāmaṇḍapakāresi mahāvihāra muttame
43
Padhānabhūmiṁ kāresi mahāvihāra pacchato
Silāvedima kāresi mahābodhi samantato
44
Silāparikkhaṁ kāresi toranaṁca mahārahaṁ
Kāresi silāpallaṅkaṁ mahābodhi gharuttame
45
Kāresi posathāgāraṁ dakkhiṇarāma mantare
Adāsi so mahādānaṁ bhikkhusaṅghe panuttame
46
Kavā rājagharaṁ rājā mahāvathuṁ manoramaṁ
Bhikkhusaṅghassa davāna pacchā rājā paṭiggahi
47
Vesākhapūjaṁ kāresi rājā meghavane tadā
Terasānihi vassāni issariyānu sāsiso’ti

[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]
48
Atrajo meghavaṇṇassa jeṭṭhatisso mahīpati
Rajjaṁ kāresi dīpamhi tambapaṇṇimhi issaro
49
Maṇiṁ mahagghaṁ pūjesi mahāthūpe panuttame
Kavāna lohapāsādaṁ pūjevā maṇimuttamaṁ
Maṇipāsāda paṇṇattiṁ kārāpesi narāsabho
50
Kārāpevāna ārāmaṁ pācīnatissa pabbate
Pādāsi bhikkhusaṅghassa narido tissa savhayo
51
Ālambagāma vāpiṁso khaṇāpesi mahīpati
Aṭṭha saṁvaccharaṁ pūjaṁ kārāpesi narāsabho
Rajjaṁ kāresi dīpamhi dasavassāni bhūpati
52
Jeṭṭhatissaccaye tassa mahāseno kaniṭṭhako
Sattavīsati vassāni rājā rajjaṁ akārayi
53
Tadā so rājā cintesi sāsane neka bhikkhusu
Kedhammavādino bhikkhu keca adhammavādino
54
Vīcinevā imaṁ athaṁ gavesaṁ lajjipuggale
Addasa pāpake bhikkhu jinasāsanadūsake
55
Pūtikunapa sādisse jegucche pāpacārino
Assamaṇe asante ca addasa paṭirūpake
56
Dummittaṁ pāpasoṇaṁ ca aññecā lajjipuggale
Upento pāpake bhikkhu athaṁ dhammaṁca pucchiso
57
1 Dummitto pāpasoṇoca aññecā lajjipuggalā
Rahogatā mantayantī dūsanathāya subbate
58
Ubho samaggāhuvānā nuññātaṁ dhammikaṁ tadā
Akappiyanti dīpesuṁ mahāvihāravāsinaṁ
59
Chabbaggiyānaṁ vathusmiṁ dunnivathādi kāraṇaṁ
Anuññātanti dīpesuṁ alajji pāpadhammino

1 Mahāvaṁso-saṅghamitto

[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]
60
Desitānica nokāni dhammavathūnigāhiya
Adhammo iti dīpesuṁ alajjilābha hetukā
61
Asādhusaṅga menevaṁ yāvajīvaṁ subhāsubhaṁ
Kavāgato yathākammaṁ somabhāsena bhupati
62
Tasmāasādhu saṁsaggaṁ ārakā parivajjiya
Ahiṁvāsī visaṁvāsu kareyyatha hitaṁbudho

Dīpavaṁsoniṭṭhito.

Nibbāna paccayohotuṁ.

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

[CPD Classification 4.1.1]

[SL Vol Dīp2- ] [\z Dīp /] [\w II /]

[SL Page 001] [\x 1/]

[DIPAWANSA]

[PART II.]

[By]

[Venarable Pandit]

[AHUNGALLE WIMALAKITTI MAHATHERO]

[Incumbent]

[Ambukkharama Mahavihara]

[and]

[.Principal]

[of ,tgatasasanodaya Pirivena,]

[WELITOTA.]

[Pitbli.@hed]

[BY]

[K. ERINERIS DE SILVA ESQR:]

[Vidyavilasi Press,]

[B, E. 2482]

[C. E. 1939.,]

THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser’s VIEW configuration set to UTF-8.)

description:	multibyte sequence:
long a	ā
long A	Ā
long i	ī
long I	Ī
long u	ū
long U	Ū
vocalic r	ṛ
vocalic R	Ṛ
long vocalic r	ṝ
vocalic l	ḷ
long vocalic l	ḹ
velar n	ṅ
velar N	Ṅ
palatal n	ñ
palatal N	Ñ
retroflex t	ṭ
retroflex T	Ṭ
retroflex d	ḍ
retroflex D	Ḍ
retroflex n	ṇ
retroflex N	Ṇ
palatal s	ś
palatal S	Ś
retroflex s	ṣ
retroflex S	Ṣ
Anusvara	ṁ
Visarga	ḥ
long e	ē
long o	ō
l underbar	ḻ
r underbar	ṟ
n underbar	ṉ
k underbar	ḵ
t underbar	ṯ

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdias.pdf

[ FOREWORD]

[I have great pleasure in c 1011]

[of the Dipavamsa to the seri( the]

[history of Geylon in particular ai oral.]

[The Dipavamsa is the oldest of the Pali Chronicles extant in Ceylon ; its author or authors are unknown as also the date of its composition. It seems safe to assume that its compilation extended over a fairly long period of time and that it was the result of collaboration from more than one quarter. It relied for its authoritativeness on the Sinhalese records, faithfully kept by the dwellers of the Mahavihara at Anuradhapura, and claimed to be no more than a translation into Pali of portions of those apparently very varied documents.]

[Pali had by this time superseded Sinhalese as the language of the new culture which arose with the spread of Buddhism, and scholars, not only of Ceylon but also of other Buddhist lands, ware evidently interested in the traditional lore of the Island. It was necessary, therefore, that information should be ,tvailable in a language familiar to a very wide circle of investigators. The Dipavamsa was the result of an attempt to meet such a demand.]

[The Sinhalese were yet novices in the handling of Pali idiom and metre. The language and style of the Dipavamsa bear evidence of a stage of experimentation. Within a very short time, however, the alumni of the Maliavihara had mastered Pali and were anxious that no room should be left for reflection to be cast on the excellence of Sinhalese scholarship. Thus was produced the Mahavamsa, meticulous care being taken to avoid the faults of diction, of prolixity as well as of undue conciseness, and any other deficiencies from which the Dipavamsa suffered. Some have advanced the theory that the two Chronicles but such a hypothesis]

[were the works of rival seats of learning, can scarcely be maintained. Yet it is true that both compilations dealt with the same period of Ceylon history and that both drew their materials from common sources.]

[The compilation of tl-ie idahavttinsa seems to have eclipsed the Dipavamsa almost completely. It would appear, however, that once or twice attempts were made to revive its glory, though ithout success. The Mahavamsa became the authoritative chronicle of royalty as well as of the Sangha and, when it was considered necessary to bring the account up I o date, it was to the Mahavanlsa that supplementary chapters were added from time to time. But the older Chronicle was riot allowed to fall into oblivio n ; it, too, was assiduously studied arid zealously guarded as a valued heritage; copies of it are to be found in the more representative monastic libraries to this day.]

[No effort seems to have been made in the past to continue the record contained in the Dipavains@t from where its original compiler(s) concluded-the reign of Mahasena. The gap thus left was very wide indeed. The Rev. Pandita AI-iungalle Wimalakitti Thera has now come forward to bridge it. The task he has undertaken is gigantic and would have unnerved another of less heroic mould than he. He has laboured with infinite patience and untiring energy and the present volume contains the results of his industry and ability. I would not here attempt to appraise its value either as history or as literature; that 1 would leave to others better qualified.]

[There are those who consider the resuscitation of ancient chronicles a worthless task. Other times, other works, they would say and add thah nowhere have methods of approach changed so completely as in the sphere of historical stud:es. 1 am not in entire agreement with them ; to me the works of a long-forgotten past have more than a sentimental value when they are -proposed to he made the bases for modern compilations. Thus would the dry bones of a remote age have new life given to them both for our instruction and our edification. I wholeheartedly welcome all such efforts as would quicken interest in our past and provide inspiration for the present.]

[I happen to know that, the Rev Wimalakitti has had to meet with disappointment from mlriy quarters where he had the right to expect encouragement and support. His enterprise is all the more commendable, therefore, that he has refused defeat and persevered with courage and determination. May he reap a rich reward.]

[G. P. ?VIALALASEKER-k.]

[INTRODUCTION]

[his Noble Island visited by the Lord Buddha and blessed with illiinitable wealth and glory was known as Lanka,]

[Sihala and Tambapanni. The naine Lanka is very old.]

[Before the arrival of Vijaya, the father of the Sinhalese royal dynasty, Lankapura was a very prosperous city. The day of Vijaya's landing in Ceylon coincided with the festive occasion of the marriage of a princess from Lankapura to the lord of the city of Sirisavastu. With the aid of Kuveiii, Vijaya proceeded to Sirisavastu with his followers, slew the whole host of its cit.izens and took possession , of the kingdom,.]

[From these and other facts we ean infer that the name Lanka was applied to this country before the arrival of Vijaya.]

[Sinhabahu the ruler of Sinhapura in Lata was known as Sitihala, because of the fact that he captured a lion. His children and their descendents as well as the land they lived in came to be known by the name Sinhala.]

[The term Tambapanni came into use after the advent of Vijaya. The prince and his followers landed from their ship and rested on the sea,-shore. As the pgims of their hands appeared to be of @ copper colour by the touch of the sand on the beach, the land @tme to be known as TLmbapanni. At this spot Vij@tya built a city. This locality is known as Tammanna even at the present day.]

[Both the terms Sibala and Tamb,,tpanni came into existence after the arrival of Vijaya. Nevertheless the name Lanka is generally known. After the conquest of Ceylon by Vijaya the culture common to the people of India spread rapidly among the Ceylonese and thereby the Sinhalese people advanced by gradual steps,]

[This island thrice visited and blessed by the Lord Buddha is enriched by his personal and associated relies to the same extent. as His -native land. During the reign of King Devanampiyfi Tissa in 237 B.E,, the Arahat Mahiiida, son of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka, at the request of Arahat Moggalipubta Tissa who was entreated by the king of Gods, established Buddhism in Ceylon.]

[Mahiiida the spiritual teacher of Lanka propagated the 1)hamma in the Island. He caused the Sinhalese Commentaries to be written. As t result of these activities the literature and scientifie knowledge. spread throughout the land.]

[In the Reign of Wattagamini Abhaya five hundred holy monks assembled at the Aloka Vihara in the Matale District, observing the decay of the Religion in the future, and reduced into writing the Texts and Commentaries that were handed down orally among the monks. The world benefited immensely by this great undertaking.]

[Later, during the reign of Vabanama, the famous commentator Buddhagosha, at the instance of his teacher Revata, arrived in Ceylon and residing at the Ma@ia Vihara in the sacred city of Anuradhapura, translated id.,0 Pali the Commentaries that were in Siiiho,Iese.]

[For the credit of a country or a people that progressed gradually there must exist a continual history. Ceylon and the Sinhilese Nation possess for themselves an unrivalled history in the world. It is said by the ancients that what .,(jmprises of the unbroken tradition of a people embodying the fourfold outlook in life-Darma, Artha, Kama and M(,,kshais called history. It is undisputedly acknowledged by the scholars both oriental and accidental that the earliest and foremost liistorical work of Ceylon is the Dipavamsa.]

[According to the scholastic definition, it is a Dipa (an island) which is bounded by water. A Wansa (a race) is that which propalgates itself by producing men. By the term Dipavamsa the racial continuity of the island as well as the Chronicle that records it, is indicated.]

[In the Dipavarnsa, the story of the visits of Lord Buddha, the establishment of Buddhism in the Island, the succession of Kings and Dynasties, and the temporal and spiritual activities of the rulers and their ministers, are systematically recorded. The Chronicle is written in elegant Pali verse. The first part contains the historical narrative from the story of the visits of Lord Buddha up to the reign of Mahasena.]

[The Book runs into twenty-two chaptersknown as Bhanavaras, each consisting of 25,0 granthas or stanzas. Although each chapter is]

[vii]

[designated a Bhanavara, the requi site number of stanza@s and syllables for a chapter is not uniform. Hence we have to conclude that the author has applied the general scriptural term of Bhanavara to the chapters,]

[As it is considered that the poem which presents a historical narrative is necessarily a "great poem." we cannot but regard the Dipavamsa as a '@great poem." We have no clue whatsoever as to the date and authorship of this monumental work. Yet by a critical examination of the poem we can come to tl,ie conclusion that it has been written by a scholar who was contemporary to the king Mahasena. The great commentary of the Vinaya known as Samantapasadika written by the Thera Buddhaghosha bears ,unmistakable evidence as to the age of this historical work. Therein we come across certain illustrations quoted from the Dipavamsa. This work written in perfect Pali verse narrating the historical tradition of Buddhism and the Sinhalese kingdom during a period of 845 years stood as an example to later compositions of a similar character.]

[THE. MONASTIC ORDER:]

[The Monastic Order established by the Great Arahat Mahinda in the reign of king Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., and which prospered steadily through the support of kings and nobles continned to exist for a space of 1,300 years dividing itself into various schisms. During the later times, owing to the incessant wars between the Tamils and the Sinhalese, Buddhism deteriorated to such an extent that the requisite number of Bhikkhus qualified to perform the ecclesiastical rites were found scarce.]

[Vijaya Bahu I, who united Lanka under one flag and became King in 1609 B. E., was disappointed at the scarcity of qualified Bhikkhus to perform the ecclesiastical duties. He dispatched, envoys to the King of Arimaddana in Ramanna country to bring qualified monks from there and resuscitated the monastic order by conferring the ordination on young men of noble birth,,]

[After the time of king VI'Jaya Bahu until the early years of the reign of Parakrama Bahu I, the country was continually subjected to numerous wars and evil strifes. During this period the monks degraded to a very low ebb and spoiled the religion by acting contrary to the noble toadhing, The great monarch observing the]

[viii]

[irreparable harm done by them disrobed and expelled the unclisciplined monks. He conducted the ordination ceremony annually and reformed the,Holy Order. This reformation continued to exist for a space of 250 years till the reign of Parakrama Bahii VI.]

[As a result of ' the rapid progress of Portuguese power in the maritime provinces since the accession of Don John Dharmapala and of the mgsslere of Buddhist monks by the apostate Rajasinha I, who embraced Shaivaism, King Wimaladharmasuriya, on coming to the throne, met with the difficulty of procuring a single Bhikkliu who had received the Ordination. He sent an embassy to the King of Rakkhanga alias Araman,,i, brought down some monks including the Thera Nandicakka and re-established the Monastic Order in Ceyl on by conducting an Ordinabion in the year 2140 B. E,]

[Subsequently the performance of the Ordination Ceremony and other ecclesiastical duties fall into abeyance owing to the frequent wars during the long reign of Rajusinha II, and it was found impossible to come across a qualified monk in Ceylon. The devout King Witnaladharmasuriya II, who was endowed with a noble character entirely different from that of his father, dispatched a party of Sinhalese envoys equipped with valuable gifts to the Ramannadesa on board a Dutch ship, in 1697 A. C., and brought down 33 monks headed by the Elder Santana Thera.]

[He conducted an Ordination Ceremony inside an aquatic tower built on the river Mahaveliganga at the ford of (,Tetambe, administered the Ordination to 33 monks, admitted 120 laymen to the Holy Order, and revived the Monastic Order in Lanka.]

[Subsequently King Sri Vijaya Raiasinha sent a band of Sinhalese envoys to Pegu in the year 1741 A. 0., with orders to bring fully ordained Bhikklius. As the vessel in which they travelled met with ship-wreck during the course of their journey, another party was dispatched to Siam on board a Dutch sailing vessel in the year 1747. As the king had deceased before the return of the c ' nvoys with the Bhikkhus from Siam, the disappointed Siamese monks returned home without paying a visit to the capital Srivardhanapura.]

[Later when Kirti Sri Rajasinha ascended the throne, he sent an embassy to the King of Siam, got down a party of Siamese monkoundertheElderUpaliThera,ordainedtheVen. Saranankara]

[ix]

[Samanera and others and established the Siamese sect in Coylon.]

[During the reign of King Rajasinli,,t the Ven. Welitota Nanavimala Tissa, embarked for Amarapui.a in Burma, obtained the Ordination from there and on his return to Ceylori in 2340 B. E., established the Amarapura sect in this country.]

[Not long afterwards the Ven. Saranankara of Arnbagahawatta sailed to the city of Ratanapunna in Burma in 2405 B. E., obtained his Ordination there and established the Bamatina Sect in Ceylon.]

[It would be one of the greatest services to Buddhism if the devout Buddhists make a determined endeavour to unite these three sects as were done by the Buddhist monarchs from time to time in the days of yore.]

[This ORDER OF NUNS:]

[During the reign of King Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., the Order of Nuns was' established in Ceylon by the Holy Nun Sanghamitta, daughter of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka. Princess Anula the consort of Maha Naga brother of King Devanampiya Tissa became such a devoted follower of Buddhism that she expressed her desire to be a Nun giving up the householder's life. The imonarch communicated the appeal to the Arahat Mahinda. As the monks were unauthorized to admit ladies to the monastic life he decided to get down his sister Sangamitta and informed the king about it. The monarch, pleased with tl-ie idea of establishing the Order of Nuns, dispatched envoys to the court of Dharmasoka. Emperor Asoka immediately sent a party of eleven Nuns headed by Sanghamitta. The great Nun admitted to the Holy Orders 500 youn. ladies including the Princess Anula as well as 500 women of the Royal household and thereby established the Order of Nuns in Coylon.]

[The Chronicles bear undoubted evidence as to the continual existence of the Order of Nuns for a long space of 1282 years until the reign of Mahinda iii., who ascended the throne in 1519 B. E. We have no evidence as to the existence of the Order of Nuns after this date. Mahinda III, was on the throne for 16 years. It is mentioned that he built an abode for the Nuns named Mahamalla and dedicated it to the Senior Nuns who had received consecration from the Therawansa. This is the last available reference to the]

[X]

[Order of Nuns in -Ceylon. Therefore we can be sure that the monastic order for worrien was still in existence in the reign of Mabinda III. This king was succeeded by big son Sena IV. His reign was distinguished by numerous wars. In spite of it we find no possible cause for the total extinction of the Order of Nuns. Sena TV died at the end of a reign of 10 years and his brother Mahinda TV succeeded to the throne at Anuradhapura. He could not effectually control the kin dom which was over-run by the 9]

[people of various nationalities brought down from different countries by his fatt,.er's General, Sena. As he was found to be a ruler of a gentle disposition, the people refused to pay him taxes. Unable to pay the mercenaries owing to the loss of revenue, he fled from the capital to Ruhuna and lived at the villa-je of Citta Pabbata which he converted into a place of defence. Subsequently he built the city of Kapuga,,1 Nuwara and made his residence there, At this time the Kerala, Karnata and Sinhala rebels held their sway over the remaining territory. The. land was entirely impoverished. A horse-merchant who visited the Island at this period reported the troubled state of the country to tl-ie ruler @f the Chola Kingdom and the Cholian hordes invaded the country, Soon after their landing they were able to capture the crown and insignia with the queen and the royal treasures which they sent hurne to their King. They demolished the sacred shrines and Buddhist Viharas and plundered all their essential wealth. The ruthless destruction of Buddhism during the Cholian invasion is amply recorded in history. It is possible that the Order of Nuns diseared at this disastrous period Any vestiges of the Order of app]

[Nuns that remained during the reign of Mahinda, we presume, were finally lost by the abdication of monastic life by the Nuns in fear of the Cholian menace.]

[THE TOOTH RELIC:]

[The Great Tathagata, after an active life of 45 years, ent@ered the Parinirvana at the age of 80, at the Sala grove of the Mallas in the city of Kusinara. Prior to the distribution of relies, a certain Arahat known as Khema by name, removed one of the Sacred Tooth Relies from the left-hand side of His, jaw, during the course of the cremation. He took it to the country of Kalinga and after converting Danta, the King of Dantapura, to Buddhism handed it over to the monarch who scrupulously guarded it as his]

[xi]

[own life. His son Sunanda succeeded him. In course of time when King Guhasiva became the custodian of the Tooth Relic through linear succession, the King of Pandya heard of it from the Tirthakas and took possession of it by force. He entrusted to the Tirthakas to destroy the Holy Relic which he had captured. They tried their best to put an end to this object of great reverence, but met with failure. Subsequently the King Gubasiva became so delighted on witnessing the miracles performed by the Tooth Relic, that he returned the Relic to its original owner Guhasiva.]

[In order to protect the Tooth Relic from the hands of hostile kings he requested his daughter Hemamala and her husband Sudotta, the Prince of Dantapura, to take it. away to King Mahasena of Ceylon. Accompanied by theToothRelic they embarked from the port of Tamra,lipti and landed in Ceylon. On their arrival they found that Alahasona had already died and his son Kit, Siri Mevan was reigning. The couple journeyed with the Relic toanuradhapura and arriving at the Maha Vihara approached the king through the mediation of the monks. They related the full story of their mission,and entrusted the Tooth Relic to the ruler. The monarch highly gratified by this good fortune received the Relic in a valuable cryst@l casket and deposited it in the hall of Dhammacakka built bydevanampiya Tissa. From that moment this hall received the name of 'Dathadhatughara. In order to facilitate all the citizens to pay respects to the Tooth Relic, the king took it in great procession to the Abhayagiri Vihara, held festivities and offerings there, and returned with it to the Hall of the Tooth. The Eialada festivities were conducted by the monarch Kit Siri Mevan defraying an expenditure of nine lacs of gold coins. It was the first occasion that the Dalada Perahera was ever held in Ceylon. He ordered that the festival of the Tooth Relic should be conducted annually, Since that time the devout kings of Ceylon continued to observe the festival of the Tooth Relic with the accompaniment of a Perahera.]

[When the capital of the kings changed from time to time owing to political and other reasons, the abode of the Tooth Relic also had to be shifted simultaneously. The Sacred Tooth remained at Anuradhapura for a space of more than 700 years until King -'jijaya Bahu I, in 1609 B. E, built the city of Polonnaruwa and removed it thither. When his. son Wickrama]

[Bahu I began to appropriate the wealth of the temples, the Bhikkhus removed the Tooth Relic to Ruhuna. Manabharana, the ruler of Ruhun,,i and contemporary of Gaja Bahu, brought back the Tooth Relic to Polonnaruwa when he captured the city. As soon as Parakrama Bahu I, conquered the capital of Rajarata,, 'LVIanabharana carried away the Tooth Relic with him. At the death of Manabharana, his mother Sugala took possession of the sacred Relic. By the order of Parakrania Bahu I, his Generals waged war against Sugala and brought the Tooth Relic back to Polonnaruwa. The great monarch built a magnificent palace for the I-loly Tooth in the heart of his capital and held great festivities in its honour.]

[When Magha the invader from South India ravaged the city of Polonnaruwa, Vacissara and other Theras concealed the Tooth Relic on the mountain-side of Kotmale. Vanni Vijaya Bahu, who built the new city of Dambadeniya and transferred the Tooth Relic to his capital, constructed a grand palace for the Tooth on the rock fortress of Beligala and securely placed it there in -reat ceremony. His son Parakrama Bahu II, who succeeded him as ruler at Dambadeniya, built the Temple of the Tooth called Vijayasundararama, by the side of his royal palace and deposited tl-ie Tooth Relic there. His son Vijaya Bahu IV, after freeing the country from the thorns of hostile armies, reoccupied the city of Polonnaruwa and brought the Tooth Relic back to its original home. He was succeeded by his brother Bhuvaneka Bahu V, who made Yapawu or Subha Pabbata his capital. He removed the Sacred Tooth to Yapahuwa and conducted daily festivals in its honour.]

[After his reign a Draviclian, General, Aryaeakravarti, descended on the city of Subha Pabbata accompanied by his Tamil hordes. I-Ie captured the Tooth Relic, and presented it to his lord Kalasekhara, King of Pandya. Parakraina Bahu III, who came to the throne immediately after this period, proceeded to the court of Kulasekhara and recovered the Sacred Relic by peaceful persuasion. Returning with the Great Relic he deposited it in the Temple of the Tooth at Polonnaruwa where he conducted festivities. He was succeeded by Parakrama Bahu IV of Kurunegala. This monarch brought the Tooth Relic to his Capital, built a magnificent palace as its repository and conducted grand festivities and daily oiterings.]

[xiii]

[He composed in Sinhaleqe a treatise called Dh.,itha Dhatu Caritta (Dalada Sirita) which deals with the history of the Tooth Relic.]

[During later years Bhuvaneka Bahu V who made Gampola or Gan,casiripura his capital removed the Tooth Relic thither and conducted fe@tivals in its honour. As the latter part of his reign was connected with Jayavardhanipura (Kotte) the Tooth Relic was transferred from Gampola to the new capital. Parakrama Bahu VI of Kothe built a magnificent building for the Tooth Relic in the vicinity of the royal palace and repc)sited the Tooth Relic there in great ceremony.]

[In the reign of Dharmapala, when the Christian religion introduced by the Portuguese was gaining influence, the monks surreptitiously removed the Tooth Relic to Delgamu Vibara in thi) province of Sabaragamuva. Wimal,@i Dharma Surya who gave up Christianity and became king of Sirivardhanapura removed the sacred Relic to his Capital.' He built a two-storied mansion for the Tooth Relic near the royal palace and conducted offerings to the great relic. From the day that Ceylon was ceded to king George III in 2358 B. B., the Tooth Relic remained under the custody of the British Government. In the year 2396 B. E. the Government transferred the custodianship of the Tooth Relic into the hands of the High Priests of Asgiriya and Malwatta and to the Diyawadana Nilame.]

[THE HERETIC-KL DOCTRINES:]

[These doctrines are teachings absolutely contrary to the Buddha Dhamma. A heresy which originated in India wfis introduced into Ceylon in the days of king Vohara Tissa who ascended the throne in the year 757 B. E. (' ertain sinful monks in this country became its adherents. The monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara endeavoured to propa ,gate this doctrine 1 in Ceylon in the guise of a Buddhist teaching. The king employed a learned minister named Kapila well versed in the Tripitaka to examine the heretical teachings, Having discovered that their teaching was a false doctrine the monarch collected all the books dealing with it and consigned them to a fire, punishing all the monks who had accepted it. Similar heretical teachings that arose in Ceylon during later periods passed under the same name. The heresies were revived by the monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara during the reign of Gothabbaya]

[xiv]

[otherwise known as Megavarna Abhaya. The ruler gathered sixty monks who followed the heretical teaching, branded on them and banished them out of the country. These deported m,.)nks came across a Cholian heretic in India named Sangamitra who became tne inveterate enemy@ of the orthodox monks of the Maha Vihara. He came to Geylon, was successful in winning the favour of the king and became the tutor to the two sons of the monarch. He easily converted the younger prince Mahasena to his new doctrine. But the elder Jettha Tissa was dissatisfied with his teacher. After the death of the king the prince Jettha Tissa ascended the throne. S.,inghamitra realising that it was unsafe for him to remain in Ceylon durin@ his reign, conferred with prince Maha Sena and fled to India with the intention of returning when the latter succeeded to the throne.]

[Jettha Tissa was followed by his brother as king. Sangbamitra returned from India and persuaded the new king to enact a law against the orthodox school prohibiting all citizens to provide alms to the monks of the Maha Vlhara. He fixed a penalty of one thousand gold coins as a fine for infringing this law. The monks of the Maha Vihara direly oppressed by the absence of food fled to Ruhuna and the hill country. The Maha Vihara remained a deserted place for nine years. Sanghamitra removed the enormous wealth of the Maba. Vihara to the Abhayagiri fraternity. The wicked monk caused the Lowa Maha Paya and many other beautiful palaces and religious edifices to be demolished. He made the ground of the Maha -Vihara to be ploughed and converted into a field of corn. Owing to these vicious deeds the people in grave resentment rose acrainst the king. The Minister Meghavarna Abhaya burning with indignation at the ruthless distruction of the Maha Vibara, collected an army and rebelled against the king. The monarch promised to rebuild the Maha Vibara and made peace with the minister who begged the king to forgive him.]

[During this great revolt one of the consorts of the king had the haritical monk Sanghamitra assassinated. The minister Solia, one of his faithful adherents was murdered by the citizens. As a result of these events the king became a sober man, and the heretical doctrines incidentally disappeared.]

[xv]

[Later, during the reign of Silakala, a young merchant who visited the city of Kasi (Benares) in India brought back to Ceylon a religious work known as Dharma Dhatu which contained heretical doctrines and presented it to the king. The monarch who was not capable of distinguishing between heresy and orthodoxy was naturally ignorant of what, it contained. He received it as a sacred book and deposited it in a special shrine by the side of the royal palace. He paid it!devoted respects, and decreed his subjects to pay it homage. As a result of the introduction of the Dharma Dhatu from India the heretical doctrines saw a revival during the reign of Agra Bodhi I. At this period an erudite monk named Jotipala defeated the heretics at a great controversy and protected the Buddhist religion.]

[In the days of Kumaradasa, King of Ceylon, there lived in the city of Southern Madura a ruler Sri Harsha by name. At this time a clever but depraved monk visited the house of a prostitute during the night, clad himself in a blue garb and returned to the Vihara after day-break. His pupils observing this peculiar robe inquired of him whether his attire was not improper. As numerous people had observed his extraordinary dress he stoutly defended it and spoke highly in Its praise. His faithful subordinates who followed his theory discarded the yellow robe and adopted the blue-coloured garb. This heretical leader composed a philosopical work known as Nila-pata Darsaiia praising prostitutes, intoxicants and the God of Love as the' only three precious gems in the triple world while despising all other "gems" as nothing but mere clay.]

[This great heresy began to spread with much rapidity and the new philosophical treatise reached the bands of the King Sri Harsha who went through it critically. Pretending an approbation of the new doctrine he assembled the followers of the novel philosophy together with their whole literature into a special hall built for the purpose and set them all on fire. The lingering vestiges of this false doctrine had a recrudescence in Ceylon during the, reign of Sena II. In recent times, since the advent of the Portuguese, various kinds of religious teachings began to appear in this land, At the present day the island ofceylon is indelibly contaminated with the poisonous stains of those bygone times.]

[xvi]

[THE SINHALESE ROYAL LINE:]

[The Sinhalese Royal Line that originated with King Vi5aya e,,Lme into existence in the first year of the Buddhist Era. Vijaya was the eldest son of Sinha Babu king of the city built by him in the heart of the forest in L,,tta. Prince Vijaya landed in Ceylon and conquered this island on the very day on which Lord Buddha]

[was lying in bed iii preparation for his final passing away. Among]

[the noted and powerful monarchs of the Greater Dynasty,]

[Pandukabhaya Devanampiya Tissa, Dutthagamini Abhaya,]

[Wattagamini Abhaya and other great kings possessed unsullied fame and unsurpassed glory. Similarly, out of the later sovereigns Buddhadasa, Vijaya Bahu I, Parakrama Babu 1, Pandita Parakrama Babu II, Parakrama Bahu VI. Raja Sinha I, Wimala Dharma Suriya I and others were renovvned and mighty monarchs. Sri Vira Parakrama Narendra Sinba was the last king of the Sinhalese Royal Line. After a long space of about 2300 years of Sinhalese rule the Nayakkars of'South India came into possession of the Sinhalese kingdom with the consent of certain chieftains of the Sinhalese Royal Court. They held their sway for a period of about 74 years. Subsequently this island came under the British flag and is being now ruled by the kings of England for more than a century. As the British Government stood for Justice for all their policy has given satisfaction to everybody. His Majesty King George VI is our present sovereign. May he live long in happiness and glory for the common good and welfare of all the inhabitants of this land]

[ARRIVAL of THE PORTUGUESE:]

[The people of Portugal in the continent of Europe known as the Portuguese, after taking possession of many countries in Europe conquarred certain portions of India. Their main centre in India was the State of Goa. Francisco do Almcida, the Governor General of Goa began to spread the Portuguese power in the east. His son Lourenco do Almeida was the Portuguese Admiral. While chasing after the ships of the Moor men in an unexplored sea he unexpechedly arrived at Galle harbour in 2049 B. E , the 19th year of the reign of Vira Parakrama Babu. The @ Moors, who were traders at Galle at that time sent away the Portuguese by artful pretext. During the short time the Portuguese -spent in Ceylon]

[xvii]

[they gathered as much information as possible concerning this island. On their departure they left behind an engraving on a rock as a memorial of their visit to this country. By reason of this visit of Lourenco de Almeida the Portuguese people learnt about the natural features and the valuable resources of this countryThe Portuguese who brought many parts of India under their sway made up their mind to take possession of Ceyloi). In the year 2061 B. E. when Dharma Parakrama Babu was on the throne Governor Lopo Soarez de Albergaria arrived at Colombo with a squadron of seventeen ships carrying an army of 700 men, with the intention of building a fortress at Colombo. Dharma Parakrama Bahu, the king of Jayawardbanapura reluctantly gave them permission to erect a fortress as -his council of ministers also advised him to remain friendly with the Portuguese. The Moors fearing a danger to their. monopoly of 'trade owing to the presence of the Portuguese, lost no time in setting the Sinhalese king against the Portuguese' Dharma Parakrama Bahu sent an army to Colombo to oppose the Portuguese who easily repulsed the Sinhalese forces. After this incident the Sinhalese and the Portuguese lived in peace for some time. Governor Albergaria entrusted the fort of Colombo temporarily built by the Portuguese, to the charge of his nephew Juan de Silva and left the Island. Captain Lopo de Brito arrived in Ceylon with men and material to strengthen the fort of Colombo. The king despatched an army to resist him. The Portuguese drove them away and strongly fortified the garrison. This was followed by a treaty of peace between the two parties.]

[When the Portuguese arrived in Ceylon this island was disintegrated and the Sinhalese Government was weak and powerless. At this time there were different principalities at Gampola, Peradeniya, Devundara and other places. The Tamils were ruling in the North. The Moors were mending power in the maritime provinces. The King of Kotte reigned as overlord of Lanka. In spite of that there was no genuine concord among the petty rulers of the provinces. The Portuguese power that be-an in small degrees increased in extent during the reigns of Vijaya Babu VII, Bhuvaneka Bahu VII and Don Jolin Dharmapala. They took possession of the maritime provinces and established centres of trade. They persecuted and massacred the Sinhalese without number and plundered all their wealth. The Sitibalese who felt grave indignation at these atrocities, gathered an army of 20, 000 men during the reion of Vijaya Bahu VII, beseiged the Portuguese fort at Colombo and waged a severe war for five years. Ultimately a Portuguese reinforcement from Cochin arrived in Colombo and repulsed the Sinhalese army.]

[The Portuguese were Christians of the Roman Catholic Church. They endeavoured to propagate their religion as much as they endeavoured to establish their political power. The Roman Catholic Fathers who arrived in Ceylon along with the Sinhalese ambassador Sellappu Aratchi who was sent to Lisbon.' as representative on the occasion of the crowning of Prince Dharmapala, extensively converted the people of the maritime districts by preaching Christianity. The results of this wide campaign are still to be seen throughout these districts. Francis Xavier converted the inhabitants of the Maniiar District with tremendous effort. Sankili, the ruler of @alfna attempted to prevent his people embracing the new religion, but met with failure.]

[During the reign of Raja. Sinha of Sitawaka, who was renowned as a great warrior there were frequent conflicts with the Portuguese. The valiant monarch tried his best to drive the Portuguese out of Ceylon. As certain Sinhalese leaders favoured and assisted the Portuguese, the kii)g's efforts were of no avail. Yet Raja Sinha reduced the Portuguese power to a considerable extent. Out of the several encounters that took place between the Sinhatese and the Portuguese, the Battle of Muljeriyawa was one of the most notable. Vast numbers of Portuguese were killed during this fierce encounter.]

[Wimala Dharma Suriya I after he ascended the throne gave up his name D@n John along with the Christian faith. After he embraced Buddhism he attempted to expel the Portuguese from the island. General Don Lopes de Sousa landed with an army from Goa and started for Kandy to give battle to the king. No sooner they reached the pass at Balana the king's forces met them and annihilated the Portuguese areny including General Lopes de Sousa. After a lapse of two years the Governor General of Goa despatched a large force under the Captain General Don Jeronimo de Azevedo.]

[xix]

[He was able to conquer the Western Province, and after perpetrating numerous atrocities he embarked upon a war with the king of Kandy. The Sinlialese forces overwhelmed the Portuguese and drove them back to Colombo. The General Azevedo instigated a sinister plot to assassinate the Sinhalese monarch. Afterwards, the Portuguese gave up the idea of conquering the Kandyan kingdom and remained masters of the maritime provinces.

[THE ARRIVAL OF TIIE DUTCH:]

[While king Wimaladharmasurya was in hostility with the Portuguese, the Dutch Admiral Joris van Spilbergen arrived in Ceylon with a squadron of seven ships and landed at Batticaloa in the year 2146 B. E. Spain was at this tinie one of the most powerful states in Europe. Holland and Portugal were under Spanish suzerainty. The Hollanders revolted against the wicked rule of Spain and acquired their freedom. The Dutch were carrying on trade for some time in friendliness with the Portuguese. But after a short while friction arose. As goon as Admiral Spilbergen arrived in this island he learnt that the Sinhalese king was in hostility with the Portuguese. The Dutch Admiral paid a visit to the Court of Kandy where he had an audience with the king. He gave a solemn promise to the king that the Hollanders would assist him to drive the Por ' buguese out of Ceylon and obtained permission to build a fortress and to carry on trade freely with the natives. Spilbergen remained in this island for about three ' months during which time he captured three Portuguese ships and delivered tlieni over to the Sinlialese king.]

[In the following year Seebald de Weerb, a e,,tptian under Admiral Spilbergen, ,trrived at Batticalot and paid a visit to the Kandyan Court where he was received with cordiality. But the king, was dissatisfied witli him because he had set free four Portuguese vessels that he captured and also had not paid due respects to the officers of the Kandyan Court. This led to the murder of D,3 Weerb and his retinue of men]

[King Senai.atna ascended the. throne of Kandy in the year' 2147 B. E. During the first eight years of his reign there was peace prevailing in the island. In the eighth year of his rule Mareel do Bosehouwer arrived at Kandy as an ambassador,of the Dutch Government. Once more the Hollanders promised to assist the king]

[xx]

[against the Portuguese and they were granted permission to erect a fortress at Kottiyar and to carry on trade in the island without any hindrance. The king who was well pleased with Do Bosehouwer, appointed him ambassador of the Dutch and adviser to himself, and in this capacity he was stationed at Kandy.]

[The Portuguese who heard of these developments collected a large force and descended on Kottiyar where they destroyed the Dutch fort and the garrison. The king who was enraged by this attack sent an army to Kottiyar, killed a large number of the Portuguese and captured the fort. This led to ,i great conflict between the Portuguese and the Sinhalese. The king gathered an army of about 50,000 men. The Portuguese landed near' Jaffna with a large force and had to be defeated by the Sinhalese. After the death of the queen of Karidy the king's health was beginning to fail. The Portuguese who learned about the failing health of the ruler, entered into a conspiracy with Herab Dissava of Harispattu to kill the sons of the king as well as their guardian the subking of Uva. Discovering the treacherous plot of Herat Dissava the king had him immediately executed as an example to others. As a sequel to this execution there broke out a revolt in the Harispattu which the king easily put down.]

[THE, ARRIVAL OF THE DANES:]

[In persuance of the treaty entered into with the Dutch, King Senarati.ia sent De Bosehouwer to Holland asking for help from the Dutch Government to drive the Portuguese out of Ceylon. But the Government of the Netherlands did]

[not wish to enter into a promise with him. Now, De Boseliouwer approached Christian IV, King of Denmark, and asked him for help, which he agreed to give. The Danish king despatched a squadron of five ships under the Adi-niral Ove Giedde who arrived in Ceylon in the 16th year of the reign of King Senaratna.]

[De Bosehouwar met with his death in the course of his return journey. Although the king was highly pleased at the arrival of the Danish ships he was. unable to agree with the proposals of Admiral Ove Giedde. The disappointed Admiral seized the valuable]

[things in the two ships of De Boseliouwer and returned to his native country.]

[After this event the Portuguese erected a number of forts in various parts of the country. The Iiing observing their aggressive activities began to collect an army to pub down the enemy. Several inf lueritial Mudal iyars of the Low Country secret] y worked in favour of the king. Constantine de Sa, the Portuguese Captain General of Colombo, who heard of the warlike preparations of the Sinhalese king marched with a large army and devastated the Central Province. As the Icing was unprepared at this i-noment he fled to the hilly district of Uva. The Porffiguese General returned from Kandy and was reni@gining at Malwana when he received an express order from the Governor Genertl at Goa requesting him to subjugate the Island of Geylon as early as possible. This order also blamed him for delaying military measures. He started with an army of 21,500 men, both Portuguese and Sinhalese, and plundered the town of Badulla. The General advanced ,i little further and was resting on the top of a hill when thousands of Sinhalese soldiers of the king's forces broke in from various direebions. Several of the.Sinhalese Mudaliyars immediately went over to the king's side. As soon as the battle started Mudaliyar Don Cosma Wijayasekhara out off the head of a Portuguese soldier, fixed it on the point of a spear and hold it aloft for everyone to see. It was done as a mark of allegiance to the King of Kandy. All the Sinhalese soldiers except 150 joined the Sinhalese king. Throughout this historic battle the king's own son Prince Rajgsinha, stood in the middle of the field and commanded the Sinh,%]ese army. In this great battle which was fought in the field of Randeniwela in Wellawaya of 'the Uva District the entire Portugue.@e army including General Constantine de Sa was massacred by the Sibhalese.]

[Prince Rajasinba captured a number of Portuguese forts and laying seige to Colombo started to attack the city. The Governor General of Goa who learnt of the death of Constantine de Sa, immediately despatched reinforcements from Goa and Cochin. Being repelled by these forces the Sinhate@ were forced to retreat. Subsequently, the Sinbeilese and Portuguese entered into a treaty of peace. This state of peace achieved in the reign of king Senaratna continued to exist up to the early years of the reign of his son Rajasinba II. During this time an elephant gifted to a Portuguese merchant by the king of Kandy was forcibly Fidized by Diogo de Malho, the Captain General of Colombo. While the king was highly annoyed at this act of effrontery. Diogo de Mellio who thought that the king was very fond of horses, sent a pair of stallions to the city of Kandy for sale. The king ordered the two horses to be seized in return for the lost elephant. He sent a message to Colombo declaring that he would release the two horses as soon as the elephant was restored. Diogo de Melho on receiving this information marched with an army of 28,700 men and reag@,hed the outskirts of K,,xndy. Prince Vijayapala, the sub-ruler of the Matale District collected a force of 10,000 men and advanced towards Kandy to assist the king. When the Portuguese army reached the Balatie Pass, Rajasinba sent a message to Diogo de Melho, through a Christian clergyman, asking him to return forthwith as it was highly improper on his part to embark upon a war so disastrous to thousands of innocent people, na(3rely on accounr, of a private matter. The proud Governor did not hesitate to enter the city. He found the capital entirely deserted. Themoriarch issuedorderstokilltheenemy without allowing any one of them to escape. The Portuguese set fire to the city and went back. On their way they were surrounded and attacked on all sides by the Sinhalese. The Portuguese Governor sued for peace. The monarch determined to punish him severely for his insolence and refused to accede to his reques@.. The entire Portuguese army including Diogo de Melho was slaughtered with the exception of only 38 man who escaped.]

[The king realised that there would be no permanent peace as long as the presence of the Portuguese continued in this island. He communicated with the Dutch Governor at Batavia in order to drive the Portuguese out. Ambissidors from Batavia arrived at the Kandv-an Court and a Treaty was concluded. The conditions of this Treaty were that a Dutch force to be despatched to Ceylon the king to bear all the expenses for the military operations; the Dutch to be free to carry on their trade in this country ; other European powers to be not allowed to carry on trade in Ceylon and the Roman Catholic ministers to be expelled from the Island.]

[According to the stipulations of this Treaty, General Wester. weld arrived in Ceylon accompanied by an army in the fifth year of the king's reign and book possession of the forts of Batticaloa, Negombo, Galle and rdatara. Two years after this event there]

[xxiii]

[prevailed 9, temporary peace between the Portuguese and the Dutch In the twenty-second year of the king's reign the combined forces of the Sinhalese and the Dutch beseiged the Fort of Colot-nbo and started to attack the city by land and sea. After a continuous seige of seven months the Fort of Colombo was taken. The Hollanders did not transfer the captured forts to the king of Kandy as expressly stated in the clauses of the Treaty. Therefore the king not only withheld giving assistance to the%Hollanders, but also evinced undisguised favour towards the Portuguese. Two years after this incident, fell the Fort of Jaffna, the last of the Portuguese strongholds. Thus ended the Portuguese power that prevailed in this country for a space of 150 years.]

[In the 25th year of this king's reign the English vessel in which Robert Knox and his father sailed was disabled at sea and had to call at the harbour of Kottiar. On hearing of the arrival of an English ship the Sinhalese ruler deputed a Dissava to take thein prisoners. The English sailors sixteen in number, were captured and taken to Kandy. They were stationed separately in ditrerent parts of the Central Province. Captain Kiiox, father of Robert Knox, died through ,i virulent attack of malaria, The younger Knox remained in Ceylon as a state prisoner for 20 years and ultimately manacfed to return to his native country by secretly escaping from his captivity. The Hollanders tried their best to regain the lost friendship of the king, but their efforts were without success.]

[THE ARRIVAL OF THE FRENCH.]

[In the 38th year of the reign of Rajasinha, Monsieur Do la Haye, Governor of the French Colony of Madagasn, r arrived at the harbour of Trincomalee accompanied by seventeen ships. He sent his envoys to Ktndy with various presents to the Sinhalese king. The Kandyan monarch learning that the French wore in great hostility with the Hollanders thought that he would be able to expel the Dutch with the aid of the Frenchmen and gave them ,permission to erect a fortress. After the work was completed De 1 a Haye remained in Ceylon for a short time and left for India on ,some urgent matter, authorising De I& Narrole to proceed to Kandy as the accredited French Ambassador. Owing to a misdemeanour of De la Narolle he was ordered to be imprisoned by the king.]

[xxiv]

[The Hollanders came and captured the French fortress, The aim of the French Governor was thereby completely frustrated.]

[On the death of this king he was succeeded by his son Win-ialaclharmasury@t II, as king of Kandy. As he proved to be a gentle and peace-loving monarch his reign was marked by general tranquility. During his tiine the Hollanders improved their trade and political power. The reign of his son Narendrasinha, was likewise a peaceful one. Though there was general peace prevailing during the early part of the reign of Kirti Sri Rajasinba the Hollanders strengthened the forts and persecuted the subjects of the king. The ruler burning with grave indignation descended on the maritime districts and carried on a severe campaign against the Dutch. This led to the continual hostility between the two nations. In the 16th year of this inonarch's reign the Hollanders invaded the city of Kandy with an army of 18,000 men and sat fire to the valuable books and magnificent buildings in the city. They remained in Kandy for nine months, but being unable to resist the severe onslaughts of the Sinhalese, they were forced to retreat to the maritime capital. Van Eck, the Dutch Governor despatched a powerful force of his men to the Central Provine.3 which they subjected to severe devastation. Subsequently, Governor EaIck entered into a Treaty with the king and refrained from further wars with the Kandyans.]

[In the 16bb year of Kirti Sri Rajasinha's reign the British Governor of the.\ladras Presidency deputed Mr. Pybus to thekingof Kandy intimating that the East India Company was prepared to assist the king in his war against the Hollanders. The monarch was exceedingly pleased and he entered into a Treaty with Mr. Pybus. In spite of this agreement the Governor of Madras failed to carry out the obligations of the Treaty. Now, in the second year of his successor Sri Rajadhirajasinha, Lord Macartney, Governor of Madras, despatched a naval force under Admiral Hughes and a land force under General Heel. or Monroe to capture the Dutch forts in the Island of Ceylon. They idimediately took possession of the Fort of Trincomalee. Not long afterwards, Mr. Boyd arrived in Kandy and solicited the king to give up his displeasure at their neglect to carry out the terms of the Treaty during the previous reign. He entreated the king to give them]

[xxv]

[assistance in the campaign against the Hollanders, or, if the king was not prepared to do so, he requested the Council of Ministers to remain friendly towards the English. As the Englishmen had not adhered to the previous promises. the Sinlialese ministers expressed their, unwillingness to accede to his request. The mission of Mr, Boyd thus ended in utter failure. General Hughes returned to India leaving his men in the Fort of Trincomalea. During this interval the French Admiral Suffren attacked the English garrison and captured the fortress. On his return from India, Admiral Hughes found to his great surprise that the French colours ware flying over the Fort of Triticomalee. The campaign of the English in Geylon thus ended without success.]

[Trincomalee was again captured by the Hollanders. The Englishmen resolved once more to conquer the districts that remained under the Dutch Government. In the 16th year of the reign of the king of Kandy, Lord Hobart, Governor of Madras despatched an army under Colonel Stuart, to Ceylon who beseiged the Fort of Trincomalee. After a sturdy resistance of three weeks, the Dutch had to surrender, and the Fort was capitulated to the English. Subsequent to the occupation of the Fort of Negombo, the English laid seige to the city of Colombo which was capitulated without any kind of resistance. John Angelbeek, the Dutch Governor of Colombo, eventually signed a Peace @aty ceding the Forts of Kalutara, Galle, Matara etc., to the English. The Dutch power in CQylon thus terminated in the 16th year of the king of Kandy.]

[Since the passing of the maritime provinces into the hands of the East India Company, they were again transferred to the British]

[Crown in the 18th year of the king of Kandy reign. The Honourable Frederic North arrived as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. After the death of the sovereign, Prince Kannasamy came to the throne under the title of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha, with the common consent of all the citizens and the approval of the Chief Adigar Pilitna Talawwa, in the year 2341 B. E. The Prime Minister Pilim@ Talawwa himself secretly aimed at usurping the throne. Not long afterwards, the Chief Adigar Pili@a Talawwa arrested and imprisoned all those who advanced any claims to the Sinhalese crown. Arawwawala, the Second Adigar was assassinated by hirelings. Muttusamy, the claimant to the throne fled to the English]

[xxvi]

[at Col,-)inbo. The Chief Adigar with the view of usurping the kingdom conferred secretly with Governor North, in order to enlist his assistance. There were frequent conferences with Mr. Boyd who was Acting Chief Secretary. Pilima Talawwa informed the Governor and Mr. Boyd that he disliked the Nayakkars, and that the Sinhalese too in general did not like the Ma)abars. He explaind that if the English assisted him to depose the king and put him to death, in order that he himself iniglib ascend the throne and establish a new royal line at Kandy, lie would be certainly prepared to enter into a Treaty favourable to Llie British and'also would continue as a ruler under the protection of the British Government. The English gave their approval to all the other proposals except the decision to kill the naonareb, and suggested] to Pitima Talawwa that the king should be deposed and kept in confinement paying him only an annual pension. To this view Pilima Talawwa agreed.]

[It was the intention of the English to take possession of the Kandyati kingdom with the assistance of Piliina Talawwa. The aim of Pilima Talawwawas to get rid of the king with the help of the British and then to drive the English out of Ceylon after himself coming to the throne. The two parties decided to send an envoy to the ruler inviting him to meet the English for the purpose of ne,,,otiatitig a Treaty. Iii the ninth year of the king's reign General Macdowall started for the Kandyan capital accompanied by a force of men. But the Sinhalese troops did not allow them to proceed beyond Ruwatiwella. Pilima Talawwa received General llacdowall and introduced him to the king. The monarch was unaware of the conspiracy that existed between Pilirna Talawwa and the English. But he was not in a position to agree with their proposals, The English were looking for a suitable opportunity, to approach the king once more. Pilima Talawwa thought that lie would be able to put up the English against the king and to enter into a Treaty with them by usurping regal power for himself after putting the king to death. In' the Ilth year of Sri Wikraraa Raiasinha, Pilima Talawwa instigated the king's men to plunder the arecanuts of the Moor traders from the Low-country, who were subjects of the British Government. Although the Governor of Colombo demanded the King of Kandy several times to pay adequate compensation for the Moors, it was without effect. It is evident that the king was not cognisant of what had taken place.]

[xxvii]

[WAR WITH THE ENGLISH.]

[As the above dispute was not amicably settled, the English declared war against the Sinhalese. In the twelfth year of SriWikrama ltaj,,tsinha's reign General Macdowall left Colombo with a force of 3,000 men, while Mr. Barbut started with another force from Trincomalec. When they entered the city there was no one in the Kandyan capital. On that occasion Governor North invited Prince @uttusamy to Kandy and crowned him King. The English Governor immediately entered into a Treaty with the new king which was more favourable to the English. Pilima Talawwa who was deeply annoyed at this development determined to destroy the British power. In the meanwhile the Sinhalesq began to attack the English at night. Later g conference took place between the Second Adigar Meegastenne and General Maudowall as mentioned in a despatch from Pilima Talawwa to the British Governor. They decided that the king should be captured and delivered to the English, that Pilima TalawwiL should be appointed king under the title of Utum Kumara, that Mutbusamy should be deported to Jadna with an annuity for his upkeep, and that the war should be immediately ceased after transferring the Fort Macdowal, the Road to Trincomalee and the District of Seven Korales to the British. Relying on this mutual agreement General Macdowall stationed Mr. Barbut and his men at Kandy and returned to Colombo. At this time Pilima Talawwa sent a communication to Governor North intimating his desire to see him. Pilima Talawwa was met in conference by the Governor at Dambadeniya. He confirmed the Treaty previously negotiated with General Macdowall. As Mr. Barbut arrived with his men at Dambadeniya on this occasion Pilima Talawwa missed the opportunity of taking Governor North prisoner, accordi g to the secret plan laid by him.]

[At the 'death of Mr. Barbut, the English force stationed at Kandy fell under the command of Major David. ' At this time the Sinhalese had occupied the forts of Girihagama and Galagedara that belonged to the English, and started to attack the British force at Kandy. As the British wore greatly weakened Major Davie signified his desire to surrender by the hoisting of a white flag. The war did immediately cease. Major Davie conferred with Pilima Talawwa and left for Colombo accompanied by his men and]

[xxviii]

[Prince Muttusamy. He had to shop near the ford of Watapuluwa being unable to cross the Mahaveligauga as the river. was in flood.]

[On the following day the king sent his men intimating Major Davie that he was not responsible for the agreement and that Muttusamy. should be delivered to him forthwith. As Major Davie was not in a position to refuse this demand he surrendered Muttusamy, who was executed immediately after he was produced before the king. All the members of the English force were thrown down the precipice of a rock and killed except the three officers including Major Davie. However, a single soldier in the person of Corporal Barlisley escaped his death and was able to reach the Fort Macdowal to relate the dreadful fate of his comrades.Captain Madge who was in charge of the fort abandoned the fortress and hastily, marched to Trincomalee with his men. Captaiii Grount who was in command at the fort of Dambadeniya left his position and reached Colombo. Thus the claims of the English to the Kandyan Provinces came to a complete end.]

[Encouraged by this great victory the Kandyans determined to expel the English out of Ceylon and marched towards the Western Province. TI2e king himself proceeded in person with the Sinhalese army. A furious battle took place near the Fo'rt of Hanwella, here the Sinhalese were severely attacked by the English force. The monarch and his men had to flee in disorder. The dieappointed ruler executed Leuke Dissava and the Chief Secretary Palipaiia on a charge of remaining indifferent without leading the soldiers during the battle. The young Molligoda who met the king on his solitary flight treated him wit@i great respect. After this incident the ruler became favourably disposed towards Afolligoda and appointed him to a higher.office.]

[Froderic North was succeeded by Sir Thowas Maitland as Governor of the Maritime Provinces in the year 2348 B. B. At this time there was no serious friction between the Sinhalese and the English. Adigar Meegastenne died in the 17th year of the king's reign. In his place was appointed Rhalapola, the nephew of Pilima Talawwa. The Fol-ir Korales were divided between him and Molligoda Nilame. The residents of the district rose in revolt against this new measure. Pilima Talawwa put down the rising after persuading the king to allow him and his nephew Ratwatte Dissava to have the Seven Korales. The ruler]

[xxix]

[came to the conclusion that the revolt was engineered by the Chief Adigar. On account of this fact the dissatisfaction that was working in his mind was greatly enhanced. After ',-he regime of Sir Thomas Maitland, Major General Wilson arrived as Governor. His relations with the king were not at all strained.]

[When the king's suspicions of Pilima Talawwa grew in extent, the ruler convened the Council of Ministers and disclosed the treacherous deeds of the Chief Adigar. The Ministers declared that Pilima Talawwa was guilty. The monarch divested him of his official position and bade him return to his native village,. Subsequently, Pilima Talawwa plottedi to slay his erstwhile king. The ruler having discovered his conspiracy arrested the ringleaders, tried them before a tribunal and had them all executed including Pilima Talawwa and Ratwatte Dissava. Though the king had his own suspicions of Ehelapola, yet in order-to win the allegiance of all his subjects, he appointed Eholapola to the office of Prime Minister. Consequently, Molligoda rose to the rank of Second Adigar.]

[In the 21st year of the reign of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha ' Sir Robert Brownrigg arrived in Ceylon as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. At this time, the ruler gave orders to his suspected ministers to resort to their respective provinces and to improve agriculture. Eholapola who departed to Sabaragamuwa began to carry on a surreptitious correspondence with Governor Brownrigg in contravention of the orders from the king. IEIE also raised an army at Sabaragamuwa against his own sovereign. The @onarch having learnt of these hostile activities deprived Eholapola of all his offices and appointed Molligoda to the office of Chief Adigar. The latter was deputed to Sabaragainuwa to suppress Ehelapola's men. On the arrival of Molligoda Adigar, Ehelapola fled to Colombo. The irated ruler in order to revenge the intriguing traitor, brutally executed the children, wife and relations of Ehelapola,. Now the Governor Brownrigg found that it was a very favourable opportunity for him to conquer the Kandyan Provinces and commenced to make warlike preparations. Eholapola gave him all the necessary information regarding the military strength and war strategy of the Kandyans. In the meanwhile Mr, John D'Oyly was endeavouring to win the good-will of Molligoda. At this time the residents of the Three Korales plundered the goods of the Moor merchants from the Low]

[xxx]

[Country, who were subjects of the British Government,on theo,?,teritatious pretext that they were spies sent by the English. The king ordered them to be mutilated and to set them free. Some of the Moors succumbed on the way while the rest were able to riach Colombo to acquaint the Governor with the severe tortures they were subjected to. This particular incident was instrumental in expediting the long-awaited war. In the 24th year of the kiiig's reign Governor Brownril,g dispatched the.English army into the Kandyan territory from eight different directions atid declared war against the king of Kandy. In his declaration of war it was proclaimed that the English were taking this extreme measure in order to save the Kandyan population from the yoke of a heartless tyrant, and that it was not at all a war directed against the Kandyan people as a whole, but only a friendly step deliberately taken, out of sympathy and consideration for the poor Kandyans. Owing to these reasons the majority of the Sinhalese did not offer any resistance to the English. infolligoda himself remained quiescent at their attitude The unfortunate monarch having discovered that the English bad reached his capital, and that many of the Kandyan officials had joined the English against him, fled ii-nmediately froi-n the city. The king was captured in the residence of Udupitiya Aratchi of Gallchewatt& under the personal instructions of Ehelapola. Consequently the glorious Sinhalese kingdoi-n that had been existing continually for a long space of over 2,300 years, was finally ceded on a Solemn Treaty, with the united consent of all citizens to king George 1II of Great Britain in the year of 1815. From that moment this island is continuously ruled by the renowned and powerful monarchs of his royal line.]

[MY ENDEAVOUR.]

[.r4en with some amount of experience may realise that the task of writing history is a very arduous undertaking which requires careful scrutiny and sober judgment. To write in, Pali verse is still more difficult. Some historians have represented various facts in an exaggerated form. Others have so confused the actual facts in their writings that it is difficult for any one to understand them clearly. Certain works that pass under the name of history stand as a living evidence to this charge. Authors with various religious ideas and political opinions have]

[xxxi]

[written works on history. Many of them do not realise that when competent students with moderate views examine their works critically the value of their writings might appear to be almost negligible. 13ut the author of the Dipavamsa has regarded this point as the most essential quality. Historical works were caused to be recited in public on festival occasions in the same manner as the Dhamma itself by great monarchs.whose names were mentioned with deep respect even by the great commentator Buddhaghoi;ha.]

[I strongly felt that the vast gap left by the non-completion of the narrative of the Dipavamsa, the oldest historical composition of the Sinhalese was a great reflection on the modern Oriental Scholars of Ceylon, and in response to the earnest appeal of several leading men both among the clergy tnd the laity, I embarked upon'the stupendous task of continuing the narrative up to the present day. 1 tried my best to avoid unnecessary detail as well as inordinate brevity in this composition and aimed at producing this work to suit the modern requirements. The result of my undertaking is the Second Part of the Dipavamsa embracing the historical narrative from the reign of Kirti Sri Meghavarna up to the present day.]

[This work runs to thirty six chapters and contains 2776 stanzas in all. Couched in %, variety of metres, I hope, it would tend to satisfy the literary tastes of the scholars who value rhythmic cadence and metrical melody. The concluding stanzas of each chapter are written in a different metre in conformity with the traditional characteristics expected of a great poem. Following the usage of the Dipavamsa the conclusion of each chapter is given its individual designation.]

[1 do not for a moment think that this work is perfect in every, respect. Yet 1 have endeavoured to represent the subject matter to the best of my ability. As this work is necessarily a Pali composition I have all throughout employed the Buddhist Era. As I met with several instances where the number of regnal years and the date of a,3cession of certain monarchs differed according to each author, I took pains to compare the available sources and give the version that 1 considered most approximately]

[correct. Where conflicting theories were recorded by different authorities it was difficult for me to distinguish the correct view, and in such instances I resorted to the aid of ancient inscriptions and thus gave my osvn conclusions based on established facts.]

[The imperfections in the records of early historians and the unscholarly nature of the works of incompetent writers have resulted in the disappearance of valuable historical data tothe greatest disappointment of the research student. The visit of Fa Hian is such an incident for example. The length of the reign of certain kings is not definitely stated. While obvious discrepancies as these are met with in the estimable works of far-sighted historians of old, we need not mention that there may inevitably be glaring shortcomings in the works of such humble beings as ourselves.]

[The antials of the line of kings treated in this Second Part of the Dipavamsa comprise of the life of glorious monarchs who invaded and conquered foreign lands; of powerful potentates who forced alien kings to submit and come to peaceful terms of humanitarian rulers like king Buddhadasa ; of scholars and poet-kings like Kumaradasa,; of mighty monarchs who built the vast and expansive tanks for the well-being of the people-, of righteous sovereigns who exerted incessantly for the glory of Buddhism ; of great warriors like Wijaya Bahu 1 who repelled the foreign invaders and directed his energy for the advancement of knowledge; of sacrilegious vandals like Dathopatissa who consigned valuable literary w ' orks to the devouring flames; of tyrants and apostates who dispossessed the temples of their valuable treasures and tracts of land and gifted them to their favourites and foreigners; as well as of noble kings who Oere instrumental in the revival of Buddhism by getting down qualified Bhikkhus from foreign lands to perform the ecclesiastical duties. This work also deals with the ruthless devastations' wrought by the Cholian hordes who descended on this country from time to time. We have also recorded herein the famous names of the great scholars who adorned this island during the various periods of vigorous literary activity. The authors of the leading sects in Geylon are also mentioned here with due consideration and attention. The leaders of the subordinate divisions of each sect are not specially referred to mainly for the sake of brevity-]

[xxxiii]

[The people of this island lost their age-long independence and freedom not only as a result of the advent of the European nations led by the Portuguese whose aim was to establish their power in this country through their religion ; but also as a result of the nonappearance of a powerful Sinhalese monarch after the sixteenth century when the throne of this kingdom passed into the hands of a ruler of foreign origin. Some of those monarchs continually waged a severe war against the foreigners. Some rulers observed a scrupulous peace and others eagerly sought the aid of the foreigners themselves. While the native rulers were acting in this fashion the consistent policy of the Portuguese was to conquer this land both by force and by treachery and to propagate their religion throughout the island, at the same time effecting nothing whatever that was conducive to the general welfare of the natives under their rule.]

[The Hollanders who followed them while doing whatever they. can for the well-being of the people as well as t,) their detriment devoted their energies entirely for the advancement of their trade. The Englishmen who finally arrived, engaged in various activities that tended to the general welfare of the Ceylonese than any of the two previous nations. Since they came into possession of the rule of the entire island the people of this country are enjoying the benefits of their liberal institutions and are well in the path of progress.]

[The Sinhalese royal line that continued to exist unbroken for a space of 23 centuries came to an unfortunate end through the personal @imbition ,ind mutual jealousy of scheming Sinbalese leaders.]

[I have to acknowledge here that in the compilation of this treatise various EDgliSli works on Ceylon history, several modern historical books,, the Nikaya Sangraba and the numerous stone inscriptions were of immense aid to me. For the benefit of those who are not familiar with the Pali language and for the use of the future students, 1 have appended hereto a complete Sirihalese paraphrase of the Pali text. By this composition that brings the historical narrative of CeylOD UP to the present day, 1 hope the contemporary historians are relieved of the grave censure that a competent Ceylonese scholar did not come forward to bring into consummation the oldest historical work existing in this Island.]

[xxxiv]

[I wish to record with greatest satisfaction that eminent Oriental scholars like the Principal of the Vidyodaya Pirivena and the Principal of the Vidyalaiikara Pirivena have gone through this work with pleasure and expressed their sincere appreciation. The Venerable T. Sri Amarawansa Maha Thera, incumbent of the Gotami Vihara, with his unrivalled scholarship, has been of immense help to me in the final revision of this composition. Dr. G. P. Malalasekara, M.A., Ph.D., D. Litl., Senior Lecturer in Oriental Languages in the University College, Colombo, most readily consented to write the Foreward to this historical compo6ition. Mr. John S. de Zoysa, Assistant Editor of the Sinhalese Dictionary, willingly undertook, in spite of his duties, to render into English the exhaustive introduction of mine, at my own request. Dr. A. P. de Zoysa, B.A., Ph.D., M.S.c., Barrister-at-law, kindly extended his ungrudgiiig help by carefully going through the English introduction. I have to mention with gratitude that Rev. M. Sugatananda Sthavira, Assistant Teacher of the Sugata Sasanodaya Pirivena, has always rendered his valuable assistance in the compilation 6f this work. I am deeply obliged to the several students of Ceylon history among the clergy as well as the laity, who kindly furnished me with various historical facts in response to my request. A small number of munificent and public-spirited gentlemen came to my aid for the early puLIication of this work, by expressing their willingness to defray the necessary expenses. I owe my obligation to Mr. Meelis de Silva, proprietor, and also the employees, of the Vidyavilasa. Press, Alutgama, for carrying out the printing of this work as expediously as possible. In conclusion I wish to offer my most sincere and heartfelt thanks to all those persons enumerated above who rendered directly or indirectly their valuable assistance and encouragement to me. May it be noted that all rights concerning this work are strictly reserved by the authors]

[Pandita Ahungalle Wimalakitti Thero.]

[2482]

[1938]

[Sugata Sasanodaya Pirivena,]

[Ambarukkharama Maha Vihara,]

[Welitota, Balapitiya.]

[Names of Those who Generously Helped]

[in the Publication of this Work.]

[Dr. L. A, RAJAPAKSE, B.A., L.L.D.,]

["Galiiiangoda Walawwa", Welitara.]

[11. LUCAS de S. KULATILE@ KA, Esq., A.M.I.C.E., Civil Engineer,]

["Wimalalaya," Ahungalla.]

[Dr, N. NVIJEYESEI@-riRA, L.R.C.P. & S. (EDIN.),]

[L.R.F.P. & S. (GLAS.), D.P.H., (UNIV. EDIN.), L.M., (DUB.),]

[Ahungalla,.]

[11. MARTF@ELIS de SILVA, Esq.,]

[Vidana Aratchy, Met,,t,,ama, Kotmale.]

[tl]

[DON GILBERT de ZOYSA GUNASEKARA, Esq,,]

[School Alaster, "Soma Giri," God,,igedara,]

[J. de S. RUPASINGHA, Esq.,]

[General Merchant, Beratuduwa.]

[D. S. ABEYASUNDARA, Esq., "Galwehera Walawwi,"]

[Galwehera.]

[H. A. (le SILVA, Esq., Apothecary, Wellaboda.]

[DANIEL de SILVA, WISAYAKULATILAKA]

[ED1RISINGHA, Esq., Wellaboda.]

[S. W. SILVA, Esq., Moratuwa.]

[Y. CAROLIS de SILVA, Esq., R,.itgama.]

[H. BASTIAN de SILVA, Esq, Maduwa.]

[H. ERINERIS de SILVA, Esq., Abungal.1a,]

[W. BARLIS ME@NL)IS, Esq., Pitegama.]

[H. A. Kulatile'ka,]

[H07ly. Secretaly.]

[Sugatasasanoda@a Pirivena,]

[Aiiibarukkliaramaya," Welitota, Balapitiya.]

[Welitota]

(modified with https://what-buddha-said.net/library/Pali/Dip_II.htm )